grepcent / static financial knowledge base

Bank of New York Mellon Corp (BNY)

CIK: 0001390777. SIC: 6022 State Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-25.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6022 State Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1390777. Latest filing source: 0001390777-26-000033.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue20,080,000,000USD20252026-02-25
Net income5,549,000,000USD20252026-02-25
Assets472,300,000,000USD20252026-02-25

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-25. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001390777.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric20152016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue15,126,000,00015,543,000,00016,392,000,00016,462,000,00015,808,000,00015,931,000,00016,529,000,00017,697,000,00018,619,000,00020,080,000,000
Net income3,547,000,0004,090,000,0004,266,000,0004,441,000,0003,617,000,0003,759,000,0002,556,000,0003,302,000,0004,530,000,0005,549,000,000
Diluted EPS3.153.724.044.513.834.142.883.895.807.40
Operating cash flow6,267,000,0004,667,000,0005,996,000,00096,000,0005,038,000,0002,838,000,00015,068,000,0005,912,000,000687,000,0006,730,000,000
Capital expenditures825,000,0001,197,000,0001,108,000,0001,210,000,0001,222,000,0001,215,000,0001,346,000,0001,220,000,0001,469,000,0001,553,000,000
Dividends paid778,000,000901,000,0001,052,000,0001,120,000,0001,117,000,0001,126,000,0001,165,000,0001,262,000,0001,348,000,0001,447,000,000
Share buybacks2,398,000,0002,686,000,0003,269,000,0003,327,000,000989,000,0004,567,000,000124,000,0002,604,000,0003,064,000,0003,535,000,000
Assets333,469,000,000371,758,000,000362,873,000,000381,508,000,000469,633,000,000444,438,000,000405,560,000,000409,877,000,000416,064,000,000472,300,000,000
Liabilities293,889,000,000330,012,000,000322,005,000,000339,780,000,000423,513,000,000401,047,000,000364,933,000,000368,972,000,000374,300,000,000427,492,000,000
Stockholders' equity38,811,000,00041,251,000,00040,638,000,00041,483,000,00045,801,000,00043,034,000,00040,734,000,00040,770,000,00041,318,000,00044,313,000,000
Cash and cash equivalents4,822,000,0005,382,000,0005,864,000,0004,830,000,0006,252,000,0006,061,000,0005,030,000,0004,922,000,0004,178,000,0005,111,000,000
Free cash flow5,442,000,0003,470,000,0004,888,000,000-1,114,000,0003,816,000,0001,623,000,00013,722,000,0004,692,000,000-782,000,0005,177,000,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric20152016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin26.31%26.02%26.98%22.88%23.60%15.46%18.66%24.33%27.63%
Return on equity9.14%9.91%10.50%10.71%7.90%8.73%6.27%8.10%10.96%12.52%
Return on assets1.06%1.10%1.18%1.16%0.77%0.85%0.63%0.81%1.09%1.17%
Liabilities / equity7.578.007.928.199.259.328.969.059.069.65

Financial Charts

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-01. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001390777.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-03-310.86reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-06-301.03reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12022-12-310.62reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-03-313,942,000,000976,000,0001.12reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-06-305,224,000,0001,067,000,0001.30reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-315,963,000,000205,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12023-12-315,963,000,000208,000,0000.21reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-03-316,096,000,0001,025,000,0001.25reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-06-306,392,000,0001,168,000,0001.52reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-316,467,000,0001,155,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12024-12-316,467,000,0001,155,000,0001.54reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-03-316,123,000,0001,220,000,0001.58reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-06-306,602,000,0001,423,000,0001.93reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-316,307,000,0001,461,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-315,824,000,0001,632,000,0002.24reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001390777-26-000060.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-01. Report date: 2026-03-31.

Items 2. and 3. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

General

In this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, references to “our,” “we,” “us,” “BNY,” the “Company” and similar terms refer to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Parent” refers to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation but not its subsidiaries.

Certain business terms used in this report are defined in the “Glossary and Acronyms” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2025 (the “2025 Annual Report”).

The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. Investors should also read the section titled “Forward-looking Statements.”

Overview

BNY is a global financial services platforms company at the heart of the world’s capital markets. For more than 240 years BNY has partnered alongside clients, using its expertise and platforms to help them operate more efficiently and accelerate growth. Today BNY serves over 90% of Fortune 100 companies and nearly all the top 100 banks globally. BNY supports governments in funding local projects and works with over 90% of the top 100 pension plans to safeguard investments for millions of individuals. As of March 31, 2026, BNY oversees $59.4 trillion in assets under custody and/or administration and $2.1 trillion in assets under management.

BNY is the corporate brand of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (NYSE: BK). Headquartered in New York City, BNY has been named among Fortune’s World’s Most Admired Companies and Fast Company’s Best Workplaces for Innovators. Additional information is available on www.bny.com. Follow on LinkedIn or visit the BNY Newsroom for the latest company news.

BNY has three business segments, Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, which offer a comprehensive set of capabilities and deep expertise across the investment life cycle, enabling the

Company to provide solutions to buy-side and sell-side market participants, as well as leading institutional and wealth management clients globally.

The diagram below presents our three business segments and lines of business, with the remaining operations in the Other segment.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Securities ServicesMarket and Wealth ServicesInvestment and Wealth Management
Asset ServicingWealth SolutionsInvestment Management
Issuer ServicesPayments and TradeWealth Management
Clearance and Collateral Management

Highlights of first quarter 2026 results

We reported net income applicable to common shareholders of $1.56 billion, or $2.24 per diluted common share, in the first quarter of 2026, including the impact of notable items. Notable items in the first quarter of 2026 include severance expense, litigation reserves and a reduction in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) special assessment. Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $1.57 billion (Non-GAAP), or $2.25 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in the first quarter of 2026. Net income applicable to common shareholders was $1.15 billion, or $1.58 per diluted common share, in the first quarter of 2025, including the impact of notable items. Notable items in the first quarter of 2025 include a disposal gain, severance expense, litigation reserves and an increase in the FDIC special assessment. Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $1.15 billion (Non-GAAP), or $1.58 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in the first quarter of 2025.

4 BNY

The highlights below are based on the first quarter of 2026 compared with the first quarter of 2025, unless otherwise noted.

•Total revenue increased 13%, primarily reflecting:

•Fee revenue increased 11%, primarily reflecting higher client activity and net new business, higher market values and foreign exchange revenue, and a favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by the mix of AUM flows. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 6.)

•Investment and other revenue increased primarily reflecting investment-related gains, partially offset by net investment securities losses. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 6.)

•Net interest income increased 18%, primarily reflecting the continued reinvestment of investment securities at higher yields and balance sheet growth, partially offset by deposit margin compression. (See “Net interest income” on page 8.)

•The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $7 million, primarily driven by improvements in commercial real estate exposure, partially offset by changes in macroeconomic and other factors. (See “Allowance for credit losses” on page 25.)

•Noninterest expense increased 5%, reflecting higher investments and revenue-related expenses, an unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar and employee merit increases, partially offset by efficiency savings, lower severance expense and the net impact of adjustments for the FDIC special assessment. (See “Noninterest expense” on page 10.)

•Effective tax rate of 19.1% includes a tax benefit in the first quarter of 2026 from the annual vesting of stock awards. (See “Income taxes” on page 10.)

•Return on common shareholders’ equity (“ROE”) was 16.1% for the first quarter of 2026.

•Return on tangible common shareholders’ equity (“ROTCE”) was 29.3% (Non-GAAP) for the first quarter of 2026.

See “Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 39 for a reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

Metrics

•AUC/A of $59.4 trillion increased 12%, primarily reflecting net client inflows, higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar.

•AUM of $2.1 trillion increased 6%, primarily reflecting higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows.

Capital and liquidity

•Our CET1 ratio under the Standardized Approach was 11.0% at March 31, 2026 and 11.9% at Dec. 31, 2025. The decrease primarily reflects higher risk-weighted assets (“RWA”) driven by a single-day increase in overnight loan balances on the last day of the quarter, along with higher client activity in agency securities lending and foreign exchange. (See “Capital” beginning on page 31.)

•Our Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.0% at March 31, 2026, a slight decrease compared with Dec. 31, 2025, reflecting higher average assets, largely offset by an increase in Tier 1 capital due to the issuance of preferred stock. (See “Capital” beginning on page 31.)

•Returned $1.4 billion to common shareholders, including $983 million of common share repurchases.

BNY 5

Fee and other revenue

Fee and other revenue%
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)1Q261Q25change
Investment services fees$2,652$2,41110%
Investment management and performance fees (a)7857396
Foreign exchange revenue23215649
Financing-related fees62603
Distribution and servicing fees3737
Total fee revenue3,7683,40311
Investment and other revenue271230N/M
Total fee and other revenue$4,039$3,63311%
Fee revenue as a percentage of total revenue70%71%
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (b)$59.4$53.112%
AUM at period end (in billions) (c)$2,126$2,0086%

(a)    Excludes seed capital gains (losses) related to consolidated investment management funds.

(b)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Clearance and Collateral Management, Issuer Services, Wealth Solutions (formerly Pershing) and Wealth Management lines of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $2.1 trillion at March 31, 2026 and $1.9 trillion at March 31, 2025.

(c)    Represents assets managed in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Fee revenue increased 11% compared with the first quarter of 2025, primarily reflecting higher investment services fees, foreign exchange revenue and investment management and performance fees.

Investment and other revenue increased $41 million compared with the first quarter of 2025, primarily reflecting investment-related gains, partially offset by net investment securities losses.

Investment services fees

Investment services fees increased 10% compared with the first quarter of 2025, primarily reflecting higher client activity and net new business, and higher market values.

AUC/A totaled $59.4 trillion at March 31, 2026, an increase of 12% compared with March 31, 2025, primarily reflecting net client inflows, higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar. AUC/A consisted of 38% equity securities and 62% fixed income securities at March 31, 2026, and 36% equity securities and 64% fixed income securities at March 31, 2025.

See “Securities Services business segment” and “Market and Wealth Services business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details.

Investment management and performance fees

Investment management and performance fees increased 6% compared with the first quarter of 2025, primarily reflecting higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by the mix of AUM flows. Performance fees were $1 million in the first quarter of 2026 and $5 million in the first quarter of 2025. On a constant currency basis, investment management and performance fees increased 4% (Non-GAAP) compared with the first quarter of 2025. See “Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 39 for the reconciliation of Non-GAAP measures.

AUM was $2.1 trillion at March 31, 2026, an increase of 6% compared with March 31, 2025, primarily reflecting higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows.

See “Investment and Wealth Management business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details regarding the drivers of investment management and performance fees, AUM and AUM flows.

6 BNY

Foreign exchange revenue

Foreign exchange revenue is primarily driven by the volume of client transactions and the spread realized on these transactions, both of which are impacted by market volatility, the impact of foreign currency hedging activities and foreign currency remeasurement gain (loss). Foreign exchange revenue increased 49% compared with the first quarter of 2025, primarily reflecting higher client volumes. Foreign exchange revenue is primarily reported in the Securities Services business segment and, to a lesser extent, the Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments and the Other segment.

Financing-related fees

Financing-related fees, which are primarily reported in the Market and Wealth Services and Securities Services business segments, include capital market fees, loan commitment fees and credit-related fees. Financing-related fees increased 3% compared with the first quarter of 2025, primarily reflecting higher underwriting fees, partially offset by lower commitment fees.

Investment and other revenue

Investment and other revenue includes income or loss from consolidated investment management funds, seed capital gains or losse

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted from a substantive MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a TOC or reference stub. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Source document followed from filing index: bk-20251231_d2.htm. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-25. Report date: 2025-12-31.

General

In this Annual Report, references to “our,” “we,” “us,” “BNY,” the “Company” and similar terms refer to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Parent” refers to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation but not its subsidiaries.

The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. BNY’s actual results of future operations may differ from those estimated or anticipated in certain forward-looking statements contained herein due to the factors described under the headings “Forward-looking Statements” and “Risk Factors,” both of which investors should read.

Certain business terms used in this Annual Report are defined under the heading Glossary and Acronyms.

This Annual Report generally discusses 2025 and 2024 items and comparisons between 2025 and 2024. Discussions of 2023 items and comparisons between 2024 and 2023 that are not included in this Annual Report can be found in our 2024 Annual Report, which was filed as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024.

Overview

BNY is a global financial services platforms company at the heart of the world’s capital markets. For more than 240 years BNY has partnered alongside clients, using its expertise and platforms to help them operate more efficiently and accelerate growth. Today BNY serves over 90% of Fortune 100 companies and nearly all the top 100 banks globally. BNY supports governments in funding local projects and works with over 90% of the top 100 pension plans to safeguard investments for millions of individuals. As of Dec. 31, 2025, BNY oversees $59.3 trillion in assets under custody and/or administration and $2.2 trillion in assets under management.

BNY is the corporate brand of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (NYSE: BK). Headquartered in New York City, BNY has been named among Fortune’s World’s Most Admired Companies and Fast Company’s Best Workplaces for Innovators. Additional information is available on

www.bny.com. Follow on LinkedIn or visit the BNY Newsroom for the latest company news.

BNY has three business segments, Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, which offer a comprehensive set of capabilities and deep expertise across the investment life cycle, enabling the Company to provide solutions to buy-side and sell-side market participants, as well as leading institutional and wealth management clients globally.

The diagram below presents our three business segments and lines of business, with the remaining operations in the Other segment.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Securities ServicesMarket and Wealth ServicesInvestment and Wealth Management
Asset ServicingPershingInvestment Management
Issuer ServicesPayments andTrade (a)Wealth Management
Clearance and Collateral Management

(a)    Formerly Treasury Services.

For additional information on our business segments, see “Review of business segments” and Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Summary of financial highlights

We reported net income applicable to common shareholders of $5.3 billion, or $7.40 per diluted common share, in 2025, including the net negative impact of notable items. Notable items in 2025 include disposal gains, severance expense, litigation reserves and the net impact of adjustments for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) special assessment. Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $5.4 billion (Non-GAAP), or $7.50 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in 2025. In 2024, net income applicable to common shareholders was $4.3 billion, or $5.80 per diluted common share, including the negative impact of notable items. Notable items in

BNY 3

Results of Operations (continued)

2024 include severance expense, litigation reserves and the net impact of adjustments for the FDIC special assessment. Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $4.5 billion (Non-GAAP), or $6.03 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in 2024.

The highlights below are based on 2025 compared with 2024, unless otherwise noted.

•Total revenue increased 8%, primarily reflecting:

•Fee revenue increased 6%, primarily reflecting net new business and higher client activity, higher market values and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by the mix of AUM flows. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 5.)

•Investment and other revenue increased primarily reflecting disposal gains and net gains on other investments. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 5.)

•Net interest income increased 15%, primarily reflecting the reinvestment of maturing investment securities at higher yields and balance sheet growth, partially offset by deposit margin compression. (See “Net interest income” beginning on page 7.)

•The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $32 million, primarily driven by improvements in commercial real estate exposure and changes in the macroeconomic forecast. (See “Consolidated balance sheet review – Allowance for credit losses” beginning on page 32.)

•Noninterest expense increased 3%, primarily reflecting higher investments, employee merit increases, higher revenue-related expenses and the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by efficiency savings. Excluding notable items, noninterest expense also increased 3% (Non-GAAP). (See “Noninterest expense” on page 10.)

•Effective tax rate of 20.9% in 2025. (See “Income taxes” on page 10.)

•Return on common shareholders’ equity (“ROE”) was 13.9% for 2025. Excluding notable items,

the adjusted ROE was 14.1% (Non-GAAP) for 2025.

•Return on tangible common shareholders’ equity (“ROTCE”) was 26.1% (Non-GAAP) for 2025. Excluding notable items, the adjusted ROTCE was 26.4% (Non-GAAP) for 2025.

See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for reconciliations of the Non-GAAP measures.

Metrics

•AUC/A totaled $59.3 trillion at Dec. 31, 2025 compared with $52.1 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024. The 14% increase primarily reflects client inflows, higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 5.)

•AUM totaled $2.18 trillion at Dec. 31, 2025 compared with $2.03 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024. The 7% increase primarily reflects higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows. (See “Review of business segments – Investment and Wealth Management business segment” beginning on page 16.)

Capital and liquidity

•Our CET1 ratio calculated under the Standardized Approach was 11.9% at Dec. 31, 2025 and 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by capital generated through earnings and a net increase in accumulated other comprehensive income, partially offset by capital returned through common stock repurchases and dividends and higher risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”). (See “Capital” beginning on page 38.)

•Our Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.0% at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with 5.7% at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase was driven by an increase in capital, partially offset by higher average assets. (See “Capital” beginning on page 38.)

4 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Fee and other revenue

Fee and other revenue2025 vs.2024 vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20252024202320242023
Investment services fees$10,211$9,419$8,8438%7%
Investment management and performance fees (a)(b)3,0853,1393,058(2)3
Foreign exchange revenue70668863139
Financing-related fees231216192713
Distribution and servicing fees146158148(8)7
Total fee revenue14,37913,62012,87266
Investment and other revenue757687480N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue$15,136$14,307$13,3526%7%
Fee revenue as a percentage of total revenue72%73%73%
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)$59.3$52.1$47.814%9%
AUM at period end (in billions) (d)$2,178$2,029$1,9747%3%

(a)    Effective 2025, certain rebates, which were previously recorded as distribution and servicing expense, began to be reflected as a reduction of investment management fees. These amounts totaled approximately $80 million for all periods presented and impacted the variances for investment management and performance fees and related revenue subtotals in the table above.

(b)    Excludes seed capital gains (losses) related to consolidated investment management funds.

(c)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Clearance and Collateral Management, Issuer Services, Pershing and Wealth Management lines of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $2.2 trillion at Dec. 31, 2025, $1.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023.

(d)    Represents assets managed in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Fee revenue increased 6% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher investment services fees and foreign exchange revenue, partially offset by lower investment management and performance fees.

Investment and other revenue increased $70 million in 2025 compared with 2024, primarily reflecting disposal gains and net gains on investments.

Investment services fees

Investment services fees increased 8% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher client activity and net new business, higher market values and Depositary Receipts revenue.

AUC/A totaled $59.3 trillion at Dec. 31, 2025, an increase of 14% compared with Dec. 31, 2024, primarily reflecting client inflows, higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar. AUC/A consisted of 38% equity securities and 62% fixed-income securities at Dec. 31, 2025 and 37% equity securities and 63% fixed-income securities at Dec. 31, 2024.

See “Securities Services business segment” and “Market and Wealth Services business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details.

Investment management and performance fees

Investment management and performance fees decreased 2% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting the mix of AUM flows and the adjustment for certain rebates (offset in noninterest expense), partially offset by higher market values and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar. Performance fees were $35 million in 2025 and $51 million in 2024. On a constant currency basis (Non-GAAP), investment management and performance fees decreased 2% compared with 2024. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of Non-GAAP measures.

AUM was $2.2 trillion at Dec. 31, 2025, an increase of 7% compared with Dec. 31, 2024, primarily reflecting higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows.

See “Investment and Wealth Management business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details regarding the drivers of investment management and performance fees, AUM and AUM flows.

BNY 5

Results of Operations (continued)

Foreign exchange revenue

Foreign exchange revenue is primarily driven by the volume of client transactions and the spread realized on these transactions, both of which are impacted by market volatility, the impact of foreign currency hedging activities and foreign currency remeasurement gain (loss). In 2025, foreign exchange revenue increased 3% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher volatility and volumes. Foreign exchange revenue is primarily reported in the Securities Services business segment and, to a lesser extent, the Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments and the Other segment.

Financing-related fees

Financing-related fees, which are primarily reported in the Market and Wealth Services and Securities Services business segments, include capital market fees, loan commitment fees and credit-related fees. Financing-related fees increased 7% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher underwriting and loan fees.

Distribution and servicing fees

Distribution and servicing fees earned from mutual funds are primarily based on average assets in the funds and the sales of funds that we manage or administer, and are primarily reported in the Investment Management line of business. These fees, which include 12b-1 fees, fluctuate with the overall level of net sales, the relative mix of sales between share classes, the funds’ market values and money market fee waivers.

Distribution and servicing fees were $146 million in 2025 compared with $158 million in 2024, driven by

higher fees paid to introducing brokers. The impact of distribution and servicing fees on income in any one period is partially offset by distribution and servicing expense paid to other financial intermediaries to cover their costs for distribution and servicing of mutual funds. Distribution and servicing expense is recorded as noninterest expense on the income statement.

Investment and other revenue

Investment and other revenue includes income or loss from consolidated investment management funds, seed capital gains or losses, other trading revenue or loss, renewable energy investments gains, income from corporate and bank-owned life insurance contracts, other investment gains or losses, gains or losses from disposals, expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture, other income or loss and net securities gains or losses. The income or loss from consolidated investment management funds should be considered together with the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests, which reflects the portion of the consolidated funds for which we do not have an economic interest and is reflected below net income as a separate line item on the consolidated income statement. Other trading revenue or loss primarily includes the impact of market-risk hedging activity related to our seed capital investments in investment management funds, non-foreign currency derivative and fixed income trading, and other hedging activity. Other investment gains or losses includes fair value changes of non-readily marketable strategic equity, private equity and other investments. Expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture relate to expenses incurred by BNY on behalf of the CIBC Mellon joint venture. Other income includes various miscellaneous revenues.

6 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table provides the components of investment and other revenue.

Investment and other revenue
(in millions)202520242023
Income from consolidated investment management funds$83$46$30
Seed capital gains (a)142029
Other trading revenue279314231
Renewable energy investment gains552528
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance165137118
Other investment gains (b)146747
Disposal gains (losses)52(6)
Expense reimbursements from joint venture136118117
Other income (loss)3945(46)
Net securities (losses)(80)(85)(68)
Total investment and other revenue$757$687$480

(a)    Includes gains (losses) on investments in BNY funds which hedge deferred incentive awards.

(b)    Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

Investment and other revenue was $757 million in 2025 compared with $687 million in 2024. The increase primarily reflects disposal gains and net gains on investments.

Net interest income

Net interest income2025 vs.2024 vs.
(dollars in millions)20252024202320242023
Net interest income$4,944$4,312$4,34515%(1)%
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment122N/MN/M
Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis – Non-GAAP (a)$4,945$4,314$4,34715%(1)%
Average interest-earning assets$373,096$353,744$348,1605%2%
Net interest margin1.33%1.22%1.25%11bps(3)bps
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (a)1.33%1.22%1.25%11bps(3)bps

(a)    Net interest income (FTE) – Non-GAAP and net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP include the tax equivalent adjustments on tax-exempt income, which allows for comparisons of amounts arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice. The adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income.

N/M – Not meaningful.

bps – basis points.

Net interest income increased 15% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting the reinvestment of maturing investment securities at higher yields and balance sheet growth, partially offset by deposit margin compression.

Net interest margin increased 11 basis points compared with 2024. The increase primarily reflects the factors mentioned above.

Average interest-earning assets increased 5% compared with 2024. The increase primarily reflects

higher federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements and securities balances, partially offset by lower interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks.

Average non-U.S. dollar deposits comprised approximately 25% of our average total deposits in 2025 and 2024. Approximately 50% of the average non-U.S. dollar deposits in 2025 and 2024 were euro-denominated.

BNY 7

Results of Operations (continued)

Average balances and interest rates20252024
(dollars in millions)Average balanceInterestAverage rateAverage balanceInterestAverage rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks:
Domestic offices$61,180$2,6494.33%$59,432$3,1485.30%
Foreign offices33,2238472.5540,5541,4673.62
Total interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks94,4033,4963.7099,9864,6154.62
Interest-bearing deposits with banks10,9293252.9810,9914343.94
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)41,23912,20829.6031,30610,91534.86
Loans:
Domestic offices67,7483,9165.7863,1084,1076.51
Foreign offices4,8482304.745,0332875.70
Total loans (b)72,5964,1465.7168,1414,3946.45
Securities:
U.S. government obligations30,3671,0783.5527,8261,0223.67
U.S. government agency obligations62,2772,0753.3362,8552,0583.27
Other securities:
Domestic offices15,9238155.1217,5609515.42
Foreign offices38,1191,1232.9429,6209113.07
Total other securities54,0421,9383.5947,1801,8623.95
Total investment securities146,6865,0913.47137,8614,9423.58
Trading securities (primarily domestic) (c)7,2433614.985,4593095.66
Total securities (c)153,9295,4523.54143,3205,2513.66
Total interest-earning assets (c)$373,096$25,6276.87%$353,744$25,6097.24%
Noninterest-earning assets62,79559,590
Total assets$435,891$413,334
Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Domestic offices$149,978$4,8863.26%$141,279$5,7914.10%
Foreign offices98,0232,1742.2292,9262,8563.07
Total interest-bearing deposits248,0017,0602.85234,2058,6473.69
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)17,34810,94663.0917,0079,97458.64
Trading liabilities2,7681244.471,768884.98
Other borrowed funds325165.04439184.10
Commercial paper2,3481064.521,197625.18
Payables to customers and broker-dealers15,9646694.1912,7266405.03
Long-term debt31,9191,7615.5231,8161,8665.87
Total interest-bearing liabilities$318,673$20,6826.49%$299,158$21,2957.12%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits50,23949,521
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities23,34923,694
Total liabilities392,261372,373
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity43,18840,756
Noncontrolling interests442205
Total liabilities and equity$435,891$413,334
Net interest income (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)$4,945$4,314
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)1.33%1.22%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment12
Net interest income – GAAP$4,944$4,312
Net interest margin – GAAP1.33%1.22%
Percentage of assets attributable to foreign offices22%23%
Percentage of liabilities attributable to foreign offices28%28%

(a)    Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $239 billion in 2025 and $176 billion in 2024. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 4.36% for 2025 and 5.28% for 2024, and the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been 4.28% for 2025 and 5.18% for 2024. We believe providing the rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b)    Interest income includes fees of $4 million in 2025 and $3 million in 2024. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans; the associated income, which was recognized on a cash basis, is included in interest income.

(c)    Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21% for both 2025 and 2024.

(d)    See “Net interest income” on page 7 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

8 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Average balances and interest rates2023
(dollars in millions)Average balanceInterestAverage rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks:
Domestic offices$59,492$3,0855.19%
Foreign offices44,4121,4563.28
Total interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks103,9044,5414.37
Interest-bearing deposits with banks13,6205233.84
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)26,0777,14127.38
Loans:
Domestic offices59,4873,6636.16
Foreign offices4,6092535.49
Total loans (b)64,0963,9166.11
Securities:
U.S. government obligations33,4341,0213.05
U.S. government agency obligations60,5861,6952.80
Other securities:
Domestic offices17,1688034.68
Foreign offices23,5056952.96
Total other securities40,6731,4983.68
Total investment securities134,6934,2143.13
Trading securities (primarily domestic) (c)5,7703155.46
Total securities (c)140,4634,5293.22
Total interest-earning assets (c)$348,160$20,6505.93%
Noninterest-earning assets58,582
Total assets$406,742
Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Domestic offices$123,513$4,7033.81%
Foreign offices88,8292,4212.73
Total interest-bearing deposits212,3427,1243.35
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)20,5406,69932.62
Trading liabilities3,3961564.60
Other borrowed funds1,102474.27
Commercial paper54.81
Payables to customers and broker-dealers14,4495663.91
Long-term debt31,0211,7115.51
Total interest-bearing liabilities$282,855$16,3035.76%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits59,227
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities24,011
Total liabilities366,093
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity40,588
Noncontrolling interests61
Total liabilities and equity$406,742
Net interest income (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)$4,347
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)1.25%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment2
Net interest income – GAAP$4,345
Net interest margin – GAAP1.25%
Percentage of assets attributable to foreign offices24%
Percentage of liabilities attributable to foreign offices27%

(a)    Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $111 billion in 2023. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 5.22%, and the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been 5.10% for 2023. We believe providing the rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b)    Interest income includes fees of $1 million in 2023. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans; the associated income, which was recognized on a cash basis, is included in interest income.

(c)    Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21% in 2023.

(d)    See “Net interest income” on page 7 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

BNY 9

Results of Operations (continued)

Noninterest expense

Noninterest expense2025 vs.2024 vs.
(dollars in millions)20252024202320242023
Staff$7,159$7,130$7,095%%
Software and equipment2,1471,9621,81798
Professional, legal and other purchased services1,5871,5031,5276(2)
Sub-custodian and clearing561498475135
Net occupancy5515375423(1)
Distribution and servicing269361353(25)2
Business development217188183153
Amortization of intangible assets455057(10)(12)
Bank assessment charges4436788N/MN/M
Other4744364589(5)
Total noninterest expense$13,054$12,701$13,2953%(4)%
Full-time employees at year-end (a)48,10051,80053,400(7)%(3)%

(a)    Beginning in 2024, the number of full-time employees excludes interns.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Total noninterest expense increased 3% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher investments, employee merit increases, higher revenue-related expenses and the unfavorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by efficiency savings. Excluding notable items, noninterest expense also increased 3% (Non-GAAP). See “Supervision and Regulation – FDIC Deposit Insurance” beginning on page 66 for information on the FDIC special assessment. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of the Non-GAAP measure.

Income taxes

BNY recorded an income tax provision of $1.5 billion (20.9% effective tax rate) in 2025. The income tax provision was $1.3 billion (22.3% effective tax rate) in 2024.

For additional information on income taxes, see Notes 2, 11 and 25 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Review of business segments

We have an internal information system that produces performance data along product and service lines for our three principal business segments: Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, and the Other segment.

Business segment accounting principles

Our business segment data has been determined on an internal management basis of accounting, rather than the generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) used for consolidated financial reporting. These measurement principles are designed so that reported results of the businesses will track their economic performance.

Our business segments are consistent with the structure used by the President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), to make key operating decisions and assess performance. Our CODM evaluates the business segments’ operating performance primarily based on fee and other revenue, total revenue, income before income taxes, and pre-tax operating margin. The significant expense information regularly provided to and reviewed by the CODM is total noninterest expense. The CODM considers this information when evaluating the performance of each business segment and making decisions about allocating capital and other resources to each business segment.

For information on the accounting principles of our business segments, the primary products and services in each line of business, the primary types of revenue by line of business and how our business segments are presented and analyzed, see Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

10 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Business segment results are subject to reclassification when organizational changes are made, or for refinements in revenue and expense allocation methodologies. Refinements are typically reflected on a prospective basis. In 2025, the prior periods total revenue by line of business for Investment Management and Wealth Management was revised for comparability to reflect the movement of certain fixed income investment management business from Wealth Management to Investment Management. There was no impact to total revenue reported for the Investment and Wealth Management business segment or on a consolidated basis.

The results of our business segments may be influenced by client and other activities that vary by quarter. In the first quarter, staff expense typically increases, reflecting the vesting of long-term stock awards for retirement-eligible employees. The timing of our annual employee merit increases also impacts staff expense. In 2024 and 2025, the merit increase was effective in March and in 2023, the merit increase was effective in April, thus partially impacting the full-year staff expense variances. In the third quarter, volume-related fees may decline due to reduced client activity. In the fourth quarter, we typically incur higher business development and marketing expenses. In our Investment and Wealth Management business segment, performance fees are typically higher in the fourth quarter, as that quarter represents the end of the measurement period for many of the performance fee-eligible relationships.

The results of our business segments may also be impacted by the translation of financial results denominated in foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. On a consolidated basis and in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, we typically have more foreign currency-denominated expenses than revenues. However, our Investment and Wealth Management business segment typically has more foreign currency-denominated revenues than expenses. Overall, currency fluctuations impact the year-over-year growth rate in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment more than the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments. However, currency fluctuations, in isolation, are not expected to significantly impact net income on a consolidated basis.

Fee revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment, and to a lesser extent, the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, is impacted by global market fluctuations. At Dec. 31, 2025, we estimated that a 5% change in global equity markets, spread evenly throughout the year, would impact fee revenue by less than 1% and diluted earnings per common share by $0.05 to $0.08.

See Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the consolidating schedules which show the contribution of our business segments to our overall profitability.

BNY 11

Results of Operations (continued)

Securities Services business segment

2025 vs.2024 vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20252024202320242023
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Asset Servicing$4,456$4,094$3,8729%6%
Issuer Services1,2871,1631,121114
Total investment services fees5,7435,2574,99395
Foreign exchange revenue596552488813
Other fees (a)266234215149
Total fee revenue6,6056,0435,69696
Investment and other revenue415405333N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue7,0206,4486,02997
Net interest income2,7102,4682,56910(4)
Total revenue9,7308,9168,59894
Provision for credit losses(21)3899N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)6,5056,2866,3273(1)
Amortization of intangible assets272831(4)(10)
Total noninterest expense6,5326,3146,3583(1)
Income before income taxes$3,219$2,564$2,14126%20%
Pre-tax operating margin33%29%25%
Securities lending revenue (b)$239$191$18925%1%
Total revenue by line of business:
Asset Servicing$7,516$6,872$6,6129%4%
Issuer Services2,2142,0441,98683
Total revenue by line of business$9,730$8,916$8,5989%4%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$11,204$11,235$11,207%%
Average deposits$184,433$178,643$168,4113%6%
Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)$43.0$37.7$34.214%10%
Market value of securities on loan at period end (in billions) (d)$604$488$45024%8%
Issuer Services:
Total debt serviced at period end (in trillions)$14.8$14.1$14.05%1%
Number of Depositary Receipts programs at period end1,6141,5761,6452%(4)%

(a)    Other fees primarily include financing-related fees.

(b)    Included in investment services fees reported in the Asset Servicing line of business.

(c)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Issuer Services line of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $2.2 trillion at Dec. 31, 2025, $1.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023.

(d)    Represents the total amount of securities on loan in our agency securities lending program. Excludes securities for which BNY acts as agent on behalf of CIBC Mellon clients, which totaled $74 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, $60 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $63 billion at Dec. 31, 2023.

N/M – Not meaningful.

12 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Business segment description

The Securities Services business segment consists of two distinct lines of business, Asset Servicing and Issuer Services, which provide business solutions across the transaction lifecycle to our global asset owner, asset manager and corporate clients. We are one of the leading global investment services providers with $43.0 trillion of AUC/A at Dec. 31, 2025. For information on the drivers of the Securities Services fee revenue, see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Asset Servicing business provides a comprehensive suite of solutions. We are one of the largest global custody, fund administrator and front-to-back outsourcing service providers. We offer services for the safekeeping of assets in capital markets globally as well as fund accounting services, exchange-traded funds servicing, transfer agency, trust and depository, front-to-back capabilities, data and analytics solutions and digital asset custody and administration services for our clients. We deliver foreign exchange, and securities lending and financing solutions, on both an agency and principal basis. Our agency securities lending program is one of the largest lenders of U.S. and non-U.S. securities, servicing a lendable asset pool of approximately $6.1 trillion in 35 markets. Our market-leading liquidity services portal enables cash investments for institutional clients and includes fund research and analytics.

The Issuer Services business includes Corporate Trust and Depositary Receipts. Our Corporate Trust business delivers a full range of issuer and related investor services, including trustee, paying agency, fiduciary, escrow and other financial services. We are a leading provider to the debt capital markets, providing customized and market-driven solutions to investors, bondholders and lenders. Our Depositary Receipts business drives global investing by providing servicing and value-

added solutions that enable, facilitate and enhance cross-border trading, clearing, settlement and ownership. We are one of the largest providers of depositary receipts services in the world, partnering with leading companies from more than 50 countries.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $43.0 trillion increased 14% compared with Dec. 31, 2024, primarily reflecting higher market values, client inflows and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar.

Total revenue of $9.7 billion increased 9% compared with 2024. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Asset Servicing revenue of $7.5 billion increased 9% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher net interest income, client activity, market values, net new business and a disposal gain, partially offset by an investment loss.

Issuer Services revenue of $2.2 billion increased 8% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher Depositary Receipts revenue and a disposal gain.

Market and regulatory trends are driving investable assets toward lower fee asset management products at reduced margins for our clients. These dynamics are also negatively impacting our investment services fees. However, at the same time, these trends are providing additional outsourcing opportunities as clients and other market participants seek to comply with regulations and reduce their operating costs.

Noninterest expense of $6.5 billion increased 3% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher investments, revenue-related expenses, employee merit increases and the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by efficiency savings.

BNY 13

Results of Operations (continued)

Market and Wealth Services business segment

2025 vs.2024 vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20252024202320242023
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Pershing$2,029$1,947$1,8854%3%
Payments and Trade (a)844792717710
Clearance and Collateral Management1,5621,3851,2121314
Total investment services fees4,4354,1243,81488
Foreign exchange revenue11897812220
Other fees (b)2632352021216
Total fee revenue4,8164,4564,09789
Investment and other revenue887963N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue4,9044,5354,16089
Net interest income2,0961,7291,710211
Total revenue7,0006,2645,870127
Provision for credit losses(12)1941N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)3,5853,3493,19975
Amortization of intangible assets346(25)(33)
Total noninterest expense3,5883,3533,20575
Income before income taxes$3,424$2,892$2,62418%10%
Pre-tax operating margin49%46%45%
Total revenue by line of business:
Pershing$2,928$2,687$2,6169%3%
Payments and Trade (a)2,0011,7371,637156
Clearance and Collateral Management2,0711,8401,6171314
Total revenue by line of business$7,000$6,264$5,87012%7%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$45,804$41,533$37,50210%11%
Average deposits$96,958$90,185$85,7858%5%
Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)$15.9$14.1$13.313%6%
Pershing:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions)$3.0$2.7$2.511%8%
Net new assets (U.S. platform) (in billions) (d)$55$(6)$22N/MN/M
Daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”) (U.S. platform) (in thousands)29626923410%15%
Average active clearing accounts (in thousands)8,4218,0987,9464%2%
Payments and Trade: (a)
Average daily U.S. dollar payment volumes248,808242,997236,6962%3%
Clearance and Collateral Management:
Average collateral balances (in billions)$7,091$6,217$6,34314%(2)%

(a)    Formerly Treasury Services.

(b)    Other fees primarily include financing-related fees.

(c)    Consists of AUC/A from the Clearance and Collateral Management and Pershing businesses.

(d)    Net new assets represent net flows of assets (e.g., net cash deposits and net securities transfers, including dividends and interest) in customer accounts in Pershing LLC, a U.S. broker-dealer.

N/M – Not meaningful.

14 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Business segment description

The Market and Wealth Services business segment consists of three distinct lines of business, Pershing, Payments and Trade and Clearance and Collateral Management, which provide business services and technology solutions to entities including financial institutions, corporations, foundations and endowments, public funds and government agencies. For information on the drivers of the Market and Wealth Services fee revenue, see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pershing provides execution, clearing, custody and technology solutions, delivering operational support to broker-dealers, wealth managers and registered investment advisors (“RIAs”) globally.

Our Payments and Trade business is a leading provider of global payments, liquidity management and trade finance services for financial institutions, corporations and the public sector.

Our Clearance and Collateral Management business clears and settles equity and fixed-income transactions globally and serves as custodian for tri-party repo collateral worldwide. We are the primary provider of U.S. government securities clearance and a provider of non-U.S. government securities clearance. Our collateral services include collateral management, administration and segregation. We offer innovative solutions and industry expertise that help financial institutions and institutional investors with their financing, risk and balance sheet opportunities.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $15.9 trillion increased 13% compared with Dec. 31, 2024, primarily reflecting client inflows and higher market values.

Total revenue of $7.0 billion increased 12% compared with 2024. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Pershing revenue of $2.9 billion increased 9% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher net interest income, market values and client activity.

Payments and Trade, formerly Treasury Services, revenue of $2.0 billion increased 15% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher net interest income and net new business, partially offset by an investment loss.

Clearance and Collateral Management revenue of $2.1 billion increased 13% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher collateral management balances, clearance volumes and net interest income.

Noninterest expense of $3.6 billion increased 7% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher investments, employee merit increases, revenue-related expenses, and higher litigation reserves and severance expense, partially offset by efficiency savings.

BNY 15

Results of Operations (continued)

Investment and Wealth Management business segment

2025 vs.2024 vs.
(dollars in millions)20252024202320242023
Revenue:
Investment management fees (a)$3,052$3,093$2,981(1)%4%
Performance fees355181N/MN/M
Investment management and performance fees (b)3,0873,1443,062(2)3
Distribution and servicing fees27527524114
Other fees (c)(313)(256)(214)N/MN/M
Total fee revenue3,0493,1633,089(4)2
Investment and other revenue (d)3550(102)N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue (d)3,0843,2132,987(4)8
Net interest income174176168(1)5
Total revenue3,2583,3893,155(4)7
Provision for credit losses54(4)N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets) (a)2,6952,7622,756(2)
Amortization of intangible assets151820(17)(10)
Total noninterest expense2,7102,7802,776(3)
Income before income taxes$543$605$383(10)%58%
Pre-tax operating margin17%18%12%
Total revenue by line of business:
Investment Management (e)$2,197$2,330$2,148(6)%8%
Wealth Management (e)1,0611,0591,0075
Total revenue by line of business$3,258$3,389$3,155(4)%7%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$13,902$13,610$13,7182%(1)%
Average deposits$9,445$10,589$14,280(11)%(26)%

(a)    Effective 2025, certain rebates, which were previously recorded as distribution and servicing expense, began to be reflected as a reduction of investment management fees. These amounts totaled approximately $80 million for all periods presented and impacted the variance for investment management fees and related revenue subtotals, noninterest expense and Investment Management total revenue in the table above.

(b)    On a constant currency basis, investment management and performance fees decreased 3% (Non-GAAP) compared with 2024. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(c)    Other fees primarily include investment services fees.

(d)    Investment and other revenue and total fee and other revenue are net of income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds.

(e)    In 2025, prior periods total revenue by line of business for Investment Management and Wealth Management was revised for comparability to reflect the movement of certain fixed income investment management business from Wealth Management to Investment Management. There was no impact to total revenue reported for the Investment and Wealth Management business segment or on a consolidated basis.

N/M – Not meaningful.

16 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

AUM trends
(in billions)202520242023
AUM by product type: (a)
Equity$179$162$145
Fixed income262221205
Index517491459
Liability-driven investments539548605
Multi-asset and alternative investments186171170
Cash495436390
Total AUM$2,178$2,029$1,974
Changes in AUM (a):
Beginning balance of AUM$2,029$1,974$1,836
Net inflows (outflows):
Long-term strategies:
Equity(18)(15)(12)
Fixed income1918(4)
Liability-driven investments(37)212
Multi-asset and alternative investments(8)(15)(9)
Total long-term active strategies (outflows)(44)(10)(13)
Index(49)(42)(12)
Total long-term strategies (outflows)(93)(52)(25)
Short-term strategies:
Cash56455
Total net (outflows)(37)(7)(20)
Net market impact11569121
Net currency impact56(25)37
Other (b)1518
Ending balance of AUM$2,178$2,029$1,974
Wealth Management client assets (c)$350$327$312

(a)    Represents assets managed in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

(b)    Activity in 2025 reflects a change in methodology to include assets under advisement. Activity in 2024 reflects the realignment of similar products and services within our lines of business.

(c)    Includes AUM and AUC/A in the Wealth Management line of business.

Business segment description

The Investment and Wealth Management business segment consists of Investment Management and Wealth Management lines of business, and has a combined AUM of $2.2 trillion as of Dec. 31, 2025.

Our Investment Management business is a multi-asset portfolio solutions provider offering products and investments for institutional and retail clients globally. This includes a global distribution platform and seven specialized investment firms: BNY Investments Dreyfus, a liquidity solutions provider; BNY Investments Mellon, an index provider; Insight Investment, our fixed income franchise; BNY

Investments Newton, an equity and multi-asset manager; Walter Scott, a specialized equity manager; and Brazilian equity manager ARX. BNY also owns a noncontrolling interest in Siguler Gulf, a multi-strategy private equity investment firm. Each highly experienced investment team has its own proprietary investment process and approach.

Investment Management also delivers integrated portfolio solutions, including models and Outsourced Chief Investment Officer services. Our multi-asset investment expertise also powers our sub-advisory services for ETFs, separately managed accounts, digital assets and model portfolios.

Wealth Management provides investment management, custody, wealth and estate planning, private banking services, investment servicing and information management. Wealth Management has $350 billion in client assets as of Dec. 31, 2025, and more than 30 offices in the U.S. and internationally.

Wealth Management clients include individuals, families and institutions, such as family offices, charitable gift programs, endowments and foundations. We work with clients to build, manage and sustain wealth across generations and market cycles.

Wealth Management differentiates itself with a comprehensive wealth management framework called Active Wealth that seeks to empower clients to build and sustain long-term wealth.

The results of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment are driven by a blend of daily, monthly and quarterly AUM by product type. The overall level of AUM for a given period is determined by:

•the beginning level of AUM;

•the net flows of new assets during the period resulting from new business wins and existing client inflows, reduced by the loss of clients and existing client outflows; and

•the impact of market price appreciation or depreciation, foreign exchange rates and investment firm acquisitions or divestitures.

The mix of AUM is a result of the historical growth rates of equity and fixed income markets and the cumulative net flows of our investment firms as a result of client asset allocation decisions. Actively

BNY 17

Results of Operations (continued)

managed equity, multi-asset and alternative assets typically generate higher percentage fees than fixed-income and liability-driven investments and cash. Also, actively managed assets typically generate higher management fees than indexed or passively managed assets of the same type. Market and regulatory trends have resulted in increased demand for lower fee asset management products and for performance-based fees.

Investment management fees are dependent on the overall level and mix of AUM and the management fees expressed in basis points (one-hundredth of one percent) charged for managing those assets. Management fees are typically subject to fee schedules based on the overall level of assets managed for a single client or by individual asset class and style. This is most common for institutional clients where we typically manage substantial assets for individual accounts.

Performance fees are generally calculated as a percentage of a portfolio’s performance in excess of a benchmark index or a peer group’s performance.

A key driver of growth in investment management and performance fees is the amount of net new AUM flows. Overall market conditions are also key drivers, with a significant long-term economic driver being growth of global financial assets.

Net interest income is determined by loan and deposit volumes and the interest rate spread between customer rates and internal funds transfer rates on loans and deposits. Expenses in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment are mainly driven by staff and distribution and servicing expenses.

Review of financial results

AUM of $2.2 trillion increased 7% compared with Dec. 31, 2024, primarily reflecting higher market

values and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows.

Net long-term strategy outflows were $93 billion in 2025, primarily driven by outflows of index, liability-driven investments and equity investments, partially offset by inflows of fixed income investments. Short-term strategy inflows were $56 billion in 2025.

Total revenue of $3.3 billion decreased 4% compared with 2024. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Investment Management revenue of $2.2 billion decreased 6% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting the mix of AUM flows and the adjustment for certain rebates (offset in noninterest expense) (refer to note (a) on page 16), partially offset by higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar.

Wealth Management revenue of $1.1 billion was flat compared with 2024, primarily reflecting higher market values, partially offset by changes in product mix.

Revenue generated in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment included 28% from non-U.S. sources in 2025, compared with 30% in 2024.

Noninterest expense of $2.7 billion decreased 3% compared with 2024, primarily reflecting lower revenue-related expenses (including the adjustment for certain rebates) (refer to note (a) on page 16) and efficiency savings, partially offset by higher investments, employee merit increases and the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar.

18 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Other segment

(in millions)202520242023
Fee revenue$(91)$(42)$(10)
Investment and other revenue185140184
Total fee and other revenue9498174
Net interest expense(36)(61)(102)
Total revenue583772
Provision for credit losses(4)9(17)
Noninterest expense224254956
(Loss) before income taxes$(162)$(226)$(867)
Average loans$1,686$1,763$1,669

Segment description

The Other segment primarily includes:

•corporate treasury activities, including our securities portfolio;

•tax credit investments and other corporate investments;

•corporate and bank-owned life insurance;

•derivatives and other trading activity; and

•certain business exits.

Revenue primarily reflects:

•net interest income (expense) and derivatives and other corporate treasury activities;

•investment and other revenue from corporate and bank-owned life insurance, gains (losses) associated with investment securities and other assets;

•other revenue from certain business exits; and

•fee revenue from the elimination of the results of certain services provided between segments, which are also provided to third parties.

Expenses include:

•direct expenses supporting investing and funding activities; and

•expenses not directly attributable to Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management operations.

Review of financial results

Loss before taxes was $162 million in 2025 compared with $226 million in 2024.

Total revenue increased $21 million compared with 2024, primarily reflecting other investment gains.

Noninterest expense decreased $30 million compared with 2024, primarily driven by lower severance expense and litigation reserves.

International operations

Our primary international activities consist of asset servicing in our Securities Services business segment, global payment services in our Market and Wealth Services business segment and investment management in our Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

Our clients include central banks and sovereigns, financial institutions, asset managers, insurance companies, corporations, local authorities and high-net-worth individuals and family offices. Through our global network of offices, we have developed a deep understanding of local requirements and cultural needs, and we pride ourselves on providing dedicated service through our multilingual sales, marketing and client service teams.

At Dec. 31, 2025, approximately 60% of our total employees (full-time and part-time employees) were based outside the U.S., with approximately 10,100 employees in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, approximately 18,000 employees in the Asia-Pacific region and approximately 700 employees in other global locations, primarily Brazil.

We are a leading global asset manager. Our international operations managed 46% of BNY’s AUM at Dec. 31, 2025 and 47% at Dec. 31, 2024.

We offer a full range of tailored solutions for investment companies, financial institutions and institutional investors across most European markets.

BNY 19

Results of Operations (continued)

We are a provider of non-U.S. government securities, fixed income and equities clearance, settling securities transactions directly in European markets, and using a high-quality and established network of local agents in non-European markets.

We have extensive experience providing trade and cash services to financial institutions and central banks outside of the U.S. In addition, we offer a broad range of servicing and fiduciary products to financial institutions, corporations and central banks. In emerging markets, we lead with custody, global payments and issuer services, introducing other products as the markets mature. For more established markets, our focus is on global investment services.

We are also a full-service global provider of foreign exchange services, actively trading in over 100 of the world’s currencies. We serve clients from trading desks located in Europe, Asia and North America.

Our financial results, as well as our levels of AUC/A and AUM, are impacted by translation from foreign

currencies to the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. If the U.S. dollar depreciates against these currencies, the translation impact is a higher level of fee revenue, net interest income, noninterest expense and AUC/A and AUM. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar appreciates, the translated levels of fee revenue, net interest income, noninterest expense and AUC/A and AUM will be lower.

International clients accounted for 35% of revenues in 2025 and 35% in 2024. Net income from international operations was $2.4 billion in 2025, compared with $2.3 billion in 2024.

For additional information regarding our international operations, including certain key subjective assumptions used in determining the results, see Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

20 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Country risk exposure

The following table presents BNY’s top 10 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) as of Dec. 31, 2025, as well as certain countries with higher-risk profiles. The exposure is presented on an internal risk management basis and has not been reduced by the allowance for credit losses. We monitor our exposure to these and other countries as part of our internal country risk management process.

The country risk exposure below reflects the Company’s risk to an immediate default of the

counterparty or obligor based on the country of residence of the entity which incurs the liability. If there is credit risk mitigation, the country of residence of the entity providing the risk mitigation is the country of risk. The country of risk for securities is generally based on the domicile of the issuer of the security. The country risk exposure below does not reflect exposure that might arise from certain commitments and contingent liabilities set forth in Note 21 of the Notes to Financial Statements.

Country risk exposure at Dec. 31, 2025Interest-bearing depositsTotal exposure
(in billions)Central banksBanksLending (a)Securities (b)Other (c)
Top 10 country exposure:
United Kingdom (“UK”)$9.5$0.3$1.2$7.1$2.4$20.5
Germany14.40.30.73.60.319.3
Canada0.90.14.11.56.6
Netherlands1.30.43.60.25.5
Luxembourg0.20.31.30.11.83.7
France0.10.13.00.33.5
Belgium1.50.60.11.20.13.5
South Korea0.20.12.10.20.83.4
Australia1.30.30.90.63.1
Japan1.50.70.50.33.0
Total Top 10 country exposure$28.6$4.6$6.3$24.3$8.3$72.1(d)
Select country exposure:
Brazil$$0.1$1.2$0.1$0.1$1.5
Russia1.3(e)1.3

(a)    Lending includes loans, acceptances, issued letters of credit, net of participations, and lending-related commitments.

(b)    Securities include both the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

(c)    Other exposure includes over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative and securities financing transactions, net of collateral.

(d)    The top 10 country exposure comprises approximately 65% of our total non-U.S. exposure.

(e)    Represents cash balances with exposure to Russia.

We have exposure to certain countries with higher risk profiles. The country risk exposure to Brazil is primarily short-term trade finance loans extended to large financial institutions. We also have operations in Brazil providing investment services and investment management services.

The war in Ukraine has increased our focus on Russia. The country risk exposure to Russia consists of cash balances related to our Securities Services businesses and may increase in the future to the extent cash is allocated for the benefit of our clients that is subject to distribution restrictions. BNY has ceased new banking business in Russia and suspended investment management purchases of Russian securities.

Russian securities included in our AUC/A and AUM at Dec. 31, 2025, continue to be insignificant as a percentage of the total AUC/A and AUM, respectively. We will continue to work with multinational clients that depend on our custody and recordkeeping services to manage their exposures.

Critical accounting estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain of these policies include critical accounting estimates which require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Our critical accounting estimates are those related to the

BNY 21

Results of Operations (continued)

allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangibles and litigation and regulatory contingencies. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with the Company’s Audit Committee.

Allowance for credit losses

The allowance for credit losses covers financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, including loans and lending-related commitments, held-to-maturity securities, certain securities financing transactions and deposits with banks. The allowance for credit losses is intended to adjust the carrying value of these assets by an estimated amount of credit losses that we expect to incur over the life of the asset. Similarly, the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments and other off-balance sheet financial instruments is meant to capture the credit losses that we expect to recognize in these portfolios as of the balance sheet date.

A quantitative methodology and qualitative framework is used to estimate the allowance for credit losses.

The quantitative component of our estimate uses models and methodologies that categorize financial assets based on product type, collateral type, and other credit trends and risk characteristics, including relevant information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions that affect the collectability of the recorded amounts. For the quantitative component, we segment portfolios into various major components including commercial, commercial real estate, financial institutions, residential mortgages and other loans. The segmentation of our debt securities portfolios is by major asset class and is influenced by whether the security is structured or non-structured (i.e., direct obligation), as well as the issuer type. The components of the credit loss calculation for each major portfolio or asset class include a probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default, as applicable, and their values depend on the forecast behavior of variables in the macroeconomic environment. We utilize a multi-scenario macroeconomic forecast which includes a weighting of three scenarios: a baseline and upside and downside scenarios and allows us to develop our estimate using a wide span of economic variables.

Our baseline scenario reflects a view on likely performance of each global region and the other two scenarios are designed relative to the baseline scenario. This approach incorporates a reasonable and supportable forecast period spanning the life of the asset, and includes both an initial estimated economic outlook component as well as a reversion component for each economic input variable. The length of each of the two components depends on the underlying financial instrument, scenario, and underlying economic input variable. In general, the initial economic outlook period for each economic input variable under each scenario ranges between several months and two years. The speed at which the scenario-specific forecasts revert to long-term historical mean is based on observed historical patterns of mean reversion at the economic variable input level that are reflected in our model parameter estimates. Certain macroeconomic variables such as unemployment or home prices take longer to revert after a contraction, though specific recovery times are scenario-specific. Reversion will usually take longer the further away the scenario-specific forecast is from the historical mean. On a quarterly basis, and within a developed governance structure, we update these scenarios for current economic conditions and may adjust the scenario weighting based on our economic outlook. The Company uses judgment to assess these economic conditions and loss data in determining the best estimate of the allowance for credit losses and these estimates are subject to periodic refinement based on changes to underlying external or Company-specific historical data.

In the quantitative component of our estimate, we measure expected credit losses using an individual evaluation method if the risk characteristics of the asset is no longer consistent with the portfolio or class of asset. For these assets, we do not employ the macroeconomic model calculation but consider factors such as payment status, collateral value, the obligor’s financial condition, guarantor support, the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due, and recovery expectations if they can be reasonably estimated. For loans, we measure the expected credit loss as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the present value of the expected future cash flows from the borrower which is generally discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral-dependent. We generally individually evaluate

22 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

nonperforming loans as well as loans that have been modified given the risk characteristics of such loans.

Available-for-sale debt securities are recorded at fair value. When an available-for-sale debt security is in an unrealized loss position, we employ a methodology to identify and estimate the credit loss portion of the unrealized loss position. The measurement of expected credit losses is performed at the security level and is based on our best single estimate of cash flows, on a discounted basis; however, we do not specifically employ the macroeconomic forecasting models and scenarios summarized above.

The qualitative component of our estimate for the allowance for credit losses is intended to capture expected losses that may not have been fully captured in the quantitative component. Through an established governance structure, management determines the qualitative allowance each period based on an evaluation of various internal and environmental factors that include: scenario weighting and sensitivity risk, credit concentration risk, economic conditions and other considerations. We have made and may continue to make adjustments for idiosyncratic risks.

To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs and recoveries.

Our allowance for credit losses is sensitive to a number of inputs, most notably the macroeconomic forecast assumptions that are incorporated into our estimate of credit losses through the expected life of the loan portfolio, as well as credit ratings assigned to each borrower. As the macroeconomic environment and related forecasts change, the allowance for credit losses may change materially. The following sensitivity analyses do not represent management’s expectations of the deterioration of our portfolios or the economic environment, but are provided as hypothetical scenarios to assess the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in key inputs. If commercial real estate property values were increased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade better, the quantitative allowance would have decreased by $40 million, and if commercial real estate property values were decreased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade worse, the quantitative allowance would have increased by $74

million. Our multi-scenario macroeconomic forecast used in determining the Dec. 31, 2025 allowance for credit losses consisted of three scenarios. The baseline scenario reflects gross domestic product (“GDP”) growth through mid-2026 before moderating for the remainder of 2026, slightly increasing unemployment through 2026 and stable commercial real estate prices through 2026. The upside scenario reflects higher GDP growth through mid-2026 before moderating for the remainder of 2026, declining unemployment through mid-2026 before stabilizing for the remainder of 2026 and slightly increasing commercial real estate prices through 2026 compared with the baseline. The downside scenario contemplates negative GDP growth through mid-2026, rapidly increasing unemployment through 2026 and sharply lower commercial real estate prices through 2026 compared with the baseline. At Dec. 31, 2025, we placed the largest weighting on our baseline scenario, followed by the downside scenario, with the remaining weighting placed on the upside scenario. From a sensitivity perspective, at Dec. 31, 2025, if we had applied 100% weighting to the downside scenario, the quantitative allowance for credit losses would have been approximately $99 million higher.

See Notes 1 and 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the allowance for credit losses.

Goodwill and other intangibles

We initially record all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. Goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles are subsequently accounted for in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. The initial measurement of goodwill and intangibles requires judgment concerning estimates of the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities. Goodwill ($16.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2025) and indefinite-lived intangible assets ($2.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2025) are not amortized but are subject to tests for impairment annually or more often if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not they may be impaired. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying value.

BNY 23

Results of Operations (continued)

Goodwill

BNY’s business segments include seven reporting units for which goodwill impairment testing is performed on an annual basis. An interim goodwill impairment test is performed when events or circumstances occur that may indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit may be less than its carrying value.

The goodwill impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. However, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit were to exceed its estimated fair value, an impairment loss would be recorded for the difference.

In each quarter of 2025, we completed an interim goodwill impairment test of the Investment Management reporting unit, which had $6.3 billion of allocated goodwill as of Dec. 31, 2025. In all cases, we determined the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and no goodwill impairment was recorded.

For the Dec. 31, 2025 interim goodwill impairment test, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately 10%. We determined the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit using an income approach based on management’s projections as of Dec. 31, 2025. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10%.

As of Dec. 31, 2025, if the discount rate applied to the estimated cash flows was increased or decreased by 25 basis points, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit would decrease or increase by approximately 4%, respectively. Similarly, if the long-term growth rate was increased or decreased by 10 basis points, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit would increase or decrease by approximately 1%, respectively.

In the second quarter of 2025, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test on the remaining six reporting units using an income approach to estimate the fair values of each reporting unit. Estimated cash flows used in the income approach were based on

management’s projections as of April 1, 2025. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10%.

As a result of the annual goodwill impairment test, no goodwill impairment was recognized. The fair values of the Company’s remaining six reporting units were substantially in excess of the respective reporting units’ carrying value.

Intangible assets

Key judgments in accounting for intangible assets include determining the useful life and classification between goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets or other amortizing intangible assets.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets ($2.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2025) are evaluated for impairment at least annually by comparing their fair values, estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, to their carrying values. As a result of the annual evaluation, no impairment was recognized.

Other amortizing intangible assets ($234 million at Dec. 31, 2025) are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. Such evaluation of other intangible assets would be initially based on undiscounted cash flow projections.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible assets is subject to uncertainty as it is reliant on estimates of cash flows that extend far into the future, and, by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such an extended time frame. In the future, changes in the assumptions or the discount rate could produce a material non-cash goodwill or intangible asset impairment.

See Notes 1 and 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding goodwill, intangible assets and the annual and interim impairment testing.

Litigation and regulatory contingencies

Significant estimates and judgments are required in establishing an accrued liability for litigation and regulatory contingencies. For additional information on our policy, see “Legal proceedings” in Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

24 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Consolidated balance sheet review

One of our key risk management objectives is to maintain a balance sheet that remains strong throughout market cycles to meet the expectations of our major stakeholders, including our shareholders, clients, creditors and regulators.

We also seek to undertake overall liquidity risk, including intraday liquidity risk, that stays within our risk appetite. The objective of our balance sheet management strategy is to maintain a balance sheet that is characterized by strong liquidity and asset quality, ready access to external funding sources at competitive rates and a strong capital structure that supports our risk-taking activities and is adequate to absorb potential losses. In managing the balance sheet, appropriate consideration is given to balancing the competing needs of maintaining sufficient levels of liquidity and complying with applicable regulations and supervisory expectations while optimizing profitability.

At Dec. 31, 2025, total assets were $472 billion, compared with $416 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase in total assets was primarily driven by higher interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, securities and loans. Deposits totaled $332 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with $290 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects higher interest-bearing deposits. Total interest-bearing deposit liabilities as a percentage of total interest-earning assets were 66% at Dec. 31, 2025 and 65% at Dec. 31, 2024.

At Dec. 31, 2025, available funds totaled $176 billion and include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under

resale agreements. This compares with available funds of $144 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Total available funds as a percentage of total assets were 37% at Dec. 31, 2025 and 35% at Dec. 31, 2024. For additional information on our available funds, see “Liquidity and dividends.”

Securities were $150 billion, or 32% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with $137 billion, or 33% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects higher U.S. Treasury and non-U.S. government securities and unrealized pre-tax gains in 2025, partially offset by lower U.S. government agency securities. For additional information on our securities portfolio, see “Securities” and Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loans were $81 billion, or 17% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with $72 billion, or 17% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase was driven by higher margin loans, other loans and wealth management loans, partially offset by lower overdrafts. For additional information on our loan portfolio, see “Loans” and Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-term debt totaled $31.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $30.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects issuances and an increase in the fair value of hedged long-term debt partially offset by maturities and redemptions. For additional information on long-term debt, see “Liquidity and dividends” and Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation total shareholders’ equity totaled $44 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $41 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. For additional information, see “Capital” and Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY 25

Results of Operations (continued)

Securities

In the discussion of our securities portfolio, we have included certain credit ratings information because the information can indicate the degree of credit risk to which we are exposed. Significant changes in ratings classifications could indicate increased credit risk for us and could be accompanied by an increase in the allowance for credit losses and/or a reduction in the fair value of our securities portfolio.

The following table shows the distribution of our total securities portfolio.

Securities portfolioDec. 31, 20242025 change in unrealized gain (loss)Dec. 31, 2025Fair value as a % of amortizedcost (a)Unrealized (loss)% Floatingrate (b)Ratings (c)
BBB+/ BBB-BB+ and lower
(dollars in millions)Fair valueAmortizedcost (a)Fair valueAAA/ AA-A+/ A-Not rated
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”)$42,183$1,703$47,696$45,38395%$(2,313)14%100%%%%%
Non-U.S. government (d)29,19830034,24734,224100(23)228416
U.S. Treasury24,79355033,45133,386100(65)33100
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”)10,3772579,8289,60098(228)44100
Foreign covered bonds (e)7,623438,8248,806100(18)35100
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)7,637(12)7,9587,958100100100
U.S. government agencies5,6361714,1954,02996(166)27100
Non-agency commercial MBS2,487702,2802,19696(84)46100
Non-agency RMBS1,492391,6291,51593(114)46100
Other asset-backed securities6151839737695(21)21100
Other10111091(1)100
Total securities$132,051$3,139$150,516$147,48398%$(3,033)(f)29%96%4%%%%

(a)    Amortized cost includes the impact of hedged item basis adjustments, which was a net decrease of $910 million, and is net of the allowance for credit losses.

(b)    Includes the impact of hedges.

(c)    Represents ratings by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or the equivalent.

(d)    Includes supranational securities. Primarily consists of exposure to the UK, France, Germany, the Netherlands and Canada.

(e)    Primarily consists of exposure to Canada, the UK, Germany, Australia, the Netherlands and Singapore.

(f)    At Dec. 31, 2025, includes a pre-tax net unrealized loss of $316 million related to available-for-sale securities, net of hedges, and $2,717 million related to held-to-maturity securities. The after-tax unrealized loss, net of hedges, related to available-for-sale securities was $241 million and the after-tax unrealized loss related to held-to-maturity securities was $2,072 million.

The fair value of our securities portfolio was $147.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with $132.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects higher U.S. Treasury and non-U.S. government securities and unrealized pre-tax gains in 2025, partially offset by lower U.S. government agency securities.

At Dec. 31, 2025, the securities portfolio had a net unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, of $3.0 billion, compared with $6.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The improvement in the net unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, was primarily driven by the impact of lower interest rates.

The fair value of the available-for-sale securities totaled $102.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, or 69% of the securities portfolio. The fair value of the held-to-

maturity securities totaled $45.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, or 31% of the securities portfolio.

The unrealized loss (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $241 million at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with $1.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The improvement in the net unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, was primarily driven by the impact of lower interest rates.

At Dec. 31, 2025, 96% of the securities in our portfolio were rated AAA/AA-, compared with 99% at Dec. 31, 2024.

See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the pre-tax net securities gains (losses) by security type. See Note 19 of the Notes to

26 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Consolidated Financial Statements for securities by level in the fair value hierarchy.

The following table presents the net premium (discount) and net amortization (accretion) related to the securities portfolio.

Net premium (discount) and net amortization (accretion) related to the securities portfolio (a)
(in millions)202520242023
Net purchase premium (discount) that is amortizable (accretable)$(1,979)$(57)$821
Net amortization (accretion) (b)$(188)$26$167

(a)    Amortization of purchase premium decreases net interest income while accretion of discount increases net interest income. Both are recorded on a level yield basis.

(b)    Including the impact of the accretion of discontinued hedges, net amortization (accretion) was $(409) million in 2025, $(149) million in 2024 and $104 million in 2023.

Equity investments

We have several equity investments recorded in other assets. These include tax credit investments, equity method investments, Federal Reserve Bank stock, other investments, seed capital and Federal Home Loan Bank stock. The following table presents the carrying values at Dec. 31, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024.

Equity investmentsDec. 31,
(in millions)20252024
Tax credit investments$3,151$2,821
Equity method investments:
CIBC Mellon678583
Siguler Guff227228
Other4841
Total equity method investments953852
Federal Reserve Bank stock484478
Other equity investments (a)701679
Seed capital (b)207196
Federal Home Loan Bank stock5757
Total equity investments$5,553$5,083

(a)    Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

(b)    Includes investments in BNY funds that hedge deferred incentive awards.

For additional information on tax credit investments, see “Tax credit investments” in Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional information on certain seed capital investments and our private equity investments, see “Investments valued using net asset value (“NAV”) per share” in Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY 27

Results of Operations (continued)

Loans

Total exposure – consolidatedDec. 31, 2025Dec. 31, 2024
(in billions)LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposureLoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Financial institutions$13.3$30.3$43.6$13.2$35.2$48.4
Commercial1.712.914.61.411.913.3
Wealth management loans9.50.810.38.70.79.4
Wealth management mortgages8.60.28.88.90.29.1
Commercial real estate6.73.29.96.83.19.9
Other residential mortgages1.81.81.11.1
Overdrafts2.82.83.53.5
Capital call financing5.33.58.85.23.18.3
Other (a)4.64.63.73.7
Margin loans26.30.326.619.119.1
Total$80.6$51.2$131.8$71.6$54.2$125.8

(a)    Beginning in 2025, lease financings are included in Other. Prior period has been conformed to current presentation.

At Dec. 31, 2025, our total lending-related exposure was $131.8 billion, an increase of 5% compared with Dec. 31, 2024, primarily reflecting higher margin loans, other loans and exposure in the commercial portfolio, partially offset by lower exposure in the financial institutions portfolio.

Our financial institutions and commercial portfolios comprise our largest concentrated risk. These portfolios comprised 44% of our total exposure at Dec. 31, 2025 and 49% at Dec. 31, 2024. Additionally, most of our overdrafts relate to financial institutions.

Financial institutions

The financial institutions portfolio is shown below.

Financial institutionsportfolio exposure(dollars in billions)Dec. 31, 2025Dec. 31, 2024
LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure% Inv. grade% due 1 yr.LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Securities industry$3.5$15.1$18.6100%98%$2.3$20.3$22.6
Asset managers1.87.69.498721.88.410.2
Banks7.71.69.383938.91.410.3
Insurance4.54.5100144.24.2
Government0.60.6100250.40.4
Other0.30.91.2100160.20.50.7
Total$13.3$30.3$43.696%79%$13.2$35.2$48.4

The financial institutions portfolio exposure was $43.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, a decrease of 10% compared with Dec. 31, 2024, primarily reflecting lower exposure in the securities industry and banks portfolios.

Financial institution exposures are high-quality, with 96% of the exposures meeting the investment grade equivalent criteria of our internal credit rating classification at Dec. 31, 2025. Each customer is assigned an internal credit rating, which is mapped to an equivalent external rating agency grade based upon a number of dimensions, which are continually

evaluated and may change over time. For ratings of non-U.S. counterparties, our internal credit rating is generally capped at a rating equivalent to the sovereign rating of the country where the counterparty resides, regardless of the internal credit rating assigned to the counterparty or the underlying collateral.

The exposure to financial institutions is generally short-term, with 79% of the exposures expiring within one year. At Dec. 31, 2025, 19% of the exposure to financial institutions had an expiration within 90 days, compared with 18% at Dec. 31, 2024.

28 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

In addition, 64% of the financial institutions exposure is secured at Dec. 31, 2025. For example, securities industry clients and asset managers often borrow against marketable securities held in custody.

At Dec. 31, 2025, the secured intraday credit provided to dealers in connection with their tri-party repo activity totaled $9.3 billion and was included in the securities industry portfolio. Dealers secure the outstanding intraday credit with high-quality liquid collateral having a market value in excess of the amount of the outstanding credit. Secured intraday credit facilities represent 21% of the exposure in the financial institutions portfolio and are reviewed and reapproved annually.

The asset managers portfolio exposure is high-quality, with 98% of the exposures meeting our investment grade equivalent ratings criteria as of Dec. 31, 2025. These exposures are generally short-term liquidity facilities, with the majority to regulated mutual funds.

Our banks portfolio exposure primarily relates to our global trade finance. These exposures are short-term in nature, with 93% due in less than one year. The investment grade percentage of our banks exposure was 83% at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with 85% at Dec. 31, 2024. Our non-investment grade exposures are primarily trade finance loans in Brazil.

Commercial

The commercial portfolio is presented below.

Commercial portfolio exposureDec. 31, 2025Dec. 31, 2024
(dollars in billions)LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure% Inv. grade% due 1 yr.LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Services and other$0.8$4.0$4.899%27%$0.7$3.5$4.2
Manufacturing0.74.04.799260.53.54.0
Energy and utilities0.24.14.39670.24.14.3
Media and telecom0.80.886270.80.8
Total$1.7$12.9$14.697%21%$1.4$11.9$13.3

The commercial portfolio exposure was $14.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, an increase of 10% compared with Dec. 31, 2024, primarily driven by higher exposure in the manufacturing and services and other portfolios.

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients that are active users of our non-credit services. The following table summarizes the percentage of the financial institutions and commercial portfolio exposures that are investment grade.

Investment grade percentagesDec. 31,
202520242023
Financial institutions96%96%92%
Commercial97%96%94%

Wealth management loans

Our wealth management loan exposure was $10.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with $9.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Wealth management loans primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth

individuals, a majority of which are secured by the customers’ investment management accounts or custody accounts.

Wealth management mortgages

Our wealth management mortgage exposure was $8.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with $9.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Wealth management mortgages primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth individuals, which are secured by residential property. Wealth management mortgages are primarily interest-only, adjustable-rate mortgages with a weighted-average loan-to-value ratio of 61% at origination. Less than 1% of the mortgages were past due at Dec. 31, 2025.

At Dec. 31, 2025, the wealth management mortgage portfolio consisted of the following geographic concentrations: California – 20%; New York – 14%; Florida – 11%; Massachusetts – 8%; and other – 47%.

BNY 29

Results of Operations (continued)

Commercial real estate

The composition of the commercial real estate portfolio by asset class, including percentage secured, is presented below.

Composition of commercial real estate portfolio by asset classDec. 31, 2025Dec. 31, 2024
Total exposurePercentagesecured (a)Total exposurePercentagesecured (a)
(dollars in billions)
Residential$4.287%$4.288%
Office2.4742.475
Retail0.8550.758
Mixed-use0.8280.732
Hotels0.6380.633
Healthcare0.6350.743
Other0.5630.665
Total commercial real estate$9.969%$9.971%

(a)    Represents the percentage of secured exposure in each asset class.

Our commercial real estate exposure totaled $9.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024. Our income-producing commercial real estate facilities are focused on experienced owners and are structured with moderate leverage based on existing cash flows. Our commercial real estate lending activities also include construction and renovation facilities. Our client base consists of experienced developers and long-term holders of real estate assets. Loans are approved on the basis of existing or projected cash flows and supported by appraisals and knowledge of local market conditions. Development loans are structured with moderate leverage, and in many instances, involve some level of recourse to the developer.

At Dec. 31, 2025, the unsecured portfolio consisted of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and real estate operating companies, which are both primarily investment grade.

At Dec. 31, 2025, our commercial real estate portfolio consisted of the following concentrations: New York metro – 33%; REITs and real estate operating companies – 31%; and other – 36%.

Other residential mortgages

The other residential mortgages portfolio primarily consists of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and totaled $1.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $1.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

Overdrafts

Overdrafts primarily relate to custody and securities clearance clients and are generally repaid within two business days.

Capital call financing

Capital call financing includes loans to private equity funds that are secured by the fund investors’ capital commitments and the funds’ right to call capital.

Other loans

Other loans primarily include loans to consumers that are fully collateralized with equities, mutual funds and fixed-income securities.

Margin loans

Margin loan exposure of $26.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $19.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 was collateralized with marketable securities. Borrowers are required to maintain a daily collateral margin in excess of 100% of the value of the loan. Margin loans included $12 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $8 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 related to a term loan program that offers fully collateralized loans to broker-dealers.

30 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Maturity of loan portfolio

The following table shows the maturity structure of our loan portfolio.

Maturity of loan portfolio at Dec. 31, 2025Within 1 yearBetween 1 and 5 yearsBetween 5 and 15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
(in millions)
Commercial$1,143$506$99$$1,748
Commercial real estate1,9004,1067046,710
Financial institutions10,7422,56713,309
Wealth management loans8,9083912219,520
Wealth management mortgages1273518,2078,586
Other residential mortgages181271,6751,820
Overdrafts2,8002,800
Capital call financing1,9583,3785,336
Other4,44012814,533
Margin loans25,75350026,253
Total$57,645$11,505$1,583$9,882$80,615

Interest rate characteristic

The following table shows the interest rate characteristic of loans maturing after one year.

Interest rate characteristic of loan portfolio maturing 1 year at Dec. 31, 2025
(in millions)Fixed ratesFloating ratesTotal
Commercial$50$555$605
Commercial real estate1244,6864,810
Financial institutions2,5672,567
Wealth management loans100512612
Wealth management mortgages3,5465,0398,585
Other residential mortgages1,6411791,820
Capital call financing3,3783,378
Other91293
Margin Loans500500
Total$5,552$17,418$22,970

BNY 31

Results of Operations (continued)

Allowance for credit losses

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients who are active users of our non-credit services. Our primary exposure to the credit risk of a customer consists of funded loans, unfunded contractual commitments to lend, standby letters of credit and overdrafts associated with our custody and securities clearance businesses.

The following table presents the changes in our allowance for credit losses.

Allowance for credit losses activity20252024
(dollars in millions)
Beginning balance of allowance for credit losses$392$414
Provision for credit losses(32)70
Charge-offs:
Loans:
Commercial real estate(25)(82)
Wealth management mortgages(1)
Other residential mortgages(1)
Other financial instruments(9)
Total charge-offs(25)(93)
Recoveries:
Loans:
Commercial real estate6
Other residential mortgages31
Total recoveries91
Net (charge-offs)(16)(92)
Ending balance of allowance for credit losses$344$392
Allowance for loan losses$245$294
Allowance for lending-related commitments7472
Allowance for financial instruments (a)2526
Total allowance for credit losses$344$392
Total loans$80,615$71,570
Average loans outstanding$72,596$68,141
Net (charge-offs) recoveries of loans to average loans outstanding(0.02)%(0.14)%
Net (charge-offs) recoveries of loans to total allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments(5.02)(25.14)
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans0.300.41
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments as a percentage of total loans0.400.51
Net (charge-offs) to average loans by loan category (b):
Commercial real estate(0.28)%(1.19)%
Net (charge-offs) during the year$(19)$(82)
Average loans outstanding$6,804$6,915
Wealth management mortgagesN/A(0.01)%
Net (charge-offs) during the yearN/A$(1)
Average loans outstanding (b)N/A$9,062

(a)    Includes allowance for credit losses on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities, accounts receivable, cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with banks.

(b)    Average loans based on month-end balances.

N/A – Not applicable.

The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $32 million in 2025, primarily driven by improvements in commercial real estate exposure and changes in the macroeconomic forecast.

The allowance for loan losses and allowance for lending-related commitments represent management’s estimate of lifetime expected losses in our credit portfolio. This evaluation process is

subject to numerous estimates and judgments. To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs.

Based on an evaluation of the allowance for credit losses as discussed in “Critical accounting estimates” and Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we have allocated our allowance for

32 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

loans and lending-related commitments as presented below.

Allocation of allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments (a)
Dec. 31,
20252024
(dollars in millions)$%$%
Commercial real estate$26282%$31586%
Financial institutions258195
Commercial103205
Capital call financing8231
Wealth management mortgages7261
Wealth management loans5211
Other residential mortgages2121
Total$319100%$366100%

(a)    The allowance allocated to margins loans, overdrafts and other loans was insignificant at both Dec. 31, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024. We have rarely suffered a loss on these types of loans.

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is inherently judgmental, and the entire allowance for credit losses is available to absorb credit losses regardless of the nature of the losses.

Nonperforming assets

The table below presents our nonperforming assets.

Nonperforming assetsDec. 31,
(dollars in millions)20252024
Nonperforming loans:
Commercial real estate$106$143
Other residential mortgages1719
Wealth management mortgages1715
Total nonperforming loans140177
Other assets owned32
Total nonperforming assets$143$179
Nonperforming assets ratio0.18%0.25%
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming loans175.0166.1
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming assets171.3164.2
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments/nonperforming loans227.9206.8
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments/nonperforming assets223.1204.5

Nonperforming assets decreased $36 million compared with Dec. 31, 2024, primarily driven by lower nonperforming commercial real estate loans.

See “Nonperforming assets” in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for our policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status.

Deposits

We receive client deposits through the businesses in the Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management segments and we rely on those deposits as a low-cost and stable source of funding.

Total deposits were $331.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, an increase of 15%, compared with $289.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects higher interest-bearing deposits.

Noninterest-bearing deposits were $60.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $58.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Interest-bearing deposits were primarily demand deposits and totaled $271.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with $231.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

The aggregate amount of deposits by foreign customers in domestic offices was $54.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $58.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

Deposits in non-U.S. offices totaled $110.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $95.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. These deposits were primarily overnight deposits.

Uninsured deposits are the portion of U.S. office deposits accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit. Uninsured deposits in U.S. office deposit accounts are generally demand deposits and totaled $185.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $168.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Our uninsured U.S. office deposits accounts reflect the amounts disclosed in our regulatory reports, adjusted to exclude intercompany deposit balances.

BNY 33

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table presents the amount of uninsured U.S. and Non-U.S. office time deposits disaggregated by time remaining until maturity.

Uninsured time deposits at Dec. 31, 2025
(in millions)U.S.Non-U.S.
Less than 3 months$393$1,373
3 to 6 months1045
6 to 12 months11028
Over 12 months9
Total$616$1,406

Short-term borrowings

We fund our operations primarily through deposits and, to a lesser extent, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, payables to customers and broker-dealers, commercial paper and other borrowed funds. Certain short-term borrowings, for example, securities sold under repurchase agreements, require the delivery of securities as collateral.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements include repurchase agreement activity with the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”), where we record interest expense on a gross basis, but the ending and average balances reflect the impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements. This activity primarily relates to government securities collateralized resale and repurchase agreements executed with clients that are novated to and settle with the FICC.

Payables to customers and broker-dealers represent funds awaiting reinvestment and short sale proceeds payable on demand. Payables to customers and broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

The Bank of New York Mellon issues commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment.

Other borrowed funds primarily include overdrafts of sub-custodian account balances in our Securities Services businesses, borrowings under lines of credit by our Pershing subsidiaries and borrowings from the

Federal Home Loan Bank. Overdrafts typically relate to timing differences for settlements.

Liquidity and dividends

BNY defines liquidity as the ability of the Parent and its subsidiaries to access funding or convert assets to cash quickly and efficiently, or to roll over or issue new debt, especially during periods of market stress, at a reasonable cost, and in order to meet its short-term (up to one year) obligations. Funding liquidity risk is the risk that BNY cannot meet its cash and collateral obligations at a reasonable cost for both expected and unexpected cash flow and collateral needs without adversely affecting daily operations or our financial condition. Funding liquidity risk can arise from funding mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets into cash, the inability to hold or raise cash, low overnight deposits, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.

Changes in economic conditions or exposure to credit, market, operational, legal and reputational risks also can affect BNY’s liquidity risk profile and are considered in our liquidity risk framework. For additional information, see “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk.”

The Parent’s policy is to have access to sufficient unencumbered cash and cash equivalents at each quarter-end to cover maturities and other forecasted debt redemptions, net interest payments and net tax payments for the following 18-month period, and to provide sufficient collateral to satisfy transactions subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.

We monitor and control liquidity exposures and funding needs within and across significant legal entities, branches, currencies and business lines, taking into account, among other factors, any applicable restrictions on the transfer of liquidity among entities.

BNY also manages potential intraday liquidity risks. We monitor and manage intraday liquidity against existing and expected intraday liquid resources (such as cash balances, remaining intraday credit capacity, intraday contingency funding and available collateral) to enable BNY to meet its intraday obligations under normal and reasonably severe stressed conditions.

34 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

We define available funds for internal liquidity management purposes as cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. The following table presents our total available funds at period end and on an average basis.

Available fundsDec. 31, 2025Dec. 31, 2024Average
(dollars in millions)202520242023
Cash and due from banks$5,111$4,178$4,942$5,383$5,287
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks116,00989,54694,40399,986103,904
Interest-bearing deposits with banks10,3979,61210,92910,99113,620
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements44,89241,14641,23931,30626,077
Total available funds$176,409$144,482$151,513$147,666$148,888
Total available funds as a percentage of total assets37%35%35%36%37%

Total available funds were $176.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with $144.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to higher interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks.

Average non-core sources of funds, such as federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, trading liabilities, other borrowed funds and commercial paper, were $22.8 billion for 2025 and $20.4 billion for 2024. The increase primarily reflects higher commercial paper and trading liabilities.

Average interest-bearing domestic deposits were $150.0 billion for 2025 and $141.3 billion for 2024. Average foreign deposits, primarily from our European-based businesses included in the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services segments, were $98.0 billion for 2025, compared with $92.9 billion for 2024. The changes primarily reflect client activity.

Average payables to customers and broker-dealers were $16.0 billion for 2025 and $12.7 billion for 2024. Payables to customers and broker-dealers are

driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

Average long-term debt was $31.9 billion for 2025 and $31.8 billion for 2024.

Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased to $50.2 billion for 2025 from $49.5 billion for 2024, primarily reflecting client activity.

A significant reduction of client activity in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments would reduce our access to deposits. See “Asset/liability management” for additional factors that could impact our deposit balances.

Sources of liquidity

The Parent’s major sources of liquidity are access to the debt and equity markets, dividends from its subsidiaries, and cash on hand and cash otherwise made available in business-as-usual circumstances to the Parent through a committed credit facility with our intermediate holding company (“IHC”).

BNY 35

Results of Operations (continued)

Our ability to access the capital markets on favorable terms, or at all, is partially dependent on our credit ratings, which are as follows:

Credit ratings at Dec. 31, 2025Moody’sS&PFitchMorningstar DBRS
Parent:
Long-term senior debtAa3AAA-AA
Subordinated debtA2A-AAA (low)
Preferred stockBaa1BBBBBB+A
Outlook – ParentStableStableStableStable
The Bank of New York Mellon:
Long-term senior debtAa2AA-AAAA (high)
Subordinated debtNRANRNR
Long-term depositsAa1AA-AA+AA (high)
Short-term depositsP-1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
Commercial paperP-1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
BNY Mellon, N.A.:
Long-term senior debtAa2(a)AA-AA(a)AA (high)
Long-term depositsAa1AA-AA+AA (high)
Short-term depositsP-1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
Outlook – BanksStableStableStableStable

(a)    Represents senior debt issuer default rating.

NR – Not rated.

Long-term debt totaled $31.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $30.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Issuances totaling $5.8 billion and an increase in the fair value of hedged long-term debt were partially offset by maturities and redemptions of $5.5 billion. The Parent has $2.7 billion of long-term debt that will mature in 2026.

The following table presents the long-term debt issued in 2025.

Debt issuances
(in millions)2025
4.942% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2031$1,250
4.729% fixed-to-floating callable senior bank notes due 20291,250
4.587% fixed-to-floating callable senior bank notes due 2027750
4.441% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2028750
5.316% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2036750
SOFR + 71 bps callable senior bank notes due 2027500
SOFR + 68 bps callable senior notes due 2028500
Total debt issuances$5,750

In January 2026, the Parent issued $1.25 billion of fixed-to-floating rate callable senior notes maturing in 2030 with an annual fixed rate interest rate of 4.026% from issuance to, but excluding, Jan. 22, 2029, and then an annual interest rate of the compounded secured overnight financing rate (“SOFR”) plus 63.4 basis points. The Parent also issued $300 million of

floating rate callable senior notes maturing in 2030 at annual interest rate of compounded SOFR plus 63 basis points.

The Bank of New York Mellon may issue notes and CDs. At Dec. 31, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, $2.5 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, of notes were outstanding. At Dec. 31, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, $4.9 billion and $1.1 billion of CDs were outstanding, respectively.

The Bank of New York Mellon also issues commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment. There was $2.0 billion and $301 million of commercial paper outstanding at Dec. 31, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, respectively. The average commercial paper outstanding was $2.3 billion and $1.2 billion for 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Subsequent to Dec. 31, 2025, our U.S. bank subsidiaries could declare dividends to the Parent of approximately $101 million, without the need for a regulatory waiver. In addition, at Dec. 31, 2025, non-bank subsidiaries of the Parent had liquid assets of approximately $4.4 billion. Restrictions on our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries are

36 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

discussed in more detail in “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Planning and Stress Testing – Payment of Dividends, Stock Repurchases and Other Capital Distributions” and in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pershing LLC has one uncommitted line of credit in place for funding purposes that is guaranteed by the Parent for $300 million. Average borrowings under this line were less than $1 million in 2025. Pershing Limited, an indirect UK-based subsidiary of BNY, has one line of credit amounting to $150 million and Pershing Securities Limited, whose parent is Pershing Limited, has one line of credit amounting to $100 million. Both of these lines are guaranteed by the Parent. Average borrowings across these lines were less than $1 million in 2025.

The double leverage ratio is the ratio of our equity investment in subsidiaries divided by our consolidated Parent company equity, which includes our noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. In short, the double leverage ratio measures the extent to which equity in subsidiaries is financed by Parent company debt. As the double leverage ratio increases, this can reflect greater demands on a company’s cash flows in order to service interest payments and debt maturities. BNY’s double leverage ratio is managed in a range considering the high level of unencumbered available liquid assets held in its principal subsidiaries (such as central bank deposit placements and government securities), the Company’s cash-generating fee-based business model, with fee revenue representing 72% of total revenue in 2025, and the dividend capacity of our banking subsidiaries. Our double leverage ratio was 118.6% at Dec. 31, 2025 and 119.7% at Dec. 31, 2024, and within the range targeted by management.

Uses of funds

The Parent’s major uses of funds are repurchases of common stock, payment of dividends, principal and interest payments on its borrowings, acquisitions and additional investments in its subsidiaries.

In July 2025, our Board of Directors approved a 13% increase in the quarterly cash dividend on our common stock, from $0.47 to $0.53 per share. We began paying the increased quarterly cash dividend in the third quarter of 2025. In 2025, we paid $1.7 billion in dividends on our common and preferred

stock. Our common stock dividend payout ratio was 27% for 2025.

In 2025, we repurchased 36.8 million common shares at an average price of $96.12 per common share for a total cost of $3.5 billion.

Liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)

U.S. regulators have established an LCR that requires certain banking organizations, including BNY, to maintain a minimum amount of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets (“HQLA”) sufficient to withstand the net cash outflow under a hypothetical standardized acute liquidity stress scenario for a 30-day time horizon.

The following table presents BNY’s consolidated HQLA, the average HQLA and average LCR.

Consolidated HQLA and LCRDec. 31, 2025Sept. 30, 2025
(dollars in billions)
Cash (a)$115$105
Securities (b)113108
Total consolidated HQLA (c)$228$213
Total consolidated HQLA – average (c)$209$200
Average consolidated LCR112%112%

(a)    Primarily includes cash on deposit with central banks.

(b)    Primarily includes securities of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, U.S. Treasury, sovereigns and U.S. agencies.

(c)    Consolidated HQLA presented before adjustments. After haircuts and the impact of trapped liquidity, consolidated HQLA totaled $165 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $145 billion at Sept. 30, 2025, and averaged $147 billion for the fourth quarter of 2025 and $135 billion for the third quarter of 2025.

BNY and each of our affected domestic bank subsidiaries were compliant with the U.S. LCR requirements of at least 100% throughout the fourth quarter of 2025.

Net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”)

The NSFR is a liquidity requirement applicable to large U.S. banking organizations, including BNY. The NSFR is expressed as a ratio of the available stable funding to the required stable funding amount over a one-year horizon. Our average consolidated NSFR was 130% for the fourth quarter of 2025 and third quarter of 2025.

BNY and each of our affected domestic bank subsidiaries were compliant with the NSFR

BNY 37

Results of Operations (continued)

requirement of at least 100% throughout the fourth quarter of 2025.

Statement of cash flows

The following summarizes the activity reflected on the consolidated statement of cash flows. While this information may be helpful to highlight certain macro trends and business strategies, the cash flow analysis may not be as relevant when analyzing changes in our net earnings and net assets. We believe that in addition to the traditional cash flow analysis, the discussion related to liquidity and dividends and asset/liability management herein may provide more useful context in evaluating our liquidity position and related activity.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $6.7 billion in 2025, compared with $687 million in 2024. In 2025, net cash provided by operating activities primarily resulted from earnings, partially offset by changes in accruals and other, net. In 2024, net cash provided by operating activities primarily resulted from earnings, partially offset by changes in trading assets and liabilities.

Net cash used for investing activities was $44.3 billion in 2025, compared with $9.5 billion in 2024. In 2025, net cash used for investing activities primarily reflects changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, a net change in loans and a net increase in the securities portfolio. In 2024, net cash used for investing activities primarily reflects changes in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, a net increase in the securities portfolio and a net change in loans, partially offset by changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $39.7 billion in 2025, compared with $6.3 billion in 2024. In 2025, net cash provided by financing activities primarily reflects changes in deposits and issuances of long-term debt, partially offset by repayments of long-term debt. In 2024, net cash provided by financing activities primarily reflects changes in deposits and issuances of long-term debt, partially offset by repayments of long-term debt and common stock repurchases.

Capital

Capital data(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)20252024
At Dec. 31:
BNY shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio9.4%9.9%
BNY common shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio8.4%8.9%
Total BNY shareholders’ equity$44,313$41,318
Total BNY common shareholders’ equity$39,477$36,975
BNY tangible common shareholders’ equity – Non-GAAP (a)$21,777$19,412
Book value per common share$57.36$51.52
Tangible book value per common share – Non-GAAP (a)$31.64$27.05
Closing stock price per common share$116.09$76.83
Market capitalization$79,897$55,139
Common shares outstanding688,236717,680
Full-year:
Cash dividends per common share$2.00$1.78
Common dividend payout ratio27%31%
Common dividend yield1.7%2.3%

(a)    See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation’s total shareholders’ equity increased to $44.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 from $41.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects capital generated through earnings, improvements in accumulated other comprehensive income and an increase in additional

paid-in capital, partially offset by capital returned through common stock repurchases and dividends.

The unrealized loss (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $241 million at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with $1.2 billion

38 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

at Dec. 31, 2024. The improvement in the net unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, was primarily driven by the impact of lower interest rates.

In March 2025, the Parent issued 500,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/100th interest in a share of the Parent’s Series J Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. Holders of the Series J preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, if declared by the Parent’s Board of Directors, on March 20 and September 20 of each year, commencing Sept. 20, 2025. The Parent also issued 20,000,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/4,000th interest in a share of the Parent’s Series K Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. Holders of the Series K preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, if declared by the Parent’s Board of Directors, on March 20, June 20, September 20 and December 20 of each year, commencing June 20, 2025.

In September 2025, the Parent redeemed all outstanding shares of its Series G preferred stock. Also in September 2025, the Parent issued 500,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/100th interest in a share of the Parent’s Series L Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. Holders of the Series L preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, if declared by the Parent’s Board of Directors, on June 20 and December 20 of each year, commencing Dec. 20, 2025. See Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Parent’s preferred stock.

We repurchased 36.8 million common shares at an average price of $96.12 per common share for a total of $3.5 billion in 2025.

In January 2023, we announced a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors providing for the repurchase of up to $5.0 billion of common shares beginning Jan. 1, 2023. This share repurchase plan replaced all previously authorized share repurchase plans.

In April 2024, we announced a new authorization providing for the repurchase of $6.0 billion of common shares in addition to any remaining capacity under the existing January 2023 authorization.

In July 2025, our Board of Directors approved a 13% increase in the quarterly cash dividend on common stock, from $0.47 to $0.53 per share. We began paying the increased quarterly cash dividend in the third quarter of 2025.

Capital adequacy

Regulators establish certain levels of capital for bank holding companies (“BHCs”) and banks, including BNY and our bank subsidiaries, in accordance with established quantitative measurements. For the Parent to maintain its status as a financial holding company (“FHC”), our U.S. bank subsidiaries and BNY must, among other things, qualify as “well capitalized.” As of Dec. 31, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, BNY and our U.S. bank subsidiaries were “well capitalized.”

Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” status or capital adequacy rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our financial condition. See the discussion of these matters in “Supervision and Regulation – Regulated Entities of BNY and Ancillary Regulatory Requirements” and “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” and “well managed” status or capital adequacy and liquidity rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our business and financial condition.”

The U.S. banking agencies’ capital rules are based on the framework adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“BCBS”), as amended from time to time. For additional information on these capital requirements, see “Supervision and Regulation.”

BNY 39

Results of Operations (continued)

The table below presents our consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratios.

Consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratiosDec. 31, 2025Dec. 31, 2024
Well capitalizedMinimum requiredCapital ratiosCapital ratios
(a)
Consolidated regulatory capital ratios: (b)
Advanced Approaches:
CET1 ratioN/A(c)8.5%13.0%11.7%
Tier 1 capital ratio6%1016.014.4
Total capital ratio101216.715.3
Standardized Approach:
CET1 ratioN/A(c)8.5%11.9%11.2%
Tier 1 capital ratio6%1014.613.7
Total capital ratio101215.414.8
Tier 1 leverage ratioN/A(c)46.05.7
SLR (d)N/A(c)56.76.5
The Bank of New York Mellon regulatory capital ratios: (b)(e)
CET1 ratio6.5%7%16.3%16.1%
Tier 1 capital ratio88.516.316.1
Total capital ratio1010.516.616.3
Tier 1 leverage ratio546.56.3
SLR (d)637.77.6

(a)    Minimum requirements for Dec. 31, 2025 include minimum thresholds plus currently applicable buffers. The U.S. global systemically important banks (“G-SIB”) surcharge of 1.5% is subject to change. The countercyclical capital buffer is currently set to 0%. The stress capital buffer (“SCB”) requirement is 2.5%, equal to the regulatory minimum for Standardized Approach capital ratios.

(b)    For our CET1, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios, our effective capital ratios under U.S. capital rules are the lower of the ratios as calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. The Tier 1 leverage ratio is based on Tier 1 capital and quarterly average total assets.

(c)    The Federal Reserve’s regulations do not establish well capitalized thresholds for these measures for BHCs.

(d)    The SLR is based on Tier 1 capital and total leverage exposure, which includes certain off-balance sheet exposures.

(e)    The Bank of New York Mellon’s effective capital ratios under the U.S. capital rules are the lower of the ratios as calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches, which for Dec 31, 2025 was the Standardized Approach, and for Dec. 31, 2024 was the Standardized Approach for the CET1 and Tier 1 capital ratios and the Advanced Approaches for the Total capital ratio.

N/A - Not applicable.

Our CET1 ratio determined under the Standardized Approach was 11.9% at Dec. 31, 2025 and 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by capital generated through earnings and a net increase in accumulated other comprehensive income, partially offset by capital returned through common stock repurchases and dividends and higher RWAs.

The Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.0% at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with 5.7% at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase was driven by an increase in capital, partially offset by higher average assets.

Risk-based capital ratios vary depending on the size of the balance sheet at period end and the levels and types of investments in assets, and leverage ratios vary based on the average size of the balance sheet over the quarter. The balance sheet size fluctuates from period to period based on levels of customer and market activity. In general, when servicing clients are more actively trading securities, deposit balances

and the balance sheet as a whole are higher. In addition, when markets experience significant volatility or stress, our balance sheet size may increase considerably as client deposit levels increase.

Our capital ratios are necessarily subject to, among other things, anticipated compliance with all necessary enhancements to model calibration, approval by regulators of certain models used as part of RWA calculations, other refinements, further implementation guidance from regulators, market practices and standards and any changes BNY may make to its businesses. As a consequence of these factors, our capital ratios may materially change, and may be volatile over time and from period to period.

Under the Advanced Approaches, our operational loss risk model is informed by external losses, including fines and penalties levied against institutions in the financial services industry, particularly those that relate to businesses in which we operate, and as a

40 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

result external losses have impacted and could in the future impact the amount of capital that we are required to hold.

The following table presents our capital components and RWAs, the average assets used for leverage capital purposes and leverage exposure used for SLR purposes.

Capital components and risk-weighted assetsDec. 31,
(in millions)20252024
CET1:
Common shareholders’ equity$39,477$36,975
Adjustments for:
Goodwill and intangible assets (a)(17,700)(17,563)
Net pension fund assets(375)(333)
Embedded goodwill(258)(254)
Deferred tax assets(54)(62)
Other(4)(4)
Total CET121,08618,759
Other Tier 1 capital:
Preferred stock4,8364,343
Other(13)(63)
Total Tier 1 capital$25,909$23,039
Tier 2 capital:
Subordinated debt$1,148$1,398
Allowance for credit losses344392
Other(11)(11)
Total Tier 2 capital – Standardized Approach1,4811,779
Excess of expected credit losses109
Less: Allowance for credit losses344392
Total Tier 2 capital – Advanced Approaches$1,137$1,496
Total capital:
Standardized Approach$27,390$24,818
Advanced Approaches$27,046$24,535
Risk-weighted assets:
Standardized Approach$177,677$167,786
Advanced Approaches:
Credit Risk$91,942$90,076
Market Risk4,2014,808
Operational Risk66,27565,588
Total Advanced Approaches$162,418$160,472
Average assets for Tier 1 leverage ratio$432,803$402,069
Total leverage exposure for SLR$388,529$353,523

(a)    Reduced by deferred tax liabilities associated with intangible assets and tax-deductible goodwill.

The table below presents the factors that impacted CET1 capital.

CET1 generation2025
(in millions)
CET1 – Beginning of period$18,759
Net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation5,306
Goodwill and intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities(137)
Gross CET1 generated5,169
Capital deployed:
Common stock repurchases(3,535)
Common stock dividends (a)(1,447)
Total capital returned(4,982)
Other comprehensive gain (loss):
Unrealized gain on assets available-for-sale999
Foreign currency translation580
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow hedges(8)
Defined benefit plans50
Total other comprehensive gain1,621
Additional paid-in capital (b)586
Other additions (deductions):
Net pension fund assets(42)
Embedded goodwill(4)
Deferred tax assets8
Other(29)
Total other (deductions)(67)
Net CET1 generated2,327
CET1 – End of period$21,086

(a)    Includes dividend-equivalents on share-based awards.

(b)    Primarily related to stock awards and stock issued for employee benefit plans.

The following table shows the impact on the consolidated capital ratios at Dec. 31, 2025 of a $100 million increase or decrease in common equity, or a $1 billion increase or decrease in RWAs, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure.

Sensitivity of consolidated capital ratios at Dec. 31, 2025
Increase or decrease of
(in basis points)$100 million in common equity$1 billion in RWA, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure
CET1:
Standardized Approach6bps7bps
Advanced Approaches68
Tier 1 capital:
Standardized Approach68
Advanced Approaches610
Total capital:
Standardized Approach69
Advanced Approaches610
Tier 1 leverage21
SLR32

BNY 41

Results of Operations (continued)

Stress capital buffer

In August 2024, the Federal Reserve announced that BNY’s SCB requirement would remain at 2.5%, equal to the regulatory floor, for the period from Oct. 1, 2024 through Sept. 30, 2025. In August 2025, the Federal Reserve announced that BNY’s SCB requirement would remain at 2.5%, equal to the regulatory floor, effective on Oct. 1, 2025, under the current capital plan rule. See “Supervision and Regulation” for additional information.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”)

The following summarizes the minimum requirements for BNY’s external TLAC and external long-term debt (“LTD”) ratios, plus currently applicable buffers.

As a % of RWAs (a)As a % of total leverage exposure
Eligible external TLAC ratiosRegulatory minimum of 18% plus a buffer (b) equal to the sum of 2.5%, the method 1 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1%), and the countercyclical capital buffer, if anyRegulatory minimum of 7.5% plus a buffer (c) equal to 2%
Eligible external LTD ratiosRegulatory minimum of 6% plus the greater of the method 1 or method 2 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1.5%)4.5%

(a)    RWA is the greater of the Standardized Approach and Advanced Approaches.

(b)    Buffer to be met using only CET1.

(c)    Buffer to be met using only Tier 1 capital.

External TLAC consists of the Parent’s Tier 1 capital and eligible unsecured LTD issued by it that has a remaining term to maturity of at least one year and satisfies certain other conditions. Eligible LTD consists of the unpaid principal balance of eligible unsecured debt securities, subject to haircuts for amounts due to be paid within two years, that satisfy certain other conditions. Debt issued prior to Dec. 31, 2016 has been permanently grandfathered to the extent these instruments otherwise would be ineligible only due to containing impermissible acceleration rights or being governed by foreign law.

The following table presents our external TLAC and external LTD ratios.

TLAC and LTD ratiosDec. 31, 2025
Minimum requiredMinimum ratios with buffers
Ratios
Eligible external TLAC:
As a percentage of RWA18.0%21.5%29.7%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure7.5%9.5%13.6%
Eligible external LTD:
As a percentage of RWA7.5%N/A14.3%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure4.5%N/A6.5%

N/A – Not applicable.

If BNY maintains risk-based ratio or leverage TLAC measures above the minimum required level, but with a risk-based ratio or leverage below the minimum level with buffers, we will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary executive compensation based on the amount of the shortfall and eligible retained income.

Issuer purchases of equity securities

Share repurchases – fourth quarter of 2025Total shares repurchased as part of a publicly announced plan or programMaximum approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the publicly announced plans or programs at Dec. 31, 2025
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)Total shares repurchasedAverage price per share
October 20252,125$107.452,125$2,614
November 20254,410109.074,4102,133
December 20252,915115.042,9151,797
Fourth quarter of 2025 (a)9,450$110.549,450$1,797(b)

(a)    Includes 113 thousand shares repurchased at a purchase price of $12 million from employees, primarily in connection with the employees’ payment of taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock. The average price of open market share repurchases was $110.56.

(b)    Represents the maximum value of the shares to be repurchased under the share repurchase plan and includes shares repurchased in connection with employee benefit plans.

42 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

In January 2023, we announced a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors providing for the repurchase of up to $5.0 billion of common shares beginning Jan. 1, 2023. This share repurchase plan replaced all previously authorized share repurchase plans.

In April 2024, we announced a new authorization providing for the repurchase of $6.0 billion of common shares. Share repurchases may be executed through open market repurchases, in privately negotiated transactions or by other means, including through repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and other derivative, accelerated share repurchase and other structured transactions. The timing and exact amount of any common stock repurchases will depend on various factors, including market conditions and the common stock trading price; the Company’s capital position, liquidity and financial performance; alternative uses of capital; and legal and regulatory limitations and considerations.

Trading activities and risk management

Our trading activities are focused on acting as a market-maker for our customers, facilitating customer trades and risk-mitigating hedging in compliance with the Volcker Rule. The risk from market-making activities for customers is managed by our traders and limited in total exposure through a system of position limits, value-at-risk (“VaR”) methodology and other market sensitivity measures. VaR is the potential loss in value due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. The calculation of our VaR used by management and presented below assumes a one-day holding period, utilizes a 99% confidence level and incorporates non-linear product characteristics. VaR facilitates comparisons across portfolios of different risk characteristics. VaR also captures the diversification of aggregated risk at the firm-wide level.

VaR represents a key risk management measure and it is important to note the inherent limitations to VaR, which include:

•VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time horizons where moves may be extreme;

•VaR does not take into account the potential variability of market liquidity; and

•Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce accurate predictions of all future market moves.

See Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the VaR methodology.

The following tables indicate the calculated VaR amounts for the trading portfolio for the designated periods using the historical simulation VaR model.

VaR (a)2025Dec. 31, 2025
(in millions)AverageMinimumMaximum
Interest rate$7.3$2.1$17.9$15.3
Foreign exchange7.71.621.216.6
Equity0.11.60.1
Credit1.00.52.40.5
Diversification(14.2)N/MN/M(31.2)
Overall portfolio1.91.04.51.3
VaR (a)2024Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)AverageMinimumMaximum
Interest rate$2.7$1.9$4.6$2.6
Foreign exchange2.21.63.02.0
Equity0.11.00.1
Credit1.30.91.91.5
Diversification(4.4)N/MN/M(4.8)
Overall portfolio1.91.43.01.4

(a)    VaR exposure does not include the impact of the Company’s consolidated investment management funds and seed capital investments.

N/M – Because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, it is not meaningful to compute a minimum and maximum portfolio diversification effect.

The interest rate component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by interest rate levels. These instruments include, but are not limited to, U.S. Treasury securities, swaps, swaptions, forward rate agreements, exchange-traded futures and options, and other interest rate derivative products.

The foreign exchange component of VaR represents instruments whose values predominantly vary with the level or volatility of currency exchange rates or interest rates. These instruments include, but are not limited to, currency balances, spot and forward transactions, currency options and other currency derivative products.

BNY 43

Results of Operations (continued)

The equity component of VaR consists of instruments that represent an ownership interest in the form of domestic and foreign common stock or other equity-linked instruments. These instruments include, but are not limited to, common stock, exchange-traded funds, preferred stock, listed equity options (puts and calls), OTC equity options, equity total return swaps, equity index futures and other equity derivative products.

The credit component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by credit spread levels, i.e., idiosyncratic default risk. These instruments include, but are not limited to, single issuer credit default swaps, and securities with exposures from corporate and municipal credit spreads.

The diversification component of VaR is the risk reduction benefit that occurs when combining portfolios and offsetting positions, and from the correlated behavior of risk factor movements.

During 2025, interest rate risk generated 45% of average gross VaR, foreign exchange risk generated 48% of average gross VaR, equity risk generated 1% of average gross VaR and credit risk generated 6% of average gross VaR. During 2025, our daily trading loss exceeded our calculated VaR amount of the overall portfolio on three occasions.

The following table of total daily trading revenue or loss illustrates the number of trading days in which our trading revenue or loss fell within particular ranges during the past five quarters.

Distribution of trading revenue (loss) (a)
Quarter ended
(dollars in millions)Dec. 31, 2025Sept. 30, 2025June 30, 2025March 31, 2025Dec. 31, 2024
Revenue range:Number of days
Less than $(2.5)11
$(2.5) – $02242
$0 – $2.51615101612
$2.5 – $5.03231281726
More than $5.01616222324

(a)    Trading revenue (loss) includes realized and unrealized gains and losses primarily related to spot and forward foreign exchange transactions, derivatives and securities trades for our customers and excludes any associated commissions, underwriting fees and net interest income.

Trading assets include debt and equity instruments and derivative assets, primarily foreign exchange and interest rate contracts, not designated as hedging

instruments. Trading assets were $14.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $14.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

Trading liabilities include debt and equity instruments and derivative liabilities, primarily foreign exchange and interest rate contracts, not designated as hedging instruments. Trading liabilities were $6.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2025 and $4.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

Under our fair value methodology for derivative contracts, an initial “risk-neutral” valuation is performed on each position assuming time discounting based on a AA credit curve. In addition, we consider credit risk in arriving at the fair value of our derivatives.

We reflect external credit ratings as well as observable credit default swap spreads for both ourselves and our counterparties when measuring the fair value of our derivative positions. Accordingly, the valuation of our derivative positions is sensitive to the current changes in our own credit spreads, as well as those of our counterparties.

At Dec. 31, 2025, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $1.4 billion included a credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) deduction of $9 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $2.6 billion included a debit valuation adjustment (“DVA”) of $7 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA decreased by $3 million and the DVA increased by $3 million in 2025, which decreased other trading revenue by $1 million in 2025. During 2025, no realized losses were charged off against CVA reserves.

At Dec. 31, 2024, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $3.7 billion included a CVA deduction of $11 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $2.9 billion included a DVA of $7 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA increased by less than $1 million and the DVA decreased by less than $1 million in 2024, which decreased other trading revenue by $1 million in 2024. During 2024, no realized loss was charged off against CVA reserves.

The table below summarizes our exposure, net of collateral related to our derivative counterparties, as determined on an internal risk management basis.

44 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Significant changes in counterparty credit ratings could alter the level of credit risk faced by BNY.

Foreign exchange and other trading counterparty risk rating profile
Dec. 31, 2025Dec. 31, 2024
(dollars in millions)Exposure, net of collateralPercentage of exposure, net of collateralExposure, net of collateralPercentage of exposure, net of collateral
Investment grade$1,07895%$3,20198%
Non-investment grade625%762%
Total$1,140100%$3,277100%

Asset/liability management

Our diversified business activities include processing securities, accepting deposits, investing in securities, lending, raising money as needed to fund assets and other transactions. The market risks from these activities include interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Our primary market risk is exposure to movements in U.S. dollar interest rates and certain foreign currency interest rates. We actively manage interest rate sensitivity and use earnings simulation and discounted cash flow models to identify interest rate exposures.

An earnings simulation model is the primary tool used to assess changes in pre-tax net interest income between a baseline scenario and hypothetical interest rate scenarios. Interest rate sensitivity is quantified by calculating the change in pre-tax net interest income between the scenarios over a 12-month measurement period.

The baseline scenario incorporates the market’s forward rate expectations and management’s assumptions regarding client deposit rates, credit spreads, changes in the prepayment behavior of loans and securities and the impact of derivative financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes as of each respective quarter-end. These assumptions have been developed through a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing behavior and are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ materially from projected results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, and changes in market conditions and management’s strategies, among other factors. Client deposit levels and mix are key assumptions impacting net interest income in the baseline as well as the hypothetical interest rate scenarios. The earnings

simulation model assumes static deposit levels and mix, and it also assumes that no management actions will be taken to mitigate the effects of interest rate changes. Typically, the baseline scenario uses the average deposit balances of the quarter.

In the table below, we use the earnings simulation model to assess the impact of various hypothetical interest rate scenarios compared to the baseline scenario. In each of the scenarios, all currencies’ interest rates are instantaneously shifted higher or lower at the start of the forecast. Long-term interest rates are defined as all tenors equal to or greater than three years and short-term interest rates are defined as all tenors equal to or less than three months. Interim term points are interpolated where applicable. The impact of interest rate shifts may not be linear. The results of this earnings simulation should therefore not be extrapolated for more severe interest rate scenarios than those presented in the table below.

The following table shows net interest income sensitivity for BNY.

Estimated changes in net interest income (in millions)Dec. 31, 2025Sept. 30, 2025Dec. 31, 2024
Up 200 bps rate shock vs. baseline$(19)$(19)$134
Up 100 bps rate shock vs. baseline3020125
Long-term up 100 bps, short-term unchanged11610288
Short-term up 100 bps, long-term unchanged(86)(82)37
Long-term down 100 bps, short-term unchanged(126)(109)(90)
Short-term down 100 bps, long-term unchanged(5)(8)(104)
Down 100 bps rate shock vs. baseline(131)(117)(194)
Down 200 bps rate shock vs. baseline(372)(309)(471)

At Dec. 31, 2025, the changes in the impacts of a 100 and 200 basis points upward or downward shift in rates on net interest income compared with Sept. 30, 2025 were primarily driven by an increase in floating-rate assets.

While the net interest income sensitivity scenario calculations assume static deposit balances to facilitate consistent period-over-period comparisons, net interest income is impacted by changes in deposit balances and interest rate trajectory. Noninterest-

BNY 45

Results of Operations (continued)

bearing deposits are particularly sensitive to changes in short-term rates.

To illustrate the net interest income sensitivity to non-interest-bearing deposits, we estimate that a $5 billion instantaneous reduction/increase in U.S. dollar-denominated noninterest-bearing deposits would reduce/increase the net interest income sensitivity results in the up 100 basis point rate shock scenario in the table above by approximately $220 million, and in the down 100 basis point rate shock scenario by approximately $120 million. The impact would be smaller if the reduction/increase was assumed to be a mixture of interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits.

Additionally, during periods of low short-term interest rates, money market mutual fund fees and other similar fees are typically waived to protect investors from negative returns.

For a discussion of factors impacting the growth or contraction of deposits, see “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our liquidity.”

We also project future cash flows from our assets and liabilities over a long-term horizon and then discount these cash flows using instantaneous parallel shocks to prevailing interest rates. This measure reflects the structural balance sheet interest rate sensitivity by discounting all future cash flows. The aggregation of these discounted cash flows is the economic value of equity (“EVE”).

The following table shows how EVE would change in response to changes in interest rates.

Estimated changes in EVEDec. 31, 2025
Rate change:
Up 200 bps vs. baseline(2.3)%
Up 100 bps vs. baseline(0.2)%
Down 100 bps vs. baseline(0.7)%
Down 200 bps vs. baseline(2.1)%

The asymmetrical accounting treatment of the impact of a change in interest rates on our balance sheet may create a situation in which an increase in interest rates can adversely affect reported equity and regulatory capital, even though economically there may be no impact on our economic capital position. For example, an increase in rates will result in a decline in the value of our available-for-sale securities portfolio. In this example, there is no corresponding change on our fixed liabilities, even though economically these liabilities are more valuable as rates rise.

These results do not reflect strategies that management could employ to limit the impact as interest rate expectations change.

To manage foreign exchange risk, we fund foreign currency-denominated assets with liability instruments denominated in the same currency. We utilize various foreign exchange contracts if a liability denominated in the same currency is not available or desired, and to minimize the earnings impact of translation gains or losses created by investments in foreign markets. We use forward foreign exchange contracts to protect the value of our net investment in foreign operations. At Dec. 31, 2025, net investments in foreign operations totaled $16 billion and were spread across 18 foreign currencies.

46 BNY

Risk Management

Overview

BNY plays a vital role in the global financial markets, and effective risk management is critical to our success. BNY operates under the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (“risk management framework”) which is the foundation of our risk management approach. Risk management begins with a strong risk culture, and we reinforce our culture through principle-based policies including the Code of Conduct, which are grounded in our core values of passion for excellence, integrity, strength in diversity and courage to lead.

These values are critical to our success. They not only explain what we stand for and our shared culture, but also help us to think and act globally. They serve as a representation of the promises we have made to our clients, communities, shareholders and each other.

BNY’s Risk Identification process is a core component of BNY’s risk framework and is the foundation for understanding and managing risk. We utilize a common risk language, our Risk Taxonomy, to identify risks across our primary risk categories: Operational Risk, Market Risk, Credit Risk, Liquidity Risk, Capital Risk, Model Risk and Strategic Risk. Quarterly, the Company engages in a process designed to document identification and assessment of its risks, and to determine the set of risks material to BNY. Outputs from the Risk Identification process inform elements of our risk framework such as our Risk Appetite as well as Enterprise-wide Stress Testing and Capital Planning.

BNY’s Risk Appetite expresses the level of risk we are willing to tolerate to meet our strategic objectives in a manner that balances risk and reward while considering our risk capacity and maintaining a balance sheet that remains resilient throughout market cycles. This guides BNY’s risk-taking activities and informs key decision-making processes, including the manner by which we pursue our business strategy and the methods by which we manage risk. The Risk Appetite Statement and associated key risk metrics to monitor our risk profile are updated and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board at least annually.

BNY conducts Enterprise-wide Stress Testing as part of its Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process in accordance with the Company’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”), and as required by the enhanced prudential standards issued pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and

Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Enterprise-wide Stress Testing considers the Company’s lines of business, products, geographic areas and risk types incorporating the results from underlying models and projections for a range of stress scenarios. Additional details on Capital Planning and Stress Testing are included in “Supervision and Regulation.”

Three Lines of Defense

BNY’s three lines of defense model is a critical component of our risk management framework to clarify roles and responsibilities across the organization.

BNY’s first line of defense includes senior management and business and corporate staff, excluding management and employees in Risk Management, Compliance and Internal Audit. Senior management in the first line is responsible for maintaining and implementing an effective risk management framework and appropriately managing risk consistent with its strategy and risk tolerance, including establishing clear responsibilities and accountability for the identification, measurement, management and control of risk.

Risk and Compliance is the independent second line of defense, reporting to the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer reports to both the Chief Executive Officer and the Risk Committee of the Board. Risk and Compliance is responsible for establishing policies, expectations and guidance for managing risk at BNY while also independently monitoring, reviewing and challenging the first line. To facilitate the comprehensive global application of consistent standards for each risk or compliance topic, independent oversight is provided by Risk and Compliance across our risk categories, businesses and legal entities.

Internal Audit is BNY’s third line of defense and serves as an independent, objective assurance function that reports directly to the Audit Committee of the Board. It assists the Company in accomplishing its objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined, risk-based approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management, control and governance processes. The scope of Internal Audit’s work includes the review and evaluation of the adequacy, effectiveness and sustainability of risk management procedures, internal control systems, information systems and governance processes.

BNY 47

Risk Management (continued)

Governance

BNY’s management is responsible for execution of the Company’s risk management framework and the governance structure that supports it, with oversight provided by BNY’s Board of Directors through two key Board committees: the Risk Committee and the Audit Committee.

A summary of the governance structure is provided below.

BNY Board of Directors
Risk CommitteeAudit Committee
Enterprise Risk Committee (“ERC”)
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4Column 5
•Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committee•Asset Liability Committee•Compliance & Ethics Oversight Committee•Consumer Risk & Compliance Committee•Financial Risk Committee•Legal Oversight Committee•New Product & Activity Committee•Operational Risk Committee•Platforms Risk Committee•Regulatory Oversight Committee•Resolvability Steering Committee•Technology Risk Committee

The Risk Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors and meets on a regular basis to oversee the risk management policies and practices of the Company’s global operations and oversee the Company’s global risk management framework. The roles and responsibilities of the Risk Committee are described in more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on our website, www.bny.com.

The Audit Committee is also comprised entirely of independent directors. The Audit Committee meets on a regular basis to perform an oversight review of the integrity of the financial statements and financial reporting process, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the Company’s independent registered public accountant’s qualifications and independence, and the performance of our internal audit function and the independent registered public accountant. The Audit Committee also reviews management’s assessment of the adequacy of internal controls. The functions of the Audit Committee are described in more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on our website, www.bny.com.

The ERC is the most senior risk committee at the management level and oversees the Company’s risk profile, monitors top and emerging risks, and evaluates significant risk/reward trade-offs. The committee is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, and its members include the Chief Financial Officer,

Chief Information Officer and Global Head of Engineering, Chief Commercial Officer and General Counsel.

Subcommittees of the ERC include:

•Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committee: Oversees the systems and controls related to all aspects of Financial Crimes Compliance, including Anti-Money Laundering, Anti-Bribery & Corruption, Anti-Tax Evasion, Data & Analytics oversight, Know Your Customer, Compliance Testing and Risk Assessment, Economic Sanctions and Quality Assurance.

•Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”): Provides balance sheet oversight, including capital, liquidity and interest rate risk management.

•Compliance and Ethics Oversight Committee: Provides governance and oversight of the operations of the Compliance and Ethics function and the management and reporting of compliance risk-related issues, as well as Compliance and Ethics processes, policies, procedures and standards.

•Consumer Risk & Compliance Committee: Provides oversight of the Company’s consumer risk profile and related compliance with applicable laws, regulations and company policies.

48 BNY

Risk Management (continued)

•Financial Risk Committee: Reviews key financial risk topics including market risk, credit risk, capital management, investment portfolio, liquidity risk, and interest rate risk in the banking book, ensuring alignment with risk appetite and regulatory requirements.

•Legal Oversight Committee: Oversees significant legal and regulatory matters, including internal investigation-related issues and sensitive employment-related matters.

•New Product & Activity Committee: Reviews and approves proposals that seek to introduce, modify, or retire products and activities.

•Operational Risk Committee: Oversees the operational risk profile and is responsible for monitoring and managing the appropriateness of the operational risk framework, policy design, adherence tracking and mitigating controls.

•Platforms Risk Committee: Takes a holistic cross-platform view of risks manifesting within and between platforms, enhancing transparency of the key risk and control issues and aligning cross-platform risk reduction efforts.

•Regulatory Oversight Committee: Provides strategic direction, oversight, challenge, and coordination across regulatory remediation initiatives.

•Resolvability Steering Committee: Establishes program governance and oversight framework for BNY Recovery and Resolution Plans and associated activities.

•Technology Risk Committee: Oversees the technology risk profile and is responsible for identifying, assessing, adjudicating, and mitigating risks stemming from technology practices.

Risk Types Overview

The understanding, identification, measurement and mitigation of risk are essential elements for the successful management of BNY. We leverage a comprehensive risk taxonomy to support consistent language for defining and understanding risks. The primary categories in our risk taxonomy are:

Type of riskDescription
OperationalThe risk of loss and/or regulatory, legal or reputational impact resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk includes risks, such as data, fraud, third party, compliance and financial crimes, and technology.
MarketThe risk of financial loss or adverse change to the economic condition of BNY resulting from movements in market risk factors. Market risk factors include, but are not limited to, interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchanges rates, commodity prices, and equity prices.
CreditThe risk of adverse financial outcomes arising from credit events (default, bankruptcy, ratings migration) associated with obligor/counterparty not meeting (inability/unwilling) its contractual obligations. Credit risk is present in the majority of our assets, but primarily concentrated in the loan and securities portfolios, as well as foreign exchange and off-balance sheet exposures such as lending commitments, letters of credit and securities lending indemnifications.
LiquidityThe risk arising from an inability to access funding, convert assets to cash quickly and efficiently, or to roll over or issue new debt, especially during periods of market stress. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in funding levels. Liquidity risk can arise from cash flow mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets to cash, the inability to raise cash in the markets, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.
CapitalThe risk to capital adequacy arising from adverse changes in leverage and risk-based asset exposures as well as capital adjustments, capital deductions, composition of capital, and legal entity dynamics.
ModelThe risk of adverse consequences from business processes and/or decisions based on incorrect or misuse of model outputs and related reports. Adverse consequences could include financial loss, poor business and strategic decision-making, and/or damage to BNY’s reputation.
StrategicThe risk arising from the flawed design, decision or implementation of a business strategy, and potential disruption to business strategy by external factors and/or internal decisions. More specifically, the risks arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions or lack of responsiveness to changes in the financial industry and operating environment. Strategic risks may also arise from the acceptance of new businesses, the introduction or modification of products, strategic finance and risk management decisions, business process changes, complex transactions, acquisitions/divestitures/joint ventures and major capital expenditures/investments.

BNY 49

Risk Management (continued)

Operational risk

In providing a comprehensive array of products and services, we are exposed to operational risk. Operational risk may result from, but is not limited to, errors related to transaction processing, failure of internal control systems and meeting compliance requirements, fraud by employees or persons outside BNY or business interruption due to system failures or other events. Operational risk may also include breaches of our technology and information systems resulting in unauthorized access to confidential information or from internal or external threats, such as cyberattacks. Operational risk also includes potential legal or regulatory actions that could arise. In the case of an operational event, we could suffer financial losses as well as reputational damage.

To address these risks, we maintain comprehensive policies and procedures and an internal control framework designed to provide a sound operational environment. These controls have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given our financial strength, the business environment and markets in which we operate, and the nature of our businesses, and considering factors such as competition and regulation.

The organizational framework for operational risk is based upon a strong risk culture that incorporates both governance and risk management activities.

Businesses are responsible for maintaining an effective system of internal controls commensurate with the business risk profiles and in accordance with BNY policies and procedures.

Operational Risk Management is the independent second line function responsible for developing risk management policies and tools for assessing, measuring, monitoring and managing operational risk for BNY. The primary objectives of the Operational Risk Management Framework are to promote effective risk management, identify emerging risks and drive improvement in controls and to reduce operational risk. The Operational Risk Management function includes independent operational risk oversight of all lines of business and functions, as well as specialist oversight of areas such as data management risk, fraud risk, and third party risk.

•Data management risk: Data management risk arises when we fail to consistently manage and

control our data assets through the entire lifecycle, including managing the production, confidentiality, quality, integrity, availability, and retention of data information.

Our risk management approach considers data risks within our business activities. Our Data Management Framework and supporting policies address management of data in key areas of data architecture, data governance, data quality management, data protection, data usage and ethics.

Emphasis is placed on data quality through data policies, regular quality assessments, and continuous improvement programs aimed at enhancing data integrity. The data architecture must be resilient and scalable to support the complex and evolving needs of the business. Efforts are made to strengthen the control environment in mitigating data management risks, aiming to achieve a higher data maturity level which enables the integration of innovative data solutions.

We also consider data-related risks in the execution of our business objectives and processes, including the development of new products and services, including artificial intelligence applications. We remain committed to increasing the effectiveness of our data management practices which are designed to enable us to deliver products and services to our clients across the investment lifecycle.

•Fraud risk: Fraud risk, the risk associated with an internal or external party deliberately performing an activity that relies on deception to achieve financial gain to the detriment of BNY or its clients or affiliated or related parties, is an inherent risk as part of our business. As part fraud prevention, we utilize tools which include culture and awareness campaigns, risk identification, risk assessment and risk mitigation which help us understand key fraud risks and controls and to educate employees about the expectations of identifying and reporting fraud attempts in order to protect assets of BNY and its clients.

•Third party risk: Third party risk is the risk of an adverse impact on the Company due to reliance on third parties, including vendors, that provide

50 BNY

Risk Management (continued)

goods or perform services or other benefits on our behalf or on behalf of our clients. As part of our third-party risk management framework, we identify, evaluate, measure, mitigate, monitor and re-assess risks in an attempt to reduce the likelihood of, and negative impacts from, operational failures throughout the lifecycle of an engagement with a third party.

Compliance and financial crimes risk is a subset of operational risk with second line Compliance and Ethics and Financial Crime Compliance teams. Compliance and financial crimes risk is defined as the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or a financial institution’s reputational harm as a result of its failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organizational standards, and codes of conduct or organizational standards of practice. We seek to comply with all obligations through a comprehensive, integrated Compliance and Ethics Management Framework.

Technology risk is also a subset of operational risk. Technology Risk Management is part of the second line of defense risk function providing oversight over technology risks in an effort to improve the likelihood that technology risks are identified, considered, and managed effectively against the stated risk appetite of the Company. Technology Risk Management is responsible for developing risk management policies and tools in an effort to identify and manage risks across cyber, infrastructure, applications, and resiliency and is responsible for confirming such policies and tools are well understood by the first line of defense. Further, Technology Risk Management oversees the risk reporting process through our governance and that the risks are managed within our defined risk appetite and risk management framework. Technology Risk Management uses its expertise in engaging in centralized activities and capabilities, and data-driven methodologies. Additionally, Technology Risk Management acts as a catalyst to drive the development of global technology policies, key controls, and methods to assess, measure, and monitor information and technology risk for BNY. The function also conducts integrated independent assessments on multiple cyber and digital initiatives within the Company and works to drive better understanding and a more accurate assessment of technology risks.

Operational resiliency is a strategic priority for the Company. Foundational to our enterprise resiliency strategy is the Business Services Framework, governed by the first line Enterprise Resiliency Office, with second line oversight from Resiliency Risk Management. First line business management is accountable for maintaining effective resiliency capabilities under this framework, while Engineering and Operations are responsible for successful execution in coordination with the business. Elements of the resiliency strategy include the Business Services Framework, management of technology assets, Incident and Crisis Management, as well as Disaster Recovery Testing and Business Continuity capabilities. We are also focused on the resiliency capabilities of our third-party service providers. These processes are intended to position the Company to continuously deliver services to our clients through our ability to prevent, respond to and recover from business disruptions and threats.

Market risk

Our business activity tends to minimize our direct exposure to market risk, with such risk primarily limited to market volatility from trading activity in support of clients. More significant market risk is assumed in the form of interest rate and credit spread risk within the investment portfolio as a means for asset/liability management and net interest income generation, and also through the interest rate risk associated with BNY’s balance sheet position which is sensitive to adverse movements in interest rates.

The Company has indirect market risk exposure associated with the change in the value of financial collateral underlying securities financing and derivatives positions. The Collateral Margin Review Committee reviews and approves the standards for collateral received or paid in respect of collateralized derivative agreements and securities financing transactions. The Markets business monitors its market risk through a variety of metrics including trading VaR and trading stressed VaR. Finally, the Risk Quantification Review Group reviews back-testing results for the Company’s VaR model.

Credit risk

We extend direct credit in order to foster client relationships and as a method by which to generate interest income from the deposits that result from business activity. We extend and incur intraday

BNY 51

Risk Management (continued)

credit exposure in order to facilitate our various processing activities.

To balance the value of our activities with the credit risk incurred in pursuing them, we set and monitor internal credit limits for activities that entail credit risk, most often on the size of the exposure and the quality of the counterparty. For credit exposures driven by changing market rates and prices, exposure measures include an add-on for such potential changes.

We manage credit risk exposure at a counterparty, industry, country and portfolio level. Credit risk exposure at the counterparty level is managed through our credit approval framework and involves four approval levels up to and including the Chief Risk Officer of the Company. The requisite approvals are based upon the size and relative risk of the aggregate exposure under consideration. The Credit Risk Group is responsible for approving the size, terms and maturity of all credit exposures proposed by the business, as well as the ongoing monitoring of the creditworthiness of the counterparty. In addition, it is responsible for challenging and approving the internal risk ratings on each exposure.

The calculation of a fundamental credit measure is based on a projection of a statistically probable credit loss, used to help determine the appropriate loan loss reserve and to measure customer profitability. Credit loss considers three basic components: the estimated size of the exposure whenever default might occur, the probability of default before maturity and the severity of the loss we would incur, commonly called “loss given default.” Borrowers/counterparties are assigned ratings by the business and reviewed, challenged and approved by the Credit Portfolio Managers on an 18-grade scale, which translate to a scaled probability of default. Additionally, transactions are assigned loss given default ratings (on a 5-grade scale) that reflect the transactions’ structures, including the effects of guarantees, collateral and relative seniority of position.

The Risk Modeling and Analytics Group is responsible for the calculation methodologies and the estimates of the inputs used in those methodologies for the determination of expected loss. These methodologies and input estimates are regularly evaluated for appropriateness and accuracy. As new techniques and data become available, the Risk

Modeling and Analytics Group incorporates, where appropriate, those techniques or data.

BNY seeks to limit both on- and off-balance sheet credit risk through prudent underwriting and the use of capital only where risk-adjusted returns warrant. We seek to manage risk and improve our portfolio diversification through syndications, asset sales, credit enhancements and active collateralization and netting agreements. In addition, we have a separate Credit Risk Review Group composed of experienced loan review officers who perform timely reviews of the loan files and credit ratings assigned to the loans.

Liquidity risk

Adequate liquidity is vital to BNY’s ability to process payments as well as settle and clear transactions on behalf of clients. The Company’s liquidity position can be affected by multiple factors, including funding mismatches, market conditions that impact our ability to convert our investment portfolio to cash, inability to issue debt or roll over funding, run-off of core deposits, and contingent liquidity events such as additional collateral posting requirements. Additionally, a downgrade in our credit rating cannot only lead to an outflow of deposits, which are a major source of our funding, but also increase our margin requirements on secured transactions and have a broader adverse impact on our overall brand that may further impair our ability to refinance maturing liabilities. Changes in economic conditions or exposure to other risks can also affect our liquidity.

The Board of Directors approves liquidity risk tolerance and is responsible for oversight of liquidity risk management of the Company. ALCO provides governance for the appropriate execution of Board-approved strategies, policies and procedures for managing liquidity. Senior management is responsible for executing those Board-approved strategies, policies and procedures for managing liquidity which ALCO oversees, as well as regularly reporting the liquidity position of the Company to the Board of Directors. The Financial Risk Committee provides governance over independent risk oversight of financial risks, including liquidity risks, and oversees the establishment of control frameworks.

BNY actively manages and monitors its cash position, quality of the investment portfolio, intraday liquidity positions and potential liquidity needs in order to support the timely payment and settlement of

52 BNY

Risk Management (continued)

obligations under both normal and stressed conditions. The Company uses a range of stress testing measures in connection with its efforts to maintain sufficient liquidity relative to risk appetite, including the Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Internal Liquidity Stress Testing.

Capital risk

Capital risk is the risk that the firm’s capital position becomes insufficient to absorb losses, support ongoing operations, and pursue strategic objectives due to adverse market conditions, losses and impairments, model errors, regulatory changes, or poor strategic planning. The Company operates under a capital management framework that is designed to ensure we have enough capital to operate under a range of conditions, meet our regulatory requirements, remain resilient to economic stress, and deploy capital in a prudent manner to optimize shareholder value.

Each of the Company’s primary risks can ultimately affect capital by influencing profits and losses or through changes in Other Comprehensive Income. As capital is assessed relative to the Company’s underlying exposures through the use of capital ratios, fluctuations in leverage and risk-based exposures may lead to volatility in capital ratios.

Oversight of capital management encompasses several key activities, including capital adequacy assessment, capital planning, stress testing, managing risk-weighted assets, and maintaining robust capital measurement practices. These responsibilities are carried out by independent risk management within the second line of defense. Capital oversight also includes monitoring critical programs such as the Company’s CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test (“DFAST”) processes and review and challenge of regulatory capital requirements interpretations.

Model risk

Models support management of risk, our internal business processes more broadly, and our product and service offerings to clients. Among their many functions, models help us value securities, rate the quality of an obligor’s credit, establish capital needs and monitor liquidity trends. Models can have flaws in their design, underlying methodology, and implementation. Further, misuse or inappropriate application of models can also lead to model risk

through a misunderstanding of model limitations/assumptions or reliance on model outputs without adequate controls or context. When this happens, the Company could be exposed to adverse consequences including financial loss, poor business decisions, and reputational harm. We aim to maintain a low-risk environment with respect to model risk.

Model Risk Management is a function within our second line of defense and is responsible for developing and managing the frameworks and processes through which models are initiated, documented, validated, monitored, and governed throughout their useful life from development to retirement. These processes include enforcement of standards for developing models, risk assessment and validation of models, change control, and monitoring the ongoing performance of models. The function is independent of model developers and users. Model Risk Management’s framework includes use cases employing artificial intelligence, including large language models, and Model Risk Management is among the functions integrated into the Company’s broader, cross-functional artificial intelligence risk management framework. Model Risk Management is responsible for maintaining an active inventory of models, and models must be declared to Model Risk Management for evaluation by the Company’s staff.

Strategic risk

Our strategy includes, but is not limited to, improving organic growth across our businesses, delivering quality solutions and evolving our operating model. Successful realization of our strategy requires that we provide expertise, insight and market-leading and technology-enabled products and services that drive economies of scale. Additionally, it requires attracting, developing and retaining highly talented people capable of executing our strategy, while safeguarding our financial profile. Failure to achieve these objectives may negatively impact both our growth strategy and our ability to service our existing clients, resulting in potential financial loss or litigation.

The markets in which we and our clients operate can evolve quickly. The introduction of new or disruptive technologies, geopolitical events and economic slowdowns are examples of factors that can create market uncertainty. Failure to anticipate or participate in transformational change within a given market or appropriately and promptly react to market

BNY 53

Risk Management (continued)

conditions or client preferences could result in poor strategic positioning and potential negative financial impact. While it is essential that we continue to innovate and respond to changing markets and client demand, we strive to do so in a manner that does not adversely affect our financial position or compromise our fundamental business strategy.

Other Risk Considerations

In addition to the primary risk categories and sub-categories noted above, we consider risks that have significance and may manifest across multiple categories of risk. These risk considerations include sustainability, reputational, and geopolitical and country risk.

Sustainability risk

We are exposed to sustainability risk factors that may lead to increased risk levels across one or more enterprise risk categories and may impact our risk management frameworks. For example, climate risks include physical risks from acute and chronic weather-related effects as well as transition risks from changes such as fiscal policy, legislation and regulation, technological development, and investor and customer preference changes.

These effects may be wide-ranging with potential financial and operational resilience implications that could negatively impact the Company’s strategic objectives and financial performance, reputation, business operations, ability to service clients and broad stakeholder relationships. Potential risk outcomes include, but are not limited to, adverse publicity, loss of business, financial loss, litigation, employee impacts, and other operational impacts. For example, sustainability-related impacts have been identified across our credit portfolios, strategic positioning, operational resiliency, and the pace and volume of regulatory change, with the potential for

reputational impacts across these areas. Thus, these risk factors are considered when managing risk within appetite and limits across the enterprise risk categories.

Our reputation

We are exposed to potential reputational harm as a result of negative stakeholder perception which may result from any decision, action, or inaction by BNY, any of our employees, or through other associated parties, such as clients, strategic partners, and third parties. Reputational harm could impact current or anticipated earnings, capital, liquidity, brand, and enterprise value, and can stem from any line of business, corporate function, legal entity, product, or service.

Geopolitical and country risk

We are exposed to the effects of geopolitical events, including tensions between nations and/or regions that may disrupt the stability of international relations, economies or markets. Geopolitical event risks include wars, trade or territorial disputes, sanctions, cybersecurity conflicts, nuclear advancements, the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory measures, shifts in alliances and government policy changes that impact global systems and stakeholders. These events can affect macroeconomic factors and financial markets which could result in losses to BNY or its clients. We are also exposed to the risks associated with maintaining commercial relationships within or connected to sovereign jurisdictions which, among other things, may not possess: an independent judiciary, a history of political pluralism, robust protections for private property (including intellectual property), traditions of free enterprise or the rule of law, or similar attributes. We monitor geopolitical events to assess and measure the potential impact on BNY.

54 BNY

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001390777-25-000046.

Extracted from a substantive MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a TOC or reference stub. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Source document followed from filing index: bk-20241231_d2.htm. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-27. Report date: 2024-12-31.

General

In this Annual Report, references to “our,” “we,” “us,” “BNY,” the “Company” and similar terms refer to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Parent” refers to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation but not its subsidiaries.

The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. BNY’s actual results of future operations may differ from those estimated or anticipated in certain forward-looking statements contained herein due to the factors described under the headings “Forward-looking Statements” and “Risk Factors,” both of which investors should read.

Certain business terms used in this Annual Report are defined in the Glossary.

This Annual Report generally discusses 2024 and 2023 items and comparisons between 2024 and 2023. Discussions of 2022 items and comparisons between 2023 and 2022 that are not included in this Annual Report can be found in our 2023 Annual Report, which was filed as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2023.

Overview

BNY is a global financial services company that helps make money work for the world – managing it, moving it and keeping it safe. For more than 240 years BNY has partnered alongside clients, putting its expertise and platforms to work to help them achieve their ambitions. Today BNY helps over 90% of Fortune 100 companies and nearly all the top 100 banks globally to access the money they need. BNY supports governments in funding local projects and works with over 90% of the top 100 pension plans to safeguard investments for millions of individuals, and so much more. As of Dec. 31, 2024, BNY oversees $52.1 trillion in assets under custody and/or administration and $2.0 trillion in assets under management.

BNY is the corporate brand of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (NYSE: BK). Headquartered in New York City, BNY employs over 50,000 people globally and has been named among Fortune’s World’s Most Admired Companies and

Fast Company’s Best Workplaces for Innovators. Additional information is available on www.bny.com. Follow on LinkedIn or visit the BNY Newsroom for the latest company news.

BNY has three business segments, Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, which offer a comprehensive set of capabilities and deep expertise across the investment life cycle, enabling the Company to provide solutions to buy-side and sell-side market participants, as well as leading institutional and wealth management clients globally.

The diagram below presents our three business segments and lines of business, with the remaining operations in the Other segment.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Securities ServicesMarket and Wealth ServicesInvestment and Wealth Management
Asset ServicingPershingInvestment Management
Issuer ServicesTreasury ServicesWealth Management
Clearance and Collateral Management

For additional information on our business segments, see “Review of business segments” and Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Summary of financial highlights

We reported net income applicable to common shareholders of $4.3 billion, or $5.80 per diluted common share, in 2024, including the negative impact of notable items. Notable items in 2024 include severance expense, litigation reserves and the net impact of adjustments for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) special assessment. Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $4.5 billion (Non-GAAP), or $6.03 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in 2024. In 2023, net income applicable to common shareholders was $3.1 billion, or $3.89 per diluted

BNY 3

Results of Operations (continued)

common share, including the negative impact of notable items. Notable items in 2023 include the initial estimate for the FDIC special assessment, severance expense, the reduction in the fair value of a contingent consideration receivable, litigation reserves and net losses on disposals. Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $4.0 billion (Non-GAAP), or $5.07 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in 2023.

The highlights below are based on 2024 compared with 2023, unless otherwise noted.

•Total revenue increased 5%, primarily reflecting:

•Fee revenue increased 6%, primarily reflecting higher market values, net new business, higher client activity and foreign exchange revenue, partially offset by the mix of AUM flows. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 5.)

•Investment and other revenue increased primarily reflecting the reduction in the fair value of a contingent consideration receivable in 2023 and higher client activity in our fixed income and equity trading business. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 5.)

•Net interest income decreased 1%, primarily reflecting changes in deposit mix, partially offset by higher investment securities portfolio yields and balance sheet growth. (See “Net interest income” beginning on page 8.)

•The provision for credit losses was $70 million, primarily driven by reserve increases related to commercial real estate exposure and changes in the macroeconomic forecast. (See “Consolidated balance sheet review – Allowance for credit losses” beginning on page 33.)

•Noninterest expense decreased 4%, primarily reflecting the net impact of adjustments for the FDIC special assessment and efficiency savings, partially offset by higher investments, employee merit increases and revenue-related expenses. Excluding notable items, noninterest expense increased 1% (Non-GAAP). (See “Noninterest expense” on page 11.)

•Effective tax rate of 22.3% in 2024. (See “Income taxes” on page 11.)

•Return on common equity (“ROE”) was 11.9% for 2024. Excluding notable items, the adjusted ROE was 12.4% (Non-GAAP) for 2024.

•Return on tangible common equity (“ROTCE”) was 22.8% (Non-GAAP) for 2024. Excluding notable items, the adjusted ROTCE was 23.8% (Non-GAAP) for 2024.

See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 115 for reconciliations of the Non-GAAP measures.

Metrics

•AUC/A totaled $52.1 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024 compared with $47.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023. The 9% increase primarily reflects higher market values, client inflows and net new business, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 5.)

•AUM totaled $2.03 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024 compared with $1.97 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023. The 3% increase primarily reflects higher market values, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar. (See “Review of business segments – Investment and Wealth Management business segment” beginning on page 17.)

Capital and liquidity

•Our CET1 ratio calculated under the Standardized Approach was 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2024 and 11.5% at Dec. 31, 2023 under the Advanced Approaches. The decrease was primarily driven by capital returned through common stock repurchases and dividends and higher risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”), partially offset by capital generated through earnings. (See “Capital” beginning on page 39.)

•Our Tier 1 leverage ratio was 5.7% at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with 6.0% at Dec. 31, 2023. The decrease was driven by higher average assets, partially offset by an increase in capital. (See “Capital” beginning on page 39.)

4 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Fee and other revenue

Fee and other revenue2024 vs.2023 vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20242023202220232022
Investment services fees$9,419$8,843$8,5297%4%
Investment management and performance fees (a)3,1393,0583,2993(7)
Foreign exchange revenue6886318229(23)
Financing-related fees2161921751310
Distribution and servicing fees158148130714
Total fee revenue13,62012,87212,9556(1)
Investment and other revenue (b)68748070N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue (b)$14,307$13,352$13,0257%3%
Fee revenue as a percentage of total revenue73%73%78%
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)$52.1$47.8$44.39%8%
AUM at period end (in billions) (d)$2,029$1,974$1,8363%8%

(a)    Excludes seed capital gains (losses) related to consolidated investment management funds.

(b)    Results for the years ended Dec. 31, 2023 and Dec. 31, 2022 were restated to reflect the retrospective application of adopting new accounting guidance in 2024 related to our investments in renewable energy projects using the proportional amortization method (ASU 2023-02). See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(c)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Clearance and Collateral Management, Issuer Services, Pershing and Wealth Management lines of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $1.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024, $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $1.5 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022.

(d)    Represents assets managed in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Fee revenue increased 6% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher investment services fees, investment management and performance fees and foreign exchange revenue.

Investment and other revenue increased $207 million in 2024 compared with 2023, primarily reflecting the reduction in the fair value of a contingent consideration receivable in 2023 and higher client activity in our fixed income and equity trading business.

Investment services fees

Investment services fees increased 7% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher market values, net new business and higher client activity.

AUC/A totaled $52.1 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024, an increase of 9% compared with Dec. 31, 2023, primarily reflecting higher market values, client inflows and net new business, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar. AUC/A consisted of 37% equity securities and 63% fixed-income securities at Dec. 31, 2024 and 35% equity securities and 65% fixed-income securities at Dec. 31, 2023.

See “Securities Services business segment” and “Market and Wealth Services business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details.

Investment management and performance fees

Investment management and performance fees increased 3% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher market values, partially offset by the mix of AUM flows and lower performance fees. Performance fees were $51 million in 2024 and $81 million in 2023. On a constant currency basis (Non-GAAP), investment management and performance fees increased 2% compared with 2023. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 115 for the reconciliation of Non-GAAP measures.

AUM was $2.0 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024, an increase of 3% compared with Dec. 31, 2023, primarily reflecting higher market values, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar.

See “Investment and Wealth Management business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details regarding the drivers of investment management and performance fees, AUM and AUM flows.

BNY 5

Results of Operations (continued)

Foreign exchange revenue

Foreign exchange revenue is primarily driven by the volume of client transactions and the spread realized on these transactions, both of which are impacted by market volatility, the impact of foreign currency hedging activities and foreign currency remeasurement gain (loss). In 2024, foreign exchange revenue increased 9% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher volumes. Foreign exchange revenue is primarily reported in the Securities Services business segment and, to a lesser extent, the Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments and the Other segment.

Financing-related fees

Financing-related fees, which are primarily reported in the Market and Wealth Services and Securities Services business segments, include capital market fees, loan commitment fees and credit-related fees. Financing-related fees increased 13% in 2024 compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher underwriting fees.

Distribution and servicing fees

Distribution and servicing fees earned from mutual funds are primarily based on average assets in the funds and the sales of funds that we manage or administer, and are primarily reported in the Investment Management line of business. These fees, which include 12b-1 fees, fluctuate with the overall level of net sales, the relative mix of sales between share classes, the funds’ market values and money market fee waivers.

Distribution and servicing fees were $158 million in 2024 compared with $148 million in 2023, driven by

higher money market balances. The impact of distribution and servicing fees on income in any one period is partially offset by distribution and servicing expense paid to other financial intermediaries to cover their costs for distribution and servicing of mutual funds. Distribution and servicing expense is recorded as noninterest expense on the income statement.

Investment and other revenue

Investment and other revenue includes income or loss from consolidated investment management funds, seed capital gains or losses, other trading revenue or loss, renewable energy investments gains or losses, income from corporate and bank-owned life insurance contracts, other investment gains or losses, gains or losses from disposals, expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture, other income or loss and net securities gains or losses. The income or loss from consolidated investment management funds should be considered together with the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests, which reflects the portion of the consolidated funds for which we do not have an economic interest and is reflected below net income as a separate line item on the consolidated income statement. Other trading revenue or loss primarily includes the impact of market-risk hedging activity related to our seed capital investments in investment management funds, non-foreign currency derivative and fixed income trading, and other hedging activity. Other investment gains or losses includes fair value changes of non-readily marketable strategic equity, private equity and other investments. Expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture relate to expenses incurred by BNY on behalf of the CIBC Mellon joint venture. Other income includes various miscellaneous revenues.

6 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table provides the components of investment and other revenue.

Investment and other revenue
(dollars in millions)202420232022
Income (loss) from consolidated investment management funds$46$30$(42)
Seed capital gains (losses) (a)2029(37)
Other trading revenue314231149
Renewable energy investment gains (losses) (b)2528(12)
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance137118128
Other investment gains (c)6747159
Disposal (losses) gains(6)26
Expense reimbursements from joint venture118117108
Other income (loss)45(46)34
Net securities (losses)(85)(68)(443)(d)
Total investment and other revenue (b)$687$480$70

(a)    Includes gains (losses) on investments in BNY funds which hedge deferred incentive awards.

(b)    Results for the years ended Dec. 31, 2023 and Dec. 31, 2022 were restated to reflect the retrospective application of adopting new accounting guidance in 2024 related to our investments in renewable energy projects using the proportional amortization method (ASU 2023-02). See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(c)    Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

(d)    Includes a net loss of $449 million related to the repositioning of the securities portfolio.

Investment and other revenue was $687 million in 2024 compared with $480 million in 2023. The increase primarily reflects the reduction in the fair value of a contingent consideration receivable in 2023 and higher client activity in our fixed income and equity trading business.

BNY 7

Results of Operations (continued)

Net interest income

Net interest income2024 vs.2023 vs.
(dollars in millions)20242023202220232022
Net interest income$4,312$4,345$3,504(1)%24%
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment2211N/MN/M
Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis – Non-GAAP (a)$4,314$4,347$3,515(1)%24%
Average interest-earning assets$353,744$348,160$362,1802%(4)%
Net interest margin1.22%1.25%0.97%(3)bps28bps
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (a)1.22%1.25%0.97%(3)bps28bps

(a)    Net interest income (FTE) – Non-GAAP and net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP include the tax equivalent adjustments on tax-exempt income, which allows for comparisons of amounts arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice. The adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income.

N/M – Not meaningful.

bps – basis points.

Net interest income decreased 1% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting changes in deposit mix, partially offset by higher investment securities portfolio yields and balance sheet growth.

Net interest margin decreased 3 basis points compared with 2023. The decrease primarily reflects the factors mentioned above.

Average interest-earning assets increased 2% compared with 2023. The increase primarily reflects higher federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, loan balances and securities, partially offset by lower interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and interest-bearing deposits with banks.

Average non-U.S. dollar deposits comprised approximately 25% of our average total deposits in 2024 and 2023. Approximately 50% of the average non-U.S. dollar deposits in 2024 and 45% in 2023 were euro-denominated.

Net interest income in 2025 will largely depend on the level and mix of client deposits and investment securities portfolio reinvestment yields. Based on market implied forward interest rates as of Dec. 31, 2024, we expect net interest income for 2025 to increase when compared with 2024.

8 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Average balances and interest rates20242023
(dollars in millions)Average balanceInterestAverage rateAverage balanceInterestAverage rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks:
Domestic offices$59,432$3,1485.30%$59,492$3,0855.19%
Foreign offices40,5541,4673.6244,4121,4563.28
Total interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks99,9864,6154.62103,9044,5414.37
Interest-bearing deposits with banks10,9914343.9413,6205233.84
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)31,30610,91534.8626,0777,14127.38
Loans:
Domestic offices63,1084,1076.5159,4873,6636.16
Foreign offices5,0332875.704,6092535.49
Total loans (b)68,1414,3946.4564,0963,9166.11
Securities:
U.S. government obligations27,8261,0223.6733,4341,0213.05
U.S. government agency obligations62,8552,0583.2760,5861,6952.80
Other securities:
Domestic offices17,5609515.4217,1688034.68
Foreign offices29,6209113.0723,5056952.96
Total other securities47,1801,8623.9540,6731,4983.68
Total investment securities137,8614,9423.58134,6934,2143.13
Trading securities (primarily domestic) (c)5,4593095.665,7703155.46
Total securities (c)143,3205,2513.66140,4634,5293.22
Total interest-earning assets (c)$353,744$25,6097.24%$348,160$20,6505.93%
Noninterest-earning assets59,59058,582
Total assets$413,334$406,742
Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Domestic offices$141,279$5,7914.10%$123,513$4,7033.81%
Foreign offices92,9262,8563.0788,8292,4212.73
Total interest-bearing deposits234,2058,6473.69212,3427,1243.35
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)17,0079,97458.6420,5406,69932.62
Trading liabilities1,768884.983,3961564.60
Other borrowed funds:
Domestic offices136139.32676446.49
Foreign offices30351.7742630.74
Total other borrowed funds439184.101,102474.27
Commercial paper1,197625.1854.81
Payables to customers and broker-dealers12,7266405.0314,4495663.91
Long-term debt31,8161,8665.8731,0211,7115.51
Total interest-bearing liabilities$299,158$21,2957.12%$282,855$16,3035.76%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits49,52159,227
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities23,69424,011
Total liabilities372,373366,093
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity40,75640,588
Noncontrolling interests20561
Total liabilities and equity$413,334$406,742
Net interest income (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)$4,314$4,347
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)1.22%1.25%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment22
Net interest income – GAAP$4,312$4,345
Net interest margin – GAAP1.22%1.25%
Percentage of assets attributable to foreign offices23%24%
Percentage of liabilities attributable to foreign offices28%27%

(a)    Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $176 billion in 2024 and $111 billion in 2023. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 5.28% for 2024 and 5.22% for 2023, and the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been 5.18% for 2024 and 5.10% for 2023. We believe providing the rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b)    Interest income includes fees of $3 million in 2024 and $1 million in 2023. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans; the associated income, which was recognized on a cash basis, is included in interest income.

(c)    Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21% for both 2024 and 2023.

(d)    See “Net interest income” on page 8 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

BNY 9

Results of Operations (continued)

Average balances and interest rates2022
(dollars in millions)Average balanceInterestAverage rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks:
Domestic offices$46,270$8101.75%
Foreign offices51,1722090.41
Total interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks97,4421,0191.05
Interest-bearing deposits with banks16,8262211.31
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)24,9531,2004.81
Loans:
Domestic offices62,6401,8783.00
Foreign offices5,1851212.33
Total loans (b)67,8251,9992.95
Securities:
U.S. government obligations40,5836071.49
U.S. government agency obligations64,0411,1571.81
Other securities:
Domestic offices (c)18,9796293.31
Foreign offices26,2831540.59
Total other securities (c)45,2627831.73
Total investment securities (c)149,8862,5471.70
Trading securities (primarily domestic) (c)5,2481432.73
Total securities (c)155,1342,6901.73
Total interest-earning assets (c)$362,180$7,1291.97%
Noninterest-earning assets64,507
Total assets$426,687
Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Domestic offices$111,491$9800.88%
Foreign offices101,9166070.60
Total interest-bearing deposits213,4071,5870.74
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)12,9409347.21
Trading liabilities3,432681.98
Other borrowed funds:
Domestic offices18174.12
Foreign offices32420.51
Total other borrowed funds50591.80
Commercial paper52.06
Payables to customers and broker-dealers17,1111560.91
Long-term debt27,4488603.13
Total interest-bearing liabilities$274,848$3,6141.31%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits85,652
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities25,172
Total liabilities385,672
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity40,905
Noncontrolling interests110
Total liabilities and equity$426,687
Net interest income (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)$3,515
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)0.97%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment11
Net interest income – GAAP$3,504
Net interest margin – GAAP0.97%
Percentage of assets attributable to foreign offices26%
Percentage of liabilities attributable to foreign offices30%

(a)    Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $43 billion in 2022. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 1.77%, and the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been 1.67% for 2022. We believe providing the rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b)    Interest income includes fees of $2 million in 2022. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans; the associated income, which was recognized on a cash basis, is included in interest income.

(c)    Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21% in 2022.

(d)    See “Net interest income” on page 8 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

10 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Noninterest expense

Noninterest expense2024 vs.2023 vs.
(dollars in millions)20242023202220232022
Staff$7,130$7,095$6,800%4%
Software and equipment1,9621,8171,657810
Professional, legal and other purchased services1,5031,5271,527(2)
Net occupancy537542514(1)5
Sub-custodian and clearing4984754855(2)
Distribution and servicing36135334323
Business development188183152320
Bank assessment charges36788126N/MN/M
Goodwill impairment680N/MN/M
Amortization of intangible assets505767(12)(15)
Other436458659(5)(31)
Total noninterest expense$12,701$13,295$13,010(4)%2%
Full-time employees at year-end (a)51,80053,40051,700(3)%3%

(a)    Beginning in 2024, the number of full-time employees excludes interns.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Total noninterest expense decreased 4% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting the net impact of adjustments for the FDIC special assessment and efficiency savings, partially offset by higher investments, employee merit increases and revenue-related expenses. Excluding notable items, noninterest expense increased 1% (Non-GAAP). See “Supervision and Regulation – FDIC Deposit Insurance” beginning on page 67 for information on the FDIC special assessment. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 115 for the reconciliation of the Non-GAAP measure.

We expect total noninterest expense for 2025 to increase slightly compared with 2024, primarily reflecting incremental investments and higher revenue-related expenses, partially offset by the benefit of efficiency savings.

Income taxes

BNY recorded an income tax provision of $1.3 billion (22.3% effective tax rate) in 2024. The income tax provision was $979 million (22.9% effective tax rate) in 2023.

On Jan. 1, 2024, we adopted ASU 2023-02,

Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures

(Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax

Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method, on a retrospective basis. See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial

Statements for additional information on the new accounting guidance.

For additional information on income taxes, see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Review of business segments

We have an internal information system that produces performance data along product and service lines for our three principal business segments: Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, and the Other segment.

Business segment accounting principles

Our business segment data has been determined on an internal management basis of accounting, rather than the generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) used for consolidated financial reporting. These measurement principles are designed so that reported results of the businesses will track their economic performance.

Our business segments are consistent with the structure used by the President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), to make key operating decisions and assess performance. Our CODM evaluates the business segments’ operating performance primarily based on fee and other revenue, total revenue, income before income taxes, and pre-tax operating margin. The significant expense information regularly

BNY 11

Results of Operations (continued)

provided to and reviewed by the CODM is total noninterest expense. The CODM considers this information when evaluating the performance of each business segment and making decisions about allocating capital and other resources to each business segment.

For information on the accounting principles of our business segments, the primary products and services in each line of business, the primary types of revenue by line of business and how our business segments are presented and analyzed, see Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business segment results are subject to reclassification when organizational changes are made, or for refinements in revenue and expense allocation methodologies. Refinements are typically reflected on a prospective basis. In 2024, we made certain realignments of similar products and services within our lines of business consistent with the firm’s ongoing transition to a platforms operating model uniting related capabilities and enabling streamlining of internal processes to drive growth, efficiency, resiliency, and enhanced risk management. The largest change was the movement of Institutional Solutions from Pershing to Clearance and Collateral Management, both in the Market and Wealth Services business segment. We made other smaller changes that moved activity from Asset Servicing in the Securities Services business segment to Treasury Services in the Market and Wealth Services business segment, and from Wealth Management in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment and Pershing in the Market and Wealth Services business segment to Investment Management in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment. The Other segment was not impacted by the changes. Business segment results for 2023 and 2022 have been revised to reflect these changes.

The results of our business segments may be influenced by client and other activities that vary by quarter. In the first quarter, staff expense typically increases, reflecting the vesting of long-term stock awards for retirement-eligible employees. The timing of our annual employee merit increases also impacts

staff expense. In 2024, the merit increase was effective in March and in 2023, the merit increase was effective in April, thus partially impacting the full-year staff expense variances. In the third quarter, volume-related fees may decline due to reduced client activity. In the fourth quarter, we typically incur higher business development and marketing expenses. In our Investment and Wealth Management business segment, performance fees are typically higher in the fourth and first quarters, as those quarters represent the end of the measurement period for many of the performance fee-eligible relationships.

The results of our business segments may also be impacted by the translation of financial results denominated in foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. On a consolidated basis and in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, we typically have more foreign currency-denominated expenses than revenues. However, our Investment and Wealth Management business segment typically has more foreign currency-denominated revenues than expenses. Overall, currency fluctuations impact the year-over-year growth rate in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment more than the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments. However, currency fluctuations, in isolation, are not expected to significantly impact net income on a consolidated basis.

Fee revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment, and to a lesser extent, the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, is impacted by global market fluctuations. At Dec. 31, 2024, we estimated that a 5% change in global equity markets, spread evenly throughout the year, would impact fee revenue by less than 1% and diluted earnings per common share by $0.05 to $0.08.

See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the consolidating schedules which show the contribution of our business segments to our overall profitability.

12 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Securities Services business segment

2024 vs.2023 vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20242023202220232022
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Asset Servicing$4,094$3,872$3,8886%%
Issuer Services1,1631,1211,009411
Total investment services fees5,2574,9934,89752
Foreign exchange revenue55248858413(16)
Other fees (a)23421520296
Total fee revenue6,0435,6965,6836
Investment and other revenue405333291N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue6,4486,0295,97471
Net interest income2,4682,5692,028(4)27
Total revenue8,9168,5988,00247
Provision for credit losses38998N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)6,2866,3276,248(1)1
Amortization of intangible assets283133(10)(6)
Total noninterest expense6,3146,3586,281(1)1
Income before income taxes$2,564$2,141$1,71320%25%
Pre-tax operating margin29%25%21%
Securities lending revenue (b)$191$189$1821%4%
Total revenue by line of business:
Asset Servicing$6,872$6,612$6,2934%5%
Issuer Services2,0441,9861,709316
Total revenue by line of business$8,916$8,598$8,0024%7%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$11,235$11,207$11,245%%
Average deposits$178,643$168,411$183,9906%(8)%
Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)$37.7$34.2$31.410%9%
Market value of securities on loan at period end (in billions) (d)$488$450$4498%%
Issuer Services:
Total debt serviced at period end (in trillions)$14.1$14.0$12.61%11%
Number of sponsored Depositary Receipts programs at period end499543589(8)%(8)%

(a)    Other fees primarily includes financing-related fees.

(b)    Included in investment services fees reported in the Asset Servicing line of business.

(c)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Issuer Services line of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $1.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024, $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $1.5 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022.

(d)    Represents the total amount of securities on loan in our agency securities lending program. Excludes securities for which BNY acts as agent on behalf of CIBC Mellon clients, which totaled $60 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, $63 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $68 billion at Dec. 31, 2022.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY 13

Results of Operations (continued)

Business segment description

The Securities Services business segment consists of two distinct lines of business, Asset Servicing and Issuer Services, which provide business solutions across the transaction lifecycle to our global asset owner and asset manager clients. We are one of the leading global investment services providers with $37.7 trillion of AUC/A at Dec. 31, 2024. For information on the drivers of the Securities Services fee revenue, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Asset Servicing business provides a comprehensive suite of solutions. We are one of the largest global custody, fund administrator and front-to-back outsourcing partners. We offer services for the safekeeping of assets in capital markets globally as well as fund accounting services, exchange-traded funds servicing, transfer agency, trust and depository, front-to-back capabilities and data and analytics solutions for our clients. We deliver foreign exchange, and securities lending and financing solutions, on both an agency and principal basis. Our agency securities lending program is one of the largest lenders of U.S. and non-U.S. securities, servicing a lendable asset pool of approximately $5.4 trillion in 34 separate markets. Our market-leading liquidity services portal enables cash investments for institutional clients and includes fund research and analytics.

Our Digital Asset Custody platform offers custody and administration services for Bitcoin and Ether for select U.S. institutional clients. Our Digital Assets Funds Services provides accounting and administration, transfer agency and ETF services to digital asset funds. We continue to develop our digital asset capabilities working closely with clients to address their evolving digital asset needs. As of and for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024, our Digital Asset Custody platform and related initiatives had a de minimis impact on our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

The Issuer Services business includes Corporate Trust and Depositary Receipts. Our Corporate Trust business delivers a full range of issuer and related investor services, including trustee, paying agency, fiduciary, escrow and other financial

services. We are a leading provider to the debt capital markets, providing customized and market-driven solutions to investors, bondholders and lenders. Our Depositary Receipts business drives global investing by providing servicing and value-added solutions that enable, facilitate and enhance cross-border trading, clearing, settlement and ownership. We are one of the largest providers of depositary receipts services in the world, partnering with leading companies from more than 50 countries.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $37.7 trillion increased 10% compared with Dec. 31, 2023, primarily reflecting higher market values, client inflows and net new business, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar.

Total revenue of $8.9 billion increased 4% compared with 2023. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Asset Servicing revenue of $6.9 billion increased 4% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher market values, net new business, higher client activity, including in our fixed income and trading business, and higher foreign exchange revenue, partially offset by lower net interest income.

Issuer Services revenue of $2.0 billion increased 3% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting Corporate Trust fees driven by net new business, partially offset by lower Depositary Receipts revenue.

Market and regulatory trends are driving investable assets toward lower fee asset management products at reduced margins for our clients. These dynamics are also negatively impacting our investment services fees. However, at the same time, these trends are providing additional outsourcing opportunities as clients and other market participants seek to comply with regulations and reduce their operating costs.

Noninterest expense of $6.3 billion decreased 1% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting efficiency savings, partially offset by higher investments and employee merit increases.

14 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Market and Wealth Services business segment

2024 vs.2023 vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20242023202220232022
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Pershing$1,947$1,885$1,7933%5%
Treasury Services79271771910
Clearance and Collateral Management1,3851,2121,0861412
Total investment services fees4,1243,8143,59886
Foreign exchange revenue97818820(8)
Other fees (a)2352021631624
Total fee revenue4,4564,0973,84996
Investment and other revenue796340N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue4,5354,1603,88997
Net interest income1,7291,7101,410121
Total revenue6,2645,8705,299711
Provision for credit losses19417N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)3,3493,1992,92859
Amortization of intangible assets468(33)(25)
Total noninterest expense3,3533,2052,93659
Income before income taxes$2,892$2,624$2,35610%11%
Pre-tax operating margin46%45%44%
Total revenue by line of business:
Pershing$2,687$2,616$2,3303%12%
Treasury Services1,7371,6371,51468
Clearance and Collateral Management1,8401,6171,4551411
Total revenue by line of business$6,264$5,870$5,2997%11%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$41,533$37,502$41,30011%(9)%
Average deposits$90,185$85,785$91,7495%(7)%
Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (b)$14.1$13.3$12.76%5%
Pershing:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions)$2.7$2.5$2.38%9%
Net new assets (U.S. platform) (in billions) (c)$(6)$22$121N/MN/M
Daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”) (U.S. platform) (in thousands)26923425415%(8)%
Average active clearing accounts (in thousands)8,0987,9467,4832%6%
Treasury Services:
Average daily U.S. dollar payment volumes242,997236,696239,6303%(1)%
Clearance and Collateral Management:
Average tri-party collateral management balances (in billions)$5,383$5,658$5,285(5)%7%

(a)    Other fees primarily include financing-related fees.

(b)    Consists of AUC/A from the Clearance and Collateral Management and Pershing businesses.

(c)    Net new assets represent net flows of assets (e.g., net cash deposits and net securities transfers, including dividends and interest) in customer accounts in Pershing LLC, a U.S. broker-dealer.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY 15

Results of Operations (continued)

Business segment description

The Market and Wealth Services business segment consists of three distinct lines of business, Pershing, Treasury Services and Clearance and Collateral Management, which provide business services and technology solutions to entities including financial institutions, corporations, foundations and endowments, public funds and government agencies. For information on the drivers of the Market and Wealth Services fee revenue, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pershing provides execution, clearing, custody, business and technology solutions, delivering operational support to broker-dealers, wealth managers and registered investment advisors (“RIAs”) globally.

Our Treasury Services business is a leading provider of global payments, liquidity management and trade finance services for financial institutions, corporations and the public sector.

Our Clearance and Collateral Management business clears and settles equity and fixed-income transactions globally and serves as custodian for tri-party repo collateral worldwide. We are the primary provider of U.S. government securities clearance and a provider of non-U.S. government securities clearance. Our collateral services include collateral management, administration and segregation. We offer innovative solutions and industry expertise which help financial institutions and institutional investors with their financing, risk and balance sheet challenges. We are a leading provider of tri-party collateral management services with an average of $5.4 trillion serviced

globally including approximately $4.2 trillion of the U.S. tri-party repo market in 2024.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $14.1 trillion increased 6% compared with Dec. 31, 2023, primarily reflecting net client inflows in the Clearance and Collateral Management business and higher market values.

Total revenue of $6.3 billion increased 7% compared with 2023. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Pershing revenue of $2.7 billion increased 3% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher market values and client activity, partially offset by lost business in the prior year and lower net interest income. Net new assets of $(6) billion in 2024 reflects the deconversion of business lost in the prior year.

Treasury Services revenue of $1.7 billion increased 6% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting net new business, higher client activity and higher net interest income.

Clearance and Collateral Management revenue of $1.8 billion increased 14% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher collateral management fees, clearance volumes and net interest income.

Noninterest expense of $3.4 billion increased 5% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher investments, employee merit increases and higher revenue-related expenses, partially offset by efficiency savings.

16 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Investment and Wealth Management business segment

2024 vs.2023 vs.
(dollars in millions)20242023202220232022
Revenue:
Investment management fees$3,093$2,981$3,2284%(8)%
Performance fees518175N/MN/M
Investment management and performance fees (a)3,1443,0623,3033(7)
Distribution and servicing fees2752411921426
Other fees (b)(256)(214)(133)N/MN/M
Total fee revenue3,1633,0893,3622(8)
Investment and other revenue (c)50(102)(27)N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue (c)3,2132,9873,3358(10)
Net interest income1761682285(26)
Total revenue3,3893,1553,5637(11)
Provision for credit losses4(4)1N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding goodwill impairment and amortization of intangible assets)2,7622,7562,809(2)
Goodwill impairment680N/MN/M
Amortization of intangible assets182026(10)(23)
Total noninterest expense2,7802,7763,515(21)
Income before income taxes$605$383$4758%(d)715%(d)
Pre-tax operating margin18%12%1%
Adjusted pre-tax operating margin – Non-GAAP (e)20%14%(f)2%(f)
Total revenue by line of business:
Investment Management$2,279$2,097$2,4239%(13)%
Wealth Management1,1101,0581,1405(7)
Total revenue by line of business$3,389$3,155$3,5637%(11)%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$13,610$13,718$14,055(1)%(2)%
Average deposits$10,589$14,280$19,214(26)%(26)%

(a)    On a constant currency basis, investment management and performance fees increased 2% (Non-GAAP) compared with 2023. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 115 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(b)    Other fees primarily includes investment services fees.

(c)    Investment and other revenue and total fee and other revenue are net of income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds.

(d)    Excluding notable items, income before income taxes increased 14% (Non-GAAP) in 2024 compared with 2023 and decreased 28% (Non-GAAP) in 2023 compared with 2022. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 115 for the reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

(e)    Net of distribution and servicing expense. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 115 for the reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

(f)    Excluding notable items and net of distribution and servicing expense, the adjusted pre-tax operating margin was 19% (Non-GAAP) in 2023 and 23% (Non-GAAP) in 2022. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 115 for the reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY 17

Results of Operations (continued)

AUM trends
(in billions)202420232022
AUM by product type (a):
Equity$162$145$135
Fixed income221205198
Index491459395
Liability-driven investments548605570
Multi-asset and alternative investments171170153
Cash436390385
Total AUM$2,029$1,974$1,836
Changes in AUM (a):
Beginning balance of AUM$1,974$1,836$2,434
Net inflows (outflows):
Long-term strategies:
Equity(15)(12)(18)
Fixed income18(4)(21)
Liability-driven investments21278
Multi-asset and alternative investments(15)(9)(11)
Total long-term active strategies (outflows) inflows(10)(13)28
Index(42)(12)2
Total long-term strategies (outflows) inflows(52)(25)30
Short-term strategies:
Cash455(12)
Total net (outflows) inflows(7)(20)18
Net market impact69121(471)
Net currency impact(25)37(113)
Other/Divestiture (b)18(32)
Ending balance of AUM$2,029$1,974$1,836
Wealth Management client assets (c)$327$312$269

(a)    Represents assets managed in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

(b)    Activity in 2024 reflects the realignment of similar products and services within our lines of business. Activity in 2022 reflects the divestiture of BNY Alcentra Group Holdings, Inc.

(c)    Includes AUM and AUC/A in the Wealth Management line of business.

Business segment description

Our Investment and Wealth Management business segment consists of two distinct lines of business, Investment Management and Wealth Management, which have a combined AUM of $2.0 trillion as of Dec. 31, 2024.

Investment Management is a leading global asset manager and consists of seven specialist investment firms and a global distribution platform to deliver a diversified range of investment capabilities to institutional and retail clients globally.

Our Investment Management model provides specialist expertise from seven investment firms offering solutions across major asset classes, backed by the strength, scale and proven stewardship of BNY. Each investment firm has its own individual culture, investment philosophy and proprietary investment process. This approach brings our clients clear, independent thinking from highly experienced investment professionals.

The investment firms offer a broad range of actively managed equity, fixed income, multi-asset and liability-driven investments, along with passive products and cash management. Our six majority-owned investment firms are: ARX, Dreyfus, Insight Investment, Mellon, Newton Investment Management and Walter Scott. BNY owns a noncontrolling interest in Siguler Guff.

Investment Management has multiple global distribution entities, which are responsible for distributing the investment solutions developed and managed by the investment firms, as well as the management and distribution of our U.S. mutual funds, ETFs and certain offshore money market funds.

Wealth Management provides investment management, custody, wealth and estate planning, private banking services, investment servicing and information management. Wealth Management has $327 billion in client assets as of Dec. 31, 2024, and more than 30 offices in the U.S. and internationally.

Wealth Management clients include individuals, families and institutions. Institutions include family offices, charitable gift programs and endowments and foundations. We work with clients to build, manage and sustain wealth across generations and market cycles.

The wealth business differentiates itself with a comprehensive wealth management framework called Active Wealth that seeks to empower clients to build and sustain long-term wealth.

The results of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment are driven by a blend of daily, monthly and quarterly AUM by product type. The overall level of AUM for a given period is determined by:

•the beginning level of AUM;

18 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

•the net flows of new assets during the period resulting from new business wins and existing client inflows, reduced by the loss of clients and existing client outflows; and

•the impact of market price appreciation or depreciation, foreign exchange rates and investment firm acquisitions or divestitures.

The mix of AUM is a result of the historical growth rates of equity and fixed income markets and the cumulative net flows of our investment firms as a result of client asset allocation decisions. Actively managed equity, multi-asset and alternative assets typically generate higher percentage fees than fixed-income and liability-driven investments and cash. Also, actively managed assets typically generate higher management fees than indexed or passively managed assets of the same type. Market and regulatory trends have resulted in increased demand for lower fee asset management products and for performance-based fees.

Investment management fees are dependent on the overall level and mix of AUM and the management fees expressed in basis points (one-hundredth of one percent) charged for managing those assets. Management fees are typically subject to fee schedules based on the overall level of assets managed for a single client or by individual asset class and style. This is most common for institutional clients where we typically manage substantial assets for individual accounts.

Performance fees are generally calculated as a percentage of a portfolio’s performance in excess of a benchmark index or a peer group’s performance.

A key driver of growth in investment management and performance fees is the amount of net new AUM flows. Overall market conditions are also key drivers, with a significant long-term economic driver being growth of global financial assets.

Net interest income is determined by loan and deposit volumes and the interest rate spread between

customer rates and internal funds transfer rates on loans and deposits. Expenses in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment are mainly driven by staff and distribution and servicing expenses.

Review of financial results

AUM of $2.0 trillion increased 3% compared with Dec. 31, 2023, primarily reflecting higher market values, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar.

Net long-term strategy outflows were $52 billion in 2024, driven by outflows of index, equity and multi-asset and alternative investments, partially offset by inflows of fixed income and liability-driven investments. Short-term strategy inflows were $45 billion in 2024.

Total revenue of $3.4 billion increased 7% compared with 2023. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Investment Management revenue of $2.3 billion increased 9% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher market values and the reduction in the fair value of a contingent consideration receivable in 2023, partially offset by the mix of AUM flows and lower performance fees.

Wealth Management revenue of $1.1 billion increased 5% compared with 2023, primarily reflecting higher market values, partially offset by changes in product mix.

Revenue generated in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment included 30% from non-U.S. sources in 2024, compared with 32% in 2023.

Noninterest expense of $2.8 billion was flat compared with 2023, primarily reflecting employee merit increases and higher investments, offset by efficiency savings.

BNY 19

Results of Operations (continued)

Other segment

(in millions)202420232022
Fee revenue$(42)$(10)$61
Investment and other revenue140184(221)
Total fee and other revenue98174(160)
Net interest expense(61)(102)(162)
Total revenue3772(322)
Provision for credit losses9(17)23
Noninterest expense254956278
(Loss) before income taxes$(226)$(867)$(623)
Average loans and leases$1,763$1,669$1,225

Segment description

The Other segment primarily includes:

•the leasing portfolio;

•corporate treasury activities, including our securities portfolio;

•derivatives and other trading activity;

•corporate and bank-owned life insurance;

•tax credit investments and other corporate investments; and

•certain business exits.

Revenue primarily reflects:

•net interest income (expense) and lease-related gains (losses) from leasing operations;

•net interest income (expense) and derivatives and other corporate treasury activities;

•other revenue from certain business exits;

•investment and other revenue from corporate and bank-owned life insurance, gains (losses) associated with investment securities and other assets; and

•fee revenue from the elimination of the results of certain services provided between segments, which are also provided to third parties.

Expenses include:

•direct expenses supporting leasing, investing and funding activities; and

•expenses not directly attributable to Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management operations.

Review of financial results

Loss before taxes was $226 million in 2024 compared with $867 million in 2023.

Investment and other revenue decreased $44 million compared with 2023, primarily reflecting investment gains recorded in 2023 and higher net securities losses.

Noninterest expense decreased $702 million compared with 2023, primarily driven by adjustments for the FDIC special assessment.

International operations

Our primary international activities consist of asset servicing in our Securities Services business segment, global payment services in our Market and Wealth Services business segment and investment management in our Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

Our clients include central banks and sovereigns, financial institutions, asset managers, insurance companies, corporations, local authorities and high-net-worth individuals and family offices. Through our global network of offices, we have developed a deep understanding of local requirements and cultural needs, and we pride ourselves on providing dedicated service through our multilingual sales, marketing and client service teams.

At Dec. 31, 2024, approximately 60% of our total employees (full-time and part-time employees) were based outside the U.S., with approximately 10,900 employees in EMEA, approximately 18,900 employees in APAC and approximately 800 employees in other global locations, primarily Brazil.

We are a leading global asset manager. Our international operations managed 47% of BNY’s AUM at Dec. 31, 2024 and 51% at Dec. 31, 2023.

20 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

In Europe, we maintain capabilities to service Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities and alternative investment funds. We offer a full range of tailored solutions for investment companies, financial institutions and institutional investors across most European markets.

We are a provider of non-U.S. government securities, fixed income and equities clearance, settling securities transactions directly in European markets, and using a high-quality and established network of local agents in non-European markets.

We have extensive experience providing trade and cash services to financial institutions and central banks outside of the U.S. In addition, we offer a broad range of servicing and fiduciary products to financial institutions, corporations and central banks. In emerging markets, we lead with custody, global payments and issuer services, introducing other products as the markets mature. For more established markets, our focus is on global investment services.

We are also a full-service global provider of foreign exchange services, actively trading in over 100 of the world’s currencies. We serve clients from trading desks located in Europe, Asia and North America.

Our financial results, as well as our levels of AUC/A and AUM, are impacted by translation from foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. If the U.S. dollar depreciates against these currencies, the translation impact is a higher level of fee revenue, net interest income, noninterest expense and AUC/A and AUM. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar appreciates, the translated levels of fee revenue, net interest income, noninterest expense and AUC/A and AUM will be lower.

Foreign exchange ratesvs. U.S. dollar202420232022
Spot rate (at Dec. 31):
British pound$1.2516$1.2749$1.2096
Euro1.03471.10461.0708
Yearly average rate:
British pound$1.2780$1.2432$1.2375
Euro1.08191.08131.0550

International clients accounted for 35% of revenues in 2024 and 36% in 2023. Net income from international operations was $2.3 billion in 2024, compared with $2.0 billion in 2023.

Revenues from EMEA were $4.3 billion in 2024, an increase of 4% compared with 2023. The increase was primarily driven by higher net interest income, collateral management fees and clearance volumes in the Market and Wealth Services business segment.

The Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments generated 58%, 24% and 18% of EMEA revenues, respectively. Net income from EMEA was $1.3 billion in 2024, compared with $1.1 billion in 2023.

Revenues from APAC were $1.3 billion in 2024, a decrease of 1% compared with 2023. The decrease primarily reflects lower revenue in the Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments, partially offset by higher revenue in the Securities Services business segment.

The Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments generated 60%, 30% and 10% of APAC revenues, respectively. Net income from APAC was $542 million in 2024, compared with $547 million in 2023.

For additional information regarding our international operations, including certain key subjective assumptions used in determining the results, see Note 25 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY 21

Results of Operations (continued)

Country risk exposure

The following table presents BNY’s top 10 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) as of Dec. 31, 2024, as well as certain countries with higher-risk profiles. The exposure is presented on an internal risk management basis and has not been reduced by the allowance for credit losses. We monitor our exposure to these and other countries as part of our internal country risk management process.

The country risk exposure below reflects the Company’s risk to an immediate default of the counterparty or obligor based on the country of residence of the entity which incurs the liability. If there is credit risk mitigation, the country of residence of the entity providing the risk mitigation is the country of risk. The country of risk for securities is generally based on the domicile of the issuer of the security.

Country risk exposure at Dec. 31, 2024Interest-bearing depositsTotal exposure
(in billions)Central banksBanksLending (a)Securities (b)Other (c)
Top 10 country exposure:
United Kingdom (“UK”)$8.0$0.3$1.4$5.5$2.1$17.3
Germany11.30.30.83.50.416.3
Belgium4.91.00.11.40.17.5
Canada0.90.13.81.76.5
Luxembourg0.10.11.50.12.54.3
Netherlands1.60.22.10.24.1
South Korea0.20.12.30.20.83.6
Ireland0.10.20.82.03.1
Australia1.20.30.60.52.6
France0.12.10.22.4
Total Top 10 country exposure$26.2$4.1$7.6$19.3$10.5$67.7(d)
Select country exposure:
Brazil$$0.1$1.2$0.1$0.1$1.5
Russia0.6(e)0.6

(a)    Lending includes loans, acceptances, issued letters of credit, net of participations, and lending-related commitments.

(b)    Securities include both the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

(c)    Other exposure includes over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative and securities financing transactions, net of collateral.

(d)    The top 10 country exposure comprises approximately 65% of our total non-U.S. exposure.

(e)    Represents cash balances with exposure to Russia.

Events in recent years have resulted in increased focus on Brazil. The country risk exposure to Brazil is primarily short-term trade finance loans extended to large financial institutions. We also have operations in Brazil providing investment services and investment management services.

The war in Ukraine has increased our focus on Russia. The country risk exposure to Russia consists of cash balances related to our securities services businesses and may increase in the future to the extent cash is received for the benefit of our clients that is subject to distribution restrictions. BNY has ceased new banking business in Russia and suspended investment management purchases of Russian securities. Russian securities included in our AUC/A and AUM at Dec. 31, 2024, continue to be insignificant as a percentage of the total AUC/A and AUM, respectively. We will continue to work with

multinational clients that depend on our custody and recordkeeping services to manage their exposures.

We are also monitoring our exposure to Israel as part of our internal country risk management process. At Dec. 31, 2024, our total exposure to Israel was $158 million and primarily consisted of investment grade short-term interest-bearing deposits and OTC derivatives maturing within six months.

Critical accounting estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain of these policies include critical accounting estimates which require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Our critical accounting estimates are those related to the

22 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangibles and litigation and regulatory contingencies. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with the Company’s Audit Committee.

Allowance for credit losses

The allowance for credit losses covers financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, including loans and lending-related commitments, held-to-maturity securities, certain securities financing transactions and deposits with banks. The allowance for credit losses is intended to adjust the carrying value of these assets by an estimated amount of credit losses that we expect to incur over the life of the asset. Similarly, the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments and other off-balance sheet financial instruments is meant to capture the credit losses that we expect to recognize in these portfolios as of the balance sheet date.

A quantitative methodology and qualitative framework is used to estimate the allowance for credit losses.

The quantitative component of our estimate uses models and methodologies that categorize financial assets based on product type, collateral type, and other credit trends and risk characteristics, including relevant information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions that affect the collectability of the recorded amounts. For the quantitative component, we segment portfolios into various major components including commercial loans and lease financing, commercial real estate, financial institutions, residential mortgages, and other. The segmentation of our debt securities portfolios is by major asset class and is influenced by whether the security is structured or non-structured (i.e., direct obligation), as well as the issuer type. The components of the credit loss calculation for each major portfolio or asset class include a probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default, as applicable, and their values depend on the forecast behavior of variables in the macroeconomic environment. We utilize a multi-scenario macroeconomic forecast which includes a weighting of three scenarios: a baseline and upside and downside scenarios and allows us to develop our estimate using a wide span of economic variables.

Our baseline scenario reflects a view on likely performance of each global region and the other two scenarios are designed relative to the baseline scenario. This approach incorporates a reasonable and supportable forecast period spanning the life of the asset, and includes both an initial estimated economic outlook component as well as a reversion component for each economic input variable. The length of each of the two components depends on the underlying financial instrument, scenario, and underlying economic input variable. In general, the initial economic outlook period for each economic input variable under each scenario ranges between several months and two years. The speed at which the scenario-specific forecasts revert to long-term historical mean is based on observed historical patterns of mean reversion at the economic variable input level that are reflected in our model parameter estimates. Certain macroeconomic variables such as unemployment or home prices take longer to revert after a contraction, though specific recovery times are scenario-specific. Reversion will usually take longer the further away the scenario-specific forecast is from the historical mean. On a quarterly basis, and within a developed governance structure, we update these scenarios for current economic conditions and may adjust the scenario weighting based on our economic outlook. The Company uses judgment to assess these economic conditions and loss data in determining the best estimate of the allowance for credit losses and these estimates are subject to periodic refinement based on changes to underlying external or Company-specific historical data.

In the quantitative component of our estimate, we measure expected credit losses using an individual evaluation method if the risk characteristics of the asset is no longer consistent with the portfolio or class of asset. For these assets, we do not employ the macroeconomic model calculation but consider factors such as payment status, collateral value, the obligor’s financial condition, guarantor support, the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due, and recovery expectations if they can be reasonably estimated. For loans, we measure the expected credit loss as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the present value of the expected future cash flows from the borrower which is generally discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral-dependent. We generally individually evaluate

BNY 23

Results of Operations (continued)

nonperforming loans as well as loans that have been modified given the risk characteristics of such loans.

Available-for-sale debt securities are recorded at fair value. When an available-for-sale debt security is in an unrealized loss position, we employ a methodology to identify and estimate the credit loss portion of the unrealized loss position. The measurement of expected credit losses is performed at the security level and is based on our best single estimate of cash flows, on a discounted basis; however, we do not specifically employ the macroeconomic forecasting models and scenarios summarized above.

The qualitative component of our estimate for the allowance for credit losses is intended to capture expected losses that may not have been fully captured in the quantitative component. Through an established governance structure, management determines the qualitative allowance each period based on an evaluation of various internal and environmental factors that include: scenario weighting and sensitivity risk, credit concentration risk, economic conditions and other considerations. We have made and may continue to make adjustments for idiosyncratic risks.

To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs and recoveries.

Our allowance for credit losses is sensitive to a number of inputs, most notably the macroeconomic forecast assumptions that are incorporated into our estimate of credit losses through the expected life of the loan portfolio, as well as credit ratings assigned to each borrower. As the macroeconomic environment and related forecasts change, the allowance for credit losses may change materially. The following sensitivity analyses do not represent management’s expectations of the deterioration of our portfolios or the economic environment, but are provided as hypothetical scenarios to assess the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in key inputs. If commercial real estate property values were increased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade better, the quantitative allowance would have decreased by $47 million, and if commercial real estate property values were decreased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade worse, the quantitative allowance would have increased by $82

million. Our multi-scenario macroeconomic forecast used in determining the Dec. 31, 2024 allowance for credit losses consisted of three scenarios. The baseline scenario reflects positive but slightly declining GDP growth through the first quarter of 2025 before moderating, stable unemployment and slightly declining commercial real estate prices through the end of 2025. The upside scenario reflects higher GDP growth through the first quarter of 2025 before moderating, declining unemployment through the end of 2025 and increasing commercial real estate prices through the end of 2025 compared with the baseline. The downside scenario contemplates negative GDP growth through the third quarter of 2025 before moderating, rapidly increasing unemployment through the third quarter of 2025 and sharply lower commercial real estate prices through the end of 2025 compared with the baseline. At Dec. 31, 2024, we placed the most weight on our baseline scenario, with the remaining weighting equally placed on the upside and downside scenarios. From a sensitivity perspective, at Dec. 31, 2024, if we had applied 100% weighting to the downside scenario, the quantitative allowance for credit losses would have been approximately $130 million higher.

See Notes 1 and 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the allowance for credit losses.

Goodwill and other intangibles

We initially record all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. Goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles are subsequently accounted for in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. The initial measurement of goodwill and intangibles requires judgment concerning estimates of the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities. Goodwill ($16.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2024) and indefinite-lived intangible assets ($2.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2024) are not amortized but are subject to tests for impairment annually or more often if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not they may be impaired. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying value.

24 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Goodwill

BNY’s business segments include seven reporting units for which goodwill impairment testing is performed on an annual basis. An interim goodwill impairment test is performed when events or circumstances occur that may indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit may be less than its carrying value.

The goodwill impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. However, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit were to exceed its estimated fair value, an impairment loss would be recorded for the difference.

In each quarter of 2024, we completed an interim goodwill impairment test of the Investment Management reporting unit, which had $6.0 billion of allocated goodwill as of Dec. 31, 2024. In all cases, we determined the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and no goodwill impairment was recorded.

For the Dec. 31, 2024 test, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately 11%. We determined the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit using an income approach based on management’s projections as of Dec. 31, 2024. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10.5%.

As of Dec. 31, 2024, if the discount rate applied to the estimated cash flows was increased or decreased by 25 basis points, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit would decrease or increase by 4%, respectively. Similarly, if the long-term growth rate was increased or decreased by 10 basis points, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit would increase or decrease by approximately 1%, respectively.

In the second quarter of 2024, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test on the remaining six reporting units using an income approach to estimate the fair values of each reporting unit. Estimated cash flows used in the income approach were based on

management’s projections as of April 1, 2024. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10%.

As a result of the annual goodwill impairment test, no goodwill impairment was recognized. The fair values of the Company’s remaining six reporting units were substantially in excess of the respective reporting units’ carrying value.

Intangible assets

Key judgments in accounting for intangible assets include determining the useful life and classification between goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets or other amortizing intangible assets.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets ($2.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2024) are evaluated for impairment at least annually by comparing their fair values, estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, to their carrying values. As a result of the annual evaluation, no impairment was recognized.

Other amortizing intangible assets ($275 million at Dec. 31, 2024) are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. Such evaluation of other intangible assets would be initially based on undiscounted cash flow projections.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible assets is subject to uncertainty as it is reliant on estimates of cash flows that extend far into the future, and, by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such an extended time frame. In the future, changes in the assumptions or the discount rate could produce a material non-cash goodwill or intangible asset impairment.

See Notes 1 and 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding goodwill, intangible assets and the annual and interim impairment testing.

Litigation and regulatory contingencies

Significant estimates and judgments are required in establishing an accrued liability for litigation and regulatory contingencies. For additional information on our policy, see “Legal proceedings” in Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY 25

Results of Operations (continued)

Consolidated balance sheet review

One of our key risk management objectives is to maintain a balance sheet that remains strong throughout market cycles to meet the expectations of our major stakeholders, including our shareholders, clients, creditors and regulators.

We also seek to undertake overall liquidity risk, including intraday liquidity risk, that stays within our risk appetite. The objective of our balance sheet management strategy is to maintain a balance sheet that is characterized by strong liquidity and asset quality, ready access to external funding sources at competitive rates and a strong capital structure that supports our risk-taking activities and is adequate to absorb potential losses. In managing the balance sheet, appropriate consideration is given to balancing the competing needs of maintaining sufficient levels of liquidity and complying with applicable regulations and supervisory expectations while optimizing profitability.

At Dec. 31, 2024, total assets were $416 billion, compared with $410 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. The increase in total assets was primarily driven by higher federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, securities and loans, partially offset by lower interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks. Deposits totaled $290 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with $284 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. The increase primarily reflects higher interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices, partially offset by lower interest-bearing deposits in non-U.S. offices. Total interest-bearing deposit liabilities as a percentage of total interest-earning assets were 65% at Dec. 31, 2024 and 66% at Dec. 31, 2023.

At Dec. 31, 2024, available funds totaled $144 billion and include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. This compares with available funds of $158 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. Total available funds as a percentage of total assets were 35% at Dec. 31, 2024 and 38% at Dec. 31, 2023. For additional information on our available funds, see “Liquidity and dividends.”

Securities were $137 billion, or 33% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with $126 billion, or 31% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2023. The increase primarily reflects higher non-U.S. government and agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), partially offset by lower U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities. For additional information on our securities portfolio, see “Securities” and Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loans were $72 billion, or 17% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with $67 billion, or 16% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2023. The increase was driven by higher loans in the financial institutions and capital call financing portfolios and higher margin loans, partially offset by lower commercial loans. For additional information on our loan portfolio, see “Loans” and Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-term debt totaled $30.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $31.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. The decrease primarily reflects maturities, redemptions and a decrease in the fair value of hedged long-term debt, partially offset by issuances. For additional information on long-term debt, see “Liquidity and dividends” and Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation total shareholders’ equity totaled $41 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and Dec. 31, 2023. For additional information, see “Capital” and Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Securities

In the discussion of our securities portfolio, we have included certain credit ratings information because the information can indicate the degree of credit risk to which we are exposed. Significant changes in ratings classifications could indicate increased credit risk for us and could be accompanied by an increase in the allowance for credit losses and/or a reduction in the fair value of our securities portfolio.

26 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table shows the distribution of our total securities portfolio.

Securities portfolioDec. 31, 20232024 change in unrealized gain (loss)Dec. 31, 2024Fair value as a % of amortizedcost (a)Unrealized gain (loss)% Floatingrate (b)Ratings (c)
BBB+/ BBB-BB+ and lower
(dollars in millions)Fair valueAmortizedcost (a)Fair valueAAA/ AA-A+/ A-Not rated
Agency RMBS$39,359$(152)$46,199$42,18391%$(4,016)26%100%%%%%
Non-U.S. government (d)20,45526929,52129,19899(323)2495221
U.S. Treasury25,11522525,40824,79398(615)64100
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”)10,84510710,86210,37796(485)43100
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)7,119187,6257,63710012100100
Foreign covered bonds (e)6,3341117,6847,62399(61)40100
U.S. government agencies6,646825,9735,63694(337)30100
Non-agency commercial MBS2,935942,6412,48794(154)45100
Non-agency RMBS1,766(10)1,6451,49291(153)41982
Other asset-backed securities9434465461594(39)16100
Other111111091(1)100
Total securities$121,528$789$138,223$132,05196%$(6,172)(f)40%99%1%%%%

(a)    Amortized cost includes the impact of hedged item basis adjustments, which was a net decrease of $1,650 million, and is net of the allowance for credit losses.

(b)    Includes the impact of hedges.

(c)    Represents ratings by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or the equivalent.

(d)    Includes supranational securities. Primarily consists of exposure to UK, Germany, France and Canada.

(e)    Primarily consists of exposure to Canada, UK, the Netherlands and Germany.

(f)    At Dec. 31, 2024, includes pre-tax net unrealized losses of $1,596 million related to available-for-sale securities, net of hedges, and $4,576 million related to held-to-maturity securities. The after-tax unrealized losses, net of hedges, related to available-for-sale securities was $1,207 million and the after-tax equivalent related to held-to-maturity securities was $3,490 million.

The fair value of our securities portfolio was $132.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with $121.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. The increase primarily reflects higher non-U.S. government securities and agency RMBS, partially offset by lower U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies securities.

At Dec. 31, 2024, the securities portfolio had a net unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, of $6.2 billion, compared with $7.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. The improvement in the net unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, primarily reflects securities moving closer to maturity.

The fair value of the available-for-sale securities totaled $88.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 or 67% of the securities portfolio. The fair value of the held-to-maturity securities totaled $44.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, or 33% of the securities portfolio.

The unrealized loss (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $1.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with $1.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. The improvement in the net unrealized loss, including the impact of hedges, was primarily driven by securities moving closer to maturity.

At Dec. 31, 2024, 99% of the securities in our portfolio were rated AAA/AA-, unchanged compared with Dec. 31, 2023.

See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the pre-tax net securities gains (losses) by security type. See Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for securities by level in the fair value hierarchy.

BNY 27

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table presents the net premium (discount) and net amortization (accretion) related to the securities portfolio.

Net premium (discount) and net amortization (accretion) related to the securities portfolio (a)
(in millions)202420232022
Net purchase premium (discount) that is amortizable (accretable)$(57)$821$1,109
Net amortization (b)$26$167$362

(a)    Amortization of purchase premium decreases net interest income while accretion of discount increases net interest income. Both are recorded on a level yield basis.

(b)    Including the impact of the accretion of discontinued hedges, there was a net accretion of $149 million in 2024, net amortization of $104 million in 2023 and net amortization of $388 million in 2022.

Equity investments

We have several equity investments recorded in other assets. These include tax credit investments, equity method investments, Federal Reserve Bank stock, other investments, seed capital and Federal Home Loan Bank stock. The following table presents the carrying values at Dec. 31, 2024 and Dec. 31, 2023.

Equity investmentsDec. 31,
(in millions)20242023
Tax credit investments$2,821$2,186
Equity method investments:
CIBC Mellon583607
Siguler Guff228234
Other4132
Total equity method investments852873
Federal Reserve Bank stock478480
Other equity investments (a)679741
Seed capital (b)196232
Federal Home Loan Bank stock577
Total equity investments$5,083$4,519

(a)    Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

(b)    Includes investments in BNY funds that hedge deferred incentive awards.

For additional information on certain seed capital investments and our private equity investments, see “Investments valued using net asset value (“NAV”) per share” in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Tax credit investments

Tax credit investments include affordable housing projects and renewable energy investments. We invest in affordable housing projects primarily to satisfy the Company’s requirements under the Community Reinvestment Act. We invest in renewable energy projects to receive an expected after-tax return, which consists of allocated renewable energy tax credits, tax deductions and cash distributions based on the operations of the project. On Jan. 1, 2024, we adopted ASU 2023-02, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method for our renewable energy projects that met the eligibility criteria. See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

28 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Loans

Total exposure – consolidatedDec. 31, 2024Dec. 31, 2023
(in billions)LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposureLoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Financial institutions$13.2$35.2$48.4$10.5$29.2$39.7
Commercial1.411.913.32.111.413.5
Wealth management loans8.70.79.49.10.59.6
Wealth management mortgages8.90.29.19.10.39.4
Commercial real estate6.83.19.96.83.410.2
Lease financings0.60.60.60.6
Other residential mortgages1.11.11.21.2
Overdrafts3.53.53.13.1
Capital call financing5.23.18.33.73.67.3
Other3.13.12.72.7
Margin loans19.119.118.018.0
Total$71.6$54.2$125.8$66.9$48.4$115.3

At Dec. 31, 2024, our total lending-related exposure was $125.8 billion, an increase of 9% compared with Dec. 31, 2023, primarily reflecting higher exposure in the financial institutions and capital call financing portfolios and higher margin loans.

Our financial institutions and commercial portfolios comprise our largest concentrated risk. These portfolios comprised 49% of our total exposure at Dec. 31, 2024 and 46% at Dec. 31, 2023. Additionally, most of our overdrafts relate to financial institutions.

Financial institutions

The financial institutions portfolio is shown below.

Financial institutionsportfolio exposure(dollars in billions)Dec. 31, 2024Dec. 31, 2023
LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure% Inv. grade% due 1 yr.LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Securities industry$2.3$20.3$22.6100%99%$2.3$14.8$17.1
Banks8.91.410.385956.41.47.8
Asset managers1.88.410.296741.48.09.4
Insurance4.24.2100100.13.94.0
Government0.40.4100500.20.2
Other0.20.50.7100650.30.91.2
Total$13.2$35.2$48.496%84%$10.5$29.2$39.7

The financial institutions portfolio exposure was $48.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, an increase of 22% compared with Dec. 31, 2023, primarily reflecting higher exposure in the securities industry and banks portfolios.

Financial institution exposures are high-quality, with 96% of the exposures meeting the investment grade equivalent criteria of our internal credit rating classification at Dec. 31, 2024. Each customer is assigned an internal credit rating, which is mapped to an equivalent external rating agency grade based upon a number of dimensions, which are continually evaluated and may change over time. For ratings of

non-U.S. counterparties, our internal credit rating is generally capped at a rating equivalent to the sovereign rating of the country where the counterparty resides, regardless of the internal credit rating assigned to the counterparty or the underlying collateral.

The exposure to financial institutions is generally short-term, with 84% of the exposures expiring within one year. At Dec. 31, 2024, 18% of the exposure to financial institutions had an expiration within 90 days, compared with 19% at Dec. 31, 2023.

BNY 29

Results of Operations (continued)

In addition, 67% of the financial institutions exposure is secured at Dec. 31, 2024. For example, securities industry clients and asset managers often borrow against marketable securities held in custody.

At Dec. 31, 2024, the secured intraday credit provided to dealers in connection with their tri-party repo activity totaled $13.4 billion and was included in the securities industry portfolio. Dealers secure the outstanding intraday credit with high-quality liquid collateral having a market value in excess of the amount of the outstanding credit. Secured intraday credit facilities represent 28% of the exposure in the financial institutions portfolio and are reviewed and reapproved annually.

The asset managers portfolio exposure is high-quality, with 96% of the exposures meeting our investment grade equivalent ratings criteria as of Dec. 31, 2024. These exposures are generally short-term liquidity facilities, with the majority to regulated mutual funds.

Our banks portfolio exposure primarily relates to our global trade finance. These exposures are short-term in nature, with 95% due in less than one year. The investment grade percentage of our banks exposure was 85% at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with 84% at Dec. 31, 2023. Our non-investment grade exposures are primarily trade finance loans in Brazil.

Commercial

The commercial portfolio is presented below.

Commercial portfolio exposureDec. 31, 2024Dec. 31, 2023
(dollars in billions)LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure% Inv. grade% due 1 yr.LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Energy and utilities$0.2$4.1$4.395%8%$0.4$3.7$4.1
Services and other0.73.54.297231.23.44.6
Manufacturing0.53.54.099180.53.64.1
Media and telecom0.80.8810.70.7
Total$1.4$11.9$13.396%15%$2.1$11.4$13.5

The commercial portfolio exposure was $13.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, a decrease of 1% from Dec. 31, 2023, primarily driven by lower exposure in the services and other portfolio, partially offset by higher exposure in the energy and utilities portfolio.

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients that are active users of our non-credit services. The following table summarizes the percentage of the financial institutions and commercial portfolio exposures that are investment grade.

Investment grade percentagesDec. 31,
202420232022
Financial institutions96%92%95%
Commercial96%94%95%

Wealth management loans

Our wealth management loan exposure was $9.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with $9.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. Wealth management loans primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth

individuals, a majority of which are secured by the customers’ investment management accounts or custody accounts.

Wealth management mortgages

Our wealth management mortgage exposure was $9.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with $9.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. Wealth management mortgages primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth individuals, which are secured by residential property. Wealth management mortgages are primarily interest-only, adjustable-rate mortgages with a weighted-average loan-to-value ratio of 61% at origination. Less than 1% of the mortgages were past due at Dec. 31, 2024.

At Dec. 31, 2024, the wealth management mortgage portfolio consisted of the following geographic concentrations: California – 21%; New York – 14%; Florida – 11%; Massachusetts – 8%; and other – 46%.

30 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Commercial real estate

The composition of the commercial real estate portfolio by asset class, including percentage secured, is presented below.

Composition of commercial real estate portfolio by asset classDec. 31, 2024Dec. 31, 2023
Total exposurePercentagesecured (a)Total exposurePercentagesecured (a)
(dollars in billions)
Residential$4.288%$4.388%
Office2.4752.674
Retail0.7580.863
Mixed-use0.7320.831
Hotels0.6330.640
Healthcare0.7430.557
Other0.6650.671
Total commercial real estate$9.971%$10.273%

(a)    Represents the percentage of secured exposure in each asset class.

Our commercial real estate exposure totaled $9.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $10.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. Our income-producing commercial real estate facilities are focused on experienced owners and are structured with moderate leverage based on existing cash flows. Our commercial real estate lending activities also include construction and renovation facilities. Our client base consists of experienced developers and long-term holders of real estate assets. Loans are approved on the basis of existing or projected cash flows and supported by appraisals and knowledge of local market conditions. Development loans are structured with moderate leverage, and in many instances, involve some level of recourse to the developer.

At Dec. 31, 2024, the unsecured portfolio consisted of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and real estate operating companies, which are both primarily investment grade.

At Dec. 31, 2024, our commercial real estate portfolio consisted of the following concentrations: New York metro – 34%; REITs and real estate operating companies – 29%; and other – 37%.

Lease financings

The lease financings portfolio exposure totaled $603 million at Dec. 31, 2024 and $599 million at Dec. 31, 2023. At Dec. 31, 2024, all of leasing exposure was investment grade, or investment grade equivalent, and consisted of exposures backed by well-diversified assets, primarily real estate and large-ticket transportation equipment. Assets are both domestic and foreign-based, with primary concentrations in Germany and the U.S.

Other residential mortgages

The other residential mortgages portfolio primarily consists of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and totaled $1.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $1.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2023.

Overdrafts

Overdrafts primarily relate to custody and securities clearance clients and are generally repaid within two business days.

Capital call financing

Capital call financing includes loans to private equity funds that are secured by the fund investors’ capital commitments and the funds’ right to call capital.

Other loans

Other loans primarily include loans to consumers that are fully collateralized with equities, mutual funds and fixed-income securities.

Margin loans

Margin loan exposure of $19.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $18.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 was collateralized with marketable securities. Borrowers are required to maintain a daily collateral margin in excess of 100% of the value of the loan. Margin loans included $8 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $7 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 related to a term loan program that offers fully collateralized loans to broker-dealers.

BNY 31

Results of Operations (continued)

Maturity of loan portfolio

The following table shows the maturity structure of our loan portfolio.

Maturity of loan portfolio at Dec. 31, 2024Within 1 yearBetween 1 and 5 yearsBetween 5 and 15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
(in millions)
Commercial$876$489$55$$1,420
Commercial real estate1,4664,5098076,782
Financial institutions11,5711,59613,167
Lease financings87163353603
Wealth management loans8,3291941758,698
Wealth management mortgages213618,5688,950
Other residential mortgages31319341,068
Overdrafts3,5193,519
Capital call financing4,0251,1385,163
Other3,06213,063
Margin loans18,63750019,137
Total$51,572$8,614$1,882$9,502$71,570

Interest rate characteristic

The following table shows the interest rate characteristic of loans maturing after one year.

Interest rate characteristic of loan portfolio maturing 1 year at Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)Fixed ratesFloating ratesTotal
Commercial$56$488$544
Commercial real estate1475,1695,316
Financial institutions1,5961,596
Lease financings516516
Wealth management loans110259369
Wealth management mortgages3,7705,1808,950
Other residential mortgages1,036321,068
Capital call financing1,1381,138
Other11
Margin Loans500500
Total$5,635$14,363$19,998

32 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Allowance for credit losses

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients who are active users of our non-credit services. Our primary exposure to the credit risk of a customer consists of funded loans, unfunded contractual commitments to lend, standby letters of credit and overdrafts associated with our custody and securities clearance businesses.

The following table presents the changes in our allowance for credit losses.

Allowance for credit losses activity20242023
(dollars in millions)
Beginning balance of allowance for credit losses$414$292
Provision for credit losses70119
Charge-offs:
Loans:
Commercial real estate(82)
Wealth management mortgages(1)
Other residential mortgages(1)(3)
Other financial instruments(9)(2)
Total charge-offs(93)(5)
Recoveries:
Loans:
Commercial1
Other residential mortgages12
Other5
Total recoveries18
Net (charge-offs) recoveries(92)3
Ending balance of allowance for credit losses$392$414
Allowance for loan losses$294$303
Allowance for lending-related commitments7287
Allowance for financial instruments (a)2624
Total allowance for credit losses$392$414
Total loans$71,570$66,879
Average loans outstanding$68,141$64,096
Net (charge-offs) recoveries of loans to average loans outstanding(0.14)%%
Net (charge-offs) recoveries of loans to total allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments(25.14)0.77
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans0.410.45
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments as a percentage of total loans0.510.58
Net (charge-offs) to average loans by loan category (b):
Commercial real estate(1.19)%N/A
Net (charge-offs) during the year$(82)N/A
Average loans outstanding$6,915N/A
Wealth management mortgages(0.01)%N/A
Net (charge-offs) during the year$(1)N/A
Average loans outstanding (b)$9,062N/A
Other residential mortgagesN/A(0.11)%
Net (charge-offs) during the yearN/A$(1)
Average loans outstanding (b)N/A$908

(a)    Includes allowance for credit losses on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities, accounts receivable, cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with banks.

(b)    Average loans based on month-end balances.

N/A – Not applicable.

The provision for credit losses was $70 million in 2024, primarily driven by reserve increases related to commercial real estate exposure and changes in the macroeconomic forecast.

The allowance for loan losses and allowance for lending-related commitments represent management’s estimate of lifetime expected losses in our credit portfolio. This evaluation process is subject to numerous estimates and judgments. To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or

BNY 33

Results of Operations (continued)

management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs.

Based on an evaluation of the allowance for credit losses as discussed in “Critical accounting estimates” and Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we have allocated our allowance for loans and lending-related commitments as presented below.

Allocation of allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments (a)
Dec. 31,
20242023
(dollars in millions)$%$%
Commercial real estate$31586%$32583%
Commercial205277
Financial institutions195194
Wealth management mortgages6192
Other residential mortgages2141
Capital call financing3141
Wealth management loans1111
Lease financings11
Total$366100%$390100%

(a)    The allowance allocated to margins loans, overdrafts and other loans was insignificant at both Dec. 31, 2024 and Dec. 31, 2023. We have rarely suffered a loss on these types of loans.

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is inherently judgmental, and the entire allowance for credit losses is available to absorb credit losses regardless of the nature of the losses.

Nonperforming assets

The table below presents our nonperforming assets.

Nonperforming assetsDec. 31,
(dollars in millions)20242023
Nonperforming loans:
Commercial real estate$143$189
Other residential mortgages1924
Wealth management mortgages1519
Total nonperforming loans177232
Other assets owned25
Total nonperforming assets$179$237
Nonperforming assets ratio0.25%0.35%
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming loans166.1130.6
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming assets164.2127.8
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments/nonperforming loans206.8168.1
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments/nonperforming assets204.5164.6

Nonperforming assets decreased $58 million compared with Dec. 31, 2023, primarily reflecting the impact of nonperforming commercial real estate loans that were charged off in 2024.

See “Nonperforming assets” in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for our policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status.

Deposits

We receive client deposits through the businesses in the Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management segments and we rely on those deposits as a low-cost and stable source of funding.

Total deposits were $289.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, an increase of 2%, compared with $283.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. The increase primarily reflects higher interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices, partially offset by lower interest-bearing deposits in non-U.S. offices.

Noninterest-bearing deposits were $58.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and Dec. 31, 2023. Interest-bearing deposits were primarily demand deposits and totaled $231.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with $225.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2023.

The aggregate amount of deposits by foreign customers in domestic offices was $58.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $55.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2023.

Deposits in non-U.S. offices totaled $95.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $96.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. These deposits were primarily overnight deposits.

Uninsured deposits are the portion of U.S. office deposits accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit. Uninsured deposits in U.S. office deposit accounts are generally demand deposits and totaled $168.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $168.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. Our uninsured U.S. office deposits accounts reflect the amounts disclosed in our regulatory reports, adjusted to exclude intercompany deposit balances.

34 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table presents the amount of uninsured U.S. and Non-U.S. office time deposits disaggregated by time remaining until maturity.

Uninsured time deposits at Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)U.S.Non-U.S.
Less than 3 months$636$1,062
3 to 6 months1056
6 to 12 months6525
Over 12 months2
Total$808$1,093

Short-term borrowings

We fund ourselves primarily through deposits and, to a lesser extent, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, payables to customers and broker-dealers, commercial paper and other borrowed funds. Certain short-term borrowings, for example, securities sold under repurchase agreements, require the delivery of securities as collateral.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements include repurchase agreement activity with the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”), where we record interest expense on a gross basis, but the ending and average balances reflect the impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements. This activity primarily relates to government securities collateralized resale and repurchase agreements executed with clients that are novated to and settle with the FICC.

Payables to customers and broker-dealers represent funds awaiting reinvestment and short sale proceeds payable on demand. Payables to customers and broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

The Bank of New York Mellon issues commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment.

Other borrowed funds primarily include borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank, overdrafts of sub-custodian account balances in our Securities Services businesses, and borrowings under lines of credit by

our Pershing subsidiaries. Overdrafts typically relate to timing differences for settlements.

Liquidity and dividends

BNY defines liquidity as the ability of the Parent and its subsidiaries to access funding or convert assets to cash quickly and efficiently, or to roll over or issue new debt, especially during periods of market stress, at a reasonable cost, and in order to meet its short-term (up to one year) obligations. Funding liquidity risk is the risk that BNY cannot meet its cash and collateral obligations at a reasonable cost for both expected and unexpected cash flow and collateral needs without adversely affecting daily operations or our financial condition. Funding liquidity risk can arise from funding mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets into cash, the inability to hold or raise cash, low overnight deposits, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.

Changes in economic conditions or exposure to credit, market, operational, legal and reputational risks also can affect BNY’s liquidity risk profile and are considered in our liquidity risk framework. For additional information, see “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk.”

The Parent’s policy is to have access to sufficient unencumbered cash and cash equivalents at each quarter-end to cover maturities and other forecasted debt redemptions, net interest payments and net tax payments for the following 18-month period, and to provide sufficient collateral to satisfy transactions subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.

We monitor and control liquidity exposures and funding needs within and across significant legal entities, branches, currencies and business lines, taking into account, among other factors, any applicable restrictions on the transfer of liquidity among entities.

BNY also manages potential intraday liquidity risks. We monitor and manage intraday liquidity against existing and expected intraday liquid resources (such as cash balances, remaining intraday credit capacity, intraday contingency funding and available collateral) to enable BNY to meet its intraday obligations under normal and reasonably severe stressed conditions.

BNY 35

Results of Operations (continued)

We define available funds for internal liquidity management purposes as cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. The following table presents our total available funds at period end and on an average basis.

Available fundsDec. 31, 2024Dec. 31, 2023Average
(dollars in millions)202420232022
Cash and due from banks$4,178$4,922$5,383$5,287$5,542
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks89,546111,55099,986103,90497,442
Interest-bearing deposits with banks9,61212,13910,99113,62016,826
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements41,14628,90031,30626,07724,953
Total available funds$144,482$157,511$147,666$148,888$144,763
Total available funds as a percentage of total assets35%38%36%37%34%

Total available funds were $144.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with $157.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and interest-bearing deposits with banks, partially offset by higher federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements.

Average non-core sources of funds, such as federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, trading liabilities, other borrowed funds and commercial paper, were $20.4 billion for 2024 and $25.0 billion for 2023. The decrease primarily reflects lower federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements and lower trading liabilities partially offset by higher commercial paper.

Average interest-bearing domestic deposits were $141.3 billion for 2024 and $123.5 billion for 2023. Average foreign deposits, primarily from our European-based businesses included in the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services segments, were $92.9 billion for 2024, compared with $88.8 billion for 2023. The changes primarily reflect client activity.

Average payables to customers and broker-dealers were $12.7 billion for 2024 and $14.4 billion for

2023. Payables to customers and broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

Average long-term debt was $31.8 billion for 2024 and $31.0 billion for 2023.

Average noninterest-bearing deposits decreased to $49.5 billion for 2024 from $59.2 billion for 2023, primarily reflecting client activity.

A significant reduction of client activity in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments would reduce our access to deposits. See “Asset/liability management” for additional factors that could impact our deposit balances.

Sources of liquidity

The Parent’s major sources of liquidity are access to the debt and equity markets, dividends from its subsidiaries, and cash on hand and cash otherwise made available in business-as-usual circumstances to the Parent through a committed credit facility with our intermediate holding company (“IHC”).

36 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Our ability to access the capital markets on favorable terms, or at all, is partially dependent on our credit ratings, which are as follows:

Credit ratings at Dec. 31, 2024
Moody’sS&PFitchDBRS
Parent:
Long-term senior debtAa3AAA-AA
Subordinated debtA2A-AAA (low)
Preferred stockBaa1BBBBBB+A
Outlook – ParentStableStableStableStable
The Bank of New York Mellon:
Long-term senior debtAa1AA-AAAA (high)
Subordinated debtNRANRNR
Long-term depositsAa1AA-AA+AA (high)
Short-term depositsP-1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
Commercial paperP-1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
BNY Mellon, N.A.:
Long-term senior debtAa1(a)AA-AA(a)AA (high)
Long-term depositsAa1AA-AA+AA (high)
Short-term depositsP-1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
Outlook – BanksStable (multiple)(b)StableStableStable

(a)    Represents senior debt issuer default rating.

(b)    Stable outlook on long-term deposits ratings. Negative outlook on long-term senior debt ratings. Negative outlook on senior unsecured rating for The Bank of New York Mellon.

NR – Not rated.

In November 2024, Moody’s Ratings (“Moody’s”) upgraded BNY’s issuer and senior unsecured ratings to Aa3 from A1. The long-term counterparty risk ratings were upgraded to Aa1 from Aa2 for The Bank of New York Mellon and for BNY Mellon, N.A. The long-term issuer and senior unsecured ratings were upgraded to Aa1 from Aa2 for The Bank of New York Mellon, and the long-term issuer rating was upgraded to Aa1 from Aa2 for BNY Mellon, N.A. Moody’s affirmed all other long-term and short-term ratings and assessments for BNY, The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon N.A. The outlooks on BNY’s issuer and senior unsecured ratings have been changed to stable from positive following the upgrade of these ratings.

Long-term debt totaled $30.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $31.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. Maturities and redemptions of $6.0 billion and a decrease in the fair value of hedged long-term debt were partially offset by issuances of $5.8 billion. The Parent has $3.3 billion of long-term debt that will mature in 2025.

The following table presents the long-term debt issued in 2024.

Debt issuances
(in millions)2024
5.060% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2032$1,100
5.188% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 20351,000
4.975% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 20301,000
5.225% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2035750
4.890% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2028600
5.606% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2039500
SOFR + 45 bps callable senior bank notes due 2026500
SOFR + 83 bps callable senior notes due 2028300
Total debt issuances$5,750

In February 2025, the Parent issued $1.25 billion of fixed-to-floating rate callable senior notes maturing in 2031. The annual fixed interest rate is 4.942% from issuance to, but excluding, Feb. 11, 2030, and then an annual interest rate of the compounded secured overnight financing rate (“SOFR”) plus 88.7 basis points.

The Bank of New York Mellon may issue notes and CDs. At Dec. 31, 2024 and Dec. 31, 2023, $1.0 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, of notes were outstanding. At Dec. 31, 2024 and Dec. 31, 2023,

BNY 37

Results of Operations (continued)

$1.1 billion and $397 million of CDs were outstanding, respectively.

The Bank of New York Mellon also issues commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment. There was $301 million of commercial paper outstanding at Dec. 31, 2024. There was no commercial paper outstanding at Dec. 31, 2023. The average commercial paper outstanding was $1.2 billion and $5 million for 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Subsequent to Dec. 31, 2024, our U.S. bank subsidiaries could declare dividends to the Parent of approximately $82 million, without the need for a regulatory waiver. In addition, at Dec. 31, 2024, non-bank subsidiaries of the Parent had liquid assets of approximately $3.8 billion. Restrictions on our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries are discussed in more detail in “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Planning and Stress Testing – Payment of Dividends, Stock Repurchases and Other Capital Distributions” and in Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pershing LLC has one uncommitted line of credit in place for liquidity purposes which is guaranteed by the Parent for $300 million. Average borrowings under this line were less than $1 million in 2024. Pershing Limited, an indirect UK-based subsidiary of BNY, has two separate uncommitted lines of credit amounting to $247 million in aggregate. Average borrowings under these lines were less than $1 million, in aggregate, in 2024.

The double leverage ratio is the ratio of our equity investment in subsidiaries divided by our consolidated Parent company equity, which includes our noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. In short, the double leverage ratio measures the extent to which equity in subsidiaries is financed by Parent company debt. As the double leverage ratio increases, this can reflect greater demands on a company’s cash flows in order to service interest payments and debt maturities. BNY’s double leverage ratio is managed in a range considering the high level of unencumbered available liquid assets held in its principal subsidiaries (such as central bank deposit placements and government securities), the Company’s cash-generating fee-based business model, with fee revenue representing 73% of total revenue in 2024, and the dividend capacity of our

banking subsidiaries. Our double leverage ratio was 119.7% at Dec. 31, 2024 and 120.5% at Dec. 31, 2023, and within the range targeted by management.

Uses of funds

The Parent’s major uses of funds are repurchases of common stock, payment of dividends, principal and interest payments on its borrowings, acquisitions and additional investments in its subsidiaries.

In 2024, we paid $1.5 billion in dividends on our common and preferred stock. Our common stock dividend payout ratio was 31% for 2024.

In 2024, we repurchased 48.9 million common shares at an average price of $62.70 per common share for a total cost of $3.1 billion.

Liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)

U.S. regulators have established an LCR that requires certain banking organizations, including BNY, to maintain a minimum amount of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets (“HQLA”) sufficient to withstand the net cash outflow under a hypothetical standardized acute liquidity stress scenario for a 30-day time horizon.

The following table presents BNY’s consolidated HQLA at Dec. 31, 2024, and the average HQLA and average LCR for the fourth quarter of 2024.

Consolidated HQLA and LCRDec. 31, 2024Sept. 30, 2024
(dollars in billions)
Cash (a)$89$102
Securities (b)9397
Total consolidated HQLA (c)$182$199
Total consolidated HQLA – average (c)$187$193
Average consolidated LCR115%116%

(a)    Primarily includes cash on deposit with central banks.

(b)    Primarily includes securities of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, U.S. Treasury, sovereigns and U.S. agencies.

(c)    Consolidated HQLA presented before adjustments. After haircuts and the impact of trapped liquidity, consolidated HQLA totaled $129 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $135 billion at Sept. 30, 2024, and averaged $128 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $131 billion for the third quarter of 2024.

BNY and each of our affected domestic bank subsidiaries were compliant with the U.S. LCR requirements of at least 100% throughout 2024.

38 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”)

The NSFR is a liquidity requirement applicable to large U.S. banking organizations, including BNY. The NSFR is expressed as a ratio of the available stable funding to the required stable funding amount over a one-year horizon. Our average consolidated NSFR was 132% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and third quarter of 2024.

BNY and each of our affected domestic bank subsidiaries were compliant with the NSFR requirement of at least 100% throughout the fourth quarter of 2024.

Statement of cash flows

The following summarizes the activity reflected on the consolidated statement of cash flows. While this information may be helpful to highlight certain macro trends and business strategies, the cash flow analysis may not be as relevant when analyzing changes in our net earnings and net assets. We believe that in addition to the traditional cash flow analysis, the discussion related to liquidity and dividends and asset/liability management herein may provide more useful context in evaluating our liquidity position and related activity.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $687 million in 2024, compared with $5.9 billion in 2023. In 2024, net cash provided by operating activities primarily resulted from earnings, partially offset by

changes in trading assets and liabilities. In 2023, net cash provided by operating activities primarily resulted from earnings and changes in accruals and other, net.

Net cash used for investing activities was $9.5 billion in 2024, compared with $5.8 billion in 2023. In 2024, net cash used for investing activities primarily reflects changes in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, a net increase in the securities portfolio and the net change in loans, partially offset by changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks. In 2023, net cash used for investing activities primarily reflects changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and changes in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, partially offset by a net decrease in the securities portfolio.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $6.3 billion in 2024, compared with net cash used for financing activities of $3.5 billion in 2023. In 2024, net cash provided by financing activities primarily reflects changes in deposits and issuances of long-term debt, partially offset by repayments of long-term debt and common stock repurchases. In 2023, net cash used for financing activities primarily reflects repayments of long-term debt, changes in payables to customers and broker-dealers and common stock repurchases, partially offset by issuances of long-term debt and changes in deposits.

Capital

Capital data(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)20242023
At Dec. 31:
BNY shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio9.9%9.9%
BNY common shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio8.9%8.9%
Total BNY shareholders’ equity$41,318$40,770
Total BNY common shareholders’ equity$36,975$36,427
BNY tangible common shareholders’ equity – Non-GAAP (a)$19,412$19,174
Book value per common share$51.52$47.97
Tangible book value per common share – Non-GAAP (a)$27.05$25.25
Closing stock price per common share$76.83$52.05
Market capitalization$55,139$39,524
Common shares outstanding717,680759,344
Full-year:
Cash dividends per common share$1.78$1.58
Common dividend payout ratio31%41%
Common dividend yield2.3%3.0%

(a)    See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 115 for the reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

BNY 39

Results of Operations (continued)

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation’s total shareholders’ equity increased to $41.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 from $40.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. The increase primarily reflects earnings and an increase in additional paid-in capital, partially offset by common stock repurchases and dividend payments.

The unrealized loss (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $1.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with $1.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023. The improvement in the net unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, primarily reflects securities moving closer to maturity.

We repurchased 48.9 million common shares at an average price of $62.70 per common share for a total of $3.1 billion in 2024.

In January 2023, we announced a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors providing for the repurchase of up to $5.0 billion of common shares beginning Jan. 1, 2023. This new share repurchase plan replaced all previously authorized share repurchase plans.

In April 2024, we announced a new authorization providing for the repurchase of $6.0 billion of common shares in addition to any remaining capacity under the existing January 2023 authorization.

In July 2024, our Board of Directors approved a 12% increase in the quarterly cash dividend on common stock, from $0.42 to $0.47 per share. We began

paying the increased quarterly cash dividend in the third quarter of 2024.

Capital adequacy

Regulators establish certain levels of capital for bank holding companies (“BHCs”) and banks, including BNY and our bank subsidiaries, in accordance with established quantitative measurements. For the Parent to maintain its status as a financial holding company (“FHC”), our U.S. bank subsidiaries and BNY must, among other things, qualify as “well capitalized.” As of Dec. 31, 2024 and Dec. 31, 2023, BNY and our U.S. bank subsidiaries were “well capitalized.” Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” status or capital adequacy rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our financial condition. See the discussion of these matters in “Supervision and Regulation – Regulated Entities of BNY and Ancillary Regulatory Requirements” and “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” and “well managed” status or capital adequacy and liquidity rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our business and financial condition.”

The U.S. banking agencies’ capital rules are based on the framework adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“BCBS”), as amended from time to time. For additional information on these capital requirements, see “Supervision and Regulation.”

40 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

The table below presents our consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratios.

Consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratiosDec. 31, 2024Dec. 31, 2023
Well capitalizedMinimum requiredCapital ratiosCapital ratios
(a)
Consolidated regulatory capital ratios: (b)
Advanced Approaches:
CET1 ratioN/A(c)8.5%11.7%11.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio6%1014.414.2
Total capital ratio101215.314.9
Standardized Approach:
CET1 ratioN/A(c)8.5%11.2%11.9%
Tier 1 capital ratio6%1013.714.6
Total capital ratio101214.815.6
Tier 1 leverage ratioN/A(c)45.76.0
SLR (d)N/A(c)56.57.3
The Bank of New York Mellon regulatory capital ratios: (b)(e)
CET1 ratio6.5%7%16.1%16.2%
Tier 1 capital ratio88.516.116.2
Total capital ratio1010.516.316.3
Tier 1 leverage ratio546.36.6
SLR (d)637.68.5

(a)    Minimum requirements for Dec. 31, 2024 include minimum thresholds plus currently applicable buffers. The U.S. global systemically important banks (“G-SIB”) surcharge of 1.5% is subject to change. The countercyclical capital buffer is currently set to 0%. The stress capital buffer (“SCB”) requirement is 2.5%, equal to the regulatory minimum for Standardized Approach capital ratios.

(b)    For our CET1, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios, our effective capital ratios under U.S. capital rules are the lower of the ratios as calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. The Tier 1 leverage ratio is based on Tier 1 capital and quarterly average total assets.

(c)    The Federal Reserve’s regulations do not establish well capitalized thresholds for these measures for BHCs.

(d)    The SLR is based on Tier 1 capital and total leverage exposure, which includes certain off-balance sheet exposures.

(e)    The Bank of New York Mellon’s effective capital ratios under the U.S. capital rules are the lower of the ratios as calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches, which for Dec. 31, 2024 was the Standardized Approach for the CET1 and Tier 1 capital ratios and the Advanced Approaches for the Total capital ratio, and for Dec. 31, 2023 was the Advanced Approaches.

N/A - Not applicable.

Our CET1 ratio determined under the Standardized Approach was 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2024 and 11.5% at Dec. 31, 2023 under the Advanced Approaches. The decrease was primarily driven by capital returned through common stock repurchases and dividends and higher RWAs, partially offset by capital generated through earnings.

The Tier 1 leverage ratio was 5.7% at Dec. 31, 2024, compared with 6.0% at Dec. 31, 2023. The decrease was driven by higher average assets, partially offset by an increase in capital.

Risk-based capital ratios vary depending on the size of the balance sheet at period end and the levels and types of investments in assets, and leverage ratios vary based on the average size of the balance sheet over the quarter. The balance sheet size fluctuates from period to period based on levels of customer and market activity. In general, when servicing clients are more actively trading securities, deposit balances

and the balance sheet as a whole are higher. In addition, when markets experience significant volatility or stress, our balance sheet size may increase considerably as client deposit levels increase.

Our capital ratios are necessarily subject to, among other things, anticipated compliance with all necessary enhancements to model calibration, approval by regulators of certain models used as part of RWA calculations, other refinements, further implementation guidance from regulators, market practices and standards and any changes BNY may make to its businesses. As a consequence of these factors, our capital ratios may materially change, and may be volatile over time and from period to period.

Under the Advanced Approaches, our operational loss risk model is informed by external losses, including fines and penalties levied against institutions in the financial services industry, particularly those that relate to businesses in which we operate, and as a

BNY 41

Results of Operations (continued)

result external losses have impacted and could in the future impact the amount of capital that we are required to hold.

The following table presents our capital components and RWAs.

Capital components and risk-weighted assetsDec. 31,
(in millions)20242023
CET1:
Common shareholders’ equity$36,975$36,427
Adjustments for:
Goodwill and intangible assets (a)(17,563)(17,253)
Net pension fund assets(333)(297)
Embedded goodwill(254)(275)
Deferred tax assets(62)(62)
Other(4)(6)
Total CET118,75918,534
Other Tier 1 capital:
Preferred stock4,3434,343
Other(63)(14)
Total Tier 1 capital$23,039$22,863
Tier 2 capital:
Subordinated debt$1,398$1,148
Allowance for credit losses392414
Other(11)(11)
Total Tier 2 capital – Standardized Approach1,7791,551
Excess of expected credit losses10985
Less: Allowance for credit losses392414
Total Tier 2 capital – Advanced Approaches$1,496$1,222
Total capital:
Standardized Approach$24,818$24,414
Advanced Approaches$24,535$24,085
Risk-weighted assets:
Standardized Approach$167,786$156,178
Advanced Approaches:
Credit Risk$90,076$87,223
Market Risk4,8083,380
Operational Risk65,58870,925
Total Advanced Approaches$160,472$161,528
Average assets for Tier 1 leverage ratio$402,069$383,705
Total leverage exposure for SLR$353,523$313,555

(a)    Reduced by deferred tax liabilities associated with intangible assets and tax-deductible goodwill.

The table below presents the factors that impacted CET1 capital.

CET1 generation2024
(in millions)
CET1 – Beginning of period$18,534
Net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation4,336
Goodwill and intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities(310)
Gross CET1 generated4,026
Capital deployed:
Common stock repurchases(3,064)
Common stock dividends (a)(1,348)
Total capital returned(4,412)
Other comprehensive gain (loss):
Unrealized gain on assets available-for-sale429
Foreign currency translation(189)
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow hedges(6)
Defined benefit plans3
Total other comprehensive gain237
Additional paid-in capital (b)413
Other additions (deductions):
Net pension fund assets(36)
Embedded goodwill21
Other(24)
Total other (deductions)(39)
Net CET1 generated225
CET1 – End of period$18,759

(a)    Includes dividend-equivalents on share-based awards.

(b)    Primarily related to stock awards and stock issued for employee benefit plans.

The following table shows the impact on the consolidated capital ratios at Dec. 31, 2024 of a $100 million increase or decrease in common equity, or a $1 billion increase or decrease in RWAs, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure.

Sensitivity of consolidated capital ratios at Dec. 31, 2024
Increase or decrease of
(in basis points)$100 million in common equity$1 billion in RWA, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure
CET1:
Standardized Approach6bps7bps
Advanced Approaches67
Tier 1 capital:
Standardized Approach68
Advanced Approaches69
Total capital:
Standardized Approach69
Advanced Approaches610
Tier 1 leverage21
SLR32

42 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

Stress capital buffer

In July 2023, the Federal Reserve announced that BNY’s SCB requirement would remain at 2.5%, equal to the regulatory floor, for the period from Oct. 1, 2023 through Sept. 30, 2024. The SCB replaced the static 2.5% capital conservation buffer for Standardized Approach capital ratios for Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) BHCs. The SCB does not apply to bank subsidiaries, which remain subject to the static 2.5% capital conservation buffer. In August 2024, the Federal Reserve announced that BNY’s SCB requirement would remain at 2.5%, equal to the regulatory floor, for the period from Oct. 1, 2024 through Sept. 30, 2025. See “Supervision and Regulation” for additional information.

The SCB final rule generally eliminates the requirement for prior approval of common stock repurchases in excess of the distributions in a firm’s capital plan, provided that such distributions are consistent with applicable capital requirements and buffers, including the SCB.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”)

The following summarizes the minimum requirements for BNY’s external TLAC and external long-term debt (“LTD”) ratios, plus currently applicable buffers.

As a % of RWAs (a)As a % of total leverage exposure
Eligible external TLAC ratiosRegulatory minimum of 18% plus a buffer (b) equal to the sum of 2.5%, the method 1 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1%), and the countercyclical capital buffer, if anyRegulatory minimum of 7.5% plus a buffer (c) equal to 2%
Eligible external LTD ratiosRegulatory minimum of 6% plus the greater of the method 1 or method 2 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1.5%)4.5%

(a)    RWA is the greater of the Standardized Approach and Advanced Approaches.

(b)    Buffer to be met using only CET1.

(c)    Buffer to be met using only Tier 1 capital.

External TLAC consists of the Parent’s Tier 1 capital and eligible unsecured LTD issued by it that has a remaining term to maturity of at least one year and satisfies certain other conditions. Eligible LTD consists of the unpaid principal balance of eligible unsecured debt securities, subject to haircuts for amounts due to be paid within two years, that satisfy certain other conditions. Debt issued prior to Dec. 31, 2016 has been permanently grandfathered to the extent these instruments otherwise would be ineligible only due to containing impermissible acceleration rights or being governed by foreign law.

The following table presents our external TLAC and external LTD ratios.

TLAC and LTD ratiosDec. 31, 2024
Minimum requiredMinimum ratios with buffers
Ratios
Eligible external TLAC:
As a percentage of RWA18.0%21.5%30.2%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure7.5%9.5%14.3%
Eligible external LTD:
As a percentage of RWA7.5%N/A15.3%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure4.5%N/A7.3%

N/A – Not applicable.

If BNY maintains risk-based ratio or leverage TLAC measures above the minimum required level, but with a risk-based ratio or leverage below the minimum level with buffers, we will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary executive compensation based on the amount of the shortfall and eligible retained income.

BNY 43

Results of Operations (continued)

Issuer purchases of equity securities

Share repurchases – fourth quarter of 2024Total shares repurchased as part of a publicly announced plan or programMaximum approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the publicly announced plans or programs at Dec. 31, 2024
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)Total shares repurchasedAverage price per share
October 20243,087$76.393,087$5,846
November 20244,65478.114,6545,483
December 20241,85781.161,8575,332
Fourth quarter of 2024 (a)9,598$78.159,598$5,332(b)

(a)    Includes 40 thousand shares repurchased at a purchase price of $3 million from employees, primarily in connection with the employees’ payment of taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock. The average price of open market share repurchases was $78.15.

(b)    Represents the maximum value of the shares to be repurchased under the share repurchase plan and includes shares repurchased in connection with employee benefit plans.

In January 2023, we announced a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors providing for the repurchase of up to $5.0 billion of common shares beginning Jan. 1, 2023. This new share repurchase plan replaced all previously authorized share repurchase plans.

In April 2024, we announced a new authorization providing for the repurchase of $6.0 billion of common shares in addition to any remaining capacity under the existing January 2023 authorization.

Share repurchases may be executed through open market repurchases, in privately negotiated transactions or by other means, including through repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and other derivative, accelerated share repurchase and other structured transactions. The timing and exact amount of any common stock repurchases will depend on various factors, including market conditions and the common stock trading price; the Company’s capital position, liquidity and financial performance; alternative uses of capital; and legal and regulatory limitations and considerations.

Trading activities and risk management

Our trading activities are focused on acting as a market-maker for our customers, facilitating customer trades and risk-mitigating hedging in compliance with the Volcker Rule. The risk from market-making activities for customers is managed by our traders and limited in total exposure through a system of position limits, value-at-risk (“VaR”) methodology and other market sensitivity measures. VaR is the potential loss in value due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. The calculation of our VaR used by

management and presented below assumes a one-day holding period, utilizes a 99% confidence level and incorporates non-linear product characteristics. VaR facilitates comparisons across portfolios of different risk characteristics. VaR also captures the diversification of aggregated risk at the firm-wide level.

VaR represents a key risk management measure and it is important to note the inherent limitations to VaR, which include:

•VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time horizons where moves may be extreme;

•VaR does not take into account the potential variability of market liquidity; and

•Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce accurate predictions of all future market moves.

See Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the VaR methodology.

The following tables indicate the calculated VaR amounts for the trading portfolio for the designated periods using the historical simulation VaR model.

VaR (a)2024Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)AverageMinimumMaximum
Interest rate$2.7$1.9$4.6$2.6
Foreign exchange2.21.63.02.0
Equity0.11.00.1
Credit1.30.91.91.5
Diversification(4.4)N/MN/M(4.8)
Overall portfolio1.91.43.01.4

44 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

VaR (a)2023Dec. 31, 2023
(in millions)AverageMinimumMaximum
Interest rate$3.2$1.9$7.6$2.6
Foreign exchange2.92.05.72.9
Equity0.21.50.1
Credit1.50.73.51.3
Diversification(5.0)N/MN/M(4.7)
Overall portfolio2.81.38.92.2

(a)    VaR exposure does not include the impact of the Company’s consolidated investment management funds and seed capital investments.

N/M – Because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, it is not meaningful to compute a minimum and maximum portfolio diversification effect.

The interest rate component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by interest rate levels. These instruments include, but are not limited to, U.S. Treasury securities, swaps, swaptions, forward rate agreements, exchange-traded futures and options, and other interest rate derivative products.

The foreign exchange component of VaR represents instruments whose values predominantly vary with the level or volatility of currency exchange rates or interest rates. These instruments include, but are not limited to, currency balances, spot and forward transactions, currency options and other currency derivative products.

The equity component of VaR consists of instruments that represent an ownership interest in the form of domestic and foreign common stock or other equity-linked instruments. These instruments include, but are not limited to, common stock, exchange-traded funds, preferred stock, listed equity options (puts and calls), OTC equity options, equity total return swaps, equity index futures and other equity derivative products.

The credit component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by credit spread levels, i.e., idiosyncratic default risk. These instruments include, but are not limited to, single issuer credit default swaps, and securities with exposures from corporate and municipal credit spreads.

The diversification component of VaR is the risk reduction benefit that occurs when combining portfolios and offsetting positions, and from the correlated behavior of risk factor movements.

During 2024, interest rate risk generated 43% of average gross VaR, foreign exchange risk generated 35% of average gross VaR, equity risk generated 1% of average gross VaR and credit risk generated 21% of average gross VaR. During 2024, our daily trading loss exceeded our calculated VaR amount of the overall portfolio on only one occasion.

The following table of total daily trading revenue or loss illustrates the number of trading days in which our trading revenue or loss fell within particular ranges during the past five quarters.

Distribution of trading revenue (loss) (a)
Quarter ended
(dollars in millions)Dec. 31, 2024Sept. 30, 2024June 30, 2024March 31, 2024Dec. 31, 2023
Revenue range:Number of days
Less than $(2.5)2
$(2.5) – $022213
$0 – $2.5121881918
$2.5 – $5.02627343025
More than $5.02417191215

(a)    Trading revenue (loss) includes realized and unrealized gains and losses primarily related to spot and forward foreign exchange transactions, derivatives and securities trades for our customers and excludes any associated commissions, underwriting fees and net interest income.

Trading assets include debt and equity instruments and derivative assets, primarily foreign exchange and interest rate contracts, not designated as hedging instruments. Trading assets were $14.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $10.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2023.

Trading liabilities include debt and equity instruments and derivative liabilities, primarily foreign exchange and interest rate contracts, not designated as hedging instruments. Trading liabilities were $4.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024 and $6.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2023.

Under our fair value methodology for derivative contracts, an initial “risk-neutral” valuation is performed on each position assuming time discounting based on a AA credit curve. In addition, we consider credit risk in arriving at the fair value of our derivatives.

We reflect external credit ratings as well as observable credit default swap spreads for both ourselves and our counterparties when measuring the fair value of our derivative positions. Accordingly, the valuation of our derivative positions is sensitive to the current changes in our own credit spreads, as well as those of our counterparties.

BNY 45

Results of Operations (continued)

At Dec. 31, 2024, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $3.7 billion included a credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) deduction of $11 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $2.9 billion included a debit valuation adjustment (“DVA”) of $7 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA increased by less than $1 million and the DVA decreased by less than $1 million in 2024, which decreased other trading revenue by $1 million in 2024. During 2024, no realized loss was charged off against CVA reserves.

At Dec. 31, 2023, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $2.3 billion included a CVA deduction of $16 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $3.8 billion included a DVA of $4 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA increased by $1 million and the DVA increased by $1 million in 2023, which increased other trading revenue by less than $1 million in 2023. During 2023, no realized loss was charged off against CVA reserves.

The table below summarizes our exposure, net of collateral related to our derivative counterparties, as determined on an internal risk management basis. Significant changes in counterparty credit ratings could alter the level of credit risk faced by BNY.

Foreign exchange and other trading counterparty risk rating profile
Dec. 31, 2024Dec. 31, 2023
(dollars in millions)Exposure, net of collateralPercentage of exposure, net of collateralExposure, net of collateralPercentage of exposure, net of collateral
Investment grade$3,20198%$2,06295%
Non-investment grade762%1035%
Total$3,277100%$2,165100%

Asset/liability management

Our diversified business activities include processing securities, accepting deposits, investing in securities, lending, raising money as needed to fund assets and other transactions. The market risks from these activities include interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Our primary market risk is exposure to movements in U.S. dollar interest rates and certain foreign currency interest rates. We actively manage

interest rate sensitivity and use earnings simulation and discounted cash flow models to identify interest rate exposures.

An earnings simulation model is the primary tool used to assess changes in pre-tax net interest income between a baseline scenario and hypothetical interest rate scenarios. Interest rate sensitivity is quantified by calculating the change in pre-tax net interest income between the scenarios over a 12-month measurement period.

The baseline scenario incorporates the market’s forward rate expectations and management’s assumptions regarding client deposit rates, credit spreads, changes in the prepayment behavior of loans and securities and the impact of derivative financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes as of each respective quarter-end. These assumptions have been developed through a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing behavior and are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ materially from projected results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, and changes in market conditions and management’s strategies, among other factors. Client deposit levels and mix are key assumptions impacting net interest income in the baseline as well as the hypothetical interest rate scenarios. The earnings simulation model assumes static deposit levels and mix, and it also assumes that no management actions will be taken to mitigate the effects of interest rate changes. Typically, the baseline scenario uses the average deposit balances of the quarter.

In the table below, we use the earnings simulation model to assess the impact of various hypothetical interest rate scenarios compared to the baseline scenario. In each of the scenarios, all currencies’ interest rates are instantaneously shifted higher or lower at the start of the forecast. Long-term interest rates are defined as all tenors equal to or greater than three years and short-term interest rates are defined as all tenors equal to or less than three months. Interim term points are interpolated where applicable. The impact of interest rate shifts may not be linear. The results of this earnings simulation should therefore not be extrapolated for more severe interest rate scenarios than those presented in the table below.

46 BNY

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table shows net interest income sensitivity for BNY.

Estimated changes in net interest income (in millions)Dec. 31, 2024Sept. 30, 2024Dec. 31, 2023
Up 100 bps rate shock vs. baseline$125$190$254
Long-term up 100 bps, short-term unchanged8813071
Short-term up 100 bps, long-term unchanged3760183
Long-term down 100 bps, short-term unchanged(90)(139)(73)
Short-term down 100 bps, long-term unchanged(104)(124)(270)
Down 100 bps rate shock vs. baseline(194)(263)(343)

At Dec. 31, 2024, the changes in the impacts of a 100 basis point upward or downward shift in rates on net interest income compared with Sept. 30, 2024 were primarily driven by an increase in fixed-rate assets and floating rate liabilities.

While the net interest income sensitivity scenario calculations assume static deposit balances to facilitate consistent period-over-period comparisons, net interest income is impacted by changes in deposit balances and interest rate trajectory. Noninterest-bearing deposits are particularly sensitive to changes in short-term rates.

To illustrate the net interest income sensitivity to non-interest-bearing deposits, we estimate that a $5 billion instantaneous reduction/increase in U.S. dollar-denominated noninterest-bearing deposits would reduce/increase the net interest income sensitivity results in the up 100 basis point rate shock scenario in the table above by approximately $260 million, and in the down 100 basis point rate shock scenario by approximately $160 million. The impact would be smaller if the reduction/increase was assumed to be a mixture of interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits.

Additionally, during periods of low short-term interest rates, money market mutual fund fees and other similar fees are typically waived to protect investors from negative returns.

For a discussion of factors impacting the growth or contraction of deposits, see “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely

affected if we do not effectively manage our liquidity.”

We also project future cash flows from our assets and liabilities over a long-term horizon and then discount these cash flows using instantaneous parallel shocks to prevailing interest rates. This measure reflects the structural balance sheet interest rate sensitivity by discounting all future cash flows. The aggregation of these discounted cash flows is the economic value of equity (“EVE”). The following table shows how EVE would change in response to changes in interest rates.

Estimated changes in EVEDec. 31, 2024
Rate change:
Up 200 bps vs. baseline(1.9)%
Up 100 bps vs. baseline%
Down 100 bps vs. baseline(0.7)%
Down 200 bps vs. baseline(2.4)%

The asymmetrical accounting treatment of the impact of a change in interest rates on our balance sheet may create a situation in which an increase in interest rates can adversely affect reported equity and regulatory capital, even though economically there may be no impact on our economic capital position. For example, an increase in rates will result in a decline in the value of our available-for-sale securities portfolio. In this example, there is no corresponding change on our fixed liabilities, even though economically these liabilities are more valuable as rates rise.

These results do not reflect strategies that management could employ to limit the impact as interest rate expectations change.

To manage foreign exchange risk, we fund foreign currency-denominated assets with liability instruments denominated in the same currency. We utilize various foreign exchange contracts if a liability denominated in the same currency is not available or desired, and to minimize the earnings impact of translation gains or losses created by investments in foreign markets. We use forward foreign exchange contracts to protect the value of our net investment in foreign operations. At Dec. 31, 2024, net investments in foreign operations totaled $14 billion and were spread across 19 foreign currencies.

BNY 47

Risk Management

Overview

BNY plays a vital role in the global financial markets, and effective risk management is critical to our success. BNY operates under the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (“risk management framework”) which is the foundation of our risk management approach. Risk management begins with a strong risk culture, and we reinforce our culture through principle-based policies including the Code of Conduct, which are grounded in our core values of passion for excellence, integrity, strength in diversity and courage to lead.

These values are critical to our success. They not only explain what we stand for and our shared culture, but also help us to think and act globally. They serve as a representation of the promises we have made to our clients, communities, shareholders and each other.

BNY’s Risk Identification process is a core component of BNY’s risk framework and is the foundation for understanding and managing risk. We utilize a common risk language, our Risk Taxonomy, to identify risks across our six primary risk categories: Operational Risk, Market Risk, Credit Risk, Liquidity Risk, Model Risk and Strategic Risk. Quarterly, the Company engages in a process designed to document identification and assessment of its risks, and to determine the set of risks material to BNY. Outputs from the Risk Identification process inform elements of our risk framework such as our Risk Appetite as well as Enterprise-wide Stress Testing and Capital Planning.

BNY’s Risk Appetite expresses the level of risk we are willing to tolerate to meet our strategic objectives in a manner that balances risk and reward while considering our risk capacity and maintaining a balance sheet that remains resilient throughout market cycles. This guides BNY’s risk-taking activities and informs key decision-making processes, including the manner by which we pursue our business strategy and the methods by which we manage risk. The Risk Appetite Statement and associated key risk metrics to monitor our risk profile are updated and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board at least annually.

BNY conducts Enterprise-wide Stress Testing as part of its Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process in accordance with CCAR, and as required by the enhanced prudential standards issued pursuant to the

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Enterprise-wide Stress Testing considers the Company’s lines of business, products, geographic areas and risk types incorporating the results from underlying models and projections for a range of stress scenarios. Additional details on Capital Planning and Stress Testing are included in “Supervision and Regulation.”

Three Lines of Defense

BNY’s three lines of defense model is a critical component of our risk management framework to clarify roles and responsibilities across the organization.

BNY’s first line of defense includes senior management and business and corporate staff, excluding management and employees in Risk Management, Compliance and Internal Audit. Senior management in the first line is responsible for maintaining and implementing an effective risk management framework and appropriately managing risk consistent with its strategy and risk tolerance, including establishing clear responsibilities and accountability for the identification, measurement, management and control of risk.

Risk and Compliance is the independent second line of defense, reporting to the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer reports to both the Chief Executive Officer and the Risk Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. Risk and Compliance is responsible for establishing policies, expectations and guidance for managing risk at BNY while also independently monitoring, reviewing and challenging the first line. To facilitate the comprehensive global application of consistent standards for each risk or compliance topic, independent oversight is provided by Risk and Compliance across three perspectives – lines of business; legal entities; and enterprise-wide risk and compliance disciplines.

Internal Audit is BNY’s third line of defense and serves as an independent, objective assurance function that reports directly to the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. It assists the Company in accomplishing its objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined, risk-based approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management, control and governance processes. The scope of Internal Audit’s work

48 BNY

Risk Management (continued)

includes the review and evaluation of the adequacy, effectiveness and sustainability of risk management

procedures, internal control systems, information systems and governance processes.

Governance

BNY’s management is responsible for execution of the Company’s risk management framework and the governance structure that supports it, with oversight provided by BNY’s Board of Directors through two key Board committees: the Risk Committee and the Audit Committee.

A summary of the governance structure is provided below.

BNY Board of Directors
Risk CommitteeAudit Committee
Senior Risk and Control Committee (“SRCC”)
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4Column 5
•Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committee•Asset Liability Committee•Balance Sheet Risk Committee•Business Risk Committees•Compliance and Ethics Oversight Committee•Contract Management Committee•Credit Portfolio Management Committees•Enterprise Insider Threat Steering Committee•Enterprise Risk Committee•International Senior Risk and Control Committee•Operational Risk Committee•Product Approval and Review Committee•Regulatory Oversight Committee•Resolvability Steering Committee•Technology Risk Committee

The Risk Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors and meets on a regular basis to review and assess the control processes with respect to the Company’s inherent risks. It also reviews and assesses the Company’s risk management policies and practices. The roles and responsibilities of the Risk Committee are described in more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on our website, www.bny.com.

The Audit Committee is also comprised entirely of independent directors. The Audit Committee meets on a regular basis to perform an oversight review of the integrity of the financial statements and financial reporting process, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the Company’s independent registered public accountant’s qualifications and independence, and the performance of our internal audit function and the independent registered public accountant. The Audit Committee also reviews management’s assessment of the adequacy of internal controls. The functions of the Audit Committee are described in more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on our website, www.bny.com.

The SRCC is the most senior management level risk governance group at the Company and is responsible for oversight of all Risk Management, Compliance & Ethics activities and processes, including the Enterprise Risk Management Framework. The committee is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and its members include the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Information Officer, Global Head of Engineering and General Counsel.

Subcommittees of the SRCC include:

•Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committee: Oversees the systems and controls relating to all aspects of anti-money laundering and terrorist financing compliance (including Know Your Customer, suspicious activity reporting and sanctions) within the Company.

•Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”): The senior management committee responsible for balance sheet oversight, including capital, liquidity and interest rate risk management.

BNY 49

Risk Management (continued)

•Balance Sheet Risk Committee (the “BSRC”): Reviews and receives escalation relating to balance sheet risk management frameworks associated with the assets, liabilities and capital of the Company. There is a focus on treasury risk topics, including matters related to liquidity risk, capital management, investment portfolio risk, and interest rate risk in the banking book.

•Business Risk Committees: Review and assess risk and control issues observed from existing business practices or activities or arising from new business practices or activities in our various lines of business and supporting operations.

•Compliance and Ethics Oversight Committee: Provides governance and oversight of the operations of the Compliance and Ethics function and the management and reporting of compliance risk-related issues, as well as Compliance and Ethics processes, policies, procedures and standards.

•Contract Management Committee: The governance and escalation body for the Company’s Customer Contract Management policy and determines the client contract management policies and infrastructure for the Company.

•Credit Portfolio Management Committees: Seven Portfolio Management Committees, governed by the same charter and rules, manage, monitor and review each of Credit Risk’s primary portfolio segments, including underwriting criteria, portfolio limits and composition, risk metrics, concentration, credit strategy, quality and exposure, stress test outcomes and wrong way risk.

•Enterprise Insider Threat Steering Committee: Provides enterprise-wide governance and oversight related to the Enterprise Insider Threat Program and related initiatives, as well as provides visibility to senior leadership related to the enterprise risk profile as it relates to insider threat risks.

•Enterprise Risk Committee: Oversees the Enterprise Risk Management Framework and related activities, including comprehensive discussions, deliberations and collaboration on material and emerging risks, limit setting, risk reporting, issue management, escalation and relevant decision-making.

•International Senior Risk and Control Committee: Provides risk management oversight, and acts as a point of convergence for the coordination, transparency and communication of material issues (live or emerging) across international entities.

•Operational Risk Committee: Oversees the operational risk profile and is responsible for monitoring and managing the appropriateness of the operational risk framework, policy design, adherence tracking and mitigating controls.

•Product Approval and Review Committee: Responsible for reviewing and approving proposals to introduce new and modify or retire existing products.

•Regulatory Oversight Committee: Provides strategic direction, oversight, challenge, and coordination across regulatory remediation initiatives.

•Resolvability Steering Committee: Oversees recovery and resolution planning, including but not limited to the project governance and oversight framework for all recovery and resolution planning requirements in relevant jurisdictions where BNY operates.

•Technology Risk Committee: Oversees the review and assessment of technology risk and control issues observed from existing business practices or activities, or arising from new business practices or activities in our various lines of business and supporting operations so as to assist the Company in managing and monitoring technology risk and control issues.

50 BNY

Risk Management (continued)

Risk Types Overview

The understanding, identification, measurement and mitigation of risk are essential elements for the successful management of BNY. We leverage a comprehensive risk taxonomy to support consistent language for defining and understanding risks. The primary categories in our risk taxonomy are:

Type of riskDescription
OperationalThe risk of loss and/or regulatory, legal or reputational impact resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk includes risks, such as compliance and financial crimes, technology risks and third party risks.
MarketThe risk of financial loss or adverse change to the economic condition of BNY resulting from movements in market risk factors. Market risk factors include, but are not limited to, interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchanges rates, commodity prices, and equity prices.
CreditCredit risk denotes a broad category of adverse financial outcomes arising from credit events (default, bankruptcy, ratings migration) associated with obligor/counterparty not meeting (inability/unwilling) its contractual obligations. Credit risk is present in the majority of our assets, but primarily concentrated in the loan and securities books, as well as foreign exchange and off-balance sheet exposures such as lending commitments, letters of credit and securities lending indemnifications.
LiquidityThe risk arising from an inability to access funding, convert assets to cash quickly and efficiently, or to roll over or issue new debt, especially during periods of market stress. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in funding levels. Liquidity risk can arise from cash flow mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets to cash, the inability to raise cash in the markets, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.
ModelThe potential loss arising from incorrectly designing/using a model or stress conditions that invalidate the assumptions of a model.
StrategicThe risk arising from the flawed design, decision or implementation of a business strategy, and potential disruption to business strategy by external factors and/or internal decisions. More specifically, the risks arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions or lack of responsiveness to changes in the financial industry and operating environment. Strategic risks may also arise from the acceptance of new businesses, the introduction or modification of products, strategic finance and risk management decisions, business process changes, complex transactions, acquisitions/divestitures/joint ventures and major capital expenditures/investments.

Operational risk

In providing a comprehensive array of products and services, we are exposed to operational risk. Operational risk may result from, but is not limited to, errors related to transaction processing, failure of internal control systems and meeting compliance requirements, fraud by employees or persons outside BNY or business interruption due to system failures or other events. Operational risk may also include breaches of our technology and information systems resulting in unauthorized access to confidential information or from internal or external threats, such as cyberattacks. Operational risk also includes potential legal or regulatory actions that could arise. In the case of an operational event, we could suffer financial losses as well as reputational damage.

To address these risks, we maintain comprehensive policies and procedures and an internal control framework designed to provide a sound operational environment. These controls have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given

our financial strength, the business environment and markets in which we operate, and the nature of our businesses, and considering factors such as competition and regulation.

The organizational framework for operational risk is based upon a strong risk culture that incorporates both governance and risk management activities comprising:

•Accountability of Businesses – Business managers are responsible for maintaining an effective system of internal controls commensurate with the business risk profiles and in accordance with BNY policies and procedures.

•Operational Risk Management is the independent second line function responsible for developing risk management policies and tools for assessing, measuring, monitoring and managing operational risk for BNY. The primary objectives of the Operational Risk Management Framework are to promote effective risk management, identify emerging risks and drive improvement in controls and to reduce operational risk. The Operational

BNY 51

Risk Management (continued)

Risk Management function includes independent operational risk oversight of all lines of business and functions, as well as specialist oversight of areas such as data risk, fraud risk, and third party risk.

•Technology risk is a subset of operational risk. Technology Risk Management is part of the second line of defense risk function providing oversight over technology risks in an effort to improve the likelihood that technology risks are identified, considered, and managed effectively against the stated risk appetite of the Company. Technology Risk Management is responsible for developing risk management policies and tools in an effort to identify and manage risks across cyber, infrastructure, applications, and resiliency and is responsible for confirming such policies and tools are well understood by the first line of defense. Further, Technology Risk Management oversees the risk reporting process through our governance and that the risks are managed within our defined risk appetite and risk management framework. Technology Risk Management uses its expertise in engaging in centralized activities and capabilities, and data-driven methodologies. Additionally, Technology Risk Management acts as a catalyst to drive the development of global technology policies, key controls, and methods to assess, measure, and monitor information and technology risk for BNY. The function also conducts integrated independent assessments on multiple cyber and digital initiatives within the Company and works to drive better understanding and a more accurate assessment of technology risks.

•Operational resiliency is a strategic priority for the Company. Foundational to our enterprise resiliency strategy is the Business Services Framework, governed by the first line Enterprise Resiliency Office, with second line oversight from Resiliency Risk Management. First line business management is accountable for maintaining effective resiliency capabilities under this framework, while Engineering and Operations are responsible for successful execution in coordination with the business. Elements of the resiliency strategy include the Business Services Framework, management of technology assets, Incident and Crisis Management, as well as Disaster Recovery Testing and Business Continuity capabilities. We are also focused on the resiliency capabilities of

our third-party service providers. These processes are intended to position the Company to continuously deliver services to our clients through our ability to prevent, respond to and recover from business disruptions and threats.

•Compliance and financial crimes risk is also a subset of operational risk with second line Compliance and Ethics and Financial Crime Compliance teams. Compliance and financial crimes risk is defined as the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or a financial institution’s reputational loss as a result of its failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organizational standards, and codes of conduct or organizational standards of practice. We seek to comply with all obligations through a comprehensive, integrated Compliance and Ethics Management Framework.

Market risk

Our business activity tends to minimize outright our direct exposure to market risk, with such risk primarily limited to market volatility from trading activity in support of clients. More significant market risk is assumed in the form of interest rate and credit spread risk within the investment portfolio as a means for asset/liability management and net interest income generation, and also through the interest rate risk associated with BNY’s balance sheet position which is sensitive to adverse movements in interest rates.

The Company has indirect market risk exposure associated with the change in the value of financial collateral underlying securities financing and derivatives positions. The Collateral Margin Review Committee reviews and approves the standards for collateral received or paid in respect of collateralized derivative agreements and securities financing transactions. The Markets business monitors its market risk through a variety of metrics including trading VaR and trading stressed VaR. Finally, the Risk Quantification Review Group reviews back-testing results for the Company’s VaR model.

Credit risk

We extend direct credit in order to foster client relationships and as a method by which to generate interest income from the deposits that result from business activity. We extend and incur intraday credit exposure in order to facilitate our various processing activities.

52 BNY

Risk Management (continued)

To balance the value of our activities with the credit risk incurred in pursuing them, we set and monitor internal credit limits for activities that entail credit risk, most often on the size of the exposure and the quality of the counterparty. For credit exposures driven by changing market rates and prices, exposure measures include an add-on for such potential changes.

We manage credit risk exposure at a counterparty, industry, country and portfolio level. Credit risk exposure at the counterparty level is managed through our credit approval framework and involves four approval levels up to and including the Chief Risk Officer of the Company. The requisite approvals are based upon the size and relative risk of the aggregate exposure under consideration. The Credit Risk Group is responsible for approving the size, terms and maturity of all credit exposures proposed by the business, as well as the ongoing monitoring of the creditworthiness of the counterparty. In addition, it is responsible for challenging and approving the internal risk ratings on each exposure.

The calculation of a fundamental credit measure is based on a projection of a statistically probable credit loss, used to help determine the appropriate loan loss reserve and to measure customer profitability. Credit loss considers three basic components: the estimated size of the exposure whenever default might occur, the probability of default before maturity and the severity of the loss we would incur, commonly called “loss given default.” Borrowers/counterparties are assigned ratings by the business and reviewed, challenged and approved by the Credit Portfolio Managers on an 18-grade scale, which translate to a scaled probability of default. Additionally, transactions are assigned loss given default ratings (on a 5-grade scale) that reflect the transactions’ structures, including the effects of guarantees, collateral and relative seniority of position.

The Risk Modeling and Analytics Group is responsible for the calculation methodologies and the estimates of the inputs used in those methodologies for the determination of expected loss. These methodologies and input estimates are regularly evaluated for appropriateness and accuracy. As new techniques and data become available, the Risk Modeling and Analytics Group incorporates, where appropriate, those techniques or data.

BNY seeks to limit both on- and off-balance sheet credit risk through prudent underwriting and the use of capital only where risk-adjusted returns warrant. We seek to manage risk and improve our portfolio diversification through syndications, asset sales, credit enhancements and active collateralization and netting agreements. In addition, we have a separate Credit Risk Review Group, which is an independent group within Internal Audit, composed of experienced loan review officers who perform timely reviews of the loan files and credit ratings assigned to the loans.

Liquidity risk

Adequate liquidity is vital to BNY’s ability to process payments as well as settle and clear transactions on behalf of clients. The Company’s liquidity position can be affected by multiple factors, including funding mismatches, market conditions that impact our ability to convert our investment portfolio to cash, inability to issue debt or roll over funding, run-off of core deposits, and contingent liquidity events such as additional collateral posting requirements. Additionally, a downgrade in our credit rating cannot only lead to an outflow of deposits, which are a major source of our funding, but also increase our margin requirements on secured transactions and have a broader adverse impact on our overall brand that may further impair our ability to refinance maturing liabilities. Changes in economic conditions or exposure to other risks can also affect our liquidity.

The Board of Directors approves liquidity risk tolerance and is responsible for oversight of liquidity risk management of the Company. ALCO provides governance for the appropriate execution of Board-approved strategies, policies and procedures for managing liquidity. Senior management is responsible for executing those Board-approved strategies, policies and procedures for managing liquidity which ALCO oversees, as well as regularly reporting the liquidity position of the Company to the Board of Directors. The BSRC provides governance over independent risk oversight of liquidity risks, and oversees the establishment of control frameworks.

BNY actively manages and monitors its cash position, quality of the investment portfolio, intraday liquidity positions and potential liquidity needs in order to support the timely payment and settlement of obligations under both normal and stressed conditions. The Company uses a range of stress testing measures in connection with its efforts to

BNY 53

Risk Management (continued)

maintain sufficient liquidity relative to risk appetite, including the Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Internal Liquidity Stress Testing.

Model risk

Models support our infrastructure for managing risk. Among their functions, models help us value securities, rate the quality of an obligor’s credit, establish capital needs and monitor liquidity trends. Model failure might stem from faulty design, misuse, or environmental conditions that invalidate our assumptions. When this happens, the Company could be exposed to losses and other adverse consequences resulting from operational, market, credit and liquidity risk, as well as reputational harm. We aim to maintain a low-risk environment.

BNY’s processes are designed to identify the conditions under which model risk incidents could occur and to establish controls that are designed to minimize or prevent loss in case of such an event. These processes include enforcement of standards for developing models, a process to validate new models, change controls for existing models, and a monitoring system to assess performance throughout a model’s life.

When evaluating the degree of model risk, we consider multiple dimensions, including the quality of design, the robustness of controls, and indications of underperformance. Based on these measures, we create an overall metric that is intended to measure the health of the Company’s modeling environment and set thresholds around it. This allows us to manage model risk, not only at the level of the individual model, but also in aggregate, across all the Company’s businesses.

Strategic risk

Our strategy includes, but is not limited to, improving organic growth across our businesses, delivering quality solutions and evolving our operating model. Successful realization of our strategy requires that we provide expertise, insight and market-leading and technology-enabled products and services that drive economies of scale. Additionally, it requires attracting, developing and retaining highly talented people capable of executing our strategy, while safeguarding our financial profile. Failure to achieve these objectives may negatively impact both our growth strategy and our ability to service our existing

clients, resulting in potential financial loss or litigation.

The markets in which we and our clients operate can evolve quickly. The introduction of new or disruptive technologies, geopolitical events and economic slowdowns are examples of factors that can create market uncertainty. Failure to anticipate or participate in transformational change within a given market or appropriately and promptly react to market conditions or client preferences could result in poor strategic positioning and potential negative financial impact. While it is essential that we continue to innovate and respond to changing markets and client demand, we strive to do so in a manner that does not adversely affect our financial position or compromise our fundamental business strategy.

Other Risk Considerations

In addition to the primary risk categories and sub-categories noted above, we consider risks that have significance and may manifest across multiple categories of risk. These risk considerations include data risk, fraud risk, third party risk, environmental, social and governance risk, reputational risk and geopolitical and country risk.

Data risk

We are exposed to data management risk when we fail to consistently manage and control our data assets through the entire lifecycle, including managing the production, confidentiality, quality, integrity, availability, and retention of data information.

Our risk management approach considers data risks within our business activities. Our Data Management Framework and supporting policies address management of data in key areas of data architecture, data governance, data quality management, data protection, data usage and ethics.

Emphasis is placed on data quality through data policies, regular quality assessments, and continuous improvement programs aimed at enhancing data integrity. The data architecture must be resilient and scalable to support the complex and evolving needs of the business. Efforts are made to strengthen the control environment in mitigating data management risks, aiming to achieve a higher data maturity level which enables the integration of innovative data solutions.

54 BNY

Risk Management (continued)

We also consider data risks in the execution of our business objectives and processes, including the development of new products and services, including AI applications. We remain committed to increasing the effectiveness of our data management practices which are designed to enable us to deliver products and services to our clients across the investment lifecycle.

Fraud risk

Fraud risk, the risk associated with an internal or external party deliberately performing an activity that relies on deception to achieve financial gain to the detriment of BNY or its clients or affiliated or related parties, is an inherent risk as part of our business. As part fraud prevention, we utilize tools which include culture and awareness campaigns, risk identification, risk assessment and risk mitigation which help us understand key fraud risks and controls and to educate employees about the expectations of identifying and reporting fraud attempts in order to protect assets of BNY and its clients.

Third party risk

Third party risk arises from an adverse impact on the Company due to reliance on third parties, including vendors, that provide goods or perform services or other benefits on our behalf or on behalf of our clients. As part of our third-party risk management framework, we identify, evaluate, measure, mitigate, monitor and re-assess risks in an attempt to reduce the likelihood of, and negative impacts from, operational failures throughout the lifecycle of an engagement with a third party.

Environmental, social and governance

We are exposed to environmental, social and governance risks factors that may lead to increased risk levels across one or more enterprise risk categories and may impact our risk management frameworks. For example, climate risks include physical risks from acute and chronic weather-related effects as well as transition risks from changes such as fiscal policy, legislation and regulation, technological development, and investor and customer preference changes. Social and governance risks could also impact our risk categories and risk management frameworks.

These effects may be wide-ranging with potential financial and operational resilience implications that

could negatively impact the Company’s strategic objectives and financial performance, reputation, business operations, ability to service clients and broad stakeholder relationships. Potential risk outcomes include, but are not limited to, adverse publicity, loss of business, financial loss, litigation, employee impacts, and other operational impacts. For example, climate-related impacts have been identified across our credit portfolios, strategic positioning, operational resiliency, and the pace and volume of regulatory change, with the potential for reputational impacts across these areas. Thus, these risk factors are considered when managing risk within appetite and limits across the enterprise risk categories.

Reputational risk

We are exposed to Reputational Risk as a result of negative stakeholder perception which may result from any decision, action, or inaction by BNY, any of our employees, or through other associated parties, such as clients, strategic partners, and third parties. Reputational impacts can result in risks to current or anticipated earnings, capital, liquidity, brand, and enterprise value, and can stem from any line of business, corporate function, legal entity, product, or service.

Geopolitical and country risk

We are exposed to the effects of geopolitical events, including tensions between nations and/or regions that may disrupt the stability of international relations, economies or markets. Geopolitical event risks include wars, trade or territorial disputes, sanctions, cybersecurity conflicts, nuclear advancements, the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory measures, shifts in alliances and government policy changes that impact global systems and stakeholders. These events can affect macroeconomic factors and financial markets which could result in losses to BNY or its clients. We are also exposed to the risks associated with maintaining commercial relationships within or connected to sovereign jurisdictions which, among other things, may not possess: an independent judiciary, a history of political pluralism, robust protections for private property (including intellectual property), traditions of free enterprise or the rule of law, or similar attributes. We monitor geopolitical events to assess and measure the potential impact on BNY.

BNY 55

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001390777-24-000051.

Extracted from a substantive MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a TOC or reference stub. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Source document followed from filing index: bk-20231231_d2.htm. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-28. Report date: 2023-12-31.

General

In this Annual Report, references to “our,” “we,” “us,” “BNY Mellon,” the “Company” and similar terms refer to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Parent” refers to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation but not its subsidiaries.

The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. BNY Mellon’s actual results of future operations may differ from those estimated or anticipated in certain forward-looking statements contained herein due to the factors described under the headings “Forward-looking Statements” and “Risk Factors,” both of which investors should read.

Certain business terms used in this Annual Report are defined in the Glossary.

This Annual Report generally discusses 2023 and 2022 items and comparisons between 2023 and 2022. Discussions of 2021 items and comparisons between 2022 and 2021 that are not included in this Annual Report can be found in our 2022 Annual Report, which was filed as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2022.

Overview

Established in 1784, BNY Mellon is America’s oldest bank and the first company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: BK). Today, BNY Mellon powers capital markets around the world through comprehensive solutions that help clients manage and service their financial assets throughout the investment life cycle. BNY Mellon had $47.8 trillion in assets under custody and/or administration and $2.0 trillion in assets under management as of Dec. 31, 2023. BNY Mellon has been named among Fortune’s World’s Most Admired Companies and Fast Company’s Best Workplaces for Innovators. BNY Mellon is the corporate brand of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.

BNY Mellon has three business segments, Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, which offer a comprehensive set of capabilities and deep expertise across the investment lifecycle, enabling the Company to provide solutions to buy-side and sell-

side market participants, as well as leading institutional and wealth management clients globally.

The diagram below presents our three business segments and lines of business, with the remaining operations in the Other segment.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Securities ServicesMarket and Wealth ServicesInvestment and Wealth Management
Asset ServicingPershingInvestment Management
Issuer ServicesTreasury ServicesWealth Management
Clearance and Collateral Management

For additional information on our business segments, see “Review of business segments” and Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Subsequent event

In February 2024, BNY Mellon adjusted its financial results for the fourth quarter and full year ended Dec. 31, 2023 to include an additional $127 million pre-tax ($97 million after-tax) increase in noninterest expense related to a revised estimate of the FDIC special assessment as a result of new information published by the FDIC in February 2024 relating to an increase in their estimate of losses associated with the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank which are expected to impact the FDIC special assessment. See Note 27 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the adjustment to our previously reported 2023 financial results.

Summary of financial highlights

We reported net income applicable to common shareholders of $3.1 billion, or $3.87 per diluted common share, in 2023, including the negative impact of notable items. Notable items in 2023 include the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) special assessment, severance expense, the reduction in the fair value of a contingent

BNY Mellon 3

Results of Operations (continued)

consideration receivable related to a prior year divestiture, litigation reserves and net losses on disposals. Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $4.0 billion (Non-GAAP), or $5.05 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in 2023. In 2022, net income applicable to common shareholders of BNY Mellon was $2.4 billion, or $2.90 per diluted common share, including the negative impact of notable items. Notable items in 2022 include goodwill impairment in the Investment Management reporting unit, the net loss from repositioning the securities portfolio, severance expense, litigation reserves, the accelerated amortization of deferred costs for depositary receipts services related to Russia and net gains on disposals. Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $3.7 billion (Non-GAAP), or $4.59 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in 2022.

The highlights below are based on 2023 compared with 2022, unless otherwise noted.

•Total revenue increased 7%, primarily reflecting:

•Fee revenue decreased 1%, primarily reflecting lower foreign exchange volatility, the mix of AUM flows and the impact of a prior year divestiture, partially offset by the abatement of money market fee waivers, net new business and the accelerated amortization of deferred costs for depositary receipts services related to Russia in the first quarter of 2022. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 5.)

•Investment and other revenue increased primarily reflecting the net loss from repositioning the securities portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2022, partially offset by the reduction in the fair value of a contingent consideration receivable related to a prior year divestiture in the fourth quarter of 2023. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 5.)

•Net interest revenue increased 24%, primarily reflecting higher interest rates, partially offset by changes in balance sheet size and mix. (See “Net interest revenue” beginning on page 8.)

•The provision for credit losses was $119 million, primarily driven by reserve increases related to commercial real estate exposure and changes in the macroeconomic forecast. (See “Consolidated

balance sheet review – Allowance for credit losses” beginning on page 33.)

•Noninterest expense increased 2%, primarily reflecting the FDIC special assessment in the fourth quarter of 2023, higher investments and revenue-related expenses, as well as inflation, partially offset by the impacts of the goodwill impairment in the Investment Management reporting unit in the third quarter of 2022, efficiency savings and a prior year divestiture. Excluding notable items, noninterest expense increased 3% (Non-GAAP). (See “Noninterest expense” on page 11.)

•Effective tax rate of 19.6% in 2023. (See “Income taxes” on page 11.)

•Return on common equity (“ROE”) was 8.5% for 2023. Excluding notable items, the adjusted ROE was 11.1% (Non-GAAP) for 2023.

•Return on tangible common equity (“ROTCE”) was 16.6% (Non-GAAP) for 2023. Excluding notable items, the adjusted ROTCE was 21.6% (Non-GAAP) for 2023.

See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for reconciliations of the Non-GAAP measures.

Metrics

•AUC/A totaled $47.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023 compared with $44.3 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022. The 8% increase primarily reflects higher market values. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 5.)

•AUM totaled $2.0 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023 compared with $1.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022. The 8% increase primarily reflects higher market values and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows. (See “Review of business segments – Investment and Wealth Management business segment” beginning on page 17.)

Capital and liquidity

•Our CET1 ratio calculated under the Advanced Approaches was 11.5% at Dec. 31, 2023 and 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by capital generated through earnings and a net increase in accumulated other comprehensive income, partially offset by capital

4 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

deployed through common stock repurchases and dividends. (See “Capital” beginning on page 39.)

•Our Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.0% at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with 5.8% at Dec. 31, 2022. The

increase was driven by lower average assets. (See “Capital” beginning on page 39.)

Fee and other revenue

Fee and other revenue2023 vs.2022 vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20232022202120222021
Investment services fees$8,843$8,529$8,2844%3%
Investment management and performance fees (a)3,0583,2993,588(7)(8)
Foreign exchange revenue631822799(23)3
Financing-related fees19217519410(10)
Distribution and servicing fees1481301121416
Total fee revenue12,87212,95512,977(1)
Investment and other revenue285(82)336N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue$13,157$12,873$13,3132%(3)%
Fee revenue as a percentage of total revenue74%79%81%
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (b)$47.8$44.3$46.78%(5)%
AUM at period end (in billions) (c)$1,974$1,836$2,4348%(25)%

(a)    Excludes seed capital gains (losses) related to consolidated investment management funds.

(b)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Clearance and Collateral Management, Issuer Services, Pershing and Wealth Management lines of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023, $1.5 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021.

(c)    Excludes assets managed outside of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Fee revenue decreased 1% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting lower foreign exchange volatility, the mix of AUM flows and the impact of a prior year divestiture, partially offset by the abatement of money market fee waivers, net new business and the accelerated amortization of deferred costs for depositary receipts services related to Russia in the first quarter of 2022.

Investment and other revenue increased $367 million in 2023 compared with 2022, primarily reflecting the net loss from repositioning the securities portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2022, partially offset by the reduction in the fair value of a contingent consideration receivable related to a prior year divestiture in the fourth quarter of 2023.

Investment services fees

Investment services fees increased 4% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting the abatement of money market fee waivers, net new business, the accelerated amortization of deferred costs for depositary receipts services related to Russia recorded in the first quarter of 2022, higher clearance volumes and collateral management balances and higher fees on sweep

balances, partially offset by lower client activity, and lost business in Pershing.

AUC/A totaled $47.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023, an increase of 8% compared with Dec. 31, 2022, primarily reflecting higher market values. AUC/A consisted of 35% equity securities and 65% fixed-income securities at Dec. 31, 2023 and 33% equity securities and 67% fixed-income securities at Dec. 31, 2022.

See “Securities Services business segment” and “Market and Wealth Services business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details.

Investment management and performance fees

Investment management and performance fees decreased 7% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting the impact of a prior year divestiture and the mix of AUM flows, partially offset by the abatement of money market fee waivers. Performance fees were $81 million in 2023 and $75 million in 2022. On a constant currency basis (Non-GAAP), investment management and performance fees decreased 7% compared with 2022. See

BNY Mellon 5

Results of Operations (continued)

“Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of Non-GAAP measures.

AUM was $2.0 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023, an increase of 8% compared with Dec. 31, 2022, primarily reflecting higher market values and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows.

See “Investment and Wealth Management business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details regarding the drivers of investment management and performance fees, AUM and AUM flows.

Foreign exchange revenue

Foreign exchange revenue is primarily driven by the volume of client transactions and the spread realized on these transactions, both of which are impacted by market volatility, the impact of foreign currency hedging activities and foreign currency remeasurement gain (loss). In 2023, foreign exchange revenue decreased 23% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting lower volatility and volumes. Foreign exchange revenue is primarily reported in the Securities Services business segment and, to a lesser extent, the Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments and the Other segment.

Financing-related fees

Financing-related fees, which are primarily reported in the Market and Wealth Services and Securities Services business segments, include capital market fees, loan commitment fees and credit-related fees. Financing-related fees increased 10% in 2023 compared with 2022, primarily reflecting higher fees on commitments and standby letters of credit, partially offset by lower underwriting fees.

Distribution and servicing fees

Distribution and servicing fees earned from mutual funds are primarily based on average assets in the funds and the sales of funds that we manage or administer, and are primarily reported in the Investment Management business. These fees, which

include 12b-1 fees, fluctuate with the overall level of net sales, the relative mix of sales between share classes, the funds’ market values and money market fee waivers.

Distribution and servicing fees were $148 million in 2023 compared with $130 million in 2022, driven by the abatement of money market fee waivers. The impact of distribution and servicing fees on income in any one period is partially offset by distribution and servicing expense paid to other financial intermediaries to cover their costs for distribution and servicing of mutual funds. Distribution and servicing expense is recorded as noninterest expense on the income statement.

Investment and other revenue

Investment and other revenue includes income or loss from consolidated investment management funds, seed capital gains or losses, other trading revenue or loss, renewable energy investments losses, income from corporate and bank-owned life insurance contracts, other investment gains or losses, gains or losses from disposals, expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture, other income or loss and net securities gains or losses. The income or loss from consolidated investment management funds should be considered together with the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests, which reflects the portion of the consolidated funds for which we do not have an economic interest and is reflected below net income as a separate line item on the consolidated income statement. Other trading revenue or loss primarily includes the impact of market-risk hedging activity related to our seed capital investments in investment management funds, non-foreign currency derivative and fixed income trading, and other hedging activity. Investments in renewable energy generate losses in investment and other revenue that are more than offset by benefits and credits recorded to the provision for income taxes. Other investment gains or losses includes fair value changes of non-readily marketable strategic equity, private equity and other investments. Expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture relate to expenses incurred by BNY Mellon on behalf of the CIBC Mellon joint venture. Other income includes various miscellaneous revenues.

6 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table provides the components of investment and other revenue.

Investment and other revenue
(in millions)202320222021
Income (loss) from consolidated investment management funds$30$(42)$32
Seed capital gains (losses) (a)29(37)40
Other trading revenue2311496
Renewable energy investment (losses)(167)(164)(201)
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance118128140
Other investment gains (b)47159159
Disposal (losses) gains(6)2613
Expense reimbursements from joint venture11710896
Other (loss) income(46)3446
Net securities (losses) gains(68)(443)(c)5
Total investment and other revenue$285$(82)$336

(a)    Includes gains (losses) on investments in BNY Mellon funds which hedge deferred incentive awards.

(b)    Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

(c)    Includes a net loss of $449 million related to the repositioning of the securities portfolio.

Investment and other revenue was $285 million in 2023 compared with a loss of $82 million in 2022. The increase primarily reflects the net loss from repositioning the securities portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2022, partially offset by the reduction in the fair value of a contingent consideration receivable related to a prior year divestiture in the fourth quarter of 2023.

BNY Mellon 7

Results of Operations (continued)

Net interest revenue

Net interest revenue2023 vs.2022 vs.
(dollars in millions)20232022202120222021
Net interest revenue$4,345$3,504$2,61824%34%
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment21113N/MN/M
Net interest revenue on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis – Non-GAAP (a)$4,347$3,515$2,63124%34%
Average interest-earning assets$348,160$362,180$387,023(4)%(6)%
Net interest margin1.25%0.97%0.68%28bps29bps
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (a)1.25%0.97%0.68%28bps29bps

(a)    Net interest revenue (FTE) – Non-GAAP and net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP include the tax equivalent adjustments on tax-exempt income which allows for comparisons of amounts arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice. The adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income.

N/M – Not meaningful.

bps – basis points.

Net interest revenue increased 24% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting higher interest rates, partially offset by changes in the balance sheet size and mix.

Net interest margin increased 28 basis points compared with 2022. The increase primarily reflects the factors mentioned above.

Average interest-earning assets decreased 4% compared with 2022. The decrease primarily reflects lower securities and loan balances and interest-bearing deposits with banks, partially offset by higher interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks.

Average non-U.S. dollar deposits comprised approximately 25% of our average total deposits in 2023 and 2022. Approximately 45% of the average non-U.S. dollar deposits in 2023 and 40% in 2022 were euro-denominated.

Net interest revenue in 2024 will largely depend on the level and mix of client deposits. Based on market implied forward interest rates as of Dec. 31, 2023, we expect net interest revenue for 2024 to decrease when compared with 2023.

8 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Average balances and interest rates20232022
(dollars in millions)Average balanceInterestAverage rateAverage balanceInterestAverage rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks:
Domestic offices$59,492$3,0855.19%$46,270$8101.75%
Foreign offices44,4121,4563.2851,1722090.41
Total interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks103,9044,5414.3797,4421,0191.05
Interest-bearing deposits with banks13,6205233.8416,8262211.31
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)26,0777,14127.3824,9531,2004.81
Loans:
Domestic offices59,4873,6636.1662,6401,8783.00
Foreign offices4,6092535.495,1851212.33
Total loans (b)64,0963,9166.1167,8251,9992.95
Securities:
U.S. government obligations33,4341,0213.0540,5836071.49
U.S. government agency obligations60,5861,6952.8064,0411,1571.81
Other securities:
Domestic offices (c)17,1688034.6818,9796293.31
Foreign offices23,5056952.9626,2831540.59
Total other securities (c)40,6731,4983.6845,2627831.73
Total investment securities (c)134,6934,2143.13149,8862,5471.70
Trading securities (primarily domestic) (c)5,7703155.465,2481432.73
Total securities (c)140,4634,5293.22155,1342,6901.73
Total interest-earning assets (c)$348,160$20,6505.93%$362,180$7,1291.97%
Noninterest-earning assets58,79064,721
Total assets$406,950$426,901
Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Domestic offices$123,513$4,7033.81%$111,491$9800.88%
Foreign offices88,8292,4212.73101,9166070.60
Total interest-bearing deposits212,3427,1243.35213,4071,5870.74
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)20,5406,69932.6212,9409347.21
Trading liabilities3,3961564.603,432681.98
Other borrowed funds:
Domestic offices676446.4918174.12
Foreign offices42630.7432420.51
Total other borrowed funds1,102474.2750591.80
Commercial paper54.8152.06
Payables to customers and broker-dealers14,4495663.9117,1111560.91
Long-term debt31,0211,7115.5127,4488603.13
Total interest-bearing liabilities$282,855$16,3035.76%$274,848$3,6141.31%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits59,22785,652
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities24,10625,278
Total liabilities366,188385,778
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity40,70141,013
Noncontrolling interests61110
Total liabilities and equity$406,950$426,901
Net interest revenue (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)$4,347$3,515
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)1.25%0.97%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment211
Net interest revenue – GAAP$4,345$3,504
Net interest margin – GAAP1.25%0.97%
Percentage of assets attributable to foreign offices24%26%
Percentage of liabilities attributable to foreign offices27%30%

(a)    Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $111 billion in 2023 and $43 billion in 2022. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 5.22% for 2023 and 1.77% for 2022, and the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been 5.10% for 2023 and 1.67% for 2022. We believe providing the rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b)    Interest income includes fees of $1 million in 2023 and $2 million in 2022. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans; the associated income, which was recognized on a cash basis, is included in interest income.

(c)    Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21% for both 2023 and 2022.

(d)    See “Net interest revenue” on page 8 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

BNY Mellon 9

Results of Operations (continued)

Average balances and interest rates2021
(dollars in millions)Average balanceInterestAverage rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks:
Domestic offices$47,070$600.13%
Foreign offices66,276(137)(0.21)
Total interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks113,346(77)(0.07)
Interest-bearing deposits with banks20,757480.23
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)28,5301200.42
Loans:
Domestic offices55,0738921.62
Foreign offices5,741661.15
Total loans (b)60,8149581.58
Securities:
U.S. government obligations34,3832610.76
U.S. government agency obligations72,5529851.36
Other securities:
Domestic offices (c)19,7683871.95
Foreign offices30,1831230.41
Total other securities (c)49,9515101.02
Total investment securities (c)156,8861,7561.12
Trading securities (primarily domestic) (c)6,690530.80
Total securities (c)163,5761,8091.11
Total interest-earning assets (c)$387,023$2,8580.74%
Noninterest-earning assets65,209
Total assets$452,232
Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Domestic offices$124,716$(27)(0.02)%
Foreign offices112,493(148)(0.13)
Total interest-bearing deposits237,209(175)(0.07)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)13,716(4)(0.03)
Trading liabilities2,59080.31
Other borrowed funds:
Domestic offices16052.99
Foreign offices22331.48
Total other borrowed funds38382.11
Commercial paper30.07
Payables to customers and broker-dealers16,887(2)(0.01)
Long-term debt25,7883921.52
Total interest-bearing liabilities$296,576$2270.08%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits86,606
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities24,381
Total liabilities407,563
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity44,358
Noncontrolling interests311
Total liabilities and equity$452,232
Net interest revenue (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)$2,631
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)0.68%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment13
Net interest revenue – GAAP$2,618
Net interest margin – GAAP0.68%
Percentage of assets attributable to foreign offices (e)30%
Percentage of liabilities attributable to foreign offices (e)31%

(a)    Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $45 billion in 2021. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 0.16%, and the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been (0.01)% for 2021. We believe providing the rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b)    Interest income includes fees of $3 million in 2021. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans; the associated income, which was recognized on a cash basis, is included in interest income.

(c)    Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21% in 2021.

(d)    See “Net interest revenue” on page 8 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(e)    Includes the Cayman Islands branch office, which existed through August 2021.

10 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Noninterest expense

Noninterest expense2023 vs.2022 vs.
(dollars in millions)20232022202120222021
Staff$7,095$6,800$6,3374%7%
Software and equipment1,8171,6571,4781012
Professional, legal and other purchased services1,5271,5271,4595
Net occupancy54251449853
Sub-custodian and clearing475485505(2)(4)
Distribution and servicing353343298315
Business development1831521072042
Bank assessment charges788126133N/M(5)
Goodwill impairment680N/MN/M
Amortization of intangible assets576782(15)(18)
Other458659617(31)7
Total noninterest expense$13,295$13,010$11,5142%13%
Full-time employees at year-end53,40051,70049,1003%5%

Total noninterest expense increased 2% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting a $632 million accrual for the FDIC special assessment, higher investments and revenue-related expenses, as well as inflation, partially offset by the impacts of the 2022 goodwill impairment in the Investment Management reporting unit, efficiency savings and a prior year divestiture. Excluding notable items, noninterest expense increased 3% (Non-GAAP). The investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives are primarily included in staff, software and equipment, and professional, legal and other purchased services expenses. See “Supervision and Regulation – Deposit Insurance” on page 69 for information on the FDIC special assessment. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of the Non-GAAP measure.

We expect total noninterest expense for 2024 to decrease compared with 2023, primarily reflecting the impact of notable expense items recorded in 2023, including the FDIC special assessment, severance expense and litigation reserves. Excluding the impact of notable items, total noninterest expense is expected to be flat in 2024 compared with 2023.

Income taxes

BNY Mellon recorded an income tax provision of $800 million (19.6% effective tax rate) in 2023. The income tax provision was $768 million (23.1% effective tax rate) in 2022. Excluding notable items, the income tax provision was $930 million (19.1% effective tax rate) (Non-GAAP) in 2022. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of the Non-GAAP measure. For additional information on income taxes, see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY Mellon 11

Results of Operations (continued)

Review of business segments

We have an internal information system that produces performance data along product and service lines for our three principal business segments: Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, and the Other segment.

Business segment accounting principles

Our business segment data has been determined on an internal management basis of accounting, rather than the generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) used for consolidated financial reporting. These measurement principles are designed so that reported results of the business will track their economic performance.

For information on the accounting principles of our business segments, the primary products and services in each line of business, the primary types of revenue by line of business and how our business segments are presented and analyzed, see Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business segment results are subject to reclassification when organizational changes are made, or for refinements in revenue and expense allocation methodologies. Refinements are typically reflected on a prospective basis. There were no reclassification or organizational changes in 2023.

The results of our business segments may be influenced by client and other activities that vary by quarter. In the first quarter, long-term stock awards for retirement-eligible employees vest which increases staff expense. The timing of our annual employee merit increases also impacts staff expense. In 2023, the merit increase was effective at the beginning of the second quarter, compared with prior years when it was effective at the beginning of the third quarter. For 2024, the merit increase will be effective in March, thus partially impacting the first quarter and second quarter staff expense variances.

In the third quarter, volume-related fees may decline due to reduced client activity. In the fourth quarter, we typically incur higher business development and marketing expenses. In our Investment and Wealth Management business segment, performance fees are typically higher in the fourth and first quarters, as those quarters represent the end of the measurement period for many of the performance fee-eligible relationships.

The results of our business segments may also be impacted by the translation of financial results denominated in foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. On a consolidated basis and in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, we typically have more foreign currency-denominated expenses than revenues. However, our Investment and Wealth Management business segment typically has more foreign currency-denominated revenues than expenses. Overall, currency fluctuations impact the year-over-year growth rate in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment more than the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments. However, currency fluctuations, in isolation, are not expected to significantly impact net income on a consolidated basis.

Fee revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment, and to a lesser extent, the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, is impacted by the global market fluctuations. At Dec. 31, 2023, we estimated that a 5% change in global equity markets, spread evenly throughout the year, would impact fee revenue by less than 1% and diluted earnings per common share by $0.04 to $0.07.

See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the consolidating schedules which show the contribution of our business segments to our overall profitability.

12 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Securities Services business segment

2023 vs.2022 vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20232022202120222021
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Asset Servicing$3,898$3,918$3,876(1)%1%
Issuer Services1,1211,0091,06111(5)
Total investment services fees5,0194,9274,9372
Foreign exchange revenue488584574(16)2
Other fees (a)215202113679
Total fee revenue5,7225,7135,6242
Investment and other revenue333291194N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue6,0556,0045,81813
Net interest revenue2,5692,0281,4262742
Total revenue8,6248,0327,244711
Provision for credit losses998(134)N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)6,3456,2665,82018
Amortization of intangible assets313332(6)3
Total noninterest expense6,3766,2995,85218
Income before income taxes$2,149$1,725$1,52625%13%
Pre-tax operating margin25%21%21%
Securities lending revenue (b)$189$182$1734%5%
Total revenue by line of business:
Asset Servicing$6,638$6,323$5,6995%11%
Issuer Services1,9861,7091,5451611
Total revenue by line of business$8,624$8,032$7,2447%11%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$11,207$11,245$8,756%28%
Average deposits$168,411$183,990$200,482(8)%(8)%
Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)$34.2$31.4$34.69%(9)%
Market value of securities on loan at period end (in billions) (d)$450$449$447%%
Issuer Services:
Total debt serviced at period end (in trillions)$13.3$12.6$12.66%%
Number of sponsored Depositary Receipts programs at period end543589656(8)%(10)%

(a)    Other fees primarily includes financing-related fees.

(b)    Included in investment services fees reported in the Asset Servicing line of business.

(c)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Issuer Services line of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2023, $1.5 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021.

(d)    Represents the total amount of securities on loan in our agency securities lending program. Excludes securities for which BNY Mellon acts as agent on behalf of CIBC Mellon clients, which totaled $63 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, $68 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $71 billion at Dec. 31, 2021.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY Mellon 13

Results of Operations (continued)

Business segment description

The Securities Services business segment consists of two distinct lines of business, Asset Servicing and Issuer Services, which provide business solutions across the transaction lifecycle to our global asset owner and asset manager clients. We are one of the leading global investment services providers with $34.2 trillion of AUC/A at Dec. 31, 2023. For information on the drivers of the Securities Services fee revenue, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Asset Servicing business provides a comprehensive suite of solutions. We are one of the largest global custody, fund administrator and front-to-back outsourcing partners. We offer services for the safekeeping of assets in capital markets globally as well as fund accounting services, exchange-traded funds servicing, transfer agency, trust and depository, front-to-back capabilities as well as data and analytics solutions for our clients. We deliver foreign exchange, and securities lending and financing solutions, on both an agency and principal basis. Our agency securities lending program is one of the largest lenders of U.S. and non-U.S. securities, servicing a lendable asset pool of approximately $4.9 trillion in 34 separate markets. Our market-leading liquidity services portal enables cash investments for institutional clients and includes fund research and analytics.

Our Digital Asset Custody platform offers custody and administration services for Bitcoin and Ether for select U.S. institutional clients. Our Digital Assets Funds Services provides accounting and administration, transfer agency and ETF services to digital asset funds. We expect to continue developing our digital asset capabilities and to work closely with clients to address their evolving digital asset needs. As of and for the year ended Dec. 31, 2023, our Digital Asset Custody platform and related initiative had a de minimis impact on our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

The Issuer Services business includes Corporate Trust and Depositary Receipts. Our Corporate Trust business delivers a full range of issuer and related investor services, including trustee, paying

agency, fiduciary, escrow and other financial services. We are a leading provider to the debt capital markets, providing customized and market-driven solutions to investors, bondholders and lenders. Our Depositary Receipts business drives global investing by providing servicing and value-added solutions that enable, facilitate and enhance cross-border trading, clearing, settlement and ownership. We are one of the largest providers of depositary receipts services in the world, partnering with leading companies from more than 50 countries.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $34.2 trillion increased 9% compared with Dec. 31, 2022, primarily reflecting higher market values.

Total revenue of $8.6 billion increased 7% compared with 2022. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Asset Servicing revenue of $6.6 billion increased 5% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting higher net interest revenue, net new business and the abatement of money market fee waivers, partially offset by lower foreign exchange revenue and client activity.

Issuer Services revenue of $2.0 billion increased 16% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting higher net interest revenue, the accelerated amortization of deferred costs for depositary receipts services related to Russia recorded in 2022, net new business and the abatement of money market fee waivers.

Market and regulatory trends are driving investable assets toward lower fee asset management products at reduced margins for our clients. These dynamics are also negatively impacting our investment services fees. However, at the same time, these trends are providing additional outsourcing opportunities as clients and other market participants seek to comply with regulations and reduce their operating costs.

Noninterest expense of $6.4 billion increased 1% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting higher investments and the impact of inflation, partially offset by efficiency savings.

14 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Market and Wealth Services business segment

2023 vs.2022 vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20232022202120222021
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Pershing$2,007$1,908$1,7375%10%
Treasury Services6916896624
Clearance and Collateral Management1,090971918126
Total investment services fees3,7883,5683,31768
Foreign exchange revenue818888(8)
Other fees (a)2121761312034
Total fee revenue4,0813,8323,53668
Investment and other revenue634047N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue4,1443,8723,58378
Net interest revenue1,7121,4101,1582122
Total revenue5,8565,2824,7411111
Provision for credit losses417(67)N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)3,1912,9242,655910
Amortization of intangible assets6821(25)(62)
Total noninterest expense3,1972,9322,676910
Income before income taxes$2,618$2,343$2,13212%10%
Pre-tax operating margin45%44%45%
Total revenue by line of business:
Pershing$2,789$2,537$2,31410%10%
Treasury Services1,6111,4831,293915
Clearance and Collateral Management1,4561,2621,1341511
Total revenue by line of business$5,856$5,282$4,74111%11%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$37,502$41,300$38,344(9)%8%
Average deposits$85,785$91,749$102,948(7)%(11)%
Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (b)$13.3$12.7$11.85%8%
Pershing:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions)$2.5$2.3$2.69%(12)%
Net new assets (U.S. platform) (in billions) (c)$22$121$161N/MN/M
Average active clearing accounts (in thousands)7,9467,4837,2576%3%
Treasury Services:
Average daily U.S. dollar payment volumes236,696239,630235,971(1)%2%
Clearance and Collateral Management:
Average tri-party collateral management balances (in billions)$5,658$5,285$4,2607%24%

(a)    Other fees primarily include financing-related fees.

(b)    Consists of AUC/A from the Clearance and Collateral Management and Pershing businesses.

(c)    Net new assets represent net flows of assets (e.g., net cash deposits and net securities transfers, including dividends and interest) in customer accounts in Pershing LLC, a U.S. broker-dealer.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY Mellon 15

Results of Operations (continued)

Business segment description

The Market and Wealth Services business segment consists of three distinct lines of business, Pershing, Treasury Services and Clearance and Collateral Management, which provide business services and technology solutions to entities including financial institutions, corporations, foundations and endowments, public funds and government agencies. For information on the drivers of the Market and Wealth Services fee revenue, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pershing provides execution, clearing, custody, business and technology solutions, delivering operational support to broker-dealers, wealth managers and registered investment advisors (“RIAs”) globally.

Our Treasury Services business is a leading provider of global payments, liquidity management and trade finance services for financial institutions, corporations and the public sector.

Our Clearance and Collateral Management business clears and settles equity and fixed-income transactions globally and serves as custodian for tri-party repo collateral worldwide. We are the primary provider of U.S. government securities clearance and a provider of non-U.S. government securities clearance. Our collateral services include collateral management, administration and segregation. We offer innovative solutions and industry expertise which help financial institutions and institutional investors with their financing, risk and balance sheet challenges. We are a leading provider of tri-party collateral management services with an average of $5.7 trillion serviced

globally including approximately $4.6 trillion of the U.S. tri-party repo market at Dec. 31, 2023.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $13.3 trillion increased 5% compared with Dec. 31, 2022, primarily reflecting higher market values and net client inflows.

Total revenue of $5.9 billion increased 11% compared with 2022. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Pershing revenue of $2.8 billion increased 10% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting the abatement of money market fee waivers, higher net interest revenue and higher fees on sweep balances, partially offset by lower client activity and lost business. Net new assets of $22 billion in 2023 reflects the deconversion of a regional bank client that was acquired in May.

Treasury Services revenue of $1.6 billion increased 9% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting higher net interest revenue.

Clearance and Collateral Management revenue of $1.5 billion increased 15% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting higher net interest revenue, U.S. collateral management balances and U.S. government clearance volumes.

Noninterest expense of $3.2 billion increased 9% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting higher investments and revenue-related expenses, as well as the impact of inflation, partially offset by efficiency savings.

16 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Investment and Wealth Management business segment

2023 vs.2022 vs.
(dollars in millions)20232022202120222021
Revenue:
Investment management fees$2,971$3,215$3,483(8)%(8)%
Performance fees81751078(30)
Investment management and performance fees (a)3,0523,2903,590(7)(8)
Distribution and servicing fees2411921122671
Other fees (b)(214)(133)80N/MN/M
Total fee revenue3,0793,3493,782(8)(11)
Investment and other revenue (c)(102)(27)67N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue (c)2,9773,3223,849(10)(14)
Net interest revenue166228193(27)18
Total revenue3,1433,5504,042(11)(12)
Provision for credit losses(4)1(13)N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding goodwill impairment and amortization of intangible assets)2,7462,7952,796(2)
Goodwill impairment680N/MN/M
Amortization of intangible assets202629(23)(10)
Total noninterest expense2,7663,5012,825(21)24
Income before income taxes$381$48$1,230694%(d)(96)%(d)
Pre-tax operating margin12%1%30%
Adjusted pre-tax operating margin – Non-GAAP (e)14%(f)2%(f)33%
Total revenue by line of business:
Investment Management$2,068$2,390$2,834(13)%(16)%
Wealth Management1,0751,1601,208(7)(4)
Total revenue by line of business$3,143$3,550$4,042(11)%(12)%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$13,718$14,055$12,120(2)%16%
Average deposits$14,280$19,214$18,068(26)%6%

(a)    On a constant currency basis, investment management and performance fees decreased 7% (Non-GAAP) compared with 2022. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(b)    Other fees primarily includes investment services fees.

(c)    Investment and other revenue and total fee and other revenue are net of income attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds.

(d)    Excluding notable items, income before income taxes decreased 28% (Non-GAAP) in 2023 compared with 2022 and 39% (Non-GAAP) in 2022 compared with 2021. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

(e)    Net of distribution and servicing expense. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

(f)    Excluding notable items and net of distribution and servicing expense, the adjusted pre-tax operating margin was 19% (Non-GAAP) in 2023 and 24% (Non-GAAP) in 2022. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY Mellon 17

Results of Operations (continued)

AUM trends
(in billions)202320222021
AUM by product type (a):
Equity$145$135$187
Fixed income205198267
Index459395467
Liability-driven investments605570890
Multi-asset and alternative investments170153228
Cash390385395
Total AUM$1,974$1,836$2,434
Changes in AUM (a):
Beginning balance of AUM$1,836$2,434$2,211
Net inflows (outflows):
Long-term strategies:
Equity(12)(18)(12)
Fixed income(4)(21)17
Liability-driven investments127836
Multi-asset and alternative investments(9)(11)(2)
Total long-term active strategies (outflows) inflows(13)2839
Index(12)2(7)
Total long-term strategies (outflows) inflows(25)3032
Short-term strategies:
Cash5(12)70
Total net (outflows) inflows(20)18102
Net market impact121(471)143
Net currency impact37(113)(22)
Divestiture(32)
Ending balance of AUM$1,974$1,836$2,434
Wealth Management client assets (b)$312$269$321

(a)    Excludes assets managed outside of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

(b)    Includes AUM and AUC/A in the Wealth Management line of business.

Business segment description

Our Investment and Wealth Management business segment consists of two distinct lines of business, Investment Management and Wealth Management, which have a combined AUM of $2.0 trillion as of Dec. 31, 2023.

BNY Mellon Investment Management is a leading global asset manager and consists of seven specialist investment firms and a global distribution platform to deliver a diversified range of investment capabilities to institutional and retail clients globally.

Our Investment Management model provides specialist expertise from seven investment firms offering solutions across major asset classes, backed by the strength, scale and proven stewardship of BNY

Mellon. Each investment firm has its own individual culture, investment philosophy and proprietary investment process. This approach brings our clients clear, independent thinking from highly experienced investment professionals.

The investment firms offer a broad range of actively managed equity, fixed income, multi-asset and liability-driven investments, along with passive products and cash management. Our six majority-owned investment firms are as follows: ARX, Dreyfus, Insight Investment, Mellon, Newton Investment Management and Walter Scott. BNY Mellon owns a noncontrolling interest in Siguler Guff.

In November 2022, BNY Mellon sold Alcentra. As part of the sale agreement, Investment Management will continue to offer Alcentra’s capabilities in BNY Mellon’s sub-advised funds and in select regions via its global distribution platform. BNY Mellon continues to provide Alcentra with ongoing asset servicing support. Additionally, Investment Management exclusively distributes Alcentra products in Japan.

Investment Management has multiple global distribution entities, which are responsible for distributing the investment solutions developed and managed by the investment firms, as well as responsibility for management and distribution of our U.S. mutual funds, ETFs and certain offshore money market funds.

BNY Mellon Wealth Management provides investment management, custody, wealth and estate planning, private banking services, investment servicing and information management. BNY Mellon Wealth Management has $312 billion in client assets as of Dec. 31, 2023, and more than 30 offices in the U.S. and internationally.

Wealth Management clients include individuals, families and institutions. Institutions include family offices, charitable gift programs and endowments and foundations. We work with clients to build, manage and sustain wealth across generations and market cycles.

The wealth business differentiates itself with a comprehensive wealth management framework called Active Wealth that seeks to empower clients to build and sustain long-term wealth.

18 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The results of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment are driven by a blend of daily, monthly and quarterly AUM by product type. The overall level of AUM for a given period is determined by:

•the beginning level of AUM;

•the net flows of new assets during the period resulting from new business wins and existing client inflows, reduced by the loss of clients and existing client outflows; and

•the impact of market price appreciation or depreciation, foreign exchange rates and investment firm acquisitions or divestitures.

The mix of AUM is a result of the historical growth rates of equity and fixed income markets and the cumulative net flows of our investment firms as a result of client asset allocation decisions. Actively managed equity, multi-asset and alternative assets typically generate higher percentage fees than fixed-income and liability-driven investments and cash. Also, actively managed assets typically generate higher management fees than indexed or passively managed assets of the same type. Market and regulatory trends have resulted in increased demand for lower fee asset management products and for performance-based fees.

Investment management fees are dependent on the overall level and mix of AUM and the management fees expressed in basis points (one-hundredth of one percent) charged for managing those assets. Management fees are typically subject to fee schedules based on the overall level of assets managed for a single client or by individual asset class and style. This is most common for institutional clients where we typically manage substantial assets for individual accounts.

Performance fees are generally calculated as a percentage of a portfolio’s performance in excess of a benchmark index or a peer group’s performance.

A key driver of organic growth in investment management and performance fees is the amount of net new AUM flows. Overall market conditions are also key drivers, with a significant long-term economic driver being growth of global financial assets.

Net interest revenue is determined by loan and deposit volumes and the interest rate spread between customer rates and internal funds transfer rates on loans and deposits. Expenses in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment are mainly driven by staff and distribution and servicing expenses.

Review of financial results

AUM of $2.0 trillion increased 8% compared with Dec. 31, 2022, primarily reflecting higher market values and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows.

Net long-term strategy outflows were $25 billion in 2023, driven by outflows of equity, index and multi-asset and alternative investments, partially offset by inflows of liability-driven investments. Short-term strategy inflows were $5 billion in 2023.

Total revenue of $3.1 billion decreased 11% compared with 2022. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Investment Management revenue of $2.1 billion decreased 13% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting the reduction in the fair value of a contingent consideration receivable and the impact of the prior year divestiture, as well as the mix of AUM flows, partially offset the abatement of money market fee waivers and seed capital gains.

Wealth Management revenue of $1.1 billion decreased 7% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting changes in product mix and lower net interest revenue.

Revenue generated in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment included 33% from non-U.S. sources in 2023, compared with 35% in 2022.

Noninterest expense of $2.8 billion decreased 21% compared with 2022, primarily reflecting the goodwill impairment in the Investment Management reporting unit in 2022, the impact of a prior year divestiture and efficiency savings, partially offset by higher investments and revenue-related expenses, as well as inflation.

BNY Mellon 19

Results of Operations (continued)

Other segment

(in millions)202320222021
Fee revenue$(10)$61$36
Investment and other revenue(11)(373)15
Total fee and other revenue(21)(312)51
Net interest expense(102)(162)(159)
Total revenue(123)(474)(108)
Provision for credit losses(17)23(17)
Noninterest expense956278161
(Loss) before income taxes$(1,062)$(775)$(252)
Average loans and leases$1,669$1,225$1,594

Segment description

The Other segment primarily includes:

•the leasing portfolio;

•corporate treasury activities, including our securities portfolio;

•derivatives and other trading activity;

•corporate and bank-owned life insurance;

•renewable energy and other corporate investments; and

•certain business exits.

Revenue primarily reflects:

•net interest revenue (expense) and lease-related gains (losses) from leasing operations;

•net interest revenue (expense) and derivatives and other corporate treasury activities;

•other revenue from certain business exits;

•investment and other revenue from corporate and bank-owned life insurance, gains (losses) associated with investment securities and other assets, including renewable energy; and

•fee revenue from the elimination of the results of certain services provided between segments, which are also provided to third parties.

Expenses include:

•direct expenses supporting leasing, investing and funding activities; and

•expenses not directly attributable to Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management operations.

Review of financial results

Loss before taxes was $1.1 billion in 2023 compared with $775 million in 2022.

Investment and other revenue increased $362 million compared with 2022, primarily reflecting the net loss from repositioning the security portfolio recorded in 2022.

Noninterest expense increased $678 million compared with 2022, primarily driven by the FDIC special assessment.

International operations

Our primary international activities consist of asset servicing in our Securities Services business segment, global payment services in our Market and Wealth Services business segment and investment management in our Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

Our clients include central banks and sovereigns, financial institutions, asset managers, insurance companies, corporations, local authorities and high-net-worth individuals and family offices. Through our global network of offices, we have developed a deep understanding of local requirements and cultural needs, and we pride ourselves on providing dedicated service through our multilingual sales, marketing and client service teams.

At Dec. 31, 2023, approximately 55% of our total employees (full-time and part-time employees) were based outside the U.S., with approximately 11,000 employees in EMEA, approximately 18,400 employees in APAC and approximately 800 employees in other global locations, primarily Brazil.

We are a leading global asset manager. Our international operations managed 51% of BNY

20 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Mellon’s AUM at Dec. 31, 2023 and 53% at Dec. 31, 2022.

In Europe, we maintain capabilities to service Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities and alternative investment funds. We offer a full range of tailored solutions for investment companies, financial institutions and institutional investors across most European markets.

We are a provider of non-U.S. government securities, fixed income and equities clearance, settling securities transactions directly in European markets, and using a high-quality and established network of local agents in non-European markets.

We have extensive experience providing trade and cash services to financial institutions and central banks outside of the U.S. In addition, we offer a broad range of servicing and fiduciary products to financial institutions, corporations and central banks. In emerging markets, we lead with custody, global payments and issuer services, introducing other products as the markets mature. For more established markets, our focus is on global investment services.

We are also a full-service global provider of foreign exchange services, actively trading in over 100 of the world’s currencies. We serve clients from trading desks located in Europe, Asia and North America.

Our financial results, as well as our levels of AUC/A and AUM, are impacted by translation from foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. If the U.S. dollar depreciates against these currencies, the translation impact is a higher level of fee revenue, net interest revenue, noninterest expense and AUC/A and AUM. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar appreciates, the translated levels of fee revenue, net interest revenue, noninterest expense and AUC/A and AUM will be lower.

Foreign exchange ratesvs. U.S. dollar202320222021
Spot rate (at Dec. 31):
British pound$1.2749$1.2096$1.3543
Euro1.10461.07081.1373
Yearly average rate:
British pound$1.2432$1.2375$1.3755
Euro1.08131.05501.1994

International clients accounted for 36% of revenues in 2023 and 2022. Net income from international operations was $2.0 billion in 2023, compared with $1.7 billion in 2022.

In 2023, revenues from EMEA were $4.1 billion, compared with $4.0 billion in 2022. The 4% increase primarily reflects higher net interest revenue and net new business in the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments. The increase was partially offset by lower revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment. The decrease in revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment primarily reflects the impact of the prior year divestiture, mix of AUM flows and lower market values.

The Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments generated 60%, 21% and 19% of EMEA revenues, respectively. Net income from EMEA was $1.1 billion in 2023, compared with $880 million in 2022.

Revenues from APAC were $1.3 billion in 2023, compared with $1.1 billion in 2022. The 14% increase primarily reflects higher net interest revenue in the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments.

The Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments generated 56%, 32% and 12% of APAC revenues, respectively. Net income from APAC was $547 million in 2023, compared with $432 million in 2022.

For additional information regarding our international operations, including certain key subjective assumptions used in determining the results, see Note 25 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY Mellon 21

Results of Operations (continued)

Country risk exposure

The following table presents BNY Mellon’s top 10 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) as of Dec. 31, 2023, as well as certain countries with higher-risk profiles, and is presented on an internal risk management basis. We monitor our exposure to these and other countries as part of our internal country risk management process.

The country risk exposure below reflects the Company’s risk to an immediate default of the counterparty or obligor based on the country of residence of the entity which incurs the liability. If there is credit risk mitigation, the country of residence of the entity providing the risk mitigation is the country of risk. The country of risk for securities is generally based on the domicile of the issuer of the security.

Country risk exposure at Dec. 31, 2023Interest-bearing depositsTotal exposure
(in billions)Central banksBanksLending (a)Securities (b)Other (c)
Top 10 country exposure:
Germany$16.9$0.6$0.8$3.8$0.3$22.4
United Kingdom (“UK”)10.90.71.43.02.318.3
Belgium8.20.80.10.89.9
Canada1.30.13.91.26.5
Netherlands3.40.21.10.24.9
Japan1.20.80.10.40.32.8
Luxembourg0.11.40.11.22.8
South Korea0.12.00.10.52.7
Australia1.00.30.70.52.5
France0.11.90.52.5
Total Top 10 country exposure$40.8$5.2$6.5$15.8$7.0$75.3(d)
Select country exposure:
Brazil$$0.2$0.9$0.1$0.1$1.3
Russia0.4(e)0.4

(a)    Lending includes loans, acceptances, issued letters of credit, net of participations, and lending-related commitments.

(b)    Securities include both the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

(c)    Other exposure includes over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative and securities financing transactions, net of collateral.

(d)    The top 10 country exposure comprises approximately 70% of our total non-U.S. exposure.

(e)    Represents cash balances with exposure to Russia.

Events in recent years have resulted in increased focus on Brazil. The country risk exposure to Brazil is primarily short-term trade finance loans extended to large financial institutions. We also have operations in Brazil providing investment services and investment management services.

The war in Ukraine has increased our focus on Russia. The country risk exposure to Russia consists of cash balances related to our securities services businesses and may increase in the future to the extent cash is received for the benefit of our clients that is subject to distribution restrictions. BNY Mellon has ceased new banking business in Russia and suspended investment management purchases of Russian securities. At Dec. 31, 2023, less than 0.1% of our AUC/A and less than 0.01% of our AUM consisted of Russian securities. We will continue to work with multinational clients that depend on our custody and record keeping services to manage their exposures.

We are also monitoring our exposure to Israel as part of our internal country risk management process. At Dec. 31, 2023, our total exposure to Israel was $165 million and primarily consisted of investment grade short-term interest-bearing deposits and OTC derivatives maturing within six months.

Critical accounting estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain of these policies include critical accounting estimates which require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Our critical accounting estimates are those related to the allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangibles and litigation and regulatory contingencies. Management has discussed the

22 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with the Company’s Audit Committee.

Allowance for credit losses

The allowance for credit losses covers financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, including loans and lending-related commitments, held-to-maturity securities, certain securities financing transactions and deposits with banks. The allowance for credit losses is intended to adjust the carrying value of these assets by an estimated amount of credit losses that we expect to incur over the life of the asset. Similarly, the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments and other off-balance sheet financial instruments is meant to capture the credit losses that we expect to recognize in these portfolios as of the balance sheet date.

A quantitative methodology and qualitative framework is used to estimate the allowance for credit losses.

The quantitative component of our estimate uses models and methodologies that categorize financial assets based on product type, collateral type, and other credit trends and risk characteristics, including relevant information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions that affect the collectability of the recorded amounts. For the quantitative component, we segment portfolios into various major components including commercial loans and lease financing, commercial real estate, financial institutions, residential mortgages, and other. The segmentation of our debt securities portfolios is by major asset class and is influenced by whether the security is structured or non-structured (i.e., direct obligation), as well as the issuer type. The components of the credit loss calculation for each major portfolio or asset class include a probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default, as applicable, and their values depend on the forecast behavior of variables in the macroeconomic environment. We utilize a multi-scenario macroeconomic forecast which includes a weighting of three scenarios: a baseline and upside and downside scenarios and allows us to develop our estimate using a wide span of economic variables. Our baseline scenario reflects a view on likely performance of each global region and the other two scenarios are designed relative to the baseline

scenario. This approach incorporates a reasonable and supportable forecast period spanning the life of the asset, and includes both an initial estimated economic outlook component as well as a reversion component for each economic input variable. The length of each of the two components depends on the underlying financial instrument, scenario, and underlying economic input variable. In general, the initial economic outlook period for each economic input variable under each scenario ranges between several months and two years. The speed at which the scenario-specific forecasts revert to long-term historical mean is based on observed historical patterns of mean reversion at the economic variable input level that are reflected in our model parameter estimates. Certain macroeconomic variables such as unemployment or home prices take longer to revert after a contraction, though specific recovery times are scenario-specific. Reversion will usually take longer the further away the scenario-specific forecast is from the historical mean. On a quarterly basis, and within a developed governance structure, we update these scenarios for current economic conditions and may adjust the scenario weighting based on our economic outlook. The Company uses judgment to assess these economic conditions and loss data in determining the best estimate of the allowance for credit losses and these estimates are subject to periodic refinement based on changes to underlying external or Company-specific historical data.

In the quantitative component of our estimate, we measure expected credit losses using an individual evaluation method if the risk characteristics of the asset is no longer consistent with the portfolio or class of asset. For these assets, we do not employ the macroeconomic model calculation but consider factors such as payment status, collateral value, the obligor’s financial condition, guarantor support, the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due, and recovery expectations if they can be reasonably estimated. For loans, we measure the expected credit loss as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the present value of the expected future cash flows from the borrower which is generally discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral-dependent. We generally individually evaluate nonperforming loans as well as loans that have been or are anticipated to be modified given the risk characteristics of such loans.

BNY Mellon 23

Results of Operations (continued)

Available-for-sale debt securities are recorded at fair value. When an available-for-sale debt security is in an unrealized loss position, we employ a methodology to identify and estimate the credit loss portion of the unrealized loss position. The measurement of expected credit losses is performed at the security level and is based on our best single estimate of cash flows, on a discounted basis; however, we do not specifically employ the macroeconomic forecasting models and scenarios summarized above.

The qualitative component of our estimate for the allowance for credit losses is intended to capture expected losses that may not have been fully captured in the quantitative component. Through an established governance structure, management determines the qualitative allowance each period based on an evaluation of various internal and environmental factors which include: scenario weighting and sensitivity risk, credit concentration risk, economic conditions and other considerations. We have made and may continue to make adjustments for idiosyncratic risks.

To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs and recoveries.

Our allowance for credit losses is sensitive to a number of inputs, most notably the macroeconomic forecast assumptions that are incorporated into our estimate of credit losses through the expected life of the loan portfolio, as well as credit ratings assigned to each borrower. As the macroeconomic environment and related forecasts change, the allowance for credit losses may change materially. The following sensitivity analyses do not represent management’s expectations of the deterioration of our portfolios or the economic environment, but are provided as hypothetical scenarios to assess the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in key inputs. If commercial real estate property values were increased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade better, the quantitative allowance would have decreased by $47 million, and if commercial real estate property values were decreased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade worse, the quantitative allowance would have increased by $83 million. Our multi-scenario based macroeconomic forecast used in determining the Dec. 31, 2023 allowance for credit losses consisted of three

scenarios. The baseline scenario reflects slightly increasing GDP growth, stable unemployment and declining commercial real estate prices through the end of 2024. The upside scenario reflects faster GDP growth, declining unemployment through the second quarter of 2024 before moderating and higher commercial real estate prices compared with the baseline. The downside scenario contemplates negative GDP growth through the first quarter of 2024 with subsequent stabilization through the third quarter of 2024, as well as rapidly increasing unemployment through 2024 and sharply lower commercial real estate prices than the baseline. At Dec. 31, 2023, we placed the most weight on our downside scenario, followed by the baseline scenario, with the remaining weighting placed on the upside scenario. From a sensitivity perspective, at Dec. 31, 2023, if we had applied 100% weighting to the downside scenario, the quantitative allowance for credit losses would have been approximately $88 million higher.

See Notes 1 and 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the allowance for credit losses.

Goodwill and other intangibles

We initially record all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. Goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles are subsequently accounted for in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. The initial measurement of goodwill and intangibles requires judgment concerning estimates of the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities. Goodwill ($16.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2023) and indefinite-lived intangible assets ($2.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023) are not amortized but are subject to tests for impairment annually or more often if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not they may be impaired. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying value.

Goodwill

BNY Mellon’s business segments include six reporting units for which annual goodwill impairment

24 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

testing is performed. An interim goodwill impairment test is performed when events or circumstances occur that may indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit may be less than its carrying value.

The goodwill impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. However, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit were to exceed its estimated fair value, an impairment loss would be recorded for the difference.

In each quarter of 2023, we completed an interim goodwill impairment test of the Investment Management reporting unit, which had $6.1 billion of allocated goodwill as of Dec. 31, 2023. In all cases, we determined the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and no goodwill impairment was recorded.

For the Dec. 31, 2023 test, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately 5%. We determined the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit using an income approach based on management’s projections as of Dec. 31, 2023. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10.5%.

As of Dec. 31, 2023, if the discount rate applied to the estimated cash flows was increased or decreased by 25 basis points, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit would decrease or increase by 4%, respectively. Similarly, if the long-term growth rate was increased or decreased by 10 basis points, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit would increase or decrease by approximately 1%, respectively.

In the second quarter of 2023, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test on the remaining five reporting units using an income approach to estimate the fair values of each reporting unit. Estimated cash flows used in the income approach were based on management’s projections as of April 1, 2023. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10%.

As a result of the annual goodwill impairment test, no goodwill impairment was recognized. The fair values of the Company’s remaining five reporting units were substantially in excess of the respective reporting units’ carrying value.

Intangible assets

Key judgments in accounting for intangible assets include determining the useful life and classification between goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets or other amortizing intangible assets.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets ($2.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023) are evaluated for impairment at least annually by comparing their fair values, estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, to their carrying values. As a result of the annual evaluation, no impairment was recognized, however, a $698 million indefinite-lived intangible asset related to customer relationships in the Investment Management business exceeded its carrying value by approximately 7%.

Other amortizing intangible assets ($274 million at Dec. 31, 2023) are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. Such evaluation of other intangible assets would be initially based on undiscounted cash flow projections.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible assets is subject to uncertainty as it is reliant on estimates of cash flows that extend far into the future, and, by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such an extended time frame. In the future, changes in the assumptions or the discount rate could produce a material non-cash goodwill or intangible asset impairment.

See Notes 1 and 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding goodwill, intangible assets and the annual and interim impairment testing.

Litigation and regulatory contingencies

Significant estimates and judgments are required in establishing an accrued liability for litigation and regulatory contingencies. For additional information on our policy, see “Legal proceedings” in Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY Mellon 25

Results of Operations (continued)

Consolidated balance sheet review

One of our key risk management objectives is to maintain a balance sheet that remains strong throughout market cycles to meet the expectations of our major stakeholders, including our shareholders, clients, creditors and regulators.

We also seek to undertake overall liquidity risk, including intraday liquidity risk, that stays within our risk appetite. The objective of our balance sheet management strategy is to maintain a balance sheet that is characterized by strong liquidity and asset quality, ready access to external funding sources at competitive rates and a strong capital structure that supports our risk-taking activities and is adequate to absorb potential losses. In managing the balance sheet, appropriate consideration is given to balancing the competing needs of maintaining sufficient levels of liquidity and complying with applicable regulations and supervisory expectations while optimizing profitability.

At Dec. 31, 2023, total assets were $410 billion, compared with $406 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. The increase in total assets was primarily driven by higher interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, partially offset by lower securities and interest-bearing deposits with banks. Deposits totaled $284 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $279 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. The increase primarily reflects higher interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices and non-U.S. offices, partially offset by lower non-interest bearing deposits (principally U.S. offices). Total interest-bearing deposit liabilities as a percentage of total interest-earning assets were 66% at Dec. 31, 2023 and 58% at Dec. 31, 2022.

At Dec. 31, 2023, available funds totaled $158 billion and includes cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. This compares with available funds of $138 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. Total

available funds as a percentage of total assets were 38% at Dec. 31, 2023 and 34% at Dec. 31, 2022. For additional information on our available funds, see “Liquidity and dividends.”

Securities were $126 billion, or 31% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $143 billion, or 35% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2022. The decrease primarily reflects lower U.S. Treasury and non-U.S. government securities, partially offset by unrealized pre-tax gains. For additional information on our securities portfolio, see “Securities” and Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loans were $67 billion, or 16% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $66 billion, or 16% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2022. Increases in nearly all loan portfolios were partially offset by lower overdrafts and wealth management loans. For additional information on our loan portfolio, see “Loans” and Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-term debt totaled $31 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $30 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. The increase primarily reflects issuances, partially offset by maturities and repurchases. For additional information on long-term debt, see “Liquidity and dividends” and Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation total shareholders’ equity totaled $41 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and Dec. 31, 2022. For additional information, see “Capital” and Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Securities

In the discussion of our securities portfolio, we have included certain credit ratings information because the information can indicate the degree of credit risk to which we are exposed. Significant changes in ratings classifications could indicate increased credit risk for us and could be accompanied by an increase in the allowance for credit losses and/or a reduction in the fair value of our securities portfolio.

26 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table shows the distribution of our total securities portfolio.

Securities portfolioDec. 31, 20222023 change in unrealized gain (loss)Dec. 31, 2023Fair value as a % of amortizedcost (a)Unrealized gain (loss)% Floatingrate (b)Ratings (c)
BBB+/ BBB-BB+ and lower
(dollars in millions)Fair valueAmortizedcost (a)Fair valueAAA/ AA-A+/ A-Not rated
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”)$38,916$796$43,197$39,33391%$(3,864)21%100%%%%%
U.S. Treasury41,50362327,31626,47697(840)62100
Non-U.S. government (d)22,36134221,13520,54397(592)4294321
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”)11,86421411,60211,01095(592)45100
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)6,3001237,1257,119100(6)100100
U.S. government agencies6,1151377,1996,78094(419)42100
Foreign covered bonds (e)5,776936,4896,31797(172)57100
Non-agency commercial MBS3,054323,2452,99792(248)53100
Non-agency RMBS2,060241,9091,76692(143)4685366
Other asset-backed securities (“ABS”)1,319411,02694392(83)18100
Other24131188(2)100
Total securities$139,292(f)$2,425$130,256$123,295(f)95%$(6,961)(f)(g)44%99%1%%%%

(a)    Amortized cost reflects historical impairments, and is net of the allowance for credit losses.

(b)    Includes the impact of hedges.

(c)    Represents ratings by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or the equivalent.

(d)    Includes supranational securities. Primarily consists of exposure to Germany, France, UK, Canada, the Netherlands and Belgium.

(e)    Primarily consists of exposure to Canada, UK, Australia, Germany, Singapore and Norway.

(f)    Includes net unrealized gains on derivatives hedging securities available-for-sale (including terminated hedges) of $2,678 million at Dec. 31, 2022 and net unrealized gain (including terminated hedges) of $1,767 million at Dec. 31, 2023.

(g)    At Dec. 31, 2023, includes pre-tax net unrealized losses of $2,094 million related to available-for-sale securities, net of hedges, and $4,867 related to held-to-maturity securities. The after-tax unrealized losses, net of hedges, related to available-for-sale securities is $1,580 million and the after-tax equivalent related to held-to-maturity securities is $3,711 million.

The fair value of our securities portfolio, including related hedges, was $123.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $139.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. The decrease primarily reflects lower U.S. Treasury and non-U.S. government securities, partially offset by unrealized pre-tax gains.

At Dec. 31, 2023, the securities portfolio had a net unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, of $7.0 billion, compared with $9.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. The decrease in the unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, primarily reflects securities moving closer to maturity.

The fair value of the available-for-sale securities totaled $78.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, net of hedges, or 64% of the securities portfolio, net of hedges. The fair value of the held-to-maturity securities totaled $44.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, or 36% of the securities portfolio, net of hedges.

The unrealized loss (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $1.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $2.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. Net unrealized loss, including the

impact of hedges, decreased as securities moved closer to maturity.

At Dec. 31, 2023, 99% of the securities in our portfolio were rated AAA/AA-, unchanged compared with Dec. 31, 2022.

See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the pre-tax net securities gains (losses) by security type. See Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for securities by level in the fair value hierarchy.

The following table presents the amortizable purchase premium (net of discount) and net amortization related to the securities portfolio.

Amortizable purchase premium (net of discount) and net amortization of securities (a)
(in millions)202320222021
Amortizable purchase premium, net of discount$821$1,109$1,863
Net amortization$167$362$655

(a)    Amortization of purchase premium decreases net interest revenue while accretion of discount increases net interest revenue. Both are recorded on a level yield basis.

BNY Mellon 27

Results of Operations (continued)

Equity investments

We have several equity investments recorded in other assets. These include equity method investments, including renewable energy, investments in qualified affordable housing projects, Federal Reserve Bank stock, seed capital and other investments. The following table presents the carrying values at Dec. 31, 2023 and Dec. 31, 2022.

Equity investmentsDec. 31,
(in millions)20232022
Renewable energy investments$1,049$871
Qualified affordable housing project investments1,2131,298
Equity method investments:
CIBC Mellon607545
Siguler Guff234242
Other3216
Total equity method investments873803
Federal Reserve Bank stock480478
Other equity investments (a)741695
Seed capital (b)232218
Federal Home Loan Bank stock76
Total equity investments$4,595$4,369

(a)    Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

(b)    Includes investments in BNY Mellon funds which hedge deferred incentive awards.

For additional information on certain seed capital investments and our private equity investments, see “Investments valued using net asset value (“NAV”) per share” in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Renewable energy investments

We invest in renewable energy projects to receive an expected after-tax return, which consists of allocated renewable energy tax credits, tax deductions and cash distributions based on the operations of the project. The pre-tax losses on these investments are recorded in investment and other revenue on the consolidated income statement. The corresponding tax benefits and credits are recorded to the provision for income taxes on the consolidated income statement.

Loans

Total exposure – consolidatedDec. 31, 2023Dec. 31, 2022
(in billions)LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposureLoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Financial institutions$10.5$29.2$39.7$9.7$31.7$41.4
Commercial2.111.413.51.711.713.4
Wealth management loans9.10.59.610.30.610.9
Wealth management mortgages9.10.39.49.00.29.2
Commercial real estate6.83.410.26.23.910.1
Lease financings0.60.60.70.7
Other residential mortgages1.21.20.40.4
Overdrafts3.13.14.84.8
Capital call financing3.73.67.33.43.56.9
Other2.72.73.03.0
Margin loans18.018.016.916.9
Total$66.9$48.4$115.3$66.1$51.6$117.7

At Dec. 31, 2023, total lending-related exposure was $115.3 billion, a decrease of 2% compared with Dec. 31, 2022, primarily reflecting lower exposure in the financial institutions portfolio, lower overdrafts and lower exposure in the wealth management loans portfolio, partially offset by higher margin loans and other residential mortgage loans.

Our financial institutions and commercial portfolios comprise our largest concentrated risk. These portfolios comprised 46% of our total exposure at Dec. 31, 2023 and 47% at Dec. 31, 2022. Additionally, most of our overdrafts relate to financial institutions.

28 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Financial institutions

The financial institutions portfolio is shown below.

Financial institutionsportfolio exposure(dollars in billions)Dec. 31, 2023Dec. 31, 2022
LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure% Inv. grade% due 1 yr.LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Securities industry$2.3$14.8$17.191%96%$1.6$17.5$19.1
Asset managers1.48.09.497811.67.69.2
Banks6.41.47.884966.11.57.6
Insurance0.13.94.0100130.13.83.9
Government0.20.2100430.20.2
Other0.30.91.298470.31.11.4
Total$10.5$29.2$39.792%83%$9.7$31.7$41.4

The financial institutions portfolio exposure was $39.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, a decrease of 4% compared with Dec. 31, 2022, primarily reflecting lower exposure in the securities industry portfolio.

Financial institution exposures are high-quality, with 92% of the exposures meeting the investment grade equivalent criteria of our internal credit rating classification at Dec. 31, 2023. Each customer is assigned an internal credit rating, which is mapped to an equivalent external rating agency grade based upon a number of dimensions, which are continually evaluated and may change over time. For ratings of non-U.S. counterparties, our internal credit rating is generally capped at a rating equivalent to the sovereign rating of the country where the counterparty resides, regardless of the internal credit rating assigned to the counterparty or the underlying collateral.

The exposure to financial institutions is generally short-term, with 83% of the exposures expiring within one year. At Dec. 31, 2023, 19% of the exposure to financial institutions had an expiration within 90 days, compared with 17% at Dec. 31, 2022.

In addition, 62% of the financial institutions exposure is secured at Dec. 31, 2023. For example, securities

industry clients and asset managers often borrow against marketable securities held in custody.

At Dec. 31, 2023, the secured intraday credit provided to dealers in connection with their tri-party repo activity totaled $13.5 billion and was included in the securities industry portfolio. Dealers secure the outstanding intraday credit with high-quality liquid collateral having a market value in excess of the amount of the outstanding credit. Secured intraday credit facilities represent 34% of the exposure in the financial institutions portfolio and are reviewed and reapproved annually.

The asset managers portfolio exposure is high-quality, with 97% of the exposures meeting our investment grade equivalent ratings criteria as of Dec. 31, 2023. These exposures are generally short-term liquidity facilities, with the majority to regulated mutual funds.

Our banks portfolio exposure primarily relates to our global trade finance. These exposures are short-term in nature, with 96% due in less than one year. The investment grade percentage of our banks exposure was 84% at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with 86% at Dec. 31, 2022. Our non-investment grade exposures are primarily trade finance loans in Brazil.

BNY Mellon 29

Results of Operations (continued)

Commercial

The commercial portfolio is presented below.

Commercial portfolio exposureDec. 31, 2023Dec. 31, 2022
(dollars in billions)LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure% Inv. grade% due 1 yr.LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Services and other$1.2$3.4$4.698%41%$0.8$3.2$4.0
Manufacturing0.53.64.196190.54.14.6
Energy and utilities0.43.74.18960.33.74.0
Media and telecom0.70.78830.10.70.8
Total$2.1$11.4$13.594%22%$1.7$11.7$13.4

The commercial portfolio exposure was $13.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, an increase of 1% from Dec. 31, 2022, primarily driven by higher exposure in the services and other portfolios, partially offset by lower exposure in the manufacturing portfolio.

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients that are active users of our non-credit services. The following table summarizes the percentage of the financial institutions and commercial portfolio exposures that are investment grade.

Investment grade percentagesDec. 31,
202320222021
Financial institutions92%95%96%
Commercial94%95%94%

Wealth management loans

Our wealth management loan exposure was $9.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $10.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. Wealth management loans primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth

individuals, a majority of which are secured by the customers’ investment management accounts or custody accounts.

Wealth management mortgages

Our wealth management mortgage exposure was $9.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $9.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. Wealth management mortgages primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth individuals, which are secured by residential property. Wealth management mortgages are primarily interest-only, adjustable-rate mortgages with a weighted-average loan-to-value ratio of 61% at origination. Less than 1% of the mortgages were past due at Dec. 31, 2023.

At Dec. 31, 2023, the wealth management mortgage portfolio consisted of the following geographic concentrations: California – 21%; New York – 14%; Florida – 11%; Massachusetts – 8%; and other – 46%.

30 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Commercial real estate

The composition of the commercial real estate portfolio by asset class, including percentage secured, is presented below.

Composition of commercial real estate portfolio by asset classDec. 31, 2023Dec. 31, 2022
Total exposurePercentagesecured (a)Total exposurePercentagesecured (a)
(dollars in billions)
Residential$4.388%$4.185%
Office2.6742.875
Retail0.8630.958
Mixed-use0.8310.833
Hotels0.6400.642
Healthcare0.5570.449
Other0.6710.566
Total commercial real estate$10.273%$10.171%

(a)    Represents the percentage of secured exposure in each asset class.

Our commercial real estate exposure totaled $10.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $10.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. Our income-producing commercial real estate facilities are focused on experienced owners and are structured with moderate leverage based on existing cash flows. Our commercial real estate lending activities also include construction and renovation facilities. Our client base consists of experienced developers and long-term holders of real estate assets. Loans are approved on the basis of existing or projected cash flows and supported by appraisals and knowledge of local market conditions. Development loans are structured with moderate leverage, and in many instances, involve some level of recourse to the developer.

At Dec. 31, 2023, the unsecured portfolio consisted of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and real estate operating companies, which are both primarily investment grade.

At Dec. 31, 2023, our commercial real estate portfolio consisted of the following concentrations: New York metro – 36%; REITs and real estate operating companies – 27%; and other – 37%.

Lease financings

The lease financings portfolio exposure totaled $599 million at Dec. 31, 2023 and $657 million at Dec. 31, 2022. At Dec. 31, 2023, nearly all of leasing exposure was investment grade, or investment grade equivalent, and primarily consisted of exposures backed by well-diversified assets, primarily real estate and large-ticket transportation equipment.

Assets are both domestic and foreign-based, with primary concentrations in Germany and the U.S.

Other residential mortgages

The other residential mortgages portfolio primarily consists of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and totaled $1.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $345 million at Dec. 31, 2022.

Overdrafts

Overdrafts primarily relate to custody and securities clearance clients and are generally repaid within two business days.

Capital call financing

Capital call financing includes loans to private equity funds that are secured by the fund investors’ capital commitments and the funds’ right to call capital.

Other loans

Other loans primarily include loans to consumers that are fully collateralized with equities, mutual funds and fixed-income securities.

Margin loans

Margin loan exposure of $18.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $16.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 was collateralized with marketable securities. Borrowers are required to maintain a daily collateral margin in excess of 100% of the value of the loan. Margin

BNY Mellon 31

Results of Operations (continued)

loans included $7 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $6 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 related to a term loan

program that offers fully collateralized loans to broker-dealers.

Maturity of loan portfolio

The following table shows the maturity structure of our loan portfolio.

Maturity of loan portfolio at Dec. 31, 2023Within 1 yearBetween 1 and 5 yearsBetween 5 and 15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
(in millions)
Commercial$1,472$579$61$$2,112
Commercial real estate1,7083,9091,1436,760
Financial institutions8,9531,56810,521
Lease financings1258340599
Wealth management loans8,6342732029,109
Wealth management mortgages203758,7369,131
Other residential mortgages51371,0241,166
Overdrafts3,0533,053
Capital call financing2,4691,2313,700
Other2,71252,717
Margin loans17,9832818,011
Total$46,985$7,876$2,258$9,760$66,879

Interest rate characteristic

The following table shows the interest rate characteristic of loans maturing after one year.

Interest rate characteristic of loan portfolio maturing 1 year at Dec. 31, 2023
(in millions)Fixed ratesFloating ratesTotal
Commercial$61$579$640
Commercial real estate1124,9405,052
Financial institutions1,5681,568
Lease financings598598
Wealth management loans10465475
Wealth management mortgages3,8215,3109,131
Other residential mortgages1,142241,166
Capital call financing1,2311,231
Other55
Margin Loans2828
Total$5,744$14,150$19,894

32 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Allowance for credit losses

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients who are active users of our non-credit services. Our primary exposure to the credit risk of a customer consists of funded loans, unfunded contractual commitments to lend, standby letters of credit and overdrafts associated with our custody and securities clearance businesses.

The following table presents the changes in our allowance for credit losses.

Allowance for credit losses activity20232022
(dollars in millions)
Beginning balance of allowance for credit losses$292$260
Provision for credit losses11939
Charge-offs:
Loans:
Other residential mortgages(3)
Other financial instruments(2)(11)
Total charge-offs(5)(11)
Recoveries:
Loans:
Commercial1
Other residential mortgages24
Other5
Other financial instruments
Total recoveries84
Net recoveries (charge-offs)3(7)
Ending balance of allowance for credit losses$414292
Allowance for loan losses$303$176
Allowance for lending-related commitments8778
Allowance for financial instruments (a)2438
Total allowance for credit losses$414$292
Total loans$66,879$66,063
Average loans outstanding$64,096$67,825
Net recoveries (charge-offs) of loans to average loans outstanding%(0.01)%
Net recoveries (charge-offs) of loans to total allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments0.77(2.76)
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans0.450.27
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments as a percentage of total loans0.580.38
Net (charge-offs) to average loans by loan category: (b)
Other residential mortgages:(0.11)%N/A
Net (charge-offs) during the year$(1)N/A
Average loans outstanding$908(b)N/A

(a)    Includes allowance for credit losses on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities, accounts receivable, cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with banks.

(b)    Average loans based on month-end balances.

N/A – Not applicable. There were no net charge-offs in 2022.

The provision for credit losses was $119 million in 2023, primarily driven by reserve increases related to commercial real estate exposure and changes in the macroeconomic forecast.

The allowance for loan losses and allowance for lending-related commitments represent

management’s estimate of lifetime expected losses in our credit portfolio. This evaluation process is subject to numerous estimates and judgments. To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs.

BNY Mellon 33

Results of Operations (continued)

Based on an evaluation of the allowance for credit losses as discussed in “Critical accounting estimates” and Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we have allocated our allowance for loans and lending-related commitments as presented below.

Allocation of allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments (a)
Dec. 31,
20232022
(dollars in millions)$%$%
Commercial real estate$32583%$18472%
Commercial277187
Financial institutions194249
Wealth management mortgages92125
Other residential mortgages4183
Capital call financing4162
Wealth management loans1111
Lease financings1111
Total$390100%$254100%

(a)    The allowance allocated to margins loans, overdrafts and other loans was insignificant at both Dec. 31, 2023 and Dec. 31, 2022. We have rarely suffered a loss on these types of loans.

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is inherently judgmental, and the entire allowance for credit losses is available to absorb credit losses regardless of the nature of the losses.

Nonperforming assets

The table below presents our nonperforming assets.

Nonperforming assetsDec. 31,
(dollars in millions)20232022
Nonperforming loans:
Commercial real estate$189$54
Other residential mortgages2431
Wealth management mortgages1922
Total nonperforming loans232107
Other assets owned52
Total nonperforming assets$237$109
Nonperforming assets ratio0.35%0.16%
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming loans130.6164.5
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming assets127.8161.5
Allowance for credit losses/nonperforming loans168.1237.4
Allowance for credit losses/nonperforming assets164.6233.0

Nonperforming assets increased $128 million in 2023 compared with 2022, primarily reflecting higher nonperforming commercial real estate loans.

See “Nonperforming assets” in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for our policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status.

Deposits

We receive client deposits through the businesses in the Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management segments and we rely on those deposits as a low-cost and stable source of funding.

Total deposits were $283.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, an increase of 2%, compared with $279.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. The increase primarily reflects higher interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices and non-U.S. offices, partially offset by lower non-interest bearing deposits (principally U.S. offices).

Noninterest-bearing deposits were $58.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $78.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, reflecting client activity. Interest-bearing deposits were primarily demand deposits and totaled $225.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $201.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2022.

The aggregate amount of deposits by foreign customers in domestic offices was $55.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $61.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2022.

Deposits in foreign offices totaled $96.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $98.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. These deposits were primarily overnight deposits.

Uninsured deposits are the portion of domestic deposits accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit. Uninsured deposits in domestic deposit accounts are generally demand deposits and totaled $168.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $156.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2022.

34 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table presents the amount of uninsured domestic and foreign time deposits disaggregated by time remaining until maturity.

Uninsured time deposits at Dec. 31, 2023
(in millions)DomesticForeign
Less than 3 months$331$661
3 to 6 months1615
6-12 months1549
Over 12 months1
Total$647$675

Short-term borrowings

We fund ourselves primarily through deposits and, to a lesser extent, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, payables to customers and broker-dealers, commercial paper and other borrowed funds. Certain short-term borrowings, for example, securities sold under repurchase agreements, require the delivery of securities as collateral.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements include repurchase agreement activity with the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”), where we record interest expense on a gross basis, but the ending and average balances reflect the impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements. This activity primarily relates to government securities collateralized resale and repurchase agreements executed with clients that are novated to and settle with the FICC.

Payables to customers and broker-dealers represent funds awaiting reinvestment and short sale proceeds payable on demand. Payables to customers and broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

The Bank of New York Mellon may issue commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment.

Other borrowed funds primarily include borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank, overdrafts of sub-custodian account balances in our Securities Services businesses, finance lease liabilities and borrowings under lines of credit by our Pershing subsidiaries. Overdrafts typically relate to timing differences for settlements.

Liquidity and dividends

BNY Mellon defines liquidity as the ability of the Parent and its subsidiaries to access funding or convert assets to cash quickly and efficiently, or to roll over or issue new debt, especially during periods of market stress, at a reasonable cost, and in order to meet its short-term (up to one year) obligations. Funding liquidity risk is the risk that BNY Mellon cannot meet its cash and collateral obligations at a reasonable cost for both expected and unexpected cash flow and collateral needs without adversely affecting daily operations or our financial condition. Funding liquidity risk can arise from funding mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets into cash, the inability to hold or raise cash, low overnight deposits, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.

Changes in economic conditions or exposure to credit, market, operational, legal and reputational risks also can affect BNY Mellon’s liquidity risk profile and are considered in our liquidity risk framework. For additional information, see “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk.”

The Parent’s policy is to have access to sufficient unencumbered cash and cash equivalents at each quarter-end to cover maturities and other forecasted debt redemptions, net interest payments and net tax payments for the following 18-month period, and to provide sufficient collateral to satisfy transactions subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.

We monitor and control liquidity exposures and funding needs within and across significant legal entities, branches, currencies and business lines, taking into account, among other factors, any applicable restrictions on the transfer of liquidity among entities.

BNY Mellon also manages potential intraday liquidity risks. We monitor and manage intraday liquidity against existing and expected intraday liquid resources (such as cash balances, remaining intraday credit capacity, intraday contingency funding and available collateral) to enable BNY Mellon to meet its intraday obligations under normal and reasonably severe stressed conditions.

BNY Mellon 35

Results of Operations (continued)

We define available funds for internal liquidity management purposes as cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. The following table presents our total available funds at period end and on an average basis.

Available fundsDec. 31, 2023Dec. 31, 2022Average
(dollars in millions)202320222021
Cash and due from banks$4,922$5,030$5,287$5,542$5,922
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks111,55091,655103,90497,442113,346
Interest-bearing deposits with banks12,13917,16913,62016,82620,757
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements28,90024,29826,07724,95328,530
Total available funds$157,511$138,152$148,888$144,763$168,555
Total available funds as a percentage of total assets38%34%37%34%37%

Total available funds were $157.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $138.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. The increase was primarily due to higher interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, partially offset by lower interest-bearing deposits with banks.

Average non-core sources of funds, such as federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, trading liabilities, other borrowed funds and commercial paper, were $25.0 billion for 2023 and $16.9 billion for 2022. The increase primarily reflects higher federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds.

Average interest-bearing domestic deposits were $123.5 billion for 2023 and $111.5 billion for 2022.

Average foreign deposits, primarily from our European-based businesses included in the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services segments, were $88.8 billion for 2023, compared with $101.9 billion for 2022. The decrease primarily reflects client activity.

Average payables to customers and broker-dealers were $14.4 billion for 2023 and $17.1 billion for

2022. Payables to customers and broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

Average long-term debt was $31.0 billion for 2023 and $27.4 billion for 2022.

Average noninterest-bearing deposits decreased to $59.2 billion for 2023 from $85.7 billion for 2022, primarily reflecting client activity.

A significant reduction of client activity in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments would reduce our access to deposits. See “Asset/liability management” for additional factors that could impact our deposit balances.

Sources of liquidity

The Parent’s major sources of liquidity are access to the debt and equity markets, dividends from its subsidiaries, and cash on hand and cash otherwise made available in business-as-usual circumstances to the Parent through a committed credit facility with our intermediate holding company (“IHC”).

36 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Our ability to access the capital markets on favorable terms, or at all, is partially dependent on our credit ratings, which are as follows:

Credit ratings at Dec. 31, 2023
Moody’sS&PFitchDBRS
Parent:
Long-term senior debtA1AAA-AA
Subordinated debtA2A-AAA (low)
Preferred stockBaa1BBBBBB+A
Outlook – ParentPositiveStableStableStable
The Bank of New York Mellon:
Long-term senior debtAa2AA-AAAA (high)
Subordinated debtNRANRNR
Long-term depositsAa1AA-AA+AA (high)
Short-term depositsP-1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
Commercial paperP-1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
BNY Mellon, N.A.:
Long-term senior debtAa2(a)AA-AA(a)AA (high)
Long-term depositsAa1AA-AA+AA (high)
Short-term depositsP-1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
Outlook – BanksNegative (multiple)(b)StableStableStable

(a)    Represents senior debt issuer default rating.

(b)    Positive outlook on long-term senior debt ratings. Negative outlook on long-term deposits ratings. Positive outlook on senior unsecured rating for The Bank of New York Mellon.

NR – Not rated.

In November 2023, Moody’s Investor Service (“Moody’s”) confirmed the long-term issuer ratings, debt ratings, counterparty risk ratings and counterparty risk assessments of the Parent and our rated subsidiaries. Following the confirmation, the rating outlook for the Parent and The Bank of New York Mellon’s issuer and senior unsecured ratings is positive. In August 2023, Moody’s affirmed all Prime-1 short-term ratings of the Parent and rated subsidiaries as well as the long-term deposit ratings for The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A.

Long-term debt totaled $31.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $30.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. Issuances of $6.5 billion and an increase in the fair value of hedged long-term debt were partially offset by maturities and repurchases of $6.1 billion. The Parent has $4.9 billion of long-term debt that will mature in 2024.

The following table presents the long-term debt issued in 2023.

Debt issuances
(in millions)2023
4.947% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2027$1,500
6.474% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 20341,100
4.967% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 20341,000
6.317% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2029900
4.706% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2034750
4.543% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2029750
5.148% fixed-to-floating callable senior bank notes due 2026500
Total debt issuances$6,500

In December 2023, the Parent redeemed all outstanding shares of its Series D Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. See Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Parent’s preferred stock.

The Bank of New York Mellon may issue notes and CDs. At Dec. 31, 2023 and Dec. 31, 2022, $1.3 billion and $780 million, respectively, of notes were outstanding. At Dec. 31, 2023 and Dec. 31, 2022, $397 million and $122 million of CDs were outstanding, respectively.

BNY Mellon 37

Results of Operations (continued)

The Bank of New York Mellon also issues commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment. There was no commercial paper outstanding at Dec. 31, 2023 and Dec. 31, 2022. The average commercial paper outstanding was $5 million for 2023 and 2022.

Subsequent to Dec. 31, 2023, our U.S. bank subsidiaries could declare dividends to the Parent of approximately $1.7 billion, without the need for a regulatory waiver. In addition, at Dec. 31, 2023, non-bank subsidiaries of the Parent had liquid assets of approximately $3.2 billion. Restrictions on our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries are discussed in more detail in “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Planning and Stress Testing – Payment of Dividends, Stock Repurchases and Other Capital Distributions” and in Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pershing LLC has one uncommitted line of credit in place for liquidity purposes which is guaranteed by the Parent for $300 million. Average borrowings under this line were less than $1 million in 2023. Pershing Limited, an indirect UK-based subsidiary of BNY Mellon, has two separate uncommitted lines of credit amounting to $261 million in aggregate. Average borrowings under these lines were $16 million, in aggregate, in 2023.

The double leverage ratio is the ratio of our equity investment in subsidiaries divided by our consolidated Parent company equity, which includes our noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. In short, the double leverage ratio measures the extent to which equity in subsidiaries is financed by Parent company debt. As the double leverage ratio increases, this can reflect greater demands on a company’s cash flows in order to service interest payments and debt maturities. BNY Mellon’s double leverage ratio is managed in a range considering the high level of unencumbered available liquid assets held in its principal subsidiaries (such as central bank deposit placements and government securities), the Company’s cash generating fee-based business model, with fee revenue representing 74% of total revenue in 2023, and the dividend capacity of our banking subsidiaries. Our double leverage ratio was 120.5% at Dec. 31, 2023 and Dec. 31, 2022, and within the range targeted by management.

Uses of funds

The Parent’s major uses of funds are repurchases of common stock, payment of dividends, principal and interest payments on its borrowings, acquisitions and additional investments in its subsidiaries.

In 2023, we paid $1.5 billion in dividends on our common and preferred stock. Our common stock dividend payout ratio was 41% for 2023.

In 2023, we repurchased 55.8 million common shares at an average price of $46.66 per common share for a total cost of $2.6 billion.

Liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)

U.S. regulators have established an LCR that requires certain banking organizations, including BNY Mellon, to maintain a minimum amount of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets (“HQLA”) sufficient to withstand the net cash outflow under a hypothetical standardized acute liquidity stress scenario for a 30-day time horizon.

The following table presents BNY Mellon’s consolidated HQLA at Dec. 31, 2023, and the average HQLA and average LCR for the fourth quarter of 2023.

Consolidated HQLA and LCRDec. 31, 2023Sept. 30, 2023
(dollars in billions)
Cash (a)$111$107
Securities (b)7270
Total consolidated HQLA (c)$183$177
Total consolidated HQLA – average (c)$192$180
Average consolidated LCR117%121%

(a)    Primarily includes cash on deposit with central banks.

(b)    Primarily includes securities of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, U.S. Treasury, sovereigns and U.S. agencies.

(c)    Consolidated HQLA presented before adjustments. After haircuts and the impact of trapped liquidity, consolidated HQLA totaled $153 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $140 billion at Sept. 30, 2023, and averaged $143 billion for the fourth quarter of 2023 and $129 billion for the third quarter of 2023.

BNY Mellon and each of our affected domestic bank subsidiaries were compliant with the U.S. LCR requirements of at least 100% throughout 2023.

38 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”)

The NSFR is a liquidity requirement applicable to large U.S. banking organizations, including BNY Mellon. The NSFR is expressed as a ratio of the available stable funding to the required stable funding amount over a one-year horizon. Our average consolidated NSFR was 135% for the fourth quarter of 2023 and 136% for the third quarter of 2023.

BNY Mellon and each of our affected domestic bank subsidiaries were compliant with the NSFR requirement of at least 100% throughout the fourth quarter of 2023.

Statement of cash flows

The following summarizes the activity reflected on the consolidated statement of cash flows. While this information may be helpful to highlight certain macro trends and business strategies, the cash flow analysis may not be as relevant when analyzing changes in our net earnings and net assets. We believe that in addition to the traditional cash flow analysis, the discussion related to liquidity and dividends and asset/liability management herein may provide more useful context in evaluating our liquidity position and related activity.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $5.9 billion in 2023, compared with $15.1 billion in 2022. In 2023, cash flows provided by operations primarily

resulted from earnings and changes in accruals and other, net. In 2022, cash flows provided by operations primarily resulted from changes in trading assets and liabilities, changes in accruals and other, net and earnings.

Net cash used for investing activities was $5.8 billion in 2023, compared with net cash provided by investing activities of $19.9 billion in 2022. In 2023, net cash used for investing activities primarily reflects changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and changes in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, partially offset by a decrease in the securities portfolio. In 2022, net cash provided by investing activities primarily reflects changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, a net decrease in the securities portfolio and change in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements.

Net cash used for financing activities was $3.5 billion in 2023, compared with $33.7 billion in 2022. In 2023, net cash used for financing activities primarily reflects repayments of long-term debt, changes in payables to customers and broker-dealers and common stock repurchases, partially offset by issuances of long-term debt and changes in deposits. In 2022, net cash used for financing activities primarily reflects changes in deposits and repayments of long-term debt, partially offset by issuances of long-term debt.

Capital

Capital data(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)20232022
At Dec. 31:
BNY Mellon shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio10.0%10.0%
BNY Mellon common shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio8.9%8.8%
Total BNY Mellon shareholders’ equity$40,874$40,734
Total BNY Mellon common shareholders’ equity$36,531$35,896
BNY Mellon tangible common shareholders’ equity – Non-GAAP (a)$19,278$18,686
Book value per common share$48.11$44.40
Tangible book value per common share – Non-GAAP (a)$25.39$23.11
Closing stock price per common share$52.05$45.52
Market capitalization$39,524$36,800
Common shares outstanding759,344808,445
Full-year:
Cash dividends per common share$1.58$1.42
Common dividend payout ratio41%49%
Common dividend yield3.0%3.1%

(a)    See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 111 for the reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

BNY Mellon 39

Results of Operations (continued)

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation total shareholders’ equity increased to $40.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 from $40.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. The increase primarily reflects earnings and unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, partially offset by common stock repurchase activity and dividend payments.

The unrealized loss (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $1.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with $2.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2022. Net unrealized loss, including the impact of hedges, decreased as securities moved closer to maturity.

We repurchased 55.8 million common shares at an average price of $46.66 per common share for a total of $2.6 billion in 2023.

In January 2023, we announced a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors providing for the repurchase of up to $5.0 billion of common shares beginning Jan. 1, 2023. This new share repurchase plan replaced all previously authorized share repurchase plans.

In July 2023, our Board of Directors approved a 14% increase in the quarterly cash dividend on common stock, from $0.37 to $0.42 per share. We began paying the increased quarterly cash dividend in the third quarter of 2023.

In December 2023, the Parent redeemed all outstanding shares of its Series D Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. See Note 15 of the Notes

to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Parent’s preferred stock.

Capital adequacy

Regulators establish certain levels of capital for bank holding companies (“BHCs”) and banks, including BNY Mellon and our bank subsidiaries, in accordance with established quantitative measurements. For the Parent to maintain its status as a financial holding company (“FHC”), our U.S. bank subsidiaries and BNY Mellon must, among other things, qualify as “well capitalized.” As of Dec. 31, 2023 and Dec. 31, 2022, BNY Mellon and our U.S. bank subsidiaries were “well capitalized.” Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” status or capital adequacy rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our financial condition. See the discussion of these matters in “Supervision and Regulation – Regulated Entities of BNY Mellon and Ancillary Regulatory Requirements” and “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” and “well managed” status or capital adequacy and liquidity rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our business and financial condition.”

The U.S. banking agencies’ capital rules are based on the framework adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“BCBS”), as amended from time to time. For additional information on these capital requirements, see “Supervision and Regulation.”

40 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The table below presents our consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratios.

Consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratiosDec. 31, 2023Dec. 31, 2022
Well capitalizedMinimum requiredCapital ratiosCapital ratios
(a)
Consolidated regulatory capital ratios: (b)
Advanced Approaches:
CET1 ratioN/A(c)8.5%11.5%11.2%
Tier 1 capital ratio6%1014.214.1
Total capital ratio101215.014.9
Standardized Approach:
CET1 ratioN/A(c)8.5%11.9%11.3%
Tier 1 capital ratio6%1014.714.4
Total capital ratio101215.715.3
Tier 1 leverage ratioN/A(c)46.05.8
SLR (d)N/A(c)57.36.8
The Bank of New York Mellon regulatory capital ratios: (b)
Advanced Approaches:
CET1 ratio6.5%7%16.2%15.6%
Tier 1 capital ratio88.516.215.6
Total capital ratio1010.516.315.7
Tier 1 leverage ratio546.66.2
SLR (d)638.67.7

(a)    Minimum requirements for Dec. 31, 2023 include minimum thresholds plus currently applicable buffers. The U.S. global systemically important banks (“G-SIB”) surcharge of 1.5% is subject to change. The countercyclical capital buffer is currently set to 0%. The stress capital buffer (“SCB”) requirement is 2.5%, equal to the regulatory minimum for Standardized Approach capital ratios.

(b)    For our CET1, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios, our effective capital ratios under U.S. capital rules are the lower of the ratios as calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. The Tier 1 leverage ratio is based on Tier 1 capital and quarterly average total assets.

(c)    The Federal Reserve’s regulations do not establish well capitalized thresholds for these measures for BHCs.

(d)    The SLR is based on Tier 1 capital and total leverage exposure, which includes certain off-balance sheet exposures.

N/A - Not applicable.

Our CET1 ratio determined under the Advanced Approaches was 11.5% at Dec. 31, 2023 and 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by capital generated through earnings and a net increase in accumulated other comprehensive income, partially offset by capital deployed through common stock repurchases and dividends.

The Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.0% at Dec. 31, 2023, compared with 5.8% at Dec. 31, 2022. The increase was driven by lower average assets.

Risk-based capital ratios vary depending on the size of the balance sheet at period end and the levels and types of investments in assets, and leverage ratios vary based on the average size of the balance sheet over the quarter. The balance sheet size fluctuates from period to period based on levels of customer and market activity. In general, when servicing clients are more actively trading securities, deposit balances and the balance sheet as a whole are higher. In addition, when markets experience significant

volatility or stress, our balance sheet size may increase considerably as client deposit levels increase.

Our capital ratios are necessarily subject to, among other things, anticipated compliance with all necessary enhancements to model calibration, approval by regulators of certain models used as part of RWA calculations, other refinements, further implementation guidance from regulators, market practices and standards and any changes BNY Mellon may make to its businesses. As a consequence of these factors, our capital ratios may materially change, and may be volatile over time and from period to period.

Under the Advanced Approaches, our operational loss risk model is informed by external losses, including fines and penalties levied against institutions in the financial services industry, particularly those that relate to businesses in which we operate, and as a result external losses have impacted and could in the

BNY Mellon 41

Results of Operations (continued)

future impact the amount of capital that we are required to hold.

The following table presents our capital components and RWAs.

Capital components and risk-weighted assetsDec. 31,
(in millions)20232022
CET1:
Common shareholders’ equity$36,531$35,896
Adjustments for:
Goodwill and intangible assets (a)(17,253)(17,210)
Net pension fund assets(297)(317)
Embedded goodwill(275)(279)
Deferred tax assets(62)(56)
Other(6)(2)
Total CET118,63818,032
Other Tier 1 capital:
Preferred stock4,3434,838
Other(14)(14)
Total Tier 1 capital$22,967$22,856
Tier 2 capital:
Subordinated debt$1,148$1,248
Allowance for credit losses414291
Other(11)(11)
Total Tier 2 capital – Standardized Approach1,5511,528
Excess of expected credit losses8550
Less: Allowance for credit losses414291
Total Tier 2 capital – Advanced Approaches$1,222$1,287
Total capital:
Standardized Approach$24,518$24,384
Advanced Approaches$24,189$24,143
Risk-weighted assets:
Standardized Approach$156,254$159,096
Advanced Approaches:
Credit Risk$87,299$90,243
Market Risk3,3802,979
Operational Risk70,92568,450
Total Advanced Approaches$161,604$161,672
Average assets for Tier 1 leverage ratio$383,899$396,643
Total leverage exposure for SLR$313,749$336,049

(a)    Reduced by deferred tax liabilities associated with intangible assets and tax-deductible goodwill.

The table below presents the factors that impacted CET1 capital.

CET1 generation2023
(in millions)
CET1 – Beginning of period$18,032
Net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation3,051
Goodwill and intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities(43)
Gross CET1 generated3,008
Capital deployed:
Common stock repurchases(2,604)
Common stock dividends (a)(1,262)
Total capital deployed(3,866)
Other comprehensive gain (loss):
Unrealized gain on assets available-for-sale881
Foreign currency translation272
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges6
Defined benefit plans(86)
Total other comprehensive gain1,073
Additional paid-in capital (b)400
Other additions (deductions):
Net pension fund assets20
Embedded goodwill4
Deferred tax assets(6)
Other(27)
Total other (deductions)(9)
Net CET1 generated606
CET1 – End of period$18,638

(a)    Includes dividend-equivalents on share-based awards.

(b)    Primarily related to stock awards and stock issued for employee benefit plans.

The following table shows the impact on the consolidated capital ratios at Dec. 31, 2023 of a $100 million increase or decrease in common equity, or a $1 billion increase or decrease in RWAs, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure.

Sensitivity of consolidated capital ratios at Dec. 31, 2023
Increase or decrease of
(in basis points)$100 million in common equity$1 billion in RWA, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure
CET1:
Standardized Approach6bps8bps
Advanced Approaches67
Tier 1 capital:
Standardized Approach69
Advanced Approaches69
Total capital:
Standardized Approach610
Advanced Approaches69
Tier 1 leverage32
SLR32

42 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Stress capital buffer

In July 2023, the Federal Reserve announced that BNY Mellon’s SCB requirement would remain at 2.5%, equal to the regulatory floor, for the period from Oct. 1, 2023 through Sept. 30, 2024. The SCB replaced the static 2.5% capital conservation buffer for Standardized Approach capital ratios for Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) BHCs. The SCB does not apply to bank subsidiaries, which remain subject to the static 2.5% capital conservation buffer. See “Supervision and Regulation” for additional information.

The SCB final rule generally eliminates the requirement for prior approval of common stock repurchases in excess of the distributions in a firm’s capital plan, provided that such distributions are consistent with applicable capital requirements and buffers, including the SCB.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”)

The following summarizes the minimum requirements for BNY Mellon’s external TLAC and external long-term debt (“LTD”) ratios, plus currently applicable buffers.

As a % of RWAs (a)As a % of total leverage exposure
Eligible external TLAC ratiosRegulatory minimum of 18% plus a buffer (b) equal to the sum of 2.5%, the method 1 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1%), and the countercyclical capital buffer, if anyRegulatory minimum of 7.5% plus a buffer (c) equal to 2%
Eligible external LTD ratiosRegulatory minimum of 6% plus the greater of the method 1 or method 2 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1.5%)4.5%

(a)    RWA is the greater of the Standardized Approach and Advanced Approaches.

(b)    Buffer to be met using only CET1.

(c)    Buffer to be met using only Tier 1 capital.

External TLAC consists of the Parent’s Tier 1 capital and eligible unsecured LTD issued by it that has a remaining term to maturity of at least one year and satisfies certain other conditions. Eligible LTD consists of the unpaid principal balance of eligible unsecured debt securities, subject to haircuts for amounts due to be paid within two years, that satisfy certain other conditions. Debt issued prior to Dec. 31, 2016 has been permanently grandfathered to the extent these instruments otherwise would be ineligible only due to containing impermissible acceleration rights or being governed by foreign law.

The following table presents our external TLAC and external LTD ratios.

TLAC and LTD ratiosDec. 31, 2023
Minimum requiredMinimum ratios with buffers
Ratios
Eligible external TLAC:
As a percentage of RWA18.0%21.5%30.3%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure7.5%9.5%15.6%
Eligible external LTD:
As a percentage of RWA7.5%N/A15.0%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure4.5%N/A7.7%

N/A – Not applicable.

If BNY Mellon maintains risk-based ratio or leverage TLAC measures above the minimum required level, but with a risk-based ratio or leverage below the minimum level with buffers, we will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary executive compensation based on the amount of the shortfall and eligible retained income.

BNY Mellon 43

Results of Operations (continued)

Issuer purchases of equity securities

Share repurchases – fourth quarter of 2023Total shares repurchased as part of a publicly announced plan or programMaximum approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the publicly announced plans or programs at Dec. 31, 2023
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)Total shares repurchasedAverage price per share
October 20233,450$42.283,450$2,700
November 20234,82345.094,8232,483
December 20231,76349.261,7632,396
Fourth quarter of 2023 (a)10,036$44.8510,036$2,396(b)

(a)    Includes 64 thousand shares repurchased at a purchase price of $3 million from employees, primarily in connection with the employees’ payment of taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock. The average price of open market share repurchases was $44.83.

(b)    Represents the maximum value of the shares to be repurchased under the share repurchase plan announced in January 2023 and includes shares repurchased in connection with employee benefit plans.

In January 2023, we announced a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors providing for the repurchase of up to $5.0 billion of common shares beginning Jan. 1, 2023. This new share repurchase plan replaced all previously authorized share repurchase plans.

Share repurchases may be executed through open market repurchases, in privately negotiated transactions or by other means, including through repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and other derivative, accelerated share repurchase and other structured transactions. The timing and exact amount of any common stock repurchases will depend on various factors, including market conditions and the common stock trading price; the Company’s capital position, liquidity and financial performance; alternative uses of capital; and legal and regulatory limitations and considerations.

Trading activities and risk management

Our trading activities are focused on acting as a market-maker for our customers, facilitating customer trades and risk-mitigating hedging in compliance with the Volcker Rule. The risk from market-making activities for customers is managed by our traders and limited in total exposure through a system of position limits, value-at-risk (“VaR”) methodology and other market sensitivity measures. VaR is the potential loss in value due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. The calculation of our VaR used by management and presented below assumes a one-day holding period, utilizes a 99% confidence level and incorporates non-linear product characteristics. VaR facilitates comparisons across portfolios of different risk characteristics. VaR also captures the

diversification of aggregated risk at the firm-wide level.

VaR represents a key risk management measure and it is important to note the inherent limitations to VaR, which include:

•VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time horizons where moves may be extreme;

•VaR does not take into account the potential variability of market liquidity; and

•Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce accurate predictions of all future market moves.

See Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the VaR methodology.

The following tables indicate the calculated VaR amounts for the trading portfolio for the designated periods using the historical simulation VaR model.

VaR (a)2023Dec. 31, 2023
(in millions)AverageMinimumMaximum
Interest rate$3.2$1.9$7.6$2.6
Foreign exchange2.92.05.72.9
Equity0.21.50.1
Credit1.50.73.51.3
Diversification(5.0)N/MN/M(4.7)
Overall portfolio2.81.38.92.2

44 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

VaR (a)2022Dec. 31, 2022
(in millions)AverageMinimumMaximum
Interest rate$4.1$1.6$9.3$2.3
Foreign exchange3.82.010.23.0
Equity0.20.90.1
Credit2.11.04.41.8
Diversification(5.0)N/MN/M(3.5)
Overall portfolio5.22.511.43.7

(a)    VaR exposure does not include the impact of the Company’s consolidated investment management funds and seed capital investments.

N/M – Because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, it is not meaningful to compute a minimum and maximum portfolio diversification effect.

The interest rate component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by interest rate levels. These instruments include, but are not limited to, U.S. Treasury securities, swaps, swaptions, forward rate agreements, exchange-traded futures and options, and other interest rate derivative products.

The foreign exchange component of VaR represents instruments whose values predominantly vary with the level or volatility of currency exchange rates or interest rates. These instruments include, but are not limited to, currency balances, spot and forward transactions, currency options and other currency derivative products.

The equity component of VaR consists of instruments that represent an ownership interest in the form of domestic and foreign common stock or other equity-linked instruments. These instruments include, but are not limited to, common stock, exchange-traded funds, preferred stock, listed equity options (puts and calls), OTC equity options, equity total return swaps, equity index futures and other equity derivative products.

The credit component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by credit spread levels, i.e., idiosyncratic default risk. These instruments include, but are not limited to, single issuer credit default swaps, and securities with exposures from corporate and municipal credit spreads.

The diversification component of VaR is the risk reduction benefit that occurs when combining portfolios and offsetting positions, and from the correlated behavior of risk factor movements.

During 2023, interest rate risk generated 41% of average gross VaR, foreign exchange risk generated 37% of average gross VaR, equity risk generated 3% of average gross VaR and credit risk generated 19% of average gross VaR. During 2023, our daily trading loss did not exceed our calculated VaR amount of the overall portfolio.

The following table of total daily trading revenue or loss illustrates the number of trading days in which our trading revenue or loss fell within particular ranges during the past five quarters.

Distribution of trading revenue (loss) (a)
Quarter ended
(dollars in millions)Dec. 31, 2023Sept. 30, 2023June 30, 2023March 31, 2023Dec. 31, 2022
Revenue range:Number of days
Less than $(2.5)22
$(2.5) – $035214
$0 – $2.51814152013
$2.5 – $5.02524372624
More than $5.0152091520

(a)    Trading revenue (loss) includes realized and unrealized gains and losses primarily related to spot and forward foreign exchange transactions, derivatives and securities trades for our customers and excludes any associated commissions, underwriting fees and net interest revenue.

Trading assets include debt and equity instruments and derivative assets, primarily foreign exchange and interest rate contracts, not designated as hedging instruments. Trading assets were $10.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $9.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2022.

Trading liabilities include debt and equity instruments and derivative liabilities, primarily foreign exchange and interest rate contracts, not designated as hedging instruments. Trading liabilities were $6.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2023 and $5.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2022.

Under our fair value methodology for derivative contracts, an initial “risk-neutral” valuation is performed on each position assuming time-discounting based on a AA credit curve. In addition, we consider credit risk in arriving at the fair value of our derivatives.

We reflect external credit ratings as well as observable credit default swap spreads for both ourselves and our counterparties when measuring the fair value of our derivative positions. Accordingly, the valuation of our derivative positions is sensitive to the current changes in our own credit spreads, as well as those of our counterparties.

BNY Mellon 45

Results of Operations (continued)

At Dec. 31, 2023, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $2.3 billion included a credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) deduction of $16 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $3.8 billion included a debit valuation adjustment (“DVA”) of $4 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA increased by $1 million and the DVA increased by $1 million in 2023, which increased other trading revenue by less than $1 million in 2023. During 2023, no realized loss was charged off against CVA reserves.

At Dec. 31, 2022, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $2.9 billion included a CVA deduction of $18 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $3.0 billion included a DVA of $6 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA increased by $4 million and the DVA increased by $7 million in 2022, which increased other trading revenue by $3 million in 2022. During 2022, no realized loss was charged off against CVA reserves.

The table below summarizes our exposure, net of collateral related to our derivative counterparties, as determined on an internal risk management basis. Significant changes in counterparty credit ratings could alter the level of credit risk faced by BNY Mellon.

Foreign exchange and other trading counterparty risk rating profile
Dec. 31, 2023Dec. 31, 2022
(dollars in millions)Exposure, net of collateralPercentage of exposure, net of collateralExposure, net of collateralPercentage of exposure, net of collateral
Investment grade$2,06295%$2,55398%
Non-investment grade1035%632%
Total$2,165100%$2,616100%

Asset/liability management

Our diversified business activities include processing securities, accepting deposits, investing in securities, lending, raising money as needed to fund assets and other transactions. The market risks from these activities include interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Our primary market risk is exposure to movements in U.S. dollar interest rates and certain

foreign currency interest rates. We actively manage interest rate sensitivity and use earnings simulation and discounted cash flow models to identify interest rate exposures.

An earnings simulation model is the primary tool used to assess changes in pre-tax net interest revenue between a baseline scenario and hypothetical interest rate scenarios. Interest rate sensitivity is quantified by calculating the change in pre-tax net interest revenue between the scenarios over a 12-month measurement period.

The baseline scenario incorporates the market’s forward rate expectations and management’s assumptions regarding client deposit rates, credit spreads, changes in the prepayment behavior of loans and securities and the impact of derivative financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes as of each respective quarter-end. These assumptions have been developed through a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing behavior and are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ materially from projected results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, and changes in market conditions and management’s strategies, among other factors. Client deposit levels and mix are key assumptions impacting net interest revenue in the baseline as well as the hypothetical interest rate scenarios. The earnings simulation model assumes static deposit levels and mix, and it also assumes that no management actions will be taken to mitigate the effects of interest rate changes. Typically, the baseline scenario uses the average deposit balances of the quarter.

In the table below, we use the earnings simulation model to assess the impact of various hypothetical interest rate scenarios compared to the baseline scenario. In each of the scenarios, all currencies’ interest rates are instantaneously shifted higher or lower at the start of the forecast. Long-term interest rates are defined as all tenors equal to or greater than three years and short-term interest rates are defined as all tenors equal to or less than three months. Interim term points are interpolated where applicable. The impact of interest rate shifts may not be linear. The results of this earnings simulation should therefore not be extrapolated for more severe interest rate scenarios than those presented in the table below.

46 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table shows net interest revenue sensitivity for BNY Mellon.

Estimated changes in net interest revenue (in millions)Dec. 31, 2023Sept. 30, 2023Dec. 31, 2022
Up 100 bps rate shock vs. baseline$254$166$214
Long-term up 100 bps, short-term unchanged711330
Short-term up 100 bps, long-term unchanged183153184
Long-term down 100 bps, short-term unchanged (a)(73)(14)(30)
Short-term down 100 bps, long-term unchanged(270)(214)(251)
Down 100 bp rate shock vs. baseline(343)(228)(281)

(a)    The sensitivity for Dec. 31, 2022 has been updated to reflect the impact of a 100 basis point decrease in long-term rates while short-term rates were unchanged.

At Dec. 31, 2023, the impact of a 100 basis point upward shift in rates on net interest revenue increased compared with Sept. 30, 2023 primarily due to higher cash and deposit balances in the most recent quarter, which increased the benefit of rising interest rates. The impact of a 100 basis point downward shift in rates on net interest revenue worsened compared with Sept. 30, 2023 primarily due higher cash and deposit balances.

While the net interest revenue sensitivity scenario calculations assume static deposit balances to facilitate consistent period-over-period comparisons, net interest revenue is impacted by changes in deposit balances. Noninterest-bearing deposits are particularly sensitive to changes in short-term rates.

To illustrate the net interest revenue sensitivity to deposit run-off, we estimate that a $5 billion instantaneous reduction or increase in U.S. dollar-denominated noninterest-bearing deposits would reduce or increase the net interest revenue sensitivity results in the up 100 basis point scenario in the table above by approximately $290 million. The impact would be smaller if the run-off was assumed to be a mixture of interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits.

Additionally, during periods of low short-term interest rates, money market mutual fund fees and other similar fees are typically waived to protect investors from negative returns.

For a discussion of factors impacting the growth or contraction of deposits, see “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our liquidity.”

We also project future cash flows from our assets and liabilities over a long-term horizon and then discount these cash flows using instantaneous parallel shocks to prevailing interest rates. This measure reflects the structural balance sheet interest rate sensitivity by discounting all future cash flows. The aggregation of these discounted cash flows is the economic value of equity (“EVE”). The following table shows how EVE would change in response to changes in interest rates.

Estimated changes in EVEDec. 31, 2023
Rate change:
Up 200 bps vs. baseline2.5%
Up 100 bps vs. baseline2.2%
Down 100 bps vs. baseline(2.7)%
Down 200 bps vs. baseline(6.1)%

The asymmetrical accounting treatment of the impact of a change in interest rates on our balance sheet may create a situation in which an increase in interest rates can adversely affect reported equity and regulatory capital, even though economically there may be no impact on our economic capital position. For example, an increase in rates will result in a decline in the value of our available-for-sale securities portfolio. In this example, there is no corresponding change on our fixed liabilities, even though economically these liabilities are more valuable as rates rise.

These results do not reflect strategies that management could employ to limit the impact as interest rate expectations change.

To manage foreign exchange risk, we fund foreign currency-denominated assets with liability instruments denominated in the same currency. We utilize various foreign exchange contracts if a liability denominated in the same currency is not available or desired, and to minimize the earnings impact of translation gains or losses created by investments in foreign markets. We use forward foreign exchange contracts to protect the value of our net investment in foreign operations. At Dec. 31, 2023, net investments in foreign operations totaled $14 billion and were spread across 19 foreign currencies.

BNY Mellon 47

Risk Management

Overview

BNY Mellon plays a vital role in the global financial markets, and effective risk management is critical to our success. BNY Mellon operates under the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (“risk management framework”) which is the foundation of our risk management approach. Risk management begins with a strong risk culture, and we reinforce our culture through principle-based policies including the Code of Conduct, which are grounded in our core values of passion for excellence, integrity, strength in diversity and courage to lead.

These values are critical to our success. They not only explain what we stand for and our shared culture, but also help us to think and act globally. They serve as a representation of the promises we have made to our clients, communities, shareholders and each other.

BNY Mellon’s Risk Identification process is a core component of BNY Mellon’s risk framework and is the foundation for understanding and managing risk. We utilize a common risk language, our Risk Taxonomy, to identify risks across our six primary risk categories: Operational Risk, Market Risk, Credit Risk, Liquidity Risk, Model Risk and Strategic Risk. Quarterly, the Company engages in a process designed to document identification and assessment of its risks, and to determine the set of risks material to BNY Mellon. Outputs from the Risk Identification process inform elements of our risk framework such as our Risk Appetite as well as Enterprise-wide Stress Testing and Capital Planning.

BNY Mellon’s Risk Appetite expresses the level of risk we are willing to tolerate to meet our strategic objectives in a manner that balances risk and reward while considering our risk capacity and maintaining a balance sheet that remains resilient throughout market cycles. This guides BNY Mellon’s risk-taking activities and informs key decision-making processes, including the manner by which we pursue our business strategy and the methods by which we manage risk. The Risk Appetite Statement and associated key risk metrics to monitor our risk profile are updated and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board at least annually.

BNY Mellon conducts Enterprise-wide Stress Testing as part of its Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process in accordance with CCAR, and as required by

the enhanced prudential standards issued pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Enterprise-wide Stress Testing considers the Company’s lines of business, products, geographic areas and risk types incorporating the results from underlying models and projections for a range of stress scenarios. Additional details on Capital Planning and Stress Testing are included in “Supervision and Regulation.”

Three Lines of Defense

BNY Mellon’s Three Lines of Defense model is a critical component of our risk management framework to clarify roles and responsibilities across the organization.

BNY Mellon’s first line of defense includes senior management and business and corporate staff, excluding management and employees in Risk Management, Compliance and Internal Audit. Senior management in the first line is responsible for maintaining and implementing an effective risk management framework and appropriately managing risk consistent with its strategy and risk tolerance, including establishing clear responsibilities and accountability for the identification, measurement, management and control of risk.

Risk and Compliance is the independent second line of defense, reporting to the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer reports to both the Chief Executive Officer and the Risk Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. Risk and Compliance is responsible for establishing a framework that outlines expectations and provides guidance for the effective management of risk at BNY Mellon while also independently testing, reviewing and challenging the first line. To facilitate the comprehensive global application of consistent standards for each risk or compliance topic, independent oversight is provided by Risk and Compliance across three perspectives – lines of business; legal entities; and enterprise-wide risk and compliance disciplines.

Internal Audit is BNY Mellon’s third line of defense and serves as an independent, objective assurance function that reports directly to the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. It assists the Company in accomplishing its objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined, risk-based approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of the

48 BNY Mellon

Risk Management (continued)

Company’s risk management, control and governance processes. The scope of Internal Audit’s work includes the review and evaluation of the adequacy,

effectiveness and sustainability of risk management procedures, internal control systems, information systems and governance processes.

Governance

BNY Mellon’s management is responsible for execution of the Company’s risk management framework and the governance structure that supports it, with oversight provided by BNY Mellon’s Board of Directors through two key Board committees: the Risk Committee and the Audit Committee.

A summary of the governance structure is provided below.

BNY Mellon Board of Directors
Risk CommitteeAudit Committee
Senior Risk and Control Committee (“SRCC”)
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4Column 5
•Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committee•Asset Liability Committee•Balance Sheet Risk Committee•Business Risk Committees•Compliance and Ethics Oversight Committee•Contract Management Committee•Credit Portfolio Management Committees•Enterprise Insider Threat Steering Committee•Enterprise Risk Committee•International Senior Risk and Control Committee•Operational Risk Committee•Product Approval and Review Committee•Regulatory Oversight Committee•Resolvability Steering Committee•Technology Risk Committee

The Risk Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors and meets on a regular basis to review and assess the control processes with respect to the Company’s inherent risks. It also reviews and assesses the Company’s risk management policies and practices. The roles and responsibilities of the Risk Committee are described in more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on our website, www.bnymellon.com.

The Audit Committee is also comprised entirely of independent directors. The Audit Committee meets on a regular basis to perform an oversight review of the integrity of the financial statements and financial reporting process, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the Company’s independent registered public accountant’s qualifications and independence, and the performance of our internal audit function and the independent registered public accountant. The Audit Committee also reviews management’s assessment of the adequacy of internal controls. The functions of the Audit Committee are described in more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on our website, www.bnymellon.com.

The SRCC is the most senior management level risk governance group at the Company and is responsible for oversight of all Risk Management, Compliance & Ethics activities and processes, including the Enterprise Risk Management Framework. The committee is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and its members include the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel.

Subcommittees of the SRCC include:

•Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committee: Oversees the systems and controls relating to all aspects of anti-money laundering and terrorist financing compliance (including Know Your Customer, suspicious activity reporting and sanctions) within the Company.

•Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”): The senior management committee responsible for balance sheet oversight, including capital, liquidity and interest rate risk management.

•Balance Sheet Risk Committee (the “BSRC”): Reviews and receives escalation relating to balance sheet risk management frameworks

BNY Mellon 49

Risk Management (continued)

associated with the assets, liabilities and capital of the Company. There is a focus on treasury risk topics, including matters related to liquidity risk, capital management, investment portfolio risk, and interest rate risk in the banking book.

•Business Risk Committees: Review and assess risk and control issues observed from existing business practices or activities or arising from new business practices or activities in our various lines of business and supporting operations.

•Compliance and Ethics Oversight Committee: Provides governance and oversight of the operations of the Compliance and Ethics function and the management and reporting of compliance risk-related issues, as well as Compliance & Ethics processes, policies, procedures and standards.

•Contract Management Committee: The governance and escalation body for the Company’s Customer Contract Management policy and determines the client contract management policies and infrastructure for the Company.

•Credit Portfolio Management Committees: Seven Portfolio Management Committees, governed by the same charter and rules, manage, monitor and review each of Credit Risk’s primary portfolio segments, including underwriting criteria, portfolio limits and composition, risk metrics, concentration, credit strategy, quality and exposure, stress test outcomes and wrong way risk.

•Enterprise Insider Threat Steering Committee: Provides enterprise-wide governance and oversight related to the Enterprise Insider Threat Program and related initiatives, as well as provides visibility to senior leadership related to the enterprise risk profile as it relates to insider threat risks.

•Enterprise Risk Committee: Oversees the Enterprise Risk Management Framework and related activities, including comprehensive discussions, deliberations and collaboration on material and emerging risks, limit setting, risk reporting, issues management, escalation and relevant decision making.

•International Senior Risk and Control Committee: Provides risk management oversight, and acts as a point of convergence for the coordination, transparency and communication of material issues (live or emerging) across international entities.

•Operational Risk Committee: Oversees the operational risk profile and is responsible for monitoring and managing the appropriateness of the operational risk framework, policy design, adherence tracking and mitigating controls.

•Product Approval and Review Committee: Responsible for reviewing and approving proposals to introduce new and modify or retire existing products.

•Regulatory Oversight Committee: Provides strategic direction, oversight, challenge, and coordination across regulatory remediation initiatives within the Company’s Regulatory Oversight Program.

•Resolvability Steering Committee: Oversees recovery and resolution planning, including but not limited to the project governance and oversight framework for all recovery and resolution planning requirements in relevant jurisdictions where BNY Mellon operates.

•Technology Risk Committee: Oversees the review and assessment of technology risk and control issues observed from existing business practices or activities, or arising from new business practices or activities in our various lines of business and supporting operations so as to assist the Company in managing and monitoring technology risk and control issues.

50 BNY Mellon

Risk Management (continued)

Risk Types Overview

The understanding, identification, measurement and mitigation of risk are essential elements for the successful management of BNY Mellon. We leverage a comprehensive risk taxonomy to support consistent language for defining and understanding risks. The primary categories in our risk taxonomy are:

Type of riskDescription
OperationalThe risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk includes risks, such as compliance and financial crimes, technology risks and third party risks.
MarketThe risk of financial loss or adverse change to the economic condition of BNY Mellon resulting from movements in market risk factors. Market risk factors include but are not limited to interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchanges rates, commodity prices, and equity prices. The potential loss in value for the BNY Mellon financial portfolio caused by adverse movements in market prices of foreign exchange, fixed income and equity assets, credit spreads, commodities and liabilities accounted for under fair value and equivalent methods.
CreditCredit risk denotes a broad category of adverse financial outcomes arising from credit events (default, bankruptcy, ratings migration) associated with obligor/counterparty not meeting (inability/unwilling) its contractual obligations. Credit risk is present in the majority of our assets, but primarily concentrated in the loan and securities books, as well as foreign exchange and off-balance sheet exposures such as lending commitments, letters of credit and securities lending indemnifications.
LiquidityThe risk arising from an inability to access funding, convert assets to cash quickly and efficiently, or to roll over or issue new debt, especially during periods of market stress. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in funding levels. Liquidity risk can arise from cash flow mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets to cash, the inability to raise cash in the markets, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.
ModelThe potential loss arising from incorrectly designing/using a model or stress conditions that invalidate the assumptions of a model.
StrategicThe risk arising from the flawed design, decision or implementation of a business strategy, and potential disruption to business strategy by external factors and/or internal decisions. More specifically, the risks arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions or lack of responsiveness to changes in the financial industry and operating environment. Strategic risks may also arise from the acceptance of new businesses, the introduction or modification of products, strategic finance and risk management decisions, business process changes, complex transactions, acquisitions/divestitures/joint ventures and major capital expenditures/investments.

Operational Risk

In providing a comprehensive array of products and services, we are exposed to operational risk. Operational risk may result from, but is not limited to, errors related to transaction processing, failure of internal control systems and meeting compliance requirements, fraud by employees or persons outside BNY Mellon or business interruption due to system failures or other events. Operational risk may also include breaches of our technology and information systems resulting in unauthorized access to confidential information or from internal or external threats, such as cyberattacks. Operational risk also includes potential legal or regulatory actions that could arise. In the case of an operational event, we could suffer financial losses as well as reputational damage.

To address these risks, we maintain comprehensive policies and procedures and an internal control

framework designed to provide a sound operational environment. These controls have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given our financial strength, the business environment and markets in which we operate, and the nature of our businesses, and considering factors such as competition and regulation.

The organizational framework for operational risk is based upon a strong risk culture that incorporates both governance and risk management activities comprising:

•Accountability of Businesses – Business managers are responsible for maintaining an effective system of internal controls commensurate with the business risk profiles and in accordance with BNY Mellon policies and procedures.

BNY Mellon 51

Risk Management (continued)

•Operational Risk Management is the independent second line function responsible for developing risk management policies and tools for assessing, measuring, monitoring and managing operational risk for BNY Mellon. The primary objectives of the Operational Risk Management Framework are to promote effective risk management, identify emerging risks and drive improvement in controls and to reduce operational risk. The Operational Risk Management function includes independent operational risk oversight of all lines of business and functions, as well as specialist oversight of areas such as data risk, fraud risk, and third party risk.

•Technology risk is a subset of operational risk. Technology Risk Management is the independent second line function that is responsible for independent risk oversight of the technology footprint, bringing expertise to bear across some of BNY Mellon’s most significant risk exposures. The function also conducts integrated independent assessments on multiple cyber and digital initiatives within the Company. They partner with businesses and legal entities to drive better understanding and a more accurate assessment of operational risks that can occur from technology operations. Technology Risk Management also acts as a catalyst to drive the development of global technology policies, key controls and methods to assess, measure and monitor information and technology risk for BNY Mellon.

•Operational resiliency is a top priority for the Company. Foundational to our enterprise resiliency strategy is the Business Services Framework, governed by the first line Enterprise Resiliency Office, with second line oversight from Resiliency Risk Management. First line business management is accountable for maintaining effective resiliency capabilities under this framework, while Technology and Operations are responsible for successful execution in coordination with the business. Elements of the resiliency strategy include the Business Services Framework, IT Asset Management, Application transformation and Mainframe modernization, as well as Disaster Recovery Testing and Business Continuity capabilities. We are also focused on the resiliency capabilities of our most important service providers. These capabilities are intended to enable the Company to deliver services to our

clients by the ability to prevent, respond to and recover from business disruptions and threats.

•Compliance and financial crimes risk is also a subset of operational risk with second line Compliance and Ethics and Financial Crime Compliance (“FCC”) teams. Compliance and financial crimes risk is defined as the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or a financial institution’s reputational loss as a result of its failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards, and codes of conduct or organizational standards of practice. We seek to comply with all obligations through a comprehensive, integrated Compliance and Ethics Management Framework.

Market Risk

Our business activity tends to minimize outright our direct exposure to market risk, with such risk primarily limited to market volatility from trading activity in support of clients. More significant market risk is assumed in the form of interest rate and credit spread risk within the investment portfolio as a means for asset/liability management and net interest revenue generation, and also through the interest rate risk associated with BNY Mellon’s balance sheet position which is sensitive to adverse movements in interest rates.

The Company has indirect market risk exposure associated with the change in the value of financial collateral underlying securities financing and derivatives positions. The Collateral Margin Review Committee reviews and approves the standards for collateral received or paid in respect of collateralized derivative agreements and securities financing transactions.

Oversight of market risk is performed by the SRCC, BSRC, ALCO and through executive review meetings. Stress tests results for the trading portfolio are reviewed during the Markets Weekly Risk meeting, which is attended by senior managers from Risk Management, Finance and Sales and Trading. Oversight of the risk management framework associated with the Corporate Treasury and Portfolio Management functions is performed by the BSRC. Detailed aspects of this oversight are conducted by the Treasury Risk Committee, a subcommittee of the BSRC.

52 BNY Mellon

Risk Management (continued)

The Business Risk Committee for the Markets business reviews key risk and control issues and related initiatives facing all Markets lines of business. Also addressed during the Business Risk Committee meetings are trading VaR and trading stressed VaR exposures against limits.

Finally, the Risk Quantification Review Group reviews back-testing results for the Company’s VaR model.

Credit Risk

We extend direct credit in order to foster client relationships and as a method by which to generate interest income from the deposits that result from business activity. We extend and incur intraday credit exposure in order to facilitate our various processing activities.

To balance the value of our activities with the credit risk incurred in pursuing them, we set and monitor internal credit limits for activities that entail credit risk, most often on the size of the exposure and the quality of the counterparty. For credit exposures driven by changing market rates and prices, exposure measures include an add-on for such potential changes.

We manage credit risk exposure at a counterparty, industry, country and portfolio level. Credit risk exposure at the counterparty level is managed through our credit approval framework and involves four approval levels up to and including the Chief Risk Officer of the Company. The requisite approvals are based upon the size and relative risk of the aggregate exposure under consideration. The Credit Risk Group is responsible for approving the size, terms and maturity of all credit exposures proposed by the business, as well as the ongoing monitoring of the creditworthiness of the counterparty. In addition, it is responsible for challenging and approving the internal risk ratings on each exposure.

The calculation of a fundamental credit measure is based on a projection of a statistically probable credit loss, used to help determine the appropriate loan loss reserve and to measure customer profitability. Credit loss considers three basic components: the estimated size of the exposure whenever default might occur, the probability of default before maturity and the severity of the loss we would incur, commonly called “loss given default.” For institutional lending, where

most of our credit risk is created, unfunded commitments are assigned a usage given default percentage. Borrowers/counterparties are assigned ratings by the business and reviewed, challenged and approved by the Credit Portfolio Managers on an 18-grade scale, which translate to a scaled probability of default. Additionally, transactions are assigned loss given default ratings (on a 5-grade scale) that reflect the transactions’ structures, including the effects of guarantees, collateral and relative seniority of position.

The Risk Modeling and Analytics Group is responsible for the calculation methodologies and the estimates of the inputs used in those methodologies for the determination of expected loss. These methodologies and input estimates are regularly evaluated for appropriateness and accuracy. As new techniques and data become available, the Risk Modeling and Analytics Group incorporates, where appropriate, those techniques or data.

BNY Mellon seeks to limit both on- and off-balance sheet credit risk through prudent underwriting and the use of capital only where risk-adjusted returns warrant. We seek to manage risk and improve our portfolio diversification through syndications, asset sales, credit enhancements and active collateralization and netting agreements. In addition, we have a separate Credit Risk Review Group, which is an independent group within Internal Audit, composed of experienced loan review officers who perform timely reviews of the loan files and credit ratings assigned to the loans.

Liquidity Risk

Adequate liquidity is vital to BNY Mellon’s ability to process payments as well as settle and clear transactions on behalf of clients. The Company’s liquidity position can be affected by multiple factors, including funding mismatches, market conditions that impact our ability to convert our investment portfolio to cash, inability to issue debt or roll over funding, run-off of core deposits, and contingent liquidity events such as additional collateral posting requirements. Additionally, a downgrade in our credit rating can not only lead to an outflow of deposits, which are a major source of our funding, but also increase our margin requirements on secured transactions and have a broader adverse impact on our overall brand that may further impair our ability to refinance maturing liabilities. Changes in

BNY Mellon 53

Risk Management (continued)

economic conditions or exposure to other risks can also affect our liquidity.

The Board of Directors approves liquidity risk tolerance and is responsible for oversight of liquidity risk management of the Company. ALCO provides governance for the appropriate execution of Board-approved strategies, policies and procedures for managing liquidity. Senior management is responsible for executing those Board-approved strategies, policies and procedures for managing liquidity which ALCO oversees, as well as regularly reporting the liquidity position of the Company to the Board of Directors. The BSRC provides governance over independent risk oversight of liquidity risks, and oversees the establishment of control frameworks. The Treasury Risk Committee, which is chaired by independent risk management, validates and approves internal stress testing methodologies and assumptions, and an independent Liquidity Risk function is responsible for providing ongoing review and oversight of liquidity risk management.

BNY Mellon actively manages and monitors its cash position, quality of the investment portfolio, intraday liquidity positions and potential liquidity needs in order to support the timely payment and settlement of obligations under both normal and stressed conditions. The Company uses a range of stress testing measures in connection with its efforts to maintain sufficient liquidity relative to risk appetite, including the Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Internal Liquidity Stress Testing.

Model Risk

Models support our infrastructure for managing risk. Among their functions, models help us value securities, rate the quality of an obligor’s credit, establish capital needs and monitor liquidity trends. Model failure might stem from faulty design, misuse, or environmental conditions that invalidate our assumptions. When this happens, the Company could be exposed to losses and other adverse consequences resulting from operational, market, credit and liquidity risk, as well as reputational harm. We aim to maintain a low-risk environment.

BNY Mellon’s processes are designed to identify the conditions under which model risk incidents could occur and to establish controls that are designed to minimize or prevent loss in case of such an event. These processes include enforcement of standards for

developing models, a process to validate new models, change controls for existing models, and a monitoring system to assess performance throughout a model’s life.

When evaluating the degree of model risk, we consider multiple dimensions including the quality of design, the robustness of controls, and indications of underperformance. Based on these measures, we create an overall metric that is intended to measure the health of the Company’s modeling environment and set thresholds around it. This allows us to manage model risk, not only at the level of the individual model, but also in aggregate, across all the Company’s businesses.

Model Risk Management, an independent risk management function, is responsible for executing Board-approved strategies, policies, and procedures for managing model risk. Senior management is responsible for regularly reporting on the Company’s modeling infrastructure to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors approves risk tolerances and is responsible for oversight.

Strategic Risk

Our strategy includes, but is not limited to, improving organic growth across our businesses, driving quality solutions and operating efficiencies, and expanding technology-enabled solutions. Successful realization of our strategy requires that we provide expertise and insight through market-leading solutions that drive economies of scale and attract, develop and retain highly talented people capable of executing our strategy, while protecting our financial profile. We must understand and meet market and client expectations with suitable products and offerings that are financially viable and scalable and that integrate into our business model. Failure to do so could impact both our growth strategy and our ability to service our existing clients, resulting in potential financial loss or litigation.

Changes in the markets in which we and our clients operate can evolve quickly. The introduction of new or disruptive technologies, geopolitical events and slowing economies are examples of events that can produce market uncertainty. Failure to either anticipate or participate in transformational change within a given market or appropriately and promptly react to market conditions or client preferences could result in poor strategic positioning and potential

54 BNY Mellon

Risk Management (continued)

negative financial impact. While it is essential that we continue to innovate and respond to changing markets and client demand, we seek to do so in a manner that does not affect our financial position or jeopardize our fundamental business strategy.

Other Risk Considerations

In addition to the primary risk categories and sub-categories noted above, we consider risks that have thematic significance and may manifest across multiple categories of risk. These risk considerations include data risk, environmental, social and governance risk and reputational risk.

Data Risk

We are exposed to data risk when we fail to consistently manage and control our data assets through the entire lifecycle, including managing the production, confidentiality, quality, integrity, availability, and retention of data information.

Our risk management approach considers data risks within our business activities. Our enterprise data framework and supporting policies address management of data in key areas of data architecture, data governance, data quality management, data protection, data usage and ethics.

We also consider data risks in the execution of our business objectives and processes, including the development of new products and services, including AI applications. We remain committed to increasing the effectiveness of our data management practices which are designed to enable us to deliver products and services to our clients across the investment lifecycle.

Environmental, Social and Governance

We are exposed to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) risks factors that may lead to

increased risk levels across one or more enterprise risk categories and may impact our risk management frameworks. For example, climate risks include physical risks from acute and chronic weather-related effects as well as transition risks from changes such as fiscal policy, legislation and regulation, technological development, and investor and customer preference changes. Social and governance risks could also impact our risk categories and risk management frameworks.

ESG effects may be wide-ranging with potential financial and operational resilience implications that could negatively impact the Company’s strategic objectives and financial performance, reputation, business operations, ability to service clients and broad stakeholder relationships. Potential risk outcomes include, but are not limited to, adverse publicity, loss of business, financial loss, litigation, employee impacts, and other operational impacts. For example, key climate-related impacts have been identified across our credit portfolios, strategic positioning, operational resiliency, and the pace and volume of regulatory change, with the potential for reputational impacts across these areas. ESG is considered when managing risk within appetite and limits across the enterprise risk categories.

Reputational Risk

We are exposed to Reputational Risk as a result of negative stakeholder perception which may result from any decision, action, or inaction by BNY Mellon, any of our employees, or through other associated parties, such as clients, strategic partners, and third parties. Reputational impacts can result in risks to current or anticipated earnings, capital, liquidity, brand, and enterprise value, and can stem from any line of business, corporate function, legal entity, product, or service.

BNY Mellon 55

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001390777-23-000033.

Extracted from a substantive MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a TOC or reference stub. Source document followed from filing index: bk-20221231_d2.htm. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-27. Report date: 2022-12-31.

General

In this Annual Report, references to “our,” “we,” “us,” “BNY Mellon,” the “Company” and similar terms refer to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Parent” refers to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation but not its subsidiaries.

The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. BNY Mellon’s actual results of future operations may differ from those estimated or anticipated in certain forward-looking statements contained herein due to the factors described under the headings “Forward-looking Statements” and “Risk Factors,” both of which investors should read.

Certain business terms used in this Annual Report are defined in the Glossary.

This Annual Report generally discusses 2022 and 2021 items and comparisons between 2022 and 2021. Discussions of 2020 items and comparisons between 2021 and 2020 that are not included in this Annual Report can be found in our 2021 Annual Report, which was filed as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2021.

Overview

Established in 1784 by Alexander Hamilton, we were the first company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: BK). With a history of more than 235 years, BNY Mellon is a global company dedicated to helping its clients manage and service their financial assets throughout the investment life cycle. Whether providing financial services for institutions, corporations or individual investors, BNY Mellon delivers informed investment and wealth management and investment services in 35 countries.

BNY Mellon has three business segments, Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, which offer a comprehensive set of capabilities and deep expertise across the investment lifecycle, enabling the Company to provide solutions to buy-side and sell-side market participants, as well as leading institutional and wealth management clients globally.

The diagram below presents our three business segments and lines of business, with the remaining operations in the Other segment.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Securities ServicesMarket and Wealth ServicesInvestment and Wealth Management
Asset ServicingPershingInvestment Management
Issuer ServicesTreasury ServicesWealth Management
Clearance and Collateral Management

For additional information on our business segments, see “Review of business segments” and Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Key 2022 events

Alcentra

On Nov. 1, 2022, we completed the sale of BNY Alcentra Group Holdings, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, “Alcentra”). At Oct. 31, 2022, Alcentra had $32 billion in AUM concentrated in senior secured loans, high yield bonds, private credit, structured credit, special situations and multi-strategy credit strategies.

Repositioning the securities portfolio

In the fourth quarter of 2022, we took actions to reposition the securities portfolio to improve the trajectory of our net interest revenue. We sold approximately $3 billion of longer-dated lower yielding municipal and corporate bonds. These securities were replaced with significantly higher yielding securities. As a result of the repositioning, we recorded net securities losses of $449 million (pre-tax) in investment and other revenue.

Goodwill impairment

In the third quarter of 2022, we recorded a $680 million impairment of the goodwill associated with the Investment Management reporting unit, which

BNY Mellon 3

Results of Operations (continued)

was driven by lower market values and a higher discount rate. This goodwill impairment represents a non-cash charge and did not affect BNY Mellon’s liquidity position, tangible common equity or regulatory capital ratios. See “Critical accounting estimates” for additional information.

Leadership succession

In March 2022, Todd Gibbons announced his decision to retire as Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and member of the Board of Directors effective Aug. 31, 2022. The Board of Directors appointed Robin Vince to the position of President and CEO after Mr. Gibbons retired. Since 2020, Mr. Vince had served as Vice Chair of BNY Mellon and CEO of Global Market Infrastructure, which includes BNY Mellon’s Pershing, Treasury Services, and Clearance and Collateral Management lines of business, as well as Markets & Execution Services.

Dermot McDonogh joined BNY Mellon on Nov. 1, 2022, and effective Feb. 1, 2023, succeeded Emily Portney as the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”). Ms. Portney served as the CFO since July 19, 2020, and has assumed a new position leading the Company’s Asset Servicing business.

Summary of financial highlights

We reported net income applicable to common shareholders of $2.4 billion, or $2.90 per diluted common share, in 2022, including the negative impact of notable items. Notable items in 2022 include goodwill impairment in the Investment Management reporting unit, a net loss from repositioning the securities portfolio, severance expense, litigation reserves, the accelerated amortization of deferred costs for depositary receipts services related to Russia and net gains on disposals (reflected in investment and other revenue). Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $3.7 billion (Non-GAAP), or $4.59 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in 2022. In 2021, net income applicable to common shareholders of BNY Mellon was $3.6 billion, or $4.14 per diluted common share, including the negative impact of notable items. Notable items in 2021 include litigation reserves, severance expense and net gains on disposals (reflected in investment and other revenue). Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $3.6

billion (Non-GAAP), or $4.24 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in 2021.

The highlights below are based on 2022 compared with 2021, unless otherwise noted.

•Total revenue increased 3%, or 6% (Non-GAAP) excluding notable items, primarily reflecting:

•Fee revenue was essentially flat primarily reflecting lower market values, the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar and the accelerated amortization of deferred costs for depositary receipts services related to Russia, partially offset by lower money market fee waivers. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 6.)

•Investment and other revenue decreased, primarily reflecting the net loss from repositioning the securities portfolio. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 6.)

•Net interest revenue increased 34%, primarily driven by higher interest rates on interest-earning assets, partially offset by higher funding expense. (See “Net interest revenue” beginning on page 9.)

•The provision for credit losses was $39 million compared with a benefit of $231 million. The increase was primarily driven by changes in the macroeconomic environment forecast. (See “Allowance for credit losses” beginning on page 34.)

•Noninterest expense increased 13%, primarily reflecting the goodwill impairment in the Investment Management reporting unit and higher severance expense and litigation reserves. Excluding notable items, noninterest expense increased 5% (Non-GAAP), primarily reflecting higher investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives and higher revenue-related expenses, as well as the impact of inflation, partially offset by an approximately 3% favorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar. (See “Noninterest expense” on page 12.)

•Effective tax rate of 23.1%, or 19.1% excluding notable items (Non-GAAP), primarily goodwill impairment, in 2022. (See “Income taxes” on page 12.)

•Return on common equity (“ROE”) was 6.5% for 2022. Excluding notable items, the adjusted ROE was 10.3% (Non-GAAP) for 2022.

4 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

•Return on tangible common equity (“ROTCE”) was 13.4% (Non-GAAP) for 2022. Excluding notable items, the adjusted ROTCE was 21.0% (Non-GAAP) for 2022.

See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 104 for the reconciliation of the Non-GAAP measures.

Metrics

•AUC/A totaled $44.3 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022 compared with $46.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021. The 5% decrease primarily reflects lower market values and the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar, partially offset by client inflows and net new business. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 6.)

•AUM totaled $1.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022 compared with $2.4 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021. The 25% decrease primarily reflects lower market values, the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar and the divestiture of Alcentra, partially offset by net inflows. (See “Investment and Wealth Management business segment” beginning on page 18.)

Capital and liquidity

•Our CET1 ratio calculated under the Advanced Approaches was 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2022 and 11.2% under the Standardized Approach at Dec. 31, 2021. This primarily reflects capital generated through earnings, lower risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) and the impact of the Alcentra sale, offset by the net decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income and capital

deployed through dividends. (See “Capital” beginning on page 40.)

•Our Tier 1 leverage ratio was 5.8% at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with 5.5% at Dec. 31, 2021. The increase reflects lower average assets, partially offset by a decrease in capital. (See “Capital” beginning on page 40.)

Highlights of our principal business segments

Securities Services

•Total revenue increased 11%.

•Income before taxes increased 13%.

•Pre-tax operating margin of 21%.

Market and Wealth Services

•Total revenue increased 11%.

•Income before taxes increased 10%.

•Pre-tax operating margin of 44%.

Investment and Wealth Management

•Total revenue decreased 12%.

•Income before taxes decreased 96%; or 39% excluding notable items (Non-GAAP).

•Pre-tax operating margin of 1%; adjusted pre-tax operating margin of 24% excluding notable items (Non-GAAP).

See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 104 for the reconciliation of the Non-GAAP measures. See “Review of business segments” and Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our business segments.

BNY Mellon 5

Results of Operations (continued)

Fee and other revenue

Fee and other revenue20222021
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20222021202020212020
Investment services fees$8,529$8,284$8,0473%3%
Investment management and performance fees (a)3,2993,5883,367(8)7
Foreign exchange revenue82279977433
Financing-related fees175194212(10)(8)
Distribution and servicing fees13011211516(3)
Total fee revenue12,95512,97712,5154
Investment and other revenue(82)336316N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue$12,873$13,313$12,831(3)%4%
Fee revenue as a percentage of total revenue79%81%79%
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (b)$44.3$46.7$41.1(5)%14%
AUM at period end (in billions) (c)$1,836$2,434$2,211(25)%10%

(a)    Excludes seed capital gains (losses) related to consolidated investment management funds.

(b)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Clearance and Collateral Management, Issuer Services, Pershing and Wealth Management lines of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $1.5 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022, $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $1.5 trillion at Dec. 31, 2020.

(c)    Excludes assets managed outside of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Fee revenue was essentially flat compared with 2021, primarily reflecting lower market values, the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar and the accelerated amortization of deferred costs for depositary receipts services related to Russia in the first quarter of 2022, partially offset by lower money market fee waivers.

Investment and other revenue decreased $418 million in 2022 compared with 2021, primarily reflecting the net loss from repositioning the securities portfolio.

Money market fee waivers

In recent years, low short-term interest rates resulted in money market mutual fund fees and other similar fees being waived to protect investors from negative returns. The fee waivers impacted fee revenues in most of our businesses, but also resulted in lower distribution and servicing expense. Money market fee waivers are highly sensitive to changes in short-term interest rates and, due to increases in interest rates in the second half of 2022, have abated.

The following table presents the impact of money market fee waivers on our consolidated fee revenue, net of distribution and servicing expense. In 2022, the net impact of money market fee waivers was $306 million, down from $916 million in 2021, driven by higher interest rates.

Money market fee waivers
(in millions)202220212020
Investment services fees (see table below)$(153)$(547)$(209)
Investment management and performance fees(165)(429)(142)
Distribution and servicing fees(13)(51)(17)
Total fee revenue(331)(1,027)(368)
Less: Distribution and servicing expense2511131
Net impact of money market fee waivers$(306)$(916)$(337)
Impact to investment services fees by line of business (a):
Asset Servicing$(19)$(105)$(10)
Issuer Services(12)(62)(9)
Pershing(116)(343)(186)
Treasury Services(6)(37)(4)
Total impact to investment services fees by line of business$(153)$(547)$(209)
Impact to fee revenue by line of business (a):
Asset Servicing$(29)$(176)$(18)
Issuer Services(16)(83)(13)
Pershing(137)(401)(227)
Treasury Services(8)(52)(6)
Investment Management(139)(303)(100)
Wealth Management(2)(12)(4)
Total impact to fee revenue by line of business$(331)$(1,027)$(368)

(a)    The line of business revenue for management reporting purposes reflects the impact of revenue transferred between the businesses.

6 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Investment services fees

Investment services fees increased 3% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting lower money market fee waivers and higher client activity, partially offset by the impact of prior year lost business in Pershing and Corporate Trust, the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar, lower market values and the accelerated amortization of deferred costs for depositary receipts services related to Russia in the first quarter of 2022.

AUC/A totaled $44.3 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022, a decrease of 5% compared with Dec. 31, 2021, primarily reflecting lower market values and the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar, partially offset by client inflows and net new business. AUC/A consisted of 33% equity securities and 67% fixed-income securities at Dec. 31, 2022 and 37% equity securities and 63% fixed-income securities at Dec. 31, 2021.

See “Securities Services business segment” and “Market and Wealth Services business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details.

Investment management and performance fees

Investment management and performance fees decreased 8% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting lower market values, the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar, the mix of cumulative net inflows, the impact of the Alcentra divestiture and lower equity income, partially offset by lower money market fee waivers. Performance fees were $75 million in 2022 and $107 million in 2021. On a constant currency basis (Non-GAAP), investment management and performance fees decreased 4% compared with 2021. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 104 for the reconciliation of Non-GAAP measures.

AUM was $1.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022, a decrease of 25% compared with Dec. 31, 2021, primarily reflecting lower market values, the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar and the divestiture of Alcentra, partially offset by net inflows.

See “Investment and Wealth Management business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details regarding the drivers of investment

management and performance fees, AUM and AUM flows.

Foreign exchange revenue

Foreign exchange revenue is primarily driven by the volume of client transactions and the spread realized on these transactions, both of which are impacted by market volatility, the impact of foreign currency hedging activities and foreign currency remeasurement gain (loss). In 2022, foreign exchange revenue increased 3% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting higher volatility, partially offset by lower volumes. Foreign exchange revenue is primarily reported in the Securities Services business segment and, to a lesser extent, the Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments and the Other segment.

Financing-related fees

Financing-related fees, which are primarily reported in the Market and Wealth Services and Securities Services business segments, include capital market fees, loan commitment fees and credit-related fees. Financing-related fees decreased 10% in 2022 compared with 2021, primarily reflecting lower capital market fees, including underwriting fees.

Distribution and servicing fees

Distribution and servicing fees earned from mutual funds are primarily based on average assets in the funds and the sales of funds that we manage or administer, and are primarily reported in the Investment Management business. These fees, which include 12b-1 fees, fluctuate with the overall level of net sales, the relative mix of sales between share classes, the funds’ market values and money market fee waivers.

Distribution and servicing fees were $130 million in 2022 compared with $112 million in 2021, driven by lower money market fee waivers. The impact of distribution and servicing fees on income in any one period is partially offset by distribution and servicing expense paid to other financial intermediaries to cover their costs for distribution and servicing of mutual funds. Distribution and servicing expense is recorded as noninterest expense on the income statement.

BNY Mellon 7

Results of Operations (continued)

Investment and other revenue

Investment and other revenue includes income or loss from consolidated investment management funds, seed capital gains or losses, other trading revenue or loss, renewable energy investments losses, income from corporate and bank-owned life insurance contracts, other investment gains or losses, gains or losses from disposals, expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture, other income or loss and net securities gains or losses. The income or loss from consolidated investment management funds should be considered together with the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests, which reflects the portion of the consolidated funds for which we do not have an economic interest and is reflected below net income as a separate line item on the consolidated income statement. Other trading revenue or loss primarily includes the impact of market-risk hedging activity related to our seed capital investments in investment management funds, non-foreign currency derivative and fixed income trading, and other hedging activity. Investments in renewable energy generate losses in investment and other revenue that are more than offset by benefits and credits recorded to the provision for income taxes. Other investment gains or losses includes fair value changes of non-readily marketable strategic equity, private equity and other investments. Expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture relate to expenses incurred by BNY Mellon on behalf of the CIBC Mellon joint venture. Other income includes various miscellaneous revenues.

The following table provides the components of investment and other revenue.

Investment and other revenue
(in millions)202220212020
(Loss) income from consolidated investment management funds$(42)$32$84
Seed capital (losses) gains (a)(37)4023
Other trading revenue149613
Renewable energy investment (losses)(164)(201)(129)
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance128140148
Other investment gains (b)15915935
Disposal gains (losses)2613(61)
Expense reimbursements from joint venture1089685
Other income344685
Net securities (losses) gains(443)(c)533
Total investment and other revenue$(82)$336$316

(a)    Includes gains (losses) on investments in BNY Mellon funds which hedge deferred incentive awards.

(b)    Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

(c)    Includes a net loss of $449 million related to the repositioning of the securities portfolio.

Investment and other revenue was a loss of $82 million in 2022 compared with revenue of $336 million in 2021. The decrease primarily reflects the net loss from repositioning the securities portfolio.

8 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Net interest revenue

Net interest revenue20222021
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions)20222021202020212020
Net interest revenue$3,504$2,618$2,97734%(12)%
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment11139N/MN/M
Net interest revenue on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis – Non-GAAP (a)$3,515$2,631$2,98634%(12)%
Average interest-earning assets$362,180$387,023$354,526(6)%9%
Net interest margin0.97%0.68%0.84%29bps(16)bps
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (a)0.97%0.68%0.84%29bps(16)bps

(a)    Net interest revenue (FTE) – Non-GAAP and net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP include the tax equivalent adjustments on tax-exempt income which allows for comparisons of amounts arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice. The adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income.

N/M – Not meaningful.

bps – basis points.

Net interest revenue increased 34% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting higher interest rates on interest-earning assets, partially offset by higher funding expense.

Net interest margin increased 29 basis points compared with 2021. The increase primarily reflects the factors mentioned above.

Average interest-earning assets decreased 6% compared with 2021. The decrease primarily reflects lower interest-bearing deposit assets and lower securities balances, partially offset by higher loan balances.

Average non-U.S. dollar deposits comprised approximately 25% of our average total deposits in 2022 and 2021. Approximately 40% of the average non-U.S. dollar deposits in 2022 and 2021 were euro-denominated.

Net interest revenue in future periods will depend on the level and mix of client deposits and deposit rates, as well as the level and shape of the yield curve. Based on the market implied forward interest rates as of the reporting date, we expect net interest revenue for the year ended Dec. 31, 2023 to increase when compared to the year ended Dec. 31, 2022.

BNY Mellon 9

Results of Operations (continued)

Average balances and interest rates20222021
(dollars in millions)Average balanceInterestAverage rateAverage balanceInterestAverage rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks:
Domestic offices$46,270$8101.75%$47,070$600.13%
Foreign offices51,1722090.4166,276(137)(0.21)
Total interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks97,4421,0191.05113,346(77)(0.07)
Interest-bearing deposits with banks16,8262211.3120,757480.23
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)24,9531,2004.8128,5301200.42
Loans:
Domestic offices62,6401,8783.0055,0738921.62
Foreign offices5,1851212.335,741661.15
Total loans (b)67,8251,9992.9560,8149581.58
Securities:
U.S. government obligations40,5836071.4934,3832610.76
U.S. government agency obligations64,0411,1571.8172,5529851.36
State and political subdivisions (c)1,887432.312,623542.01
Other securities:
Domestic offices (c)17,0925863.4317,1453331.94
Foreign offices26,2831540.5930,1831230.41
Total other securities (c)43,3757401.7147,3284560.96
Total investment securities (c)149,8862,5471.70156,8861,7561.12
Trading securities (primarily domestic) (c)5,2481432.736,690530.80
Total securities (c)155,1342,6901.73163,5761,8091.11
Total interest-earning assets (c)$362,180$7,1291.97%$387,023$2,8580.74%
Noninterest-earning assets64,72165,209
Total assets$426,901$452,232
Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Domestic offices$111,491$9800.88%$124,716$(27)(0.02)%
Foreign offices101,9166070.60112,493(148)(0.13)
Total interest-bearing deposits213,4071,5870.74237,209(175)(0.07)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)12,9409347.2113,716(4)(0.03)
Trading liabilities3,432681.982,59080.31
Other borrowed funds:
Domestic offices18174.1216052.99
Foreign offices32420.5122331.48
Total other borrowed funds50591.8038382.11
Commercial paper52.0630.07
Payables to customers and broker-dealers17,1111560.9116,887(2)(0.01)
Long-term debt27,4488603.1325,7883921.52
Total interest-bearing liabilities$274,848$3,6141.31%$296,576$2270.08%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits85,65286,606
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities25,27824,381
Total liabilities385,778407,563
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity41,01344,358
Noncontrolling interests110311
Total liabilities and equity$426,901$452,232
Net interest revenue (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)$3,515$2,631
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)0.97%0.68%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment1113
Net interest revenue – GAAP$3,504$2,618
Net interest margin – GAAP0.97%0.68%
Percentage of assets attributable to foreign offices (e)26%30%
Percentage of liabilities attributable to foreign offices (e)30%31%

(a)    Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $43 billion in 2022 and $45 billion in 2021. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 1.77% for 2022 and 0.16% for 2021, and the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been 1.67% for 2022 and (0.01)% for 2021. We believe providing the rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b)    Interest income includes fees of $2 million in 2022 and $3 million in 2021. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans; the associated income, which was recognized on a cash basis, is included in interest income.

(c)    Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21% for both 2022 and 2021.

(d)    See “Net interest revenue” on page 9 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(e)    Includes the Cayman Islands branch office, which existed through August 2021.

10 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Average balances and interest rates2020
(dollars in millions)Average balanceInterestAverage rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks:
Domestic offices$45,186$1210.27%
Foreign offices49,246(71)(0.14)
Total interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks94,432500.05
Interest-bearing deposits with banks19,1651340.70
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)30,7685451.77
Loans:
Domestic offices44,1379422.13
Foreign offices11,0912001.81
Total loans (b)55,2281,1422.07
Securities:
U.S. government obligations27,2422781.02
U.S. government agency obligations75,4301,3281.76
State and political subdivisions (c)1,418362.51
Other securities:
Domestic offices (c)14,3353002.09
Foreign offices29,4022120.72
Total other securities (c)43,7375121.17
Total investment securities (c)147,8272,1541.46
Trading securities (primarily domestic) (c)7,106931.31
Total securities (c)154,9332,2471.45
Total interest-earning assets (c)$354,526$4,1181.16%
Noninterest-earning assets58,792
Total assets$413,318
Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Domestic offices$105,984$1760.17%
Foreign offices106,836(15)(0.01)
Total interest-bearing deposits212,8201610.08
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)14,8622831.90
Trading liabilities2,177150.68
Other borrowed funds:
Domestic offices849151.81
Foreign offices19910.26
Total other borrowed funds1,048161.52
Commercial paper1,08270.66
Payables to customers and broker-dealers17,789280.16
Long-term debt26,8886222.31
Total interest-bearing liabilities$276,666$1,1320.41%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits69,124
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities23,879
Total liabilities369,669
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity43,430
Noncontrolling interests219
Total liabilities and equity$413,318
Net interest revenue (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)$2,986
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (c)(d)0.84%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment9
Net interest revenue – GAAP$2,977
Net interest margin – GAAP0.84%
Percentage of assets attributable to foreign offices (e)30%
Percentage of liabilities attributable to foreign offices (e)32%

(a)    Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $57 billion in 2020. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 0.62%, and the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been 0.39% for 2020. We believe providing the rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b)    Interest income includes fees of $6 million in 2020. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans; the associated income, which was recognized on a cash basis, is included in interest income.

(c)    Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21% in 2020.

(d)    See “Net interest revenue” on page 9 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(e)    Includes the Cayman Islands branch office.

BNY Mellon 11

Results of Operations (continued)

Noninterest expense

Noninterest expense20222021
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions)20222021202020212020
Staff$6,800$6,337$5,9667%6%
Software and equipment1,6571,4781,370128
Professional, legal and other purchased services1,5271,4591,40354
Net occupancy5144985813(14)
Sub-custodian and clearing485505460(4)10
Distribution and servicing34329833615(11)
Business development152107105422
Bank assessment charges126133124(5)7
Goodwill impairment680N/MN/M
Amortization of intangible assets6782104(18)(21)
Other659617555711
Total noninterest expense$13,010$11,514$11,00413%5%
Full-time employees at year-end51,70049,10048,5005%1%

Total noninterest expense increased 13% compared with 2021. The increase primarily reflects goodwill impairment in the Investment Management reporting unit and higher severance expense and litigation reserves. Excluding notable items, noninterest expense increased 5% (Non-GAAP), primarily reflecting higher investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives and higher revenue-related expenses, as well as the impact of inflation, partially offset by an approximately 3% favorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar. The investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives are primarily included in staff, software and equipment, and professional, legal and other purchased services expenses. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 104 for the reconciliation of the Non-GAAP measure.

We expect noninterest expense for the year ended Dec. 31, 2023 to increase, but at a slower pace when compared with the year ended Dec. 31, 2022; the increase is driven by higher revenue-related expenses and higher investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives, as well as the impact of inflation, partially offset by the benefit of efficiency initiatives.

Income taxes

BNY Mellon recorded an income tax provision of $768 million (23.1% effective tax rate) in 2022. Excluding notable items, the income tax provision was $930 million (19.1% effective tax rate) (Non-GAAP) in 2022. The income tax provision was $877 million (18.9% effective tax rate) in 2021. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 104 for the reconciliation of the Non-GAAP measure. For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

12 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Review of business segments

We have an internal information system that produces performance data along product and service lines for our three principal business segments: Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, and the Other segment.

Business segment accounting principles

Our business segment data has been determined on an internal management basis of accounting, rather than the generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) used for consolidated financial reporting. These measurement principles are designed so that reported results of the business will track their economic performance.

For information on the accounting principles of our business segments, the primary products and services in each line of business, the primary types of revenue by line of business and how our business segments are presented and analyzed, see Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business segment results are subject to reclassification when organizational changes are made, or for refinements in revenue and expense allocation methodologies. Refinements are typically reflected on a prospective basis. There were no reclassification or organizational changes in 2022.

The results of our business segments may be influenced by client and other activities that vary by quarter. In the first quarter, staff expense typically increases reflecting the vesting of long-term stock awards for retirement-eligible employees. Prior to 2022, in the third quarter, staff expense typically increased reflecting the annual employee merit increase. In 2022, this increase was reflected in the second quarter. In the third quarter, volume-related fees may decline due to reduced client activity. In the fourth quarter, we typically incur higher business

development and marketing expenses; however, 2020 was an exception due to the impact of the coronavirus pandemic. In our Investment and Wealth Management business segment, performance fees are typically higher in the fourth and first quarters, as those quarters represent the end of the measurement period for many of the performance fee-eligible relationships.

The results of our business segments may also be impacted by the translation of financial results denominated in foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. On a consolidated basis and in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, we typically have more foreign currency-denominated expenses than revenues. However, our Investment and Wealth Management business segment typically has more foreign currency-denominated revenues than expenses. Overall, currency fluctuations impact the year-over-year growth rate in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment more than the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments. However, currency fluctuations, in isolation, are not expected to significantly impact net income on a consolidated basis.

Fee revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment, and to a lesser extent the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, is impacted by the global market fluctuations. At Dec. 31, 2022, we estimated that a 5% change in global equity markets, spread evenly throughout the year, would impact fee revenue by less than 1% and diluted earnings per common share by $0.04 to $0.07.

See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the consolidating schedules which show the contribution of our business segments to our overall profitability.

BNY Mellon 13

Results of Operations (continued)

Securities Services business segment

20222021
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20222021202020212020
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Asset Servicing$3,918$3,876$3,6351%7%
Issuer Services1,0091,0611,100(5)(4)
Total investment services fees4,9274,9374,7354
Foreign exchange revenue5845746022(5)
Other fees (a)20211318279(38)
Total fee revenue5,7135,6245,51922
Investment and other revenue291194159N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue6,0045,8185,67832
Net interest revenue2,0281,4261,69742(16)
Total revenue8,0327,2447,37511(2)
Provision for credit losses8(134)215N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)6,2665,8205,52285
Amortization of intangible assets3332343(6)
Total noninterest expense6,2995,8525,55685
Income before income taxes$1,725$1,526$1,60413%(5)%
Pre-tax operating margin21%21%22%
Securities lending revenue (b)$182$173$1705%2%
Total revenue by line of business:
Asset Servicing$6,323$5,699$5,70511%%
Issuer Services1,7091,5451,67011(7)
Total revenue by line of business$8,032$7,244$7,37511%(2)%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$11,245$8,756$9,22528%(5)%
Average deposits$183,990$200,482$177,853(8)%13%
Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)$31.4$34.6$30.6(9)%13%
Market value of securities on loan at period end (in billions) (d)$449$447$435%3%

(a)    Other fees primarily includes financing-related fees.

(b)    Included in investment services fees reported in the Asset Servicing line of business.

(c)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Issuer Services line of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $1.5 trillion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $1.5 trillion at Dec. 31, 2020.

(d)    Represents the total amount of securities on loan in our agency securities lending program. Excludes securities for which BNY Mellon acts as agent on behalf of CIBC Mellon clients, which totaled $68 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, $71 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $68 billion at Dec. 31, 2020.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Business segment description

The Securities Services business segment consists of two distinct lines of business, Asset Servicing and Issuer Services, which provide business solutions across the transaction lifecycle to our global asset owner and asset manager clients. We are one of the leading global investment services providers with $31.4 trillion of AUC/A at Dec. 31, 2022. For information on the drivers of the Securities Services

fee revenue, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Asset Servicing business provides a comprehensive suite of solutions. We are one of the largest global custody and front-to-back outsourcing partners. We offer services for the safekeeping of assets in capital markets globally as well as fund accounting services, exchange-traded funds servicing, transfer agency, trust and depository, front-to-back

14 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

capabilities as well as data and analytics solutions for our clients. We deliver foreign exchange, and securities lending and financing solutions, on both an agency and principal basis. Our agency securities lending program is one of the largest lenders of U.S. and non-U.S. securities, servicing a lendable asset pool of approximately $4.5 trillion in 34 separate markets. Our market-leading liquidity services portal enables cash investments for institutional clients and includes fund research and analytics.

The Issuer Services business includes Corporate Trust and Depositary Receipts. Our Corporate Trust business delivers a full range of issuer and related investor services, including trustee, paying agency, fiduciary, escrow and other financial services. We are a leading provider to the debt capital markets, providing customized and market-driven solutions to investors, bondholders and lenders. Our Depositary Receipts business drives global investing by providing servicing and value-added solutions that enable, facilitate and enhance cross-border trading, clearing, settlement and ownership. We are one of the largest providers of depositary receipts services in the world, partnering with leading companies from more than 50 countries.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $31.4 trillion decreased 9% compared with Dec. 31, 2021, primarily reflecting lower market values and the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar, partially offset by client inflows and net new business.

Total revenue of $8.0 billion increased 11% compared with 2021. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Asset Servicing revenue of $6.3 billion increased 11% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting higher net interest revenue, lower money market fee waivers and higher client activity, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar and lower market values.

Issuer Services revenue of $1.7 billion increased 11% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting higher net interest revenue and lower money market fee waivers, partially offset by the accelerated amortization of deferred costs for depositary receipts services related to Russia.

Market and regulatory trends are driving investable assets toward lower fee asset management products at reduced margins for our clients. These dynamics are also negatively impacting our investment services fees. However, at the same time, these trends are providing additional outsourcing opportunities as clients and other market participants seek to comply with regulations and reduce their operating costs.

Noninterest expense of $6.3 billion increased 8% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting higher investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives, as well as the impact of inflation, partially offset by the favorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar.

BNY Mellon 15

Results of Operations (continued)

Market and Wealth Services business segment

20222021
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20222021202020212020
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Pershing$1,908$1,737$1,73410%%
Treasury Services68966264143
Clearance and Collateral Management97191889662
Total investment services fees3,5683,3173,27181
Foreign exchange revenue88887911
Other fees (a)17613116634(21)
Total fee revenue3,8323,5363,51681
Investment and other revenue404762N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue3,8723,5833,5788
Net interest revenue1,4101,1581,22822(6)
Total revenue5,2824,7414,80611(1)
Provision for credit losses7(67)100N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)2,9242,6552,577103
Amortization of intangible assets82137(62)(43)
Total noninterest expense2,9322,6762,614102
Income before income taxes$2,343$2,132$2,09210%2%
Pre-tax operating margin44%45%44%
Total revenue by line of business:
Pershing$2,537$2,314$2,33210%(1)%
Treasury Services1,4831,2931,32715(3)
Clearance and Collateral Management1,2621,1341,14711(1)
Total revenue by line of business$5,282$4,741$4,80611%(1)%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$41,300$38,344$32,4328%18%
Average deposits$91,749$102,948$83,442(11)%23%
Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (b)$12.7$11.8$10.28%16%
Pershing:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions)$2.3$2.6$2.5(12)%4%
Net new assets (U.S. platform) (in billions) (c)$121$161$116N/MN/M
Average active clearing accounts (in thousands)7,4837,2576,8833%5%
Treasury Services:
Average daily U.S. dollar payment volumes239,630235,971221,7552%6%
Clearance and Collateral Management:
Average tri-party collateral management balances (in billions)$5,285$4,260$3,56624%19%

(a)    Other fees primarily include financing-related fees.

(b)    Consists of AUC/A from the Clearance and Collateral Management and Pershing businesses.

(c)    Net new assets represent net flows of assets (e.g., net cash deposits and net securities transfers, including dividends and interest) in customer accounts in Pershing LLC, a U.S. broker-dealer.

N/M – Not meaningful.

16 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Business segment description

The Market and Wealth Services business segment consists of three distinct lines of business, Pershing, Treasury Services and Clearance and Collateral Management, which provide business services and technology solutions to entities including financial institutions, corporations, foundations and endowments, public funds and government agencies. For information on the drivers of the Market and Wealth Services fee revenue, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pershing provides execution, clearing, custody, business and technology solutions, delivering operational support to broker-dealers, wealth managers and registered investment advisors (“RIAs”) globally.

Our Treasury Services business is a leading provider of global payments, liquidity management and trade finance services for financial institutions, corporations and the public sector.

Our Clearance and Collateral Management business clears and settles equity and fixed-income transactions globally and serves as custodian for tri-party repo collateral worldwide. We are the primary provider of U.S. government securities clearance and a provider of non-U.S. government securities clearance. Our collateral services include collateral management, administration and segregation. We offer innovative solutions and industry expertise which help financial institutions and institutional investors with their financing, risk and balance sheet challenges. We are a leading provider of tri-party collateral management

services with an average of $5.3 trillion serviced globally including approximately $4.2 trillion of the U.S. tri-party repo market at Dec. 31, 2022.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $12.7 trillion increased 8% compared with Dec. 31, 2021, primarily reflecting net client inflows, partially offset by lower market values and the impact of a stronger U.S. Dollar.

Total revenue of $5.3 billion increased 11% compared with 2021. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Pershing revenue of $2.5 billion increased 10% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting lower money market fee waivers and higher fees on sweep balances, partially offset by the impact of prior year lost business.

Treasury Services revenue of $1.5 billion increased 15% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting higher net interest revenue and lower money market fee waivers.

Clearance and Collateral Management revenue of $1.3 billion increased 11% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting higher net interest revenue and higher U.S. government clearance volumes.

Noninterest expense of $2.9 billion increased 10% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting higher investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives and higher revenue-related expenses, as well as the impact of inflation, partially offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar.

BNY Mellon 17

Results of Operations (continued)

Investment and Wealth Management business segment

20222021
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions)20222021202020212020
Revenue:
Investment management fees$3,215$3,483$3,261(8)%7%
Performance fees75107107(30)
Investment management and performance fees (a)3,2903,5903,368(8)7
Distribution and servicing fees19211213771(18)
Other fees (b)(133)80(58)N/MN/M
Total fee revenue3,3493,7823,447(11)10
Investment and other revenue (c)(27)6748N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue (c)3,3223,8493,495(14)10
Net interest revenue22819319718(2)
Total revenue3,5504,0423,692(12)9
Provision for credit losses1(13)20N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding goodwill impairment and amortization of intangible assets)2,7952,7962,6685
Goodwill impairment680N/MN/M
Amortization of intangible assets262933(10)(12)
Total noninterest expense3,5012,8252,701245
Income before income taxes$48$1,230$971(96)%(d)27%
Pre-tax operating margin1%30%26%
Adjusted pre-tax operating margin – Non-GAAP (e)2%(f)33%29%
Total revenue by line of business:
Investment Management$2,390$2,834$2,596(16)%9%
Wealth Management1,1601,2081,096(4)10
Total revenue by line of business$3,550$4,042$3,692(12)%9%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$14,055$12,120$11,72816%3%
Average deposits$19,214$18,068$17,3406%4%

(a)    On a constant currency basis, investment management and performance fees decreased 5% (Non-GAAP) compared with 2021. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 104 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(b)    Other fees primarily includes investment services fees.

(c)    Investment and other revenue and total fee and other revenue are net of income attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds.

(d)    Excluding notable items, income before income taxes decreased 39% (Non-GAAP) compared with 2021. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 104 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(e)    Net of distribution and servicing expense. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 104 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(f)    Excluding notable items and net of distribution and servicing expense, the adjusted pre-tax operating margin was 24% (Non-GAAP) in 2022. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 104 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

N/M – Not meaningful.

18 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

AUM trends
(in billions)202220212020
AUM by product type (a):
Equity$135$187$170
Fixed income198267259
Index395467393
Liability-driven investments570890855
Multi-asset and alternative investments153228209
Cash385395325
Total AUM$1,836$2,434$2,211
Changes in AUM (a):
Beginning balance of AUM$2,434$2,211$1,910
Net inflows (outflows):
Long-term strategies:
Equity(18)(12)(10)
Fixed income(21)1710
Liability-driven investments783622
Multi-asset and alternative investments(11)(2)(4)
Total long-term active strategies inflows283918
Index2(7)6
Total long-term strategies inflows303224
Short-term strategies:
Cash(12)7049
Total net inflows1810273
Net market impact(471)143186
Net currency impact(113)(22)42
Divestiture(32)
Ending balance of AUM$1,836$2,434$2,211
Wealth Management client assets (b)$269$321$286

(a)    Excludes assets managed outside of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

(b)    Includes AUM and AUC/A in the Wealth Management line of business.

Business segment description

Our Investment and Wealth Management business segment consists of two distinct lines of business, Investment Management and Wealth Management, which have a combined AUM of $1.8 trillion as of Dec. 31, 2022.

BNY Mellon Investment Management is a leading global asset manager and consists of our seven specialist investment firms and global distribution network to deliver a highly diversified portfolio of investment strategies to institutional and retail clients globally.

Our Investment Management model provides specialized expertise from seven respected investment firms offering solutions across every major asset class, with backing from the proven stewardship and

global presence of BNY Mellon. Each investment firm has its own individual culture, investment philosophy and proprietary investment process. This approach brings our clients clear, independent thinking from highly experienced investment professionals.

The investment firms offer a broad range of actively managed equity, fixed income, alternative and liability-driven investments, along with passive products and cash management. Our six majority-owned investment firms are as follows: ARX, Dreyfus, Insight Investment, Mellon, Newton Investment Management and Walter Scott. BNY Mellon owns a non-controlling interest in Siguler Guff.

In November 2022, BNY Mellon sold Alcentra. As part of the sale agreement, Investment Management will continue to offer Alcentra’s capabilities in BNY Mellon’s sub-advised funds and in select regions via its global distribution platform. BNY Mellon will continue to provide Alcentra with ongoing asset servicing support.

In addition to its investment firms, Investment Management has multiple global distribution entities, which are responsible for distributing the investment solutions developed and managed by the investment firms, as well as responsibility for management and distribution of our U.S. mutual funds and certain offshore money market funds.

BNY Mellon Wealth Management provides investment management, custody, wealth and estate planning, private banking services, investment servicing and information management. BNY Mellon Wealth Management has $269 billion in client assets as of Dec. 31, 2022, and more than 30 offices in the U.S. and internationally.

Wealth Management clients include individuals, families and institutions. Institutions include family offices, charitable gift programs and endowments and foundations. We work with clients to build, manage and sustain wealth across generations and market cycles.

The wealth business differentiates itself with a comprehensive wealth management framework called Active Wealth that seeks to empower clients to build and sustain long-term wealth.

BNY Mellon 19

Results of Operations (continued)

The results of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment are driven by a blend of daily, monthly and quarterly averages of AUM by product type. The overall level of AUM for a given period is determined by:

•the beginning level of AUM;

•the net flows of new assets during the period resulting from new business wins and existing client inflows, reduced by the loss of clients and existing client outflows; and

•the impact of market price appreciation or depreciation, foreign exchange rates and investment firm acquisitions or divestitures.

The mix of AUM is a result of the historical growth rates of equity and fixed income markets and the cumulative net flows of our investment firms as a result of client asset allocation decisions. Actively managed equity, multi-asset and alternative assets typically generate higher percentage fees than fixed-income and liability-driven investments and cash. Also, actively managed assets typically generate higher management fees than indexed or passively managed assets of the same type. Market and regulatory trends have resulted in increased demand for lower fee asset management products and for performance-based fees.

Investment management fees are dependent on the overall level and mix of AUM and the management fees expressed in basis points (one-hundredth of one percent) charged for managing those assets. Management fees are typically subject to fee schedules based on the overall level of assets managed for a single client or by individual asset class and style. This is most common for institutional clients where we typically manage substantial assets for individual accounts.

Performance fees are generally calculated as a percentage of a portfolio’s performance in excess of a benchmark index or a peer group’s performance.

A key driver of organic growth in investment management and performance fees is the amount of net new AUM flows. Overall market conditions are also key drivers, with a significant long-term economic driver being growth of global financial assets.

Net interest revenue is determined by loan and deposit volumes and the interest rate spread between customer rates and internal funds transfer rates on loans and deposits. Expenses in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment are mainly driven by staff and distribution and servicing expenses.

Review of financial results

AUM of $1.8 trillion decreased 25% compared with Dec. 31, 2021, primarily reflecting lower market values, the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar and the divestiture of Alcentra, partially offset by net inflows.

Net long-term strategy inflows were $30 billion in 2022, driven by inflows of liability-driven investments, partially offset by outflows of fixed income, equity and multi-asset and alternative investments. Short-term strategy outflows were $12 billion in 2022.

Total revenue of $3.6 billion decreased 12% compared with 2021. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Investment Management revenue of $2.4 billion decreased 16% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting lower market values, the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar, the mix of cumulative net inflows, lower seed capital results and the impact of the Alcentra divestiture, partially offset by lower money market fee waivers.

Wealth Management revenue of $1.2 billion decreased 4% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting lower market values, partially offset by higher net interest revenue.

Revenue generated in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment included 35% from non-U.S. sources in 2022, compared with 38% in 2021.

Noninterest expense of $3.5 billion increased 24% compared with 2021, primarily reflecting goodwill impairment in the Investment Management reporting unit and investments in growth initiatives, partially offset by the favorable impact of a strong U.S. dollar.

20 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Other segment

(in millions)202220212020
Fee revenue$61$36$34
Investment and other revenue(373)1537
Total fee and other revenue(312)5171
Net interest expense(162)(159)(145)
Total revenue(474)(108)(74)
Provision for credit losses23(17)1
Noninterest expense278161133
(Loss) before income taxes$(775)$(252)$(208)
Average loans and leases$1,225$1,594$1,843

Segment description

The Other segment primarily includes:

•the leasing portfolio;

•corporate treasury activities, including our securities portfolio;

•derivatives and other trading activity;

•corporate and bank-owned life insurance;

•renewable energy and other corporate investments; and

•certain business exits.

Revenue primarily reflects:

•net interest revenue (expense) and lease-related gains (losses) from leasing operations;

•net interest revenue (expense) and derivatives and other corporate treasury activities;

•other revenue from certain business exits;

•investment and other revenue from corporate and bank-owned life insurance, gains (losses) associated with investment securities and other assets, including renewable energy; and

•fee revenue from the elimination of the results of certain services provided between segments, which are also provided to third parties.

Expenses include:

•direct expenses supporting leasing, investing and funding activities; and

•expenses not directly attributable to Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management operations.

Review of financial results

Loss before taxes was $775 million in 2022 compared with $252 million in 2021.

Investment and other revenue decreased $388 million compared with 2021, primarily reflecting a $449 million net loss from repositioning the securities portfolio, partially offset by an impairment for a renewable energy investment recorded in 2021.

Noninterest expense increased $117 million compared with 2021, primarily reflecting higher severance expense.

International operations

Our primary international activities consist of asset servicing in our Securities Services business segment, global payment services in our Market and Wealth Services business segment and investment management in our Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

Our clients include central banks and sovereigns, financial institutions, asset managers, insurance companies, corporations, local authorities and high-net-worth individuals and family offices. Through our global network of offices, we have developed a deep understanding of local requirements and cultural needs, and we pride ourselves on providing dedicated service through our multilingual sales, marketing and client service teams.

At Dec. 31, 2022, approximately 50% of our total employees (full-time and part-time employees) were based outside the U.S., with approximately 10,600 employees in EMEA, approximately 16,100 employees in APAC and approximately 900 employees in other global locations, primarily Brazil.

We are a leading global asset manager. Our international operations managed 53% of BNY

BNY Mellon 21

Results of Operations (continued)

Mellon’s AUM at Dec. 31, 2022 and 60% at Dec. 31, 2021.

In Europe, we maintain capabilities to service Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities and alternative investment funds. We offer a full range of tailored solutions for investment companies, financial institutions and institutional investors across most European markets.

We are a provider of non-U.S. government securities, fixed income and equities clearance, settling securities transactions directly in European markets, and using a high-quality and established network of local agents in non-European markets.

We have extensive experience providing trade and cash services to financial institutions and central banks outside of the U.S. In addition, we offer a broad range of servicing and fiduciary products to financial institutions, corporations and central banks. In emerging markets, we lead with custody, global payments and issuer services, introducing other products as the markets mature. For more established markets, our focus is on global investment services.

We are also a full-service global provider of foreign exchange services, actively trading in over 100 of the world’s currencies. We serve clients from trading desks located in Europe, Asia and North America.

Our financial results, as well as our levels of AUC/A and AUM, are impacted by translation from foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. If the U.S. dollar depreciates against these currencies, the translation impact is a higher level of fee revenue, net interest revenue, noninterest expense and AUC/A and AUM. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar appreciates, the translated levels of fee revenue, net interest revenue, noninterest expense and AUC/A and AUM will be lower.

Foreign exchange ratesvs. U.S. dollar202220212020
Spot rate (at Dec. 31):
British pound$1.2096$1.3543$1.3663
Euro1.07081.13731.2267
Yearly average rate:
British pound$1.2375$1.3755$1.2836
Euro1.05501.19941.1414

International clients accounted for 36% of revenues in 2022, compared with 38% in 2021. Net income from international operations was $1.7 billion in 2022, compared with $1.8 billion in 2021.

In 2022, revenues from EMEA were $4.0 billion, compared with $4.1 billion in 2021. The 4% decrease primarily reflects lower revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment, partially offset by higher revenue in the Securities Services business segment. The decrease in revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment primarily reflects the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar and lower market values. The increase in revenue in the Securities Services business segment primarily reflects higher net interest revenue, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar.

The Securities Services, Investment and Wealth Management and Market and Wealth Services business segments generated 55%, 25% and 20% of EMEA revenues, respectively. Net income from EMEA was $880 million in 2022, compared with $1.0 billion in 2021.

Revenues from APAC were $1.13 billion in 2022, compared with $1.14 billion in 2021. The 1% decrease primarily reflects lower revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment, partially offset by higher revenue in the Securities Services business segment. The decrease in Investment and Wealth Management revenue was primarily driven by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar and lower market values.

The Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments generated 54%, 32% and 14% of APAC revenues, respectively. Net income from APAC was $432 million in 2022, compared with $445 million in 2021.

For additional information regarding our international operations, including certain key subjective assumptions used in determining the results, see Note 25 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

22 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Country risk exposure

The following table presents BNY Mellon’s top 10 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) as of Dec. 31, 2022, as well as certain countries with higher-risk profiles, and is presented on an internal risk management basis. We monitor our exposure to these and other countries as part of our internal country risk management process.

The country risk exposure below reflects the Company’s risk to an immediate default of the counterparty or obligor based on the country of residence of the entity which incurs the liability. If there is credit risk mitigation, the country of residence of the entity providing the risk mitigation is the country of risk. The country of risk for securities is generally based on the domicile of the issuer of the security.

Country risk exposure at Dec. 31, 2022Interest-bearing depositsTotal exposure
(in billions)Central banksBanksLending (a)Securities (b)Other (c)
Top 10 country exposure:
Germany$14.0$1.0$0.8$4.2$0.2$20.2
United Kingdom (“UK”)10.90.11.24.32.418.9
Belgium8.20.70.10.19.1
Canada2.20.93.91.88.8
Netherlands3.80.21.00.25.2
Singapore0.11.40.11.00.93.5
South Korea0.10.12.30.10.22.8
Ireland0.10.20.91.62.8
Luxembourg0.10.31.00.11.32.8
Japan1.10.90.50.22.7
Total Top 10 country exposure$38.4$6.9$7.5$15.2$8.8$76.8(d)
Select country exposure:
Brazil$$$0.9$0.1$0.2$1.2
Russia0.4(e)0.4

(a)    Lending includes loans, acceptances, issued letters of credit, net of participations, and lending-related commitments.

(b)    Securities include both the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

(c)    Other exposure includes over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative and securities financing transactions, net of collateral.

(d)    The top 10 country exposure comprises approximately 70% of our total non-U.S. exposure.

(e)    Represents cash balances with exposure to Russia.

Events in recent years have resulted in increased focus on Brazil. The country risk exposure to Brazil is primarily short-term trade finance loans extended to large financial institutions. We also have operations in Brazil providing investment services and investment management services.

The war in Ukraine has increased our focus on Russia. The country risk exposure to Russia consists of cash balances related to our securities services businesses and may increase in the future to the extent cash is received for the benefit of our clients that is subject to distribution restrictions. BNY Mellon has ceased new banking business in Russia and suspended investment management purchases of Russian securities. At Dec. 31, 2022, less than 0.1% of our AUC/A and less than 0.01% of our AUM consisted of Russian securities. We will continue to work with multinational clients that depend on our custody and record keeping services to manage their exposures.

Critical accounting estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain of these policies include critical accounting estimates which require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Our critical accounting estimates are those related to the allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangibles and litigation and regulatory contingencies. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with the Company’s Audit Committee.

Allowance for credit losses

The allowance for credit losses covers financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, including loans and lending-related

BNY Mellon 23

Results of Operations (continued)

commitments, held-to-maturity securities, certain securities financing transactions and deposits with banks. The allowance for credit losses is intended to adjust the carrying value of these assets by an estimated amount of credit losses that we expect to incur over the life of the asset. Similarly, the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments and other off-balance sheet financial instruments is meant to capture the credit losses that we expect to recognize in these portfolios as of the balance sheet date.

A quantitative methodology and qualitative framework is used to estimate the allowance for credit losses.

The quantitative component of our estimate uses models and methodologies that categorize financial assets based on product type, collateral type, and other credit trends and risk characteristics, including relevant information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions that affect the collectability of the recorded amounts. For the quantitative component, we segment portfolios into various major components including commercial loans and lease financing, commercial real estate, financial institutions, residential mortgages, and other. The segmentation of our debt securities portfolios is by major asset class and is influenced by whether the security is structured or non-structured (i.e., direct obligation), as well as the issuer type. The components of the credit loss calculation for each major portfolio or asset class include a probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default, as applicable, and their values depend on the forecast behavior of variables in the macroeconomic environment. We utilize a multi-scenario macroeconomic forecast which includes a weighting of three scenarios: a baseline and upside and downside scenarios and allows us to develop our estimate using a wide span of economic variables. Our baseline scenario reflects a view on likely performance of each global region and the other two scenarios are designed relative to the baseline scenario. This approach incorporates a reasonable and supportable forecast period spanning the life of the asset, and includes both an initial estimated economic outlook component as well as a reversion component for each economic input variable. The length of each of the two components depends on the underlying financial instrument, scenario, and underlying economic input variable. In general, the

initial economic outlook period for each economic input variable under each scenario ranges between several months and two years. The speed at which the scenario-specific forecasts revert to long-term historical mean is based on observed historical patterns of mean reversion at the economic variable input level that are reflected in our model parameter estimates. Certain macroeconomic variables such as unemployment or home prices take longer to revert after a contraction, though specific recovery times are scenario-specific. Reversion will usually take longer the further away the scenario-specific forecast is from the historical mean. On a quarterly basis, and within a developed governance structure, we update these scenarios for current economic conditions and may adjust the scenario weighting based on our economic outlook. The Company uses its best judgment to assess these economic conditions and loss data in estimating the allowance for credit losses and these estimates are subject to periodic refinement based on changes to underlying external or Company-specific historical data.

In the quantitative component of our estimate, we measure expected credit losses using an individual evaluation method if the risk characteristics of the asset is no longer consistent with the portfolio or class of asset. For these assets we do not employ the macroeconomic model calculation but consider factors such as payment status, collateral value, the obligor’s financial condition, guarantor support, the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due, and recovery expectations if they can be reasonably estimated. For loans, we measure the expected credit loss as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the present value of the expected future cash flows from the borrower which is generally discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. We generally consider nonperforming loans as well as loans that have been or are anticipated to be modified and classified under a troubled debt restructuring for individual evaluation given the risk characteristics of such loans.

Available-for-sale debt securities are recorded at fair value. When an available-for-sale debt security is in an unrealized loss position, we employ a methodology to identify and estimate the credit loss portion of the unrealized loss position. The measurement of expected credit losses is performed at the security level and is based on our best single

24 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

estimate of cash flows, on a discounted basis; however, we do not specifically employ the macroeconomic forecasting models and scenarios summarized above.

The qualitative component of our estimate for the allowance for credit losses is intended to capture expected losses that may not have been fully captured in the quantitative component. Through an established governance structure, management determines the qualitative allowance each period based on an evaluation of various internal and environmental factors which include: scenario weighting and sensitivity risk, credit concentration risk, economic conditions and other considerations. We have made and may continue to make adjustments for idiosyncratic risks.

To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs and recoveries.

Our allowance for credit losses is sensitive to a number of inputs, most notably the credit ratings assigned to each borrower as well as macroeconomic forecast assumptions that are incorporated in our estimate of credit losses through the expected life of the loan portfolio. Thus, as the macroeconomic environment and related forecasts change, the allowance for credit losses may change materially. The following sensitivity analyses do not represent management’s expectations of the deterioration of our portfolios or the economic environment, but are provided as hypothetical scenarios to assess the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in key inputs. If commercial real estate property values were increased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade better, the quantitative allowance would have decreased by $36 million, and if commercial real estate property values were decreased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade worse, the quantitative allowance would have increased by $71 million. Our multi-scenario based macroeconomic forecast used in determining the Dec. 31, 2022 allowance for credit losses consisted of three scenarios. The baseline scenario reflects slowing GDP growth through mid-2023, slightly rising unemployment through the end of 2023, and slightly declining commercial real estate prices through the end of 2023. The upside scenario reflects strong GDP growth in early 2023, declining unemployment and higher commercial real estate prices compared

with the baseline. The downside scenario contemplates negative GDP growth through the third quarter of 2023, increasing unemployment through the first quarter of 2024 and lower commercial real estate prices than the baseline. At Dec. 31, 2022, we placed the most weighting on our baseline and downside scenarios, with the remaining weighting placed on the upside scenario. From a sensitivity perspective, at Dec. 31, 2022, if we had applied 100% weighting to the downside scenario, the quantitative allowance for credit losses would have been approximately $83 million higher.

Goodwill and other intangibles

We initially record all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. Goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles are subsequently accounted for in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. The initial measurement of goodwill and intangibles requires judgment concerning estimates of the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities. Goodwill ($16.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2022) and indefinite-lived intangible assets ($2.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2022) are not amortized but are subject to tests for impairment annually or more often if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not they may be impaired. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying value.

Goodwill

BNY Mellon’s business segments include six reporting units for which annual goodwill impairment testing is performed in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.

The goodwill impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. However, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit were to exceed its estimated fair value, an impairment loss would be recorded.

BNY Mellon 25

Results of Operations (continued)

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is subject to uncertainty as it is reliant on estimates of cash flows that extend far into the future, and, by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such an extended time frame. In the future, changes in the assumptions or the discount rate could produce a material non-cash goodwill impairment.

In the second quarter of 2022, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test on all six reporting units using an income approach to estimate the fair values of each reporting unit. Estimated cash flows used in the income approach were based on management’s projections as of April 1, 2022. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10%.

As a result of the annual goodwill impairment test of the six reporting units, no goodwill impairment was recognized. The fair values of four of the Company’s reporting units were substantially in excess of the respective reporting units’ carrying value. The Issuer Services reporting unit, with $2.4 billion of allocated goodwill, which is one of the two reporting units in the Securities Services business segment, exceeded its carrying value by approximately 10%. The Investment Management reporting unit, with $7.2 billion of allocated goodwill, which is one of the two reporting units in the Investment and Wealth Management segment, exceeded its carrying value by approximately 6%.

An interim test is performed when events or circumstances occur that may indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit may be less than its carrying value.

In the third quarter 2022, due to decreases in market values and the related outlook as well as increased market interest rates, we performed an interim goodwill impairment test of the Investment Management reporting unit which had $7.0 billion of allocated goodwill. The fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit was determined to be 7% below its carrying value, resulting in a goodwill impairment charge of $680 million. This goodwill impairment represents a non-cash charge and did not affect BNY Mellon’s liquidity position, tangible common equity or regulatory capital ratios. The cash flow estimates for the Investment Management reporting unit are impacted by projections of the level and mix of assets under management, market values, operating margins and long-term growth rates.

We determined the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit using an income approach based on management’s projections as of Sept. 30, 2022. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10.5% compared with the 10% discount rate used in the annual impairment test conducted in the second quarter of 2022. The increase was driven by a higher risk free rate. In the third quarter of 2022, we determined it was not necessary to perform an interim goodwill impairment test for our other reporting units.

In the fourth quarter of 2022, due to results of the third quarter 2022 interim impairment test and the macroeconomic conditions, we performed an additional interim goodwill impairment test of the Investment Management reporting unit, which had $6.0 billion of allocated goodwill after the sale of Alcentra on Nov. 1, 2022. The fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately 3%. We determined the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit using an income approach based on management’s projections as of Dec. 31, 2022. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10.5%.

As of Dec. 31, 2022, if the discount rate applied to the estimated cash flows was increased or decreased by 25 basis points, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit would decrease or increase by 4%, respectively. Similarly, if the long-term growth rate was increased or decreased by 10 basis points, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit would increase or decrease by approximately 1%, respectively.

Intangible assets

Key judgments in accounting for intangible assets include useful life and classification between goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets or other intangible assets requiring amortization.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets ($2.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2022) are evaluated for impairment at least annually by comparing their fair values, estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, to their carrying values. As a result of the annual evaluation, no impairment was recognized, however, a $700 million indefinite-lived intangible asset related to customer relationships in the Investment Management business exceeded its carrying value by approximately 3%.

26 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Other amortizing intangible assets ($329 million at Dec. 31, 2022) are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. Such evaluation of other intangible assets would be initially based on undiscounted cash flow projections.

See Notes 1 and 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding goodwill, intangible assets and the annual and interim impairment testing.

Litigation and regulatory contingencies

Significant estimates and judgments are required in establishing an accrued liability for litigation and regulatory contingencies. For additional information on our policy, see “Legal proceedings” in Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consolidated balance sheet review

One of our key risk management objectives is to maintain a balance sheet that remains strong throughout market cycles to meet the expectations of our major stakeholders, including our shareholders, clients, creditors and regulators.

We also seek to undertake overall liquidity risk, including intraday liquidity risk, that stays within our risk appetite. The objective of our balance sheet management strategy is to maintain a balance sheet that is characterized by strong liquidity and asset quality, ready access to external funding sources at competitive rates and a strong capital structure that supports our risk-taking activities and is adequate to absorb potential losses. In managing the balance sheet, appropriate consideration is given to balancing the competing needs of maintaining sufficient levels of liquidity and complying with applicable regulations and supervisory expectations while optimizing profitability.

At Dec. 31, 2022, total assets were $406 billion, compared with $444 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. The decrease in total assets was primarily driven by lower securities and interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, partially offset by higher other assets. Deposit liabilities totaled $279 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with $320 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. The decrease primarily reflects lower noninterest-bearing (principally U.S.

offices), interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices and interest-bearing deposits in Non-U.S. offices. Total interest-bearing deposit liabilities as a percentage of total interest-earning assets were 58% at Dec. 31, 2022 and 60% at Dec. 31, 2021.

At Dec. 31, 2022, available funds totaled $138 billion and includes cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. This compares with available funds of $155 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. Total available funds as a percentage of total assets were 34% at Dec. 31, 2022 and 35% at Dec. 31, 2021. For additional information on our available funds, see “Liquidity and dividends.”

Securities were $143 billion, or 35% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with $159 billion, or 36% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2021. The decrease primarily reflects unrealized pre-tax losses and lower agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), partially offset by higher U.S. Treasury securities. For additional information on our securities portfolio, see “Securities” and Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loans were $66 billion, or 16% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with $68 billion, or 15% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2021. The decrease was primarily driven by lower margin loans, partially offset by higher overdrafts, capital call financing and wealth management mortgages. For additional information on our loan portfolio, see “Loans” and Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-term debt totaled $30 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $26 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. Issuances were partially offset by redemptions and maturities and a decrease in the fair value of hedged long-term debt. For additional information on long-term debt, see “Liquidity and dividends” and Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation total shareholders’ equity decreased to $41 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 from $43 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. For additional information, see “Capital” and Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY Mellon 27

Results of Operations (continued)

Securities

In the discussion of our securities portfolio, we have included certain credit ratings information because the information can indicate the degree of credit risk

to which we are exposed. Significant changes in ratings classifications could indicate increased credit risk for us and could be accompanied by an increase in the allowance for credit losses and/or a reduction in the fair value of our securities portfolio.

The following table shows the distribution of our total securities portfolio.

Securities portfolioDec. 31, 20212022 change in unrealized gain (loss)Dec. 31, 2022Fair value as a % of amortizedcost (a)Unrealized gain (loss)% Floatingrate (b)Ratings (c)
BBB+/ BBB-BB+ and lower
(dollars in millions)Fair valueAmortizedcost (a)Fair valueAAA/ AA-A+/ A-Not rated
U.S. Treasury$40,582$(1,462)$42,966$41,50397%$(1,463)51%100%%%%%
Agency RMBS50,735(4,895)43,57638,91689(4,660)15100
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”)12,291(927)12,67011,86494(806)42100
Sovereign debt/sovereign guaranteed (d)14,312(561)12,29411,75696(538)2290541
Supranational7,646(267)8,5728,29897(274)64100
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)5,421(126)6,4296,30098(129)100100
U.S. government agencies5,420(514)6,6716,11592(556)36100
Foreign covered bonds (e)6,238(267)6,0415,77696(265)57100
Non-agency commercial MBS3,114(311)3,3343,05492(280)54100
Foreign government agencies (f)2,686(114)2,4292,30795(122)34955
Non-agency RMBS2,793(276)2,2272,06093(167)5085375
Other asset-backed securities (“ABS”)2,190(109)1,4431,31991(124)19100
State and political subdivisions2,52926252393(2)51152146
Corporate bonds2,06633
Other111100100
Total securities$158,024(g)$(9,770)$148,678$139,292(g)94%$(9,386)(g)(h)40%99%1%%%%

(a)    Amortized cost reflects historical impairments, and is net of the allowance for credit losses.

(b)    Includes the impact of hedges.

(c)    Represents ratings by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or the equivalent.

(d)    Primarily consists of exposure to Germany, United Kingdom, France, Singapore, Canada and Italy.

(e)    Primarily consists of exposure to Canada, United Kingdom, Australia, Germany and Norway.

(f)    Primarily consists of exposure to Canada, Norway, Netherlands, Sweden, France and Denmark.

(g)    Includes net unrealized losses on derivatives hedging securities available-for-sale (including terminated hedges) of $590 million at Dec. 31, 2021 and net unrealized gain (including terminated hedges) of $2,678 million at Dec. 31, 2022.

(h)    At Dec. 31, 2022, net unrealized losses of $3,184 million related to available-for-sale securities, net of hedges, and $6,202 related to held-to-maturity securities.

The fair value of our securities portfolio, including related hedges, was $139.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with $158.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. The decrease primarily reflects unrealized pre-tax losses and lower agency RMBS, partially offset by an increase in U.S. Treasury securities.

At Dec. 31, 2022, the securities portfolio had a net unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, of $9.4 billion, compared with a net unrealized gain, including the impact of related hedges, of $384 million at Dec. 31, 2021. The increase in the net unrealized loss, including the impact of hedges, was primarily driven by higher market interest rates.

The fair value of the available-for-sale securities totaled $89.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, net of hedges, or 64% of the securities portfolio, net of hedges. The fair value of the held-to-maturity securities totaled $50.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, or 36% of the securities portfolio.

The unrealized loss (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $2.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with an unrealized gain (after-tax), net of hedges, of $362 million at Dec. 31, 2021. The increase in the unrealized loss, net of tax, was primarily driven by higher market interest rates.

28 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

At Dec. 31, 2022, 99% of the securities in our portfolio were rated AAA/AA-, compared with 96% at Dec. 31, 2021.

See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the pre-tax net securities gains (losses) by security type. See Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for securities by level in the fair value hierarchy.

The following table presents the amortizable purchase premium (net of discount) related to the securities portfolio and accretable discount related to the 2009 restructuring of the securities portfolio.

Net premium amortization and discount accretion of securities (a)
(dollars in millions)202220212020
Amortizable purchase premium (net of discount) relating to securities:
Balance at year-end$1,151$1,972$2,283
Estimated average life remaining at year-end (in years)4.54.43.9
Amortization$387$698$568
Accretable discount related to the prior restructuring of the securities portfolio:
Balance at year-end$42$109$130
Estimated average life remaining at year-end (in years)8.36.15.6
Accretion$25$43$38

(a)    Amortization of purchase premium decreases net interest revenue while accretion of discount increases net interest revenue. Both are recorded on a level yield basis.

Equity investments

We have several equity investments recorded in other assets. These include equity method investments, including renewable energy, investments in qualified affordable housing projects, Federal Reserve Bank stock, seed capital and other investments. The following table presents the carrying values at Dec. 31, 2022 and Dec. 31, 2021.

Equity investmentsDec. 31,
(in millions)20222021
Renewable energy investments$871$1,027
Qualified affordable housing project investments1,2981,153
Equity method investments:
CIBC Mellon545687
Siguler Guff242252
Innocap Investment Management Inc.16
Total equity method investments803939
Federal Reserve Bank stock478472
Other equity investments (a)695449
Seed capital (b)218357
Federal Home Loan Bank stock67
Total equity investments$4,369$4,404

(a)    Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

(b)    Includes investments in BNY Mellon funds which hedge deferred incentive awards.

For additional information on the fair value of certain seed capital investments and our private equity investments, see Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Renewable energy investments

We invest in renewable energy projects to receive an expected after-tax return, which consists of allocated renewable energy tax credits, tax deductions and cash distributions based on the operations of the project. The pre-tax losses on these investments are recorded in investment and other revenue on the consolidated income statement. The corresponding tax benefits and credits are recorded to the provision for income taxes on the consolidated income statement.

BNY Mellon 29

Results of Operations (continued)

Loans

Total exposure – consolidatedDec. 31, 2022Dec. 31, 2021
(in billions)LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposureLoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Financial institutions$9.7$31.7$41.4$10.2$30.6$40.8
Commercial1.711.713.42.111.914.0
Wealth management loans10.30.610.99.80.510.3
Wealth management mortgages9.00.29.28.20.48.6
Commercial real estate6.23.910.16.03.39.3
Lease financings0.70.70.70.7
Other residential mortgages0.40.40.30.3
Overdrafts4.84.83.13.1
Capital call financing3.43.56.92.31.53.8
Other3.03.02.62.6
Margin loans16.916.922.522.5
Total$66.1$51.6$117.7$67.8$48.2$116.0

At Dec. 31, 2022, total lending-related exposure was $117.7 billion, an increase of 1% compared with Dec. 31, 2021, primarily reflecting higher exposure in the capital call financing portfolio, higher overdrafts and higher exposure to the commercial real estate, wealth management loans, wealth management mortgages and financial institutions portfolios, partially offset by lower margin loans.

Our financial institutions and commercial portfolios comprise our largest concentrated risk. These portfolios comprised 47% of our total exposure at both Dec. 31, 2022 and Dec. 31, 2021. Additionally, most of our overdrafts relate to financial institutions.

Financial institutions

The financial institutions portfolio is shown below.

Financial institutionsportfolio exposure(dollars in billions)Dec. 31, 2022Dec. 31, 2021
LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure% Inv. grade% due 1 yr.LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Securities industry$1.6$17.5$19.196%98%$1.7$17.5$19.2
Asset managers1.67.69.298841.77.18.8
Banks6.11.57.686975.81.57.3
Insurance0.13.83.9100120.23.43.6
Government0.20.2100490.10.20.3
Other0.31.11.498430.70.91.6
Total$9.7$31.7$41.495%85%$10.2$30.6$40.8

The financial institutions portfolio exposure was $41.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, an increase of 1% compared with Dec. 31, 2021, primarily reflecting higher exposure in the asset managers, banks and insurance portfolios, partially offset by lower exposure in the other portfolio.

Financial institution exposures are high-quality, with 95% of the exposures meeting the investment grade equivalent criteria of our internal credit rating classification at Dec. 31, 2022. Each customer is assigned an internal credit rating, which is mapped to

an equivalent external rating agency grade based upon a number of dimensions, which are continually evaluated and may change over time. For ratings of non-U.S. counterparties, our internal credit rating is generally capped at a rating equivalent to the sovereign rating of the country where the counterparty resides, regardless of the internal credit rating assigned to the counterparty or the underlying collateral.

The exposure to financial institutions is generally short-term, with 85% of the exposures expiring

30 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

within one year. At Dec. 31, 2022 and Dec. 31, 2021, 17% of the exposure to financial institutions had an expiration within 90 days.

In addition, 64% of the financial institutions exposure is secured at Dec. 31, 2022. For example, securities industry clients and asset managers often borrow against marketable securities held in custody.

At Dec. 31, 2022, the secured intraday credit provided to dealers in connection with their tri-party repo activity totaled $16.1 billion and was included in the securities industry portfolio. Dealers secure the outstanding intraday credit with high-quality liquid collateral having a market value in excess of the amount of the outstanding credit. Secured intraday credit facilities represent approximately 39% of the

exposure in the financial institutions portfolio and are reviewed and reapproved annually.

The asset managers portfolio exposure is high-quality, with 98% of the exposures meeting our investment grade equivalent ratings criteria as of Dec. 31, 2022. These exposures are generally short-term liquidity facilities, with the majority to regulated mutual funds.

Our banks portfolio exposure primarily relates to our global trade finance. These exposures are short-term in nature, with 97% due in less than one year. The investment grade percentage of our banks exposure was 86% at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with 88% at Dec. 31, 2021. Our non-investment grade exposures are primarily trade finance loans in Brazil.

Commercial

The commercial portfolio is presented below.

Commercial portfolio exposureDec. 31, 2022Dec. 31, 2021
(dollars in billions)LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure% Inv. grade% due 1 yr.LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Manufacturing$0.5$4.1$4.696%21%$0.6$3.9$4.5
Energy and utilities0.33.74.09490.43.94.3
Services and other0.83.24.096291.03.24.2
Media and telecom0.10.70.8880.10.91.0
Total$1.7$11.7$13.495%19%$2.1$11.9$14.0

The commercial portfolio exposure was $13.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, a decrease of 4% from Dec. 31, 2021, primarily driven by lower exposure in the energy and utilities, media and telecom and services and other portfolios.

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients that are active users of our non-credit services. The following table summarizes the percentage of the financial institutions and commercial portfolio exposures that are investment grade.

Investment grade percentagesDec. 31,
202220212020
Financial institutions95%96%95%
Commercial95%94%92%

Wealth management loans

Our wealth management loan exposure was $10.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with $10.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. Wealth management loans

primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth individuals, a majority of which are secured by the customers’ investment management accounts or custody accounts.

Wealth management mortgages

Our wealth management mortgage exposure was $9.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with $8.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. Wealth management mortgages primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth individuals, which are secured by residential property. Wealth management mortgages are primarily interest-only, adjustable-rate mortgages with a weighted-average loan-to-value ratio of 61% at origination. Less than 1% of the mortgages were past due at Dec. 31, 2022.

At Dec. 31, 2022, the wealth management mortgage portfolio consisted of the following geographic concentrations: California – 22%; New York – 15%; Florida – 10%; Massachusetts – 8%; and other – 45%.

BNY Mellon 31

Results of Operations (continued)

Commercial real estate

The composition of the commercial real estate portfolio by asset class, including percentage secured, is presented below.

Composition of commercial real estate portfolio by asset classDec. 31, 2022Dec. 31, 2021
Total exposurePercentagesecured (a)Total exposurePercentagesecured (a)
(dollars in billions)
Residential$4.185%$3.681%
Office2.8752.677
Retail0.9580.958
Mixed-use0.8330.737
Hotels0.6420.523
Healthcare0.4490.425
Other0.5660.645
Total commercial real estate$10.171%$9.366%

(a)    Represents the percentage of secured exposure in each asset class.

Our commercial real estate exposure totaled $10.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $9.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. Our income-producing commercial real estate facilities are focused on experienced owners and are structured with moderate leverage based on existing cash flows. Our commercial real estate lending activities also include construction and renovation facilities. Our client base consists of experienced developers and long-term holders of real estate assets. Loans are approved on the basis of existing or projected cash flows and supported by appraisals and knowledge of local market conditions. Development loans are structured with moderate leverage, and in many instances, involve some level of recourse to the developer.

At Dec. 31, 2022, the unsecured portfolio consisted of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and real estate operating companies, which are both primarily investment grade.

At Dec. 31, 2022, our commercial real estate portfolio consisted of the following concentrations: New York metro – 36%; REITs and real estate operating companies – 29%; and other – 35%.

Lease financings

The lease financings portfolio exposure totaled $657 million at Dec. 31, 2022 and $731 million at Dec. 31, 2021. At Dec. 31, 2022, approximately 99% of leasing exposure was investment grade, or investment grade equivalent and consisted of exposures backed by well-diversified assets, primarily real estate and large-ticket transportation equipment. The largest

components of our lease residual value exposure were to aircraft and freight-related rail cars. Assets are both domestic and foreign-based, with primary concentrations in Germany and the U.S.

Approximately 78% of the portfolio is additionally secured by highly rated securities and/or secured by letters of credit from investment grade issuers. Counterparty rating equivalents at Dec. 31, 2022, were as follows:

•40% were A or better, or equivalent;

•59% were BBB; and

•1% were non-investment grade.

Other residential mortgages

The other residential mortgages portfolio primarily consists of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and totaled $345 million at Dec. 31, 2022 and $299 million at Dec. 31, 2021. Included in this portfolio at Dec. 31, 2022 were $97 million of fixed rate jumbo mortgage loans purchased in 2022 with a weighted-average loan-to-value ratio of 70% at origination.

Overdrafts

Overdrafts primarily relate to custody and securities clearance clients and are generally repaid within two business days.

Capital call financing

Capital call financing includes loans to private equity funds that are secured by the fund investors’ capital commitments and the funds’ right to call capital.

32 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Other loans

Other loans primarily include loans to consumers that are fully collateralized with equities, mutual funds and fixed-income securities.

Margin loans

Margin loan exposure of $16.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $22.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 was

collateralized with marketable securities. Borrowers are required to maintain a daily collateral margin in excess of 100% of the value of the loan. Margin loans included $6.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $7.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 related to a term loan program that offers fully collateralized loans to broker-dealers.

Maturity of loan portfolio

The following table shows the maturity structure of our loan portfolio.

Maturity of loan portfolio at Dec. 31, 2022Within 1 yearBetween 1 and 5 yearsBetween 5 and 15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
(in millions)
Commercial$929$631$172$$1,732
Commercial real estate1,0023,7231,5016,226
Financial institutions8,5616554689,684
Lease financings22108527657
Wealth management loans10,0681676710,302
Wealth management mortgages3744118,5148,966
Other residential mortgages7154184345
Overdrafts4,8394,839
Capital call financing1,4971,912293,438
Other2,930112,941
Margin loans16,68325016,933
Total$46,568$7,457$3,340$8,698$66,063

Interest rate characteristic

The following table shows the interest rate characteristic of loans maturing after one year.

Interest rate characteristic of loan portfolio maturing 1 year at Dec. 31, 2022
(in millions)Fixed ratesFloating ratesTotal
Commercial$71$732$803
Commercial real estate1855,0395,224
Financial institutions51,1181,123
Lease financings635635
Wealth management loans18216234
Wealth management mortgages3,6295,3008,929
Other residential mortgages31530345
Capital call financing1,9411,941
Other1111
Margin Loans250250
Total$4,858$14,637$19,495

BNY Mellon 33

Results of Operations (continued)

Allowance for credit losses

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients who are active users of our non-credit services. Our primary exposure to the credit risk of a customer consists of funded loans, unfunded contractual commitments to lend, standby letters of credit (“SBLC”) and overdrafts associated with our custody and securities clearance businesses.

The following table presents the changes in our allowance for credit losses.

Allowance for credit losses activity20222021
(dollars in millions)
Beginning balance of allowance for credit losses$260$501
Provision for credit losses39(231)
Charge-offs:
Loans:
Wealth management mortgages(1)
Other residential mortgages(1)
Other loans(16)
Other financial instruments(11)
Total charge-offs(11)(18)
Recoveries:
Loans:
Financial institutions2
Other residential mortgages46
Other financial instruments
Total recoveries48
Net (charge-offs)(7)(10)
Ending balance of allowance for credit losses$292$260
Allowance for loan losses$176$196
Allowance for lending-related commitments7845
Allowance for financial instruments (a)3819
Total allowance for credit losses$292$260
Total loans$66,063$67,787
Average loans outstanding$67,825$60,814
Net (charge-offs) recoveries of loans to average loans outstanding(0.01)%(0.02)%
Net (charge-offs) recoveries of loans to total allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments(2.76)(4.15)
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans0.270.29
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments as a percentage of total loans0.380.36
Net (charge-offs) to average loans by loan category: (b)
Wealth management mortgages:N/A(0.01)%
Net (charge-offs) during the yearN/A$(1)
Average loans outstandingN/A$8,046(b)
Other loans:N/A(0.77)%
Net (charge-offs) during the yearN/A$(16)
Average loans outstandingN/A$2,088(b)

(a)    Includes allowance for credit losses on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities, accounts receivable, cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with banks.

(b)    Average loans based on month-end balances.

N/A – Not applicable. There were no net charge-offs in 2022.

34 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The provision for credit losses was $39 million in 2022 compared with a benefit of $231 million in 2021. The increase was primarily driven by changes in the macroeconomic forecast.

The allowance for loan losses and allowance for lending-related commitments represent management’s estimate of lifetime expected losses in our credit portfolio. This evaluation process is subject to numerous estimates and judgments. To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs.

Based on an evaluation of the allowance for credit losses as discussed in “Critical accounting estimates” and Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we have allocated our allowance for loans and lending-related commitments as presented below.

Allocation of allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments (a)
Dec. 31,
20222021
(dollars in millions)$%$%
Commercial real estate$18472%$19982%
Financial institutions249135
Commercial187125
Other residential mortgages8373
Wealth management mortgages12562
Capital call financing6221
Wealth management loans1111
Lease financings1111
Total$254100%$241100%

(a)    The allowance allocated to margins loans, overdrafts and other loans was insignificant at both Dec. 31, 2022 and Dec. 31, 2021. We have rarely suffered a loss on these types of loans.

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is inherently judgmental, and the entire allowance for credit losses is available to absorb credit losses regardless of the nature of the losses.

Nonperforming assets

The table below presents our nonperforming assets.

Nonperforming assetsDec. 31,
(dollars in millions)20222021
Nonperforming loans:
Other residential mortgages$31$39
Wealth management mortgages2225
Commercial real estate5454
Total nonperforming loans107118
Other assets owned22
Total nonperforming assets$109$120
Nonperforming assets ratio0.16%0.18%
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming loans164.5166.1
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming assets161.5163.3
Allowance for credit losses/nonperforming loans237.4204.2
Allowance for credit losses/nonperforming assets233.0200.8

Nonperforming assets decreased $11 million in 2022 compared with 2021, primarily reflecting lower other residential mortgages and wealth management mortgage loans.

See “Nonperforming assets” in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for our policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status.

Deposits

We receive client deposits through the businesses in the Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management segments and we rely on those deposits as a low-cost and stable source of funding.

Total deposits were $279.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, a decrease of 13%, compared with $319.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. The decrease primarily reflects lower non-interest bearing deposits (principally U.S. offices), interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices and interest-bearing deposits in non-U.S. offices.

Noninterest-bearing deposits were $78.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with $93.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. Interest-bearing deposits were primarily demand deposits and totaled $201.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with $226.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2021.

BNY Mellon 35

Results of Operations (continued)

The aggregate amount of deposits by foreign customers in domestic offices was $61.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $65.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2021.

Deposits in foreign offices totaled $98.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $112.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. These deposits were primarily overnight deposits.

Uninsured deposits are the portion of domestic deposits accounts that exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limit. Uninsured deposits in domestic deposit accounts are generally demand deposits and totaled $156.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $186.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2021.

The following table presents the amount of uninsured domestic and foreign time deposits disaggregated by time remaining until maturity.

Uninsured time deposits at Dec. 31, 2022
(in millions)DomesticForeign
Less than 3 months$226$922
3 to 6 months425
6-12 months7510
Over 12 months19
Total$362$937

Short-term borrowings

We fund ourselves primarily through deposits and, to a lesser extent, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, payables to customers and broker-dealers, commercial paper and other borrowed funds. Certain short-term borrowings, for example, securities sold under repurchase agreements, require the delivery of securities as collateral.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements include repurchase agreement activity with the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”), where we record interest expense gross, but the ending and average balances reflect the impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements. This activity primarily relates to government securities collateralized resale and repurchase agreements executed with clients that are novated to and settle with the FICC.

Payables to customers and broker-dealers represent funds awaiting reinvestment and short sale proceeds payable on demand. Payables to customers and

broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

The Bank of New York Mellon may issue commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment.

Other borrowed funds primarily include overdrafts of sub-custodian account balances in our Securities Services businesses, finance lease liabilities and borrowings under lines of credit by our Pershing subsidiaries. Overdrafts typically relate to timing differences for settlements.

Liquidity and dividends

BNY Mellon defines liquidity as the ability of the Parent and its subsidiaries to access funding or convert assets to cash quickly and efficiently, or to roll over or issue new debt, especially during periods of market stress, at a reasonable cost, and in order to meet its short-term (up to one year) obligations. Funding liquidity risk is the risk that BNY Mellon cannot meet its cash and collateral obligations at a reasonable cost for both expected and unexpected cash flow and collateral needs without adversely affecting daily operations or our financial condition. Funding liquidity risk can arise from funding mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets into cash, the inability to hold or raise cash, low overnight deposits, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.

Changes in economic conditions or exposure to credit, market, operational, legal and reputational risks also can affect BNY Mellon’s liquidity risk profile and are considered in our liquidity risk framework. For additional information, see “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk.”

The Parent’s policy is to have access to sufficient unencumbered cash and cash equivalents at each quarter-end to cover maturities and other forecasted debt redemptions, net interest payments and net tax payments for the following 18-month period, and to provide sufficient collateral to satisfy transactions subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. As of Dec. 31, 2022, the Parent was in compliance with this policy.

We monitor and control liquidity exposures and funding needs within and across significant legal

36 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

entities, branches, currencies and business lines, taking into account, among other factors, any applicable restrictions on the transfer of liquidity among entities.

BNY Mellon also manages potential intraday liquidity risks. We monitor and manage intraday liquidity against existing and expected intraday liquid resources (such as cash balances, remaining intraday credit capacity, intraday contingency funding and available collateral) to enable BNY Mellon to meet

its intraday obligations under normal and reasonably severe stressed conditions.

We define available funds for internal liquidity management purposes as cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. The following table presents our total available funds at period end and on an average basis.

Available fundsDec. 31, 2022Dec. 31, 2021Average
(dollars in millions)202220212020
Cash and due from banks$5,030$6,061$5,542$5,922$4,506
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks91,655102,46797,442113,34694,432
Interest-bearing deposits with banks17,16916,63016,82620,75719,165
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements24,29829,60724,95328,53030,768
Total available funds$138,152$154,765$144,763$168,555$148,871
Total available funds as a percentage of total assets34%35%34%37%36%

Total available funds were $138.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with $154.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements.

Average non-core sources of funds, such as federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, trading liabilities, other borrowed funds and commercial paper, were $16.9 billion for 2022 and $16.7 billion for 2021. The increase primarily reflects higher trading liabilities and other borrowed funds, partially offset by lower federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements.

Average interest-bearing domestic deposits were $111.5 billion for 2022 and $124.7 billion for 2021. Average foreign deposits, primarily from our European-based businesses included in the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services segments, were $101.9 billion for 2022, compared with $112.5 billion for 2021. The decrease primarily reflects client activity.

Average payables to customers and broker-dealers were $17.1 billion for 2022 and $16.9 billion for

2021. Payables to customers and broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

Average long-term debt was $27.4 billion for 2022 and $25.8 billion for 2021.

Average noninterest-bearing deposits decreased to $85.7 billion for 2022 from $86.6 billion for 2021, primarily reflecting client activity.

A significant reduction of client activity in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments would reduce our access to deposits. See “Asset/liability management” for additional factors that could impact our deposit balances.

Sources of liquidity

The Parent’s major sources of liquidity are access to the debt and equity markets, dividends from its subsidiaries, and cash on hand and cash otherwise made available in business-as-usual circumstances to the Parent through a committed credit facility with our intermediate holding company (“IHC”).

BNY Mellon 37

Results of Operations (continued)

Our ability to access the capital markets on favorable terms, or at all, is partially dependent on our credit ratings, which are as follows:

Credit ratings at Dec. 31, 2022
Moody’sS&PFitchDBRS
Parent:
Long-term senior debtA1AAA-AA
Subordinated debtA2A-AAA (low)
Preferred stockBaa1BBBBBB+A
Outlook – ParentStableStableStableStable
The Bank of New York Mellon:
Long-term senior debtAa2AA-AAAA (high)
Subordinated debtNRANRNR
Long-term depositsAa1AA-AA+AA (high)
Short-term depositsP1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
Commercial paperP1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
BNY Mellon, N.A.:
Long-term senior debtAa2(a)AA-AA(a)AA (high)
Long-term depositsAa1AA-AA+AA (high)
Short-term depositsP1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
Outlook – BanksStableStableStableStable

(a)    Represents senior debt issuer default rating.

NR – Not rated.

Long-term debt totaled $30.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $25.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. Issuances of $10.0 billion were partially offset by redemptions and maturities of $4.0 billion and a decrease in the fair value of hedged long-term debt. The Parent has $5.3 billion of long-term debt that will mature in 2023.

The following table presents the long-term debt issued in 2022.

Debt issuances
(in millions)2022
5.834% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2033$1,500
4.414% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 20261,250
5.802% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 20281,000
3.350% fixed rate senior notes due 2025950
2.050% fixed rate senior notes due 2027850
4.289% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2033750
5.224% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2025750
3.430% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2025700
3.992% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2028500
4.596% fixed-to-floating callable senior notes due 2030500
2.500% fixed rate senior notes due 2032450
SOFR + 62bps senior notes due 2025400
3.850% fixed rate senior notes due 2029350
Total debt issuances$9,950

SOFR – compounded secured overnight financing rate

bps – basis points

In January 2023, the Parent issued $750 million of fixed-to-floating rate senior notes maturing in 2029.

The annual fixed interest rate is 4.543% from issuance to, but excluding, Feb. 1, 2028, and then an annual interest rate of SOFR plus 116.868 basis points. The Parent also issued $750 million of fixed-to-floating rate senior notes maturing in 2034. The annual fixed interest rate is 4.706% from issuance to, but excluding, Feb. 1, 2033, and then an annual interest rate of SOFR plus 151.178 basis points.

The Bank of New York Mellon may issue notes and CDs. At Dec. 31, 2022 and Dec. 31, 2021, $780 million and $30 million, respectively, of notes were outstanding. At Dec. 31, 2022, $122 million of CDs were outstanding. There were no CDs outstanding at Dec. 31, 2021.

The Bank of New York Mellon also issues commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment. There was no commercial paper outstanding at Dec. 31, 2022 and Dec. 31, 2021. The average commercial paper outstanding was $5 million for 2022 and $3 million for 2021.

Subsequent to Dec. 31, 2022, our U.S. bank subsidiaries could declare dividends to the Parent of approximately $3.4 billion, without the need for a regulatory waiver. In addition, at Dec. 31, 2022, non-

38 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

bank subsidiaries of the Parent had liquid assets of approximately $4.4 billion. Restrictions on our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries are discussed in more detail in “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Planning and Stress Testing – Payment of Dividends, Stock Repurchases and Other Capital Distributions” and in Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pershing LLC has uncommitted lines of credit in place for liquidity purposes which are guaranteed by the Parent. Pershing LLC has two separate uncommitted lines of credit amounting to $350 million in aggregate. Average borrowings under these lines were less than $1 million, in aggregate, in 2022. Pershing Limited, an indirect UK-based subsidiary of BNY Mellon, has two separate uncommitted lines of credit amounting to $257 million in aggregate. Average borrowings under these lines were $5 million, in aggregate, in 2022.

The double leverage ratio is the ratio of our equity investment in subsidiaries divided by our consolidated Parent company equity, which includes our noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. In short, the double leverage ratio measures the extent to which equity in subsidiaries is financed by Parent company debt. As the double leverage ratio increases, this can reflect greater demands on a company’s cash flows in order to service interest payments and debt maturities. BNY Mellon’s double leverage ratio is managed in a range considering the high level of unencumbered available liquid assets held in its principal subsidiaries (such as central bank deposit placements and government securities), the Company’s cash generating fee-based business model, with fee revenue representing 79% of total revenue in 2022, and the dividend capacity of our banking subsidiaries. Our double leverage ratio was 120.5% at Dec. 31, 2022 and 119.3% at Dec. 31, 2021, and within the range targeted by management.

Uses of funds

The Parent’s major uses of funds are repurchases of common stock, payment of dividends, principal and interest payments on its borrowings, acquisitions and additional investments in its subsidiaries.

In 2022, we paid $1.4 billion in dividends on our common and preferred stock. Our common stock dividend payout ratio was 49% for 2022.

In 2022, we repurchased 2.0 million common shares at an average price of $61.08 per common share for a total cost of $124 million.

Liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)

U.S. regulators have established an LCR that requires certain banking organizations, including BNY Mellon, to maintain a minimum amount of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets (“HQLA”) sufficient to withstand the net cash outflow under a hypothetical standardized acute liquidity stress scenario for a 30-day time horizon.

The following table presents BNY Mellon’s consolidated HQLA at Dec. 31, 2022, and the average HQLA and average LCR for the fourth quarter of 2022.

Consolidated HQLA and LCRDec. 31, 2022
(dollars in billions)
Securities (a)$106
Cash (b)91
Total consolidated HQLA (c)$197
Total consolidated HQLA – average (c)$200
Average LCR118%

(a)    Primarily includes securities of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, U.S. Treasury, sovereign securities, and U.S. agencies.

(b)    Primarily includes cash on deposit with central banks.

(c)    Consolidated HQLA presented before adjustments. After haircuts and the impact of trapped liquidity, consolidated HQLA totaled $133 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and averaged $138 billion for the fourth quarter of 2022.

BNY Mellon and each of our affected domestic bank subsidiaries were compliant with the U.S. LCR requirements of at least 100% throughout 2022.

Statement of cash flows

The following summarizes the activity reflected on the consolidated statement of cash flows. While this information may be helpful to highlight certain macro trends and business strategies, the cash flow analysis may not be as relevant when analyzing changes in our net earnings and net assets. We believe that in addition to the traditional cash flow analysis, the discussion related to liquidity and dividends and asset/liability management herein may provide more useful context in evaluating our liquidity position and related activity.

BNY Mellon 39

Results of Operations (continued)

Net cash provided by operating activities was $15.1 billion in 2022, compared with $2.8 billion in 2021. In 2022, cash flows provided by operations primarily resulted from changes in trading assets and liabilities, changes in accruals and other, net and earnings. In 2021, cash flows provided by operations primarily resulted from earnings, partially offset by changes in trading assets and liabilities and changes in accruals and other, net.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $19.9 billion in 2022, compared with $19.7 billion in 2021. In 2022, net cash provided by investing activities primarily reflects changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, a net decrease in the securities portfolio and change in

federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. In 2021, net cash provided by investing activities primarily reflects changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, partially offset by a net change in loans and a net increase in the securities portfolio.

Net cash used for financing activities was $33.7 billion in 2022, compared with $22.0 billion in 2021. In 2022 and 2021, net cash used for financing activities primarily reflects changes in deposits and repayments of long-term debt, partially offset by issuances of long-term debt. In 2021, net cash used for financing activities also reflects common stock repurchases.

Capital

Capital data(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)20222021
At Dec. 31:
BNY Mellon shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio10.0%9.7%
BNY Mellon common shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio8.8%8.6%
Total BNY Mellon shareholders’ equity$40,734$43,034
Total BNY Mellon common shareholders’ equity$35,896$38,196
BNY Mellon tangible common shareholders’ equity – Non-GAAP (a)$18,686$19,547
Book value per common share$44.40$47.50
Tangible book value per common share – Non-GAAP (a)$23.11$24.31
Closing stock price per common share$45.52$58.08
Market capitalization$36,800$46,705
Common shares outstanding808,445804,145
Full-year:
Cash dividends per common share$1.42$1.30
Common dividend payout ratio49%32%
Common dividend yield3.1%2.2%

(a)    See “Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 104 for a reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation total shareholders’ equity decreased to $40.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 from $43.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2021. The decrease primarily reflects unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale, dividend payments and foreign currency translation, partially offset by earnings.

The unrealized loss (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $2.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with an unrealized gain (after-tax), net of hedges, of $362 million at Dec. 31, 2021. The increase in the unrealized loss, net of tax, was primarily driven by higher market interest rates.

We repurchased 2.0 million common shares at an average price of $61.08 per common share for a total of $124 million in 2022.

In June 2021, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6.0 billion of common shares over the six quarters beginning in the third quarter of 2021 and continuing through the fourth quarter of 2022.

In January 2023, we announced a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors providing for the repurchase of up to $5.0 billion of common shares beginning Jan. 1, 2023. This new share repurchase plan replaced all previously authorized share repurchase plans.

40 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

In July 2022, our Board of Directors approved a 9% increase in the quarterly cash dividend on common stock, from $0.34 to $0.37 per share. We began paying the increased quarterly cash dividend in the third quarter of 2022.

Capital adequacy

Regulators establish certain levels of capital for bank holding companies (“BHCs”) and banks, including BNY Mellon and our bank subsidiaries, in accordance with established quantitative measurements. For the Parent to maintain its status as a financial holding company (“FHC”), our U.S. bank subsidiaries and BNY Mellon must, among other things, qualify as “well capitalized.” As of Dec. 31, 2022 and Dec. 31, 2021, BNY Mellon and our U.S. bank subsidiaries were “well capitalized.” Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including

“well capitalized” status or capital adequacy rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our financial condition. See the discussion of these matters in “Supervision and Regulation – Regulated Entities of BNY Mellon and Ancillary Regulatory Requirements” and “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” and “well managed” status or capital adequacy and liquidity rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our business and financial condition.”

The U.S. banking agencies’ capital rules are based on the framework adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“BCBS”), as amended from time to time. For additional information on these capital requirements, see “Supervision and Regulation.”

The table below presents our consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratios.

Consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratiosDec. 31, 2022Dec. 31, 2021
Well capitalizedMinimum requiredCapital ratiosCapital ratios
(a)
Consolidated regulatory capital ratios: (b)
Advanced Approaches:
CET1 ratioN/A(c)8.5%11.2%11.4%
Tier 1 capital ratio6%1014.114.2
Total capital ratio101214.915.0
Standardized Approach:
CET1 ratioN/A(c)8.5%11.3%11.2%
Tier 1 capital ratio6%1014.414.0
Total capital ratio101215.314.9
Tier 1 leverage ratioN/A(c)45.85.5
SLR (d)N/A(c)56.86.6
The Bank of New York Mellon regulatory capital ratios: (b)
Advanced Approaches:
CET1 ratio6.5%7%15.6%16.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio88.515.616.5
Total capital ratio1010.515.716.5
Tier 1 leverage ratio546.26.0
SLR (d)637.77.6

(a)    Minimum requirements for Dec. 31, 2022 include minimum thresholds plus currently applicable buffers. The U.S. global systemically important banks (“G-SIB”) surcharge of 1.5% is subject to change. The countercyclical capital buffer is currently set to 0%. The stress capital buffer (“SCB”) requirement is 2.5%, equal to the regulatory minimum for Standardized Approach capital ratios.

(b)    For our CET1, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios, our effective capital ratios under U.S. capital rules are the lower of the ratios as calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. The Tier 1 leverage ratio is based on Tier 1 capital and quarterly average total assets.

(c)    The Federal Reserve’s regulations do not establish well capitalized thresholds for these measures for BHCs.

(d)    The SLR is based on Tier 1 capital and total leverage exposure, which includes certain off-balance sheet exposures.

BNY Mellon 41

Results of Operations (continued)

Our CET1 ratio determined under the Advanced Approaches was 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2022 and 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2021 under the Standardized Approach. The unchanged ratio primarily reflects capital generated through earnings, lower RWAs and the impact of the Alcentra sale, offset by the net decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income and capital deployed through dividends.

In 2022, we implemented the Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (“SA-CCR”), which replaced the current exposure method used to measure derivative counterparty exposure.

The Tier 1 leverage ratio was 5.8% at Dec. 31, 2022, compared with 5.5% at Dec. 31, 2021. The increase was driven by lower average assets, partially offset by a decrease in capital.

Risk-based capital ratios vary depending on the size of the balance sheet at period-end and the levels and types of investments in assets, and leverage ratios vary based on the average size of the balance sheet over the quarter. The balance sheet size fluctuates from period to period based on levels of customer and market activity. In general, when servicing clients are more actively trading securities, deposit balances and the balance sheet as a whole are higher. In addition, when markets experience significant volatility or stress, our balance sheet size may increase considerably as client deposit levels increase.

Our capital ratios are necessarily subject to, among other things, anticipated compliance with all necessary enhancements to model calibration, approval by regulators of certain models used as part of RWA calculations, other refinements, further implementation guidance from regulators, market practices and standards and any changes BNY Mellon may make to its businesses. As a consequence of these factors, our capital ratios may materially change, and may be volatile over time and from period to period.

Under the Advanced Approaches, our operational loss risk model is informed by external losses, including fines and penalties levied against institutions in the

financial services industry, particularly those that relate to businesses in which we operate, and as a result external losses have impacted and could in the future impact the amount of capital that we are required to hold.

The following table presents our capital components and RWAs.

Capital components and risk-weighted assetsDec. 31,
(in millions)20222021
CET1:
Common shareholders’ equity$35,896$38,196
Adjustments for:
Goodwill and intangible assets (a)(17,210)(18,649)
Net pension fund assets(317)(400)
Embedded goodwill(279)(300)
Deferred tax assets(56)(55)
Other(2)(46)
Total CET118,03218,746
Other Tier 1 capital:
Preferred stock4,8384,838
Other(14)(99)
Total Tier 1 capital$22,856$23,485
Tier 2 capital:
Subordinated debt$1,248$1,248
Allowance for credit losses291250
Other(11)(11)
Total Tier 2 capital – Standardized Approach1,5281,487
Excess of expected credit losses50
Less: Allowance for credit losses291250
Total Tier 2 capital – Advanced Approaches$1,287$1,237
Total capital:
Standardized Approach$24,384$24,972
Advanced Approaches$24,143$24,722
Risk-weighted assets:
Standardized Approach$159,096$167,608
Advanced Approaches:
Credit Risk$90,243$98,310
Market Risk2,9793,069
Operational Risk68,45063,688
Total Advanced Approaches$161,672$165,067
Average assets for Tier 1 leverage ratio$396,643$430,102
Total leverage exposure for SLR$336,049$354,033

(a)    Reduced by deferred tax liabilities associated with intangible assets and tax-deductible goodwill.

42 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The table below presents the factors that impacted CET1 capital.

CET1 generation2022
(in millions)
CET1 – Beginning of period$18,746
Net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation2,362
Goodwill and intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities1,439
Gross CET1 generated3,801
Capital deployed:
Common stock dividends (a)(1,165)
Common stock repurchases(124)
Total capital deployed(1,289)
Other comprehensive loss:
Unrealized loss on assets available-for-sale(2,907)
Foreign currency translation(590)
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges(6)
Defined benefit plans(250)
Total other comprehensive loss(3,753)
Additional paid-in capital (b)380
Other additions (deductions):
Net pension fund assets83
Embedded goodwill21
Deferred tax assets(1)
Other44
Total other additions147
Net CET1 deployed(714)
CET1 – End of period$18,032

(a)    Includes dividend-equivalents on share-based awards.

(b)    Primarily related to stock awards, the exercise of stock options and stock issued for employee benefit plans.

The following table shows the impact on the consolidated capital ratios at Dec. 31, 2022 of a $100 million increase or decrease in common equity, or a $1 billion increase or decrease in RWAs, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure.

Sensitivity of consolidated capital ratios at Dec. 31, 2022
Increase or decrease of
(in basis points)$100 million in common equity$1 billion in RWA, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure
CET1:
Standardized Approach6bps7bps
Advanced Approaches67
Tier 1 capital:
Standardized Approach69
Advanced Approaches69
Total capital:
Standardized Approach610
Advanced Approaches69
Tier 1 leverage31
SLR32

Stress capital buffer

In August 2022, the Federal Reserve announced that BNY Mellon’s SCB requirement would be 2.5%, equal to the regulatory floor, effective as of Oct. 1, 2022. The SCB replaced the static 2.5% capital conservation buffer for Standardized Approach capital ratios for Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) BHCs. The SCB does not apply to bank subsidiaries, which remain subject to the static 2.5% capital conservation buffer. See “Supervision and Regulation” for additional information.

The SCB final rule generally eliminates the requirement for prior approval of common stock repurchases in excess of the distributions in a firm’s capital plan, provided that such distributions are consistent with applicable capital requirements and buffers, including the SCB.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”)

The following summarizes the minimum requirements for BNY Mellon’s external TLAC and external long-term debt (“LTD”) ratios, plus currently applicable buffers.

As a % of RWAs (a)As a % of total leverage exposure
Eligible external TLAC ratiosRegulatory minimum of 18% plus a buffer (b) equal to the sum of 2.5%, the method 1 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1%), and the countercyclical capital buffer, if anyRegulatory minimum of 7.5% plus a buffer (c) equal to 2%
Eligible external LTD ratiosRegulatory minimum of 6% plus the greater of the method 1 or method 2 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1.5%)4.5%

(a)    RWA is the greater of the Standardized Approach and Advanced Approaches.

(b)    Buffer to be met using only CET1.

(c)    Buffer to be met using only Tier 1 capital.

External TLAC consists of the Parent’s Tier 1 capital and eligible unsecured LTD issued by it that has a remaining term to maturity of at least one year and satisfies certain other conditions. Eligible LTD consists of the unpaid principal balance of eligible unsecured debt securities, subject to haircuts for amounts due to be paid within two years, that satisfy certain other conditions. Debt issued prior to Dec.

BNY Mellon 43

Results of Operations (continued)

31, 2016 has been permanently grandfathered to the extent these instruments otherwise would be ineligible only due to containing impermissible acceleration rights or being governed by foreign law.

The following table presents our external TLAC and external LTD ratios.

TLAC and LTD ratiosDec. 31, 2022
Minimum requiredMinimum ratios with buffers
Ratios
Eligible external TLAC:
As a percentage of RWA18.0%21.5%30.0%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure7.5%9.5%14.4%
Eligible external LTD:
As a percentage of RWA7.5%N/A14.4%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure4.5%N/A6.9%

N/A – Not applicable.

If BNY Mellon maintains risk-based ratio or leverage TLAC measures above the minimum required level, but with a risk-based ratio or leverage below the minimum level with buffers, we will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary executive compensation based on the amount of the shortfall and eligible retained income.

Issuer purchases of equity securities

Share repurchases – fourth quarter of 2022Total shares repurchased as part of a publicly announced plan or programMaximum approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the publicly announced plans or programs at Dec. 31, 2022
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)Total shares repurchasedAverage price per share
October 20221$38.521$2,628
November 20221842.43182,627
December 20221645.88162,626
Fourth quarter of 2022 (a)35$43.8135$2,626(b)

(a)    Includes 35 thousand shares repurchased at a purchase price of $2 million from employees, primarily in connection with the employees’ payment of taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock. There were no open market repurchases in the fourth quarter of 2022.

(b)    Represents the remaining dollar value of shares yet repurchased under the share repurchase program that expired on Dec. 31, 2022. Effective Jan. 1, 2023, the maximum value of the shares to be repurchased through a new share repurchase program approved in January 2023 is $5.0 billion.

In June 2021, in connection with the Federal Reserve’s release of the 2021 CCAR stress tests, we announced a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors providing for the repurchase of up to $6.0 billion of common shares beginning in the third quarter of 2021 and continuing through the fourth quarter of 2022.

In January 2023, we announced a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors providing for the repurchase of up to $5.0 billion of common shares beginning Jan. 1, 2023. This new share repurchase plan replaced all previously authorized share repurchase plans.

Share repurchases may be executed through open market repurchases, in privately negotiated transactions or by other means, including through repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and other derivative, accelerated share repurchase and other structured transactions. The timing and exact amount of any common stock repurchases will depend on various factors, including market conditions and the common stock trading price; the Company’s capital position, liquidity and financial performance; alternative uses of capital; and legal and regulatory limitations and considerations.

44 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Trading activities and risk management

Our trading activities are focused on acting as a market-maker for our customers, facilitating customer trades and risk-mitigating hedging in compliance with the Volcker Rule. The risk from market-making activities for customers is managed by our traders and limited in total exposure through a system of position limits, value-at-risk (“VaR”) methodology and other market sensitivity measures. VaR is the potential loss in value due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. The calculation of our VaR used by management and presented below assumes a one-day holding period, utilizes a 99% confidence level and incorporates non-linear product characteristics. VaR facilitates comparisons across portfolios of different risk characteristics. VaR also captures the diversification of aggregated risk at the firm-wide level.

VaR represents a key risk management measure and it is important to note the inherent limitations to VaR, which include:

•VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time horizons where moves may be extreme;

•VaR does not take account of potential variability of market liquidity; and

•Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce accurate predictions of all future market moves.

See Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the VaR methodology.

The following tables indicate the calculated VaR amounts for the trading portfolio for the designated periods using the historical simulation VaR model.

VaR (a)2022Dec. 31, 2022
(in millions)AverageMinimumMaximum
Interest rate$4.1$1.6$9.3$2.3
Foreign exchange3.82.010.23.0
Equity0.20.90.1
Credit2.11.04.41.8
Diversification(5.0)N/MN/M(3.5)
Overall portfolio5.22.511.43.7
VaR (a)2021Dec. 31, 2021
(in millions)AverageMinimumMaximum
Interest rate$2.1$1.5$3.5$1.7
Foreign exchange2.61.94.12.7
Equity0.10.90.1
Credit1.71.12.81.7
Diversification(3.2)N/MN/M(2.7)
Overall portfolio3.32.45.23.5

(a)    VaR exposure does not include the impact of the Company’s consolidated investment management funds and seed capital investments.

N/M – Because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, it is not meaningful to compute a minimum and maximum portfolio diversification effect.

The interest rate component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by interest rate levels. These instruments include, but are not limited to, U.S. Treasury securities, swaps, swaptions, forward rate agreements, exchange-traded futures and options, and other interest rate derivative products.

The foreign exchange component of VaR represents instruments whose values predominantly vary with the level or volatility of currency exchange rates or interest rates. These instruments include, but are not limited to, currency balances, spot and forward transactions, currency options and other currency derivative products.

The equity component of VaR consists of instruments that represent an ownership interest in the form of domestic and foreign common stock or other equity-linked instruments. These instruments include, but are not limited to, common stock, exchange-traded funds, preferred stock, listed equity options (puts and calls), OTC equity options, equity total return swaps, equity index futures and other equity derivative products.

The credit component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by credit spread levels, i.e., idiosyncratic default risk. These instruments include, but are not limited to, single issuer credit default swaps, and securities with exposures from corporate and municipal credit spreads.

The diversification component of VaR is the risk reduction benefit that occurs when combining portfolios and offsetting positions, and from the correlated behavior of risk factor movements.

BNY Mellon 45

Results of Operations (continued)

During 2022, interest rate risk generated 40% of average gross VaR, foreign exchange risk generated 37% of average gross VaR, equity risk generated 2% of average gross VaR and credit risk generated 21% of average gross VaR. During 2022, our daily trading loss exceeded our calculated VaR amount of the overall portfolio on one occasion.

The following table of total daily trading revenue or loss illustrates the number of trading days in which our trading revenue or loss fell within particular ranges during the past five quarters.

Distribution of trading revenue (loss) (a)
Quarter ended
(dollars in millions)Dec. 31, 2022Sept. 30, 2022June 30, 2022March 31, 2022Dec. 31, 2021
Revenue range:Number of days
Less than $(2.5)211
$(2.5) – $043483
$0 – $2.51310101227
$2.5 – $5.02432242321
More than $5.02019241812

(a)    Trading revenue (loss) includes realized and unrealized gains and losses primarily related to spot and forward foreign exchange transactions, derivatives and securities trades for our customers and excludes any associated commissions, underwriting fees and net interest revenue.

Trading assets include debt and equity instruments and derivative assets, primarily foreign exchange and interest rate contracts, not designated as hedging instruments. Trading assets were $9.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $16.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2021.

Trading liabilities include debt and equity instruments and derivative liabilities, primarily foreign exchange and interest rate contracts, not designated as hedging instruments. Trading liabilities were $5.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2022 and $5.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2021.

Under our fair value methodology for derivative contracts, an initial “risk-neutral” valuation is performed on each position assuming time-discounting based on a AA credit curve. In addition, we consider credit risk in arriving at the fair value of our derivatives.

We reflect external credit ratings as well as observable credit default swap spreads for both

ourselves and our counterparties when measuring the fair value of our derivative positions. Accordingly, the valuation of our derivative positions is sensitive to the current changes in our own credit spreads, as well as those of our counterparties.

At Dec. 31, 2022, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $2.9 billion included a credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) deduction of $18 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $3.0 billion included a debit valuation adjustment (“DVA”) of $6 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA increased by $4 million and the DVA increased by $7 million in 2022, which increased other trading revenue by $3 million in 2022. During 2022, no realized loss was charged off against CVA reserves.

At Dec. 31, 2021, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $2.8 billion included a CVA deduction of $29 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $3.4 billion included a DVA of $2 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA increased by $1 million and the DVA was unchanged in 2021, which decreased investment and other revenue - other trading revenue by $1 million in 2021. During 2021, no realized loss was charged off against CVA reserves.

The table below summarizes our exposure, net of collateral related to our derivative counterparties, as determined on an internal risk management basis. Significant changes in counterparty credit ratings could alter the level of credit risk faced by BNY Mellon.

Foreign exchange and other trading counterparty risk rating profile
Dec. 31, 2022Dec. 31, 2021
(dollars in millions)Exposure, net of collateralPercentage of exposure, net of collateralExposure, net of collateralPercentage of exposure, net of collateral
Investment grade$2,55398%$2,53897%
Non-investment grade632%883%
Total$2,616100%$2,626100%

46 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Asset/liability management

Our diversified business activities include processing securities, accepting deposits, investing in securities, lending, raising money as needed to fund assets and other transactions. The market risks from these activities include interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Our primary market risk is exposure to movements in U.S. dollar interest rates and certain foreign currency interest rates. We actively manage interest rate sensitivity and use earnings simulation and discounted cash flow models to identify interest rate exposures.

An earnings simulation model is the primary tool used to assess changes in pre-tax net interest revenue between a baseline scenario and hypothetical interest rate scenarios. Interest rate sensitivity is quantified by calculating the change in pre-tax net interest revenue between the scenarios over a 12-month measurement period.

The baseline scenario incorporates the market’s forward rate expectations and management’s assumptions regarding client deposit rates, credit spreads, changes in the prepayment behavior of loans and securities and the impact of derivative financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes as of Dec. 31, 2022. These assumptions have been developed through a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing behavior and are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ materially from projected results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, and changes in market conditions and management’s strategies, among other factors. Client deposit levels and mix are key assumptions impacting net interest revenue in the baseline as well as the hypothetical interest rate scenarios. The earnings simulation model assumes static deposit levels and mix and it also assumes that no management actions will be taken to mitigate the effects of interest rate changes. Typically, the baseline scenario uses the average deposit balances of the quarter.

In the table below, we use the earnings simulation model to assess the impact of various hypothetical interest rate scenarios compared to the baseline scenario. In each of the scenarios, all currencies’ interest rates are instantaneously shifted higher or lower at the start of the forecast. Long-term interest rates are defined as all tenors equal to or greater than three years and short-term interest rates are defined as

all tenors equal to or less than three months. Interim term points are interpolated where applicable.

The following table shows net interest revenue sensitivity for BNY Mellon.

Estimated changes in net interest revenue (in millions)Dec. 31, 2022Sept. 30, 2022Dec. 31, 2021
Up 100 bps rate shock vs. baseline$214$267$688
Long-term up 100 bps, short-term unchanged30(17)204
Short-term up 100 bps, long-term unchanged184283483
Long-term down 50 bps, short-term unchanged(20)7(98)
Down 100 bp rate shock vs. baseline(281)(394)392

The declines in most of the rising rate sensitivities compared with Sept. 30, 2022 are due to higher deposit interest expense in rising rate scenarios, which is driven by the expectation of paying higher rates on deposits as central banks continue their tightening cycle.

While the net interest revenue sensitivity scenario calculations assume static deposit balances to facilitate consistent period-over-period comparisons, net interest revenue is impacted by changes in deposit balances. Noninterest-bearing deposits are particularly sensitive to changes in short-term rates.

To illustrate the net interest revenue sensitivity to deposit run-off, we note that a $5 billion instantaneous reduction of U.S. dollar-denominated noninterest-bearing deposits would reduce the net interest revenue sensitivity results in the up 100 basis point scenario in the table above by approximately $290 million. The impact would be smaller if the run-off was assumed to be a mixture of interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits.

For a discussion of factors impacting the growth or contraction of deposits, see “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our liquidity.”

We also project future cash flows from our assets and liabilities over a long-term horizon and then discount these cash flows using instantaneous parallel shocks to prevailing interest rates. This measure reflects the

BNY Mellon 47

Results of Operations (continued)

structural balance sheet interest rate sensitivity by discounting all future cash flows. The aggregation of these discounted cash flows is the economic value of equity (“EVE”). The following table shows how EVE would change in response to changes in interest rates.

Estimated changes in EVEDec. 31, 2022
Rate change:
Up 200 bps vs. baseline(1.8)%
Up 100 bps vs. baseline2.2%

The asymmetrical accounting treatment of the impact of a change in interest rates on our balance sheet may create a situation in which an increase in interest rates can adversely affect reported equity and regulatory capital, even though economically there may be no impact on our economic capital position. For example, an increase in rates will result in a decline in the value of our available-for-sale securities portfolio. In this example, there is no corresponding change on our fixed liabilities, even though economically these liabilities are more valuable as rates rise.

These results do not reflect strategies that management could employ to limit the impact as interest rate expectations change.

To manage foreign exchange risk, we fund foreign currency-denominated assets with liability instruments denominated in the same currency. We utilize various foreign exchange contracts if a liability denominated in the same currency is not available or desired, and to minimize the earnings impact of translation gains or losses created by investments in foreign markets. We use forward foreign exchange contracts to protect the value of our net investment in foreign operations. At Dec. 31, 2022, net investments in foreign operations totaled $13 billion and were spread across 18 foreign currencies.

48 BNY Mellon

Risk Management

Overview

BNY Mellon plays a vital role in the global financial markets, and effective risk management is critical to our success. BNY Mellon operates under the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (“risk management framework”) which is the foundation of our risk management approach. Risk management begins with a strong risk culture, and we reinforce our culture through policies and the Code of Conduct, which are grounded in our core values of passion for excellence, integrity, strength in diversity and courage to lead.

These values are critical to our success. They not only explain what we stand for and our shared culture, but also help us to think and act globally. They serve as a representation of the promises we have made to our clients, communities, shareholders and each other.

BNY Mellon’s Risk Identification process is a core component of BNY Mellon’s risk framework and is the foundation for understanding and managing risk across our six primary risk categories: Operational Risk, Market Risk, Credit Risk, Liquidity Risk, Model Risk and Strategic Risk. Quarterly, the Company engages in a process designed to document identification and assessment of its risks, and to determine the set of risks material to BNY Mellon. Outputs from the Risk Identification process inform elements of our risk framework such as our Risk Appetite as well as Enterprise-wide Stress Testing and Capital Planning.

BNY Mellon’s Risk Appetite expresses the level of risk we are willing to assume to meet our objectives in a manner that balances risk and reward while considering our risk capacity and maintaining a balance sheet that remains resilient throughout market cycles. This guides BNY Mellon’s risk-taking activities and informs key decision-making processes, including the manner by which we pursue our business strategy and the methods by which we manage risk. The Risk Appetite Statement and associated key risk metrics to monitor our risk profile are updated and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board at least annually.

BNY Mellon conducts Enterprise-wide Stress Testing as part of its Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process in accordance with CCAR, and as required by the enhanced prudential standards issued pursuant to

the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Enterprise-wide Stress Testing considers the Company’s lines of business, products, geographic areas and risk types incorporating the results from underlying models and projections for a range of stress scenarios. Additional details on Capital Planning and Stress Testing are included in “Supervision and Regulation.”

Three Lines of Defense

BNY Mellon’s Three Lines of Defense model is a critical component of our risk management framework to clarify roles and responsibilities across the organization.

BNY Mellon’s first line of defense includes senior management and business and corporate staff, excluding management and employees in Risk Management, Compliance and Internal Audit. Senior management in the first line is responsible for maintaining and implementing an effective risk management framework and ensuring BNY Mellon appropriately manages risk consistent with its strategy and risk tolerance, including establishing clear responsibilities and accountability for the identification, measurement, management and control of risk.

Risk & Compliance is the independent second line of defense. It is responsible for establishing a framework that outlines expectations and provides guidance for the effective management of risk at BNY Mellon while also independently testing, reviewing and challenging the first line. Risk & Compliance provides independent oversight across three views – lines of business; regions and legal entities; and enterprise-wide risk and compliance disciplines which apply consistent standards for each risk or compliance type or topic across the firm.

The Chief Risk Officer has reporting lines to both the Chief Executive Officer and the Risk Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Internal Audit is BNY Mellon’s third line of defense and serves as an independent, objective assurance function that reports directly to the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. It assists the Company in accomplishing its objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined, risk-based approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management, control and governance

BNY Mellon 49

Risk Management (continued)

processes. The scope of Internal Audit’s work includes the review and evaluation of the adequacy, effectiveness and sustainability of risk management

procedures, internal control systems, information systems and governance processes.

Governance

BNY Mellon’s management is responsible for execution of the Company’s risk management framework and the governance structure that supports it, with oversight provided by BNY Mellon’s Board of Directors through two key Board committees: the Risk Committee and the Audit Committee.

A summary of the governance structure is provided below.

BNY Mellon Board of Directors
Risk CommitteeAudit Committee
Senior Risk and Control Committee (“SRCC”)
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4Column 5
•Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committee•Asset Liability Committee•Balance Sheet Risk Committee•Business Risk Committees•Compliance and Ethics Oversight Committee•Contract Management Committee•Credit Portfolio Management Committees•Enterprise Insider Threat Steering Committee•International Senior Risk and Control Committee•Operational Risk Committee•Product Approval and Review Committee•Regulatory Oversight Committee•Resolvability Steering Committee•Strategic Risk Committee•Technology Risk Committee

The Risk Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors and meets on a regular basis to review and assess the control processes with respect to the Company’s inherent risks. It also reviews and assesses the risk management activities of the Company and the Company’s risk policies and activities. The roles and responsibilities of the Risk Committee are described in more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on our website, www.bnymellon.com.

The Audit Committee is also comprised entirely of independent directors. The Audit Committee meets on a regular basis to perform an oversight review of the integrity of the financial statements and financial reporting process, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent registered public accountant’s qualifications and independence, and the performance of our independent registered public accountant and internal audit function. The Audit Committee also reviews management’s assessment of the adequacy of internal controls. The functions of the Audit Committee are described in more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on our website, www.bnymellon.com.

The SRCC is the most senior risk governance group at the Company and is responsible for oversight of all Risk Management, Compliance & Ethics activities and processes, including the Enterprise Risk Management Framework. The committee is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and its members include the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel.

The SRCC has 15 sub-committees:

•Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committee: Responsible for coordinating the Company’s compliance with Anti-Money Laundering laws and regulations and enforcing the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program.

•Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”): The senior management committee responsible for balance sheet oversight, including capital, liquidity and interest rate risk management.

•Balance Sheet Risk Committee (the “BSRC”): Reviews and receives escalation relating to balance sheet risk management frameworks associated with the assets, liabilities and capital

50 BNY Mellon

Risk Management (continued)

of the Company. The BSRC reviews the adequacy of associated controls and processes, monitors risk management in the context of risk appetite, and approves related policy documents.

•Business Risk Committees: Review and assess risk and control issues observed from existing business practices or activities or arising from new business practices or activities in our various lines of business and supporting operations.

•Compliance and Ethics Oversight Committee: Provides governance and oversight of the operations of the Compliance and Ethics function and the management and reporting of compliance risk-related issues, as well as Compliance & Ethics processes, policies, procedures and standards.

•Contract Management Committee: The governance and escalation body for the Company’s Customer Contract Management policy across the businesses, overseeing related policies, infrastructure, risk considerations and operations.

•Credit Portfolio Management Committees: Seven Portfolio Management Committees, governed by the same charter and rules, manage, monitor and review one of Credit Risk’s primary portfolio segments, including underwriting criteria, portfolio limits and composition, concentration, credit strategy, quality and exposure.

•Enterprise Insider Threat Steering Committee: Provides enterprise-wide governance and oversight related to the Enterprise Insider Threat Program and related initiatives, as well as provides visibility to senior leadership related to the enterprise risk profile as it relates to insider threat risks.

•International Senior Risk and Control Committee: Provides risk management oversight, and acts as a point of convergence for the coordination, transparency and communication of material issues (live or emerging) across international entities.

•Operational Risk Committee: Oversees the operational risk framework and policies, reviews and monitors program outputs and metrics, and monitors resolution of significant operational risk matters, including changes to the risk and control environment.

•Product Approval and Review Committee: Responsible for reviewing and approving proposals to introduce new and modify or retire existing products.

•Regulatory Oversight Committee: Provides strategic direction, oversight, challenge, and coordination across regulatory remediation initiatives within the Company’s Regulatory Oversight Program.

•Resolvability Steering Committee: Oversees recovery and resolution planning, including but not limited to the project governance and oversight framework for all recovery and resolution planning requirements in relevant jurisdictions where BNY Mellon operates.

•Strategic Risk Committee: Considers for approval proposals for major strategic initiatives significantly impacting the risk profile of the Company, including but not limited to acquisitions, material changes to existing products, material new products, significant business process changes and complex transactions.

•Technology Risk Committee: Oversees the review and assessment of technology risk and control issues observed from existing business practices or activities, or arising from new business practices or activities in our various lines of business and supporting operations so as to assist business management and corporate staff in managing and monitoring technology risk and control issues.

BNY Mellon 51

Risk Management (continued)

Risk Types Overview

The understanding, identification, measurement and mitigation of risk are essential elements for the successful management of BNY Mellon. Our primary risk categories are:

Type of riskDescription
OperationalThe risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk includes compliance and technology risks.
MarketThe potential loss in value for the BNY Mellon financial portfolio caused by adverse movements in market prices of FX, fixed income and equity assets, credit spreads, commodities and liabilities accounted for under fair value and equivalent methods.
CreditThe risk of loss if any of our borrowers or other counterparties were to default on their obligations to us. Credit risk is present in the majority of our assets, but primarily concentrated in the loan and securities books, as well as foreign exchange and off-balance sheet exposures such as lending commitments, letters of credit and securities lending indemnifications.
LiquidityThe risk that BNY Mellon cannot meet its cash and collateral obligations at a reasonable cost for both expected and unexpected cash flows, without adversely affecting daily operations or financial conditions. Liquidity risk can arise from cash flow mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets to cash, the inability to raise cash in the markets, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.
ModelThe potential loss arising from incorrectly designing/applying a model approach or inaccuracies caused by market, credit or liquidity stress.
StrategicThe risk arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions or lack of responsiveness to changes in the financial industry and operating environment. Strategic and/or business risks may also arise from the acceptance of new businesses, the introduction or modification of products, strategic finance and risk management decisions, business process changes, complex transactions, acquisitions/divestitures/joint ventures and major capital expenditures/investments.

Operational Risk

In providing a comprehensive array of products and services, we are exposed to operational risk. Operational risk may result from, but is not limited to, errors related to transaction processing, breaches of internal control systems and compliance requirements, fraud by employees or persons outside BNY Mellon or business interruption due to system failures or other events. Operational risk may also include breaches of our technology and information systems resulting from unauthorized access to confidential information or from internal or external threats, such as cyberattacks. Operational risk also includes potential legal or regulatory actions that could arise. In the case of an operational event, we could suffer financial losses as well as reputational damage.

To address these risks, we maintain comprehensive policies and procedures and an internal control framework designed to provide a sound operational environment. These controls have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given our financial strength, the business environment and markets in which we operate, and the nature of our businesses, and considering factors such as competition and regulation.

The organizational framework for operational risk is based upon a strong risk culture that incorporates both governance and risk management activities comprising:

•Accountability of Businesses – Business managers are responsible for maintaining an effective system of internal controls commensurate with their risk profiles and in accordance with BNY Mellon policies and procedures.

•Operational Risk Management is the independent second line function responsible for developing risk management policies and tools for assessing, measuring, monitoring and managing operational risk for BNY Mellon. The primary objectives of the Operational Risk Management Framework are to promote effective risk management, identify emerging risks and drive continuous improvement in controls and to reduce operational risk. The Operational Risk Management function includes independent operational risk oversight of all lines of business and functions.

52 BNY Mellon

Risk Management (continued)

•Technology risk is a subset of operational risk. Technology Risk Management is the independent operational risk management function that is responsible for independent risk oversight of the technology footprint. The function brings together the second line independent risk oversight of technology, resiliency and data in a cohesive and holistic manner. These areas are closely related, allowing expertise to be brought to bear across some of BNY Mellon’s most significant risk exposures. The function also conducts integrated independent assessments on multiple cyber and digital initiatives within the Company. They partner with businesses and legal entities to drive better understanding and a more accurate assessment of operational risks that can occur from technology operations. Technology Risk Management also acts as a catalyst to drive the development of global technology policies, key controls and methods to assess, measure and monitor information and technology risk for BNY Mellon.

•Operational resiliency is a top priority for the Company. Foundational to our enterprise resiliency strategy is the Business Services Framework, governed by the Enterprise Resiliency Office, with second line oversight from Resiliency Risk Management. Business management is accountable for maintaining effective resiliency capabilities under this framework, while Technology and Operations are responsible for successful execution in coordination with the business. Elements of the resiliency strategy include the Business Services Framework, IT Asset Management, Application transformation and Mainframe modernization, as well as Disaster Recovery Testing and Business Continuity capabilities. We are also focused on the resiliency capabilities of our most important service providers. These capabilities are intended to enable the Company to deliver services to our clients by the ability to prevent, respond and recover from business disruptions and threats.

•Compliance and financial crimes risk is also a subset of operational risk. It is defined as the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or a financial institution’s reputational loss as a result of its failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards, and codes of conduct or organizational standards of practice. We seek to comply with all obligations through a

comprehensive, integrated Compliance and Ethics Management Framework that is driven by Holistic Risk Management Principles.

Market Risk

Our business activity tends to minimize outright our direct exposure to market risk, with such risk primarily limited to market volatility from trading activity in support of clients. More significant direct market risk is assumed in the form of interest rate and credit spread risk within the investment portfolio both as a means for forward asset/liability management and net interest revenue generation, and also through the interest rate risk associated with BNY Mellon’s balance sheet position which is sensitive to adverse movements in interest rates.

The Company has indirect market risk exposure associated with the change in the value of financial collateral underlying securities financing and derivatives positions. The Collateral Margin Review Committee reviews and approves the standards for collateral received or paid in respect of collateralized derivative agreements and securities financing transactions.

Oversight of market risk is performed by the SRCC and the BSRC and through executive review meetings. Stress tests results for the trading portfolio are reviewed during the Markets Weekly Risk meeting, which is attended by senior managers from Risk Management, Finance and Sales and Trading. Oversight of the risk management framework associated with the Corporate Treasury and Portfolio Management functions is performed by the BSRC. Detailed aspects of this oversight are conducted by the Treasury Risk Committee, a subcommittee of the BSRC.

The Business Risk Committee for the Markets business reviews key risk and control issues and related initiatives facing all Markets lines of business. Also addressed during the Business Risk Committee meetings are trading VaR and trading stressed VaR exposures against limits.

Finally, the Risk Quantification Review Group reviews back-testing results for the Company’s VaR model.

BNY Mellon 53

Risk Management (continued)

Credit Risk

We extend direct credit in order to foster client relationships and as a method by which to generate interest income from the deposits that result from business activity. We extend and incur intraday credit exposure in order to facilitate our various processing activities.

To balance the value of our activities with the credit risk incurred in pursuing them, we set and monitor internal credit limits for activities that entail credit risk, most often on the size of the exposure and the quality of the counterparty. For credit exposures driven by changing market rates and prices, exposure measures include an add-on for such potential changes.

We manage credit risk exposure at a counterparty, industry, country and portfolio level. Credit risk exposure at the counterparty level is managed through our credit approval framework and involves four approval levels up to and including the Chief Risk Officer of the Company. The requisite approvals are based upon the size and relative risk of the aggregate exposure under consideration. The Credit Risk Group is responsible for approving the size, terms and maturity of all credit exposures, as well as the ongoing monitoring of the creditworthiness of the counterparty. In addition, it is responsible for challenging and approving the internal risk ratings on each exposure.

The calculation of a fundamental credit measure is based on a projection of a statistically probable credit loss, used to help determine the appropriate loan loss reserve and to measure customer profitability. Credit loss considers three basic components: the estimated size of the exposure whenever default might occur, the probability of default before maturity and the severity of the loss we would incur, commonly called “loss given default.” For institutional lending, where most of our credit risk is created, unfunded commitments are assigned a usage given default percentage. Borrowers/counterparties are assigned ratings by the business and challenged, reviewed and approved by the Credit Portfolio Managers on an 18-grade scale, which translate to a scaled probability of default. Additionally, transactions are assigned loss given default ratings (on a 5-grade scale) that reflect the transactions’ structures, including the effects of guarantees, collateral and relative seniority of position.

The Risk and Compliance Modeling and Analytics Group is responsible for the calculation methodologies and the estimates of the inputs used in those methodologies for the determination of expected loss. These methodologies and input estimates are regularly evaluated for appropriateness and accuracy. As new techniques and data become available, the Risk and Compliance Modeling and Analytics Group incorporates, where appropriate, those techniques or data.

BNY Mellon seeks to limit both on- and off-balance sheet credit risk through prudent underwriting and the use of capital only where risk-adjusted returns warrant. We seek to manage risk and improve our portfolio diversification through syndications, asset sales, credit enhancements and active collateralization and netting agreements. In addition, we have a separate Credit Risk Review Group, which is an independent group within Internal Audit, made up of experienced loan review officers who perform timely reviews of the loan files and credit ratings assigned to the loans.

Liquidity Risk

Adequate liquidity is vital to BNY Mellon’s ability to process payments as well as settle and clear transactions on behalf of clients. The Company’s liquidity position can be affected by multiple factors, including funding mismatches, market conditions that impact our ability to convert our investment portfolio to cash, inability to issue debt or roll over funding, run-off of core deposits, and contingent liquidity events such as additional collateral posting requirements. Additionally, a downgrade in our credit rating can not only lead to an outflow of deposits, which are a major source of our funding, but also increase our margin requirements on secured transactions and have a broader adverse impact on our overall brand that may further impair our ability to refinance maturing liabilities. Changes in economic conditions or exposure to other risks can also affect our liquidity.

The Board of Directors approves liquidity risk tolerance and is responsible for oversight of liquidity risk management of the Company. ALCO provides governance for the appropriate execution of Board-approved strategies, policies and procedures for managing liquidity. Senior management is responsible for executing those Board-approved strategies, policies and procedures for managing

54 BNY Mellon

Risk Management (continued)

liquidity which ALCO oversees, as well as regularly reporting the liquidity position of the Company to the Board of Directors. The BSRC provides governance over independent risk oversight of liquidity risks associated with assets and liabilities, and oversees the establishment of control frameworks. The Treasury Risk Committee, which is chaired by independent risk management, validates and approves internal stress testing methodologies and assumptions, and an independent Liquidity Risk function is responsible for providing ongoing review and oversight of liquidity risk management.

BNY Mellon actively manages and monitors its cash position, quality of the investment portfolio, intraday liquidity positions and potential liquidity needs in order to support the timely payment and settlement of obligations under both normal and stressed conditions. The Company adheres to a range of stress testing measures to maintain sufficient liquidity relative to risk appetite, including the Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Internal Liquidity Stress Testing.

Model Risk

Models create the infrastructure for managing risk. Among their multiple functions, models help us value securities, rate the credit quality of obligors, establish capital needs and monitor liquidity trends. Model risk incidents could result from faulty design, misuse, or environmental conditions that invalidate our assumptions or otherwise make a model unfit for purpose. When this happens, the Company could be exposed to losses and other adverse consequences resulting from operational, market, credit and liquidity risk, as well as reputational harm. We aim to maintain a low-risk environment.

BNY Mellon’s processes are designed to identify the conditions under which model risk incidents will occur and to establish controls that are designed to minimize or prevent loss in the event of a model risk incident. These processes include enforcement of standards for developing models, a process to validate new models and review the changes to existing models, as well as monitoring of performance throughout a model’s life.

Model Risk Management, an independent risk management function, is responsible for executing Board-approved strategies, policies, and procedures for managing models. Senior management is responsible for regularly reporting on the Company’s

modeling infrastructure to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors approves risk tolerances and is responsible for oversight.

When monitoring model risk, we evaluate multiple dimensions including the quality of design, the robustness of controls, and indications of underperformance. Based on these measures, we create an overall metric that is intended to measure the health of the Company’s modeling environment and set thresholds around it. This allows us to manage model risk, not only at the level of the individual model, but also in aggregate, across all the Company’s businesses.

Strategic Risk

Our strategy includes, but is not limited to, improving organic growth across our businesses, driving quality solutions and operating efficiencies, and expanding technology-enabled solutions. Successful realization of our strategy requires that we provide expertise and insight through market-leading solutions that drive economies of scale and attract, develop and retain highly talented people capable of executing our strategy, while protecting our sound and stable financial profile. We must understand and meet market and client expectations with suitable products and offerings that are financially viable and scalable and that integrate into our business model. Failure to do so could impact both our growth strategy and our ability to service our existing clients, resulting in potential financial loss or litigation.

Changes in the markets in which we and our clients operate can evolve quickly. The introduction of new or disruptive technologies, geopolitical events and slowing economies are examples of events that can produce market uncertainty. Failure to either anticipate or participate in transformational change within a given market or appropriately and promptly react to market conditions or client preferences could result in poor strategic positioning and potential negative financial impact. While it is essential that we continue to innovate and respond to changing markets and client demand, we must do so in a manner that does not affect our financial position or jeopardize our fundamental business strategy.

BNY Mellon 55

Supervision and Regulation

Evolving Regulatory Environment

BNY Mellon engages in banking, investment advisory and other financial activities in the U.S. and 34 other countries and is subject to extensive regulation in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Global supervisory authorities generally are charged with ensuring the safety and soundness of financial institutions, protecting the interests of customers, including depositors in banking entities and investors in mutual funds and other pooled vehicles, safeguarding the integrity of securities and other financial markets and promoting systemic resiliency and financial stability in the relevant country. They are not, however, generally charged with protecting the interests of our shareholders or non-depositor creditors. This discussion outlines the material elements of selected laws and regulations applicable to us. The impact of certain other laws and regulations, such as tax law, is discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report. Changes in these standards, or in their application, cannot be predicted, but may have a material effect on our businesses and results of operations.

The financial services industry has been the subject of enhanced regulatory oversight in the past decade globally, and this enhanced oversight environment is likely to continue in the future. Our businesses have been subject to a significant number of global reform measures.

Political developments have resulted and may continue to result in legislative and regulatory changes to key aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations and in laws or regulations relating to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters.

Enhanced Prudential Standards

The Federal Reserve has adopted rules (“SIFI Rules”) to implement liquidity requirements, capital stress testing and overall risk management requirements affecting U.S. systemically important financial institutions (“SIFIs”). BNY Mellon must comply with enhanced liquidity and overall risk management standards, which include maintenance of a buffer of highly liquid assets based on projected funding needs for 30 days. The liquidity buffer is in addition to the rules regarding the LCR and net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), discussed below, and is described by the Federal Reserve as being “complementary” to these liquidity standards.

Single Counterparty Credit Limits

The Federal Reserve has adopted a final rule imposing single-counterparty credit limits (“SCCLs”) on, among other organizations, domestic BHCs, including BNY Mellon, that are G-SIBs. The SCCLs apply to the credit exposure of a covered firm and all of its subsidiaries to a single counterparty and all of its affiliates and connected entities.

The final rule established two primary credit exposure limits: (i) a covered domestic BHC may not have aggregate net credit exposure to any unaffiliated counterparty in excess of 25% of its Tier 1 capital; and (ii) a U.S. G-SIB is further prohibited from having aggregate net credit exposure in excess of 15% of its Tier 1 capital to any “major counterparty” (defined as a G-SIB or a nonbank SIFI).

BNY Mellon has been in compliance with the two primary exposure limits since the effective date based on the daily monitoring process we have established. The final rule provides a cure period of 90 days (or, with prior notice from the Federal Reserve, a longer or shorter period) for breaches of the SCCL rule. During the cure period, a company may not engage in additional credit transactions with the particular counterparty unless the company has obtained a temporary credit exposure limit increase from the Federal Reserve.

Capital Planning and Stress Testing

Payment of Dividends, Stock Repurchases and Other Capital Distributions

The Parent is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banks and other subsidiaries. Therefore, the Parent primarily relies on dividends, interest, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries, including extensions of credit from the IHC, to meet its obligations, including its obligations with respect to its securities, and to provide funds for share repurchases and payment of common and preferred dividends to its stockholders, to the extent declared by the Board of Directors. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to the Parent by our U.S. bank subsidiaries without regulatory consent. If, in the opinion of the applicable federal regulatory agency, a depository institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition

56 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

of the bank, could include the payment of dividends), the regulator may require, after notice and hearing, that the bank cease and desist from such practice. The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) (together the “Agencies”) have indicated that the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice if the payment would reduce a depository institution’s capital to an inadequate level. Moreover, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDI Act”), an insured depository institution (“IDI”) may not pay any dividends if the institution is undercapitalized or if the payment of the dividend would cause the institution to become undercapitalized. In addition, the Agencies have issued policy statements which provide that FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of their current operating earnings.

In general, the amount of dividends that may be paid by our U.S. banking subsidiaries, including to the Parent, is limited to the lesser of the amounts calculated under a “recent earnings” test and an “undivided profits” test. Under the recent earnings test, a dividend may not be paid if the total of all dividends declared and paid by the entity in any calendar year exceeds the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years, unless the entity obtains prior regulatory approval. Under the undivided profits test, a dividend may not be paid in excess of the entity’s “undivided profits” (generally, accumulated net profits that have not been paid out as dividends or transferred to surplus). The ability of our bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Parent may also be affected by the capital adequacy standards applicable to those subsidiaries, which include minimum requirements and buffers.

There are also limitations specific to the IHC’s ability to make distributions or extend credit to the Parent. The IHC is not permitted to pay dividends to the Parent if certain key capital or liquidity indicators are breached. Additionally, if our projected financial resources deteriorate so severely that resolution of the Parent becomes imminent, the committed lines of credit provided by the IHC to the Parent will automatically terminate, with all outstanding amounts becoming due.

BNY Mellon’s capital distributions are subject to Federal Reserve oversight. The major component of

that oversight is the Federal Reserve’s CCAR, implementing its capital plan rule. That rule requires BNY Mellon to submit annually a capital plan to the Federal Reserve. We are also required to collect and report certain related data on a quarterly basis to allow the Federal Reserve to monitor progress against the annual capital plan.

On March 4, 2020, the Federal Reserve finalized an SCB rule, which made changes to the capital plan rule. The SCB rule eliminated the quantitative grounds for objection to a firm’s CCAR capital plan and introduced an SCB that became part of quarterly capital requirements of CCAR firms on Oct. 1, 2020. The final rule replaced the 2.5% capital conservation buffer with an SCB requirement for capital ratios under the U.S. capital rules’ standardized approach risk-weightings framework (“Standardized Approach”) that is based on the largest projected decrease in a firm’s CET1 ratio in the nine-quarter CCAR supervisory severely adverse scenario plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends as percentage of RWAs. The SCB is subject to a 2.5% floor. Each CCAR firm, including BNY Mellon, will be notified of its SCB by June 30, and the SCB will become effective on October 1 of the applicable calendar year. In August 2022, the Federal Reserve announced BNY Mellon’s SCB requirement of 2.5%, which equals the regulatory floor. The SCB rule requires that firms reduce their planned capital actions if those distributions would cause the firm to fall below applicable buffer requirements based on the firm’s own baseline scenario projections and allows firms to increase certain planned capital distributions if they are forecasted to be above capital buffer constraints. The SCB rule also eliminates the requirement for prior approval of capital distributions in excess of the distributions in a firm’s capital plan, provided that such distributions do not cause a breach of the firm’s capital ratios, including applicable buffers. In addition, the SCB rule provides that a firm must receive prior approval for any dividend, stock repurchase or other capital distribution, other than a capital distribution on a newly issued capital instrument, if a firm is required to resubmit its capital plan. See “Capital” for information about our share repurchase program.

The Agencies revised the definition of “eligible retained income” in 2020 to limit the potential for sudden and severe limitations on capital distributions if a banking organization’s capital ratios fall below the applicable buffer requirements. To the extent a

BNY Mellon 57

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

banking organization’s capital buffer is less than 100% of its applicable buffer requirements, its distributions and discretionary bonus payments are constrained by the amount of the shortfall and its eligible retained income. Under the final rule, eligible retained income is defined as the greater of (i) a banking organization’s net income for the four preceding calendar quarters, net of any distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income, and (ii) the average of a banking organization’s net income over the preceding four quarters. The Federal Reserve made corresponding changes to the definition of “eligible retained income” in the TLAC buffer requirements. For more information on TLAC, see “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity” below.

Regulatory Stress-Testing Requirements

In addition to the CCAR stress testing requirements, Federal Reserve regulations also include complementary Dodd-Frank Act Stress Tests (“DFAST”). The CCAR and DFAST requirements substantially overlap, and the Federal Reserve implements them at the BHC level on a coordinated basis. Under these DFAST regulations, we are required to undergo an annual regulatory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve. The BHC is required to conduct an annual company-run stress test. In addition, The Bank of New York Mellon is required to conduct an annual company-run stress test (although the bank is permitted to combine certain reporting and disclosure of its stress test results with the results of BNY Mellon). Results from our annual company-run stress tests are reported to the appropriate regulators and published.

Capital Requirements – Generally

As a BHC, we are subject to U.S. capital rules, administered by the Federal Reserve. Our bank subsidiaries are subject to similar capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve in the case of The Bank of New York Mellon and by the OCC in the case of our national bank subsidiaries, BNY Mellon, N.A. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association. These requirements are intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate capital given the risk levels of their assets and off-balance sheet exposures.

Notwithstanding the detailed U.S. capital rules, the Agencies retain significant discretion to set higher

capital requirements for categories of BHCs or banks or for an individual BHC or bank as warranted.

U.S. Capital Rules – Minimum Risk-Based Capital Ratios and Capital Buffers

The U.S. capital rules require banking organizations subject to the advanced approaches risk-weighting framework (the “Advanced Approaches”), such as BNY Mellon, to satisfy minimum risk-based capital ratios using both the Standardized Approach and the Advanced Approaches. See “Capital” for details on these requirements. In addition, for CCAR firms, these minimum ratios are supplemented by (i) the SCB (which, for BNY Mellon, is 2.5%, as noted), in the case of a firm’s Standardized Approach capital ratios, and (ii) a capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, in the case of a firm’s Advanced Approaches capital ratios. The capital conservation buffer can only be satisfied with CET1 capital.

When systemic vulnerabilities are meaningfully above normal, the SCB and capital conservation buffer may be expanded up to an additional 2.5% through the imposition of a countercyclical capital buffer. For internationally active banks such as BNY Mellon, the countercyclical capital buffer required threshold is a weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffers deployed in each of the jurisdictions in which the bank has private sector credit exposures. The Federal Reserve, in consultation with the OCC and FDIC, has affirmed the current countercyclical capital buffer level for U.S. exposures of 0% and noted that any future modifications to the buffer would generally be subject to a 12-month phase-in period. Any countercyclical capital buffer required threshold arising from exposures outside the U.S. will also generally be subject to a 12-month phase-in period.

For G-SIBs, like BNY Mellon, the U.S. capital rules’ buffers are also supplemented by a G-SIB risk-based capital surcharge, which is the higher of the surcharges calculated under two methods (referred to as “method 1” and “method 2”). Method 1 is based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“BCBS”) framework and considers a G-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability and complexity. Method 2 uses similar inputs, but is calibrated to result in significantly higher surcharges and replaces substitutability with a measure of reliance on short-

58 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

term wholesale funding. The G-SIB surcharge applicable to BNY Mellon for 2022 was 1.5%.

U.S. Capital Rules – Deductions from and Adjustments to Capital Elements

The U.S. capital rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1 capital. These include, for example, providing that unrealized gains and losses on all available-for-sale debt securities may not be filtered out for regulatory capital purposes, and the requirement that deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.

In addition, the Agencies have adopted a final rule that generally requires certain Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including BNY Mellon, to deduct from Tier 2 capital, subject to certain exceptions, direct, indirect and synthetic exposures to covered debt instruments, including TLAC instruments.

U.S. Capital Rules – Advanced Approaches Risk-Based Capital Rules

Under the U.S. capital rules’ Advanced Approaches framework, credit risk-weightings are generally based on risk-sensitive approaches that largely rely on the use of internal credit models and parameters, whereas under the Standardized Approach credit risk-weightings are generally based on supervisory risk-weightings which vary primarily by counterparty type and asset class. BNY Mellon is required to comply with Advanced Approaches reporting and public disclosures. For purposes of determining whether we meet minimum risk-based capital requirements under the U.S. capital rules, our CET1 ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio, and total capital ratio is the lower of each ratio as calculated under the Standardized Approach and under the Advanced Approaches framework (based on currently applicable buffers).

U.S. Capital Rules – Standardized Approach

The Standardized Approach calculates risk-weighted assets in the denominator of capital ratios using a broad array of risk-weighting categories that are intended to be risk sensitive. The risk-weights for the Standardized Approach generally range from 0% to 1,250%. Higher risk-weights under the Standardized

Approach apply to a variety of exposures, including certain securitization exposures, equity exposures, claims on securities firms and exposures to counterparties on OTC derivatives.

Securities finance transactions, including transactions in which we serve as agent and provide securities replacement indemnification to a securities lender, are treated as repo-style transactions under the U.S. capital rules. The rules do not permit a banking organization to use a simple VaR approach to calculate exposure amounts for repo-style transactions or to use internal models to calculate the exposure amount for the counterparty credit exposure for repo-style transactions under the Standardized Approach (although these methodologies are allowed in the Advanced Approaches). Under the Standardized Approach, a banking organization may use a collateral haircut approach to recognize the credit risk mitigation benefits of financial collateral that secures a repo-style transaction, including an agented securities lending transaction, among other transactions. To apply the collateral haircut approach, a banking organization must determine the exposure amount and the relevant risk weight for the counterparty and collateral posted.

Leverage Ratios

The U.S. capital rules require a minimum 4% leverage ratio for all banking organizations, as well as a 3% Basel III-based SLR for Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including BNY Mellon. Unlike the Tier 1 leverage ratio, the SLR includes certain off-balance sheet exposures in the denominator, including the potential future credit exposure of derivative contracts and 10% of the notional amount of unconditionally cancelable commitments.

The U.S. G-SIBs (including BNY Mellon) are subject to an enhanced SLR, which requires us to maintain an SLR of greater than 5% (composed of the current minimum requirement of 3% plus a greater than 2% buffer) and requires bank subsidiaries of those BHCs to maintain at least a 6% SLR in order to qualify as “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations discussed below.

The Agencies have adopted a final rule to exclude certain central bank deposits from the total leverage exposure, the SLR denominator, and related TLAC and LTD measures of custody banks, including BNY

BNY Mellon 59

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

Mellon and The Bank of New York Mellon. Under the final rule, qualifying central banks include a Federal Reserve Bank, the European Central Bank or a central bank of a member country of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”), provided that an exposure to the OECD member country receives a zero percent risk-weighting and the sovereign debt of such country is not, and has not been, in default in the past five years. The central bank deposit exclusion from the SLR denominator equals the average daily balance over the applicable quarter of all deposits placed with a qualifying central bank up to an amount equal to the on-balance sheet deposit liabilities that are linked to fiduciary or custodial and safekeeping accounts.

On April 11, 2018, the Federal Reserve and the OCC issued a joint notice of proposed rule-making that would recalibrate the enhanced SLR standards that apply to U.S. G-SIBs and certain of their IDI subsidiaries. The proposed rule would replace the 2% SLR buffer that currently applies to all U.S. G-SIBs with a buffer equal to 50% of the firm’s risk-based G-SIB surcharge. For IDI subsidiaries of U.S. G-SIBs regulated by the Federal Reserve or the OCC, the proposal would replace the current 6% SLR threshold requirement for those institutions to be considered “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action framework with an SLR of at least 3% plus 50% of the G-SIB surcharge applicable to their top-tier holding companies. The proposed rule would also make corresponding changes to the TLAC SLR buffer and LTD requirements for U.S. G-SIBs. The Federal Reserve and OCC have not yet issued a final rule.

BCBS Revisions to Components of Basel III

In December 2017, the BCBS released revisions to Basel III intended to reduce variability of RWA and improve the comparability of banks’ risk-based capital ratios. Among other measures, the final revisions: (i) establish a revised Standardized Approach for credit risk that enhances the Standardized Approach’s granularity and risk sensitivity; (ii) adjust the internal ratings-based approaches for credit risk by removing the use of the advanced internal ratings-based approach for certain asset classes and establishing input floors for the calculation of RWA; (iii) replace the advanced measurement approach for operational risk with a revised Standardized Approach for operational risk based on measures of a bank’s income and historical

losses; (iv) revise the leverage ratio exposure measure, establish a “leverage ratio buffer” for G-SIBs, set at 50% of a G-SIB’s risk-based capital surcharge, and allow national discretion to exclude central bank placements in limited circumstances (see “Leverage Ratios” above); and (v) introduce a new 72.5% output floor based on the Standardized Approach.

In January 2019, the BCBS released revised minimum capital requirements for market risk. While the U.S. regulators have implemented or issued proposals to implement certain aspects of these revised Basel standards, there is continuing uncertainty regarding the extent to which, and manner in which, the U.S. regulators will implement them.

Standardized Approach for Measuring Counterparty Credit Risk Exposures

The Agencies have jointly issued a final rule that amends the U.S. capital rules to implement a new approach for calculating the exposure amount for derivative contracts, which is called the Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (“SA-CCR”). The final rule also incorporates SA-CCR into the determination of exposure amount of derivatives for total leverage exposure under the SLR and the cleared transaction framework under the U.S. capital rules.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve imposes external TLAC and related requirements for U.S. G-SIBs, including BNY Mellon, at the top-tier holding company.

U.S. G-SIBs are required to maintain a minimum eligible external TLAC equal to the greater of (i) 18% of RWAs plus a buffer (to be met using only CET1) equal to the sum of 2.5% of RWAs, the G-SIB surcharge calculated under method 1 and any applicable countercyclical buffer; and (ii) 7.5% of their total leverage exposure (the denominator of the SLR) plus a buffer (to be met using only Tier 1 Capital) equal to 2%.

U.S. G-SIBs are also required to maintain minimum external eligible LTD equal to the greater of (i) 6% of RWAs plus the G-SIB surcharge (calculated using the greater of method 1 and method 2), and (ii) 4.5% of total leverage exposure. In order to be deemed eligible LTD, debt instruments must, among other requirements, be unsecured, not be structured notes, and have a maturity of at least one year from the date

60 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

of issuance. In addition, LTD issued on or after Dec. 31, 2016 must (i) not have acceleration rights, other than in the event of non-payment or the bankruptcy or insolvency of the issuer and (ii) be governed by U.S. law. However, debt issued by a U.S. G-SIB prior to Dec. 31, 2016 is permanently grandfathered to the extent these securities would be ineligible only due to containing impermissible acceleration rights or being governed by foreign law.

Further, the top-tier holding companies of U.S. G-SIBs are not permitted to issue certain guarantees of subsidiary liabilities, incur liabilities guaranteed by subsidiaries, issue short-term debt to third parties, or enter into derivatives and certain other financial contracts with external counterparties. Certain liabilities are capped at 5% of the value of the U.S. G-SIB’s eligible external TLAC instruments. The Federal Reserve considered requiring internal TLAC at domestic subsidiaries of U.S. G-SIBs, but has not proposed rules regarding these instruments.

Foreign jurisdictions may impose internal TLAC requirements on the foreign subsidiaries of U.S. G-SIBs. The European Union’s Capital Requirements Regulation 2 (“CRR2”) requires EU material subsidiaries of non-EU G-SIBs (including BNY Mellon) to maintain a minimum level of internal loss absorbing capacity. The Bank of New York Mellon SA/NV (“BNY Mellon SA/NV”) is considered an EU material subsidiary for purposes of this regulation and is, therefore, subject to an internal TLAC requirement.

Prompt Corrective Action

The FDI Act, as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), requires the Agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet specified capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five capital categories for FDIC-insured banks: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” The FDI Act imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions the less capital the institution holds. While these regulations apply only to banks, such as The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., the Federal Reserve is authorized to take appropriate action against the parent BHC, such as the Parent, based on the undercapitalized status of any

banking subsidiary. In certain circumstances, the Parent would be required to guarantee the performance of the capital restoration plan if one of our banking subsidiaries were undercapitalized.

The Agencies’ prompt corrective action framework contains “well capitalized” thresholds for IDIs. Under these rules, an IDI must have the capital ratios as detailed in the “Capital” disclosure in order to satisfy the quantitative ratio requirements to be deemed “well capitalized.”

Liquidity Standards – Basel III and U.S. Rules

BNY Mellon is subject to the U.S. LCR Rule, which is designed to ensure that BNY Mellon and certain domestic bank subsidiaries maintain an adequate level of unencumbered HQLA equal to their expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario. As of Dec. 31, 2022, the Parent and its domestic bank subsidiaries were in compliance with applicable LCR requirements.

The Agencies have issued a final NSFR rule that implements a quantitative long-term liquidity requirement applicable to large and internationally active banking organizations, including BNY Mellon. Under the final rule, BNY Mellon’s NSFR is expressed as a ratio of its available stable funding to its required stable funding amount, and BNY Mellon is required to maintain an NSFR of 1.0. The effective date of the final NSFR rule was July 1, 2021, with the exception of certain disclosure requirements, which will begin to apply in 2023. As of Dec. 31, 2022, BNY Mellon was in compliance with the NSFR rule.

Separately, as noted above, the SIFI Rules impose additional liquidity requirements for BHCs with $100 billion or more in total assets, including BNY Mellon, including an independent review of liquidity risk management; establishment of cash flow projections; a contingency funding plan and liquidity risk limits; liquidity stress testing under multiple stress scenarios and time horizons tailored to the specific products and profile of the company; and maintenance of a liquidity buffer of unencumbered highly liquid assets sufficient to meet projected net cash outflows over 30 days under a range of stress scenarios.

Volcker Rule

The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule” prohibit “banking entities,” including BNY Mellon, from engaging in

BNY Mellon 61

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

proprietary trading and limit our sponsorship of, and investments in, private equity and hedge funds (“covered funds”), including our ability to own or provide seed capital to covered funds. In addition, the Volcker Rule restricts us from engaging in certain transactions with covered funds (including, without limitation, certain U.S. funds for which BNY Mellon acts as both sponsor/manager and custodian). These restrictions are subject to certain exceptions.

The restrictions concerning proprietary trading contain limited exceptions for, among other things, bona fide liquidity risk management and risk-mitigating hedging activities, as well as certain classes of exempted instruments, including government securities. Ownership interests in covered funds are generally limited to 3% of the total number or value of the outstanding ownership interests of any individual fund at any time more than one year after the date of its establishment. The aggregate value of all such ownership interests in covered funds is limited to 3% of the banking organization’s Tier 1 capital, and such interests are subject to a deduction from its Tier 1 capital. The 2019 amendments to the Volcker Rule (discussed below) remove the requirements that ownership interests in third-party covered funds held under the underwriting and market-making exemptions be subject to the aggregate limit and capital deduction but preserve these requirements for ownership interests in covered funds sponsored or organized by BNY Mellon.

The Volcker Rule regulations also require us to develop and maintain a compliance program. In 2019, the Agencies, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) modified the regulations implementing the Volcker Rule. The most impactful aspects of the revisions with respect to BNY Mellon concern the compliance requirements applicable to institutions with moderate exposure to trading assets and trading liabilities, which are institutions with less than $20 billion and more than $1 billion of trading assets and trading liabilities. Specifically, among other revisions, such “moderate trading” banks are no longer required to file an annual CEO attestation and quantitative metrics. Furthermore, the comprehensive six-pillar compliance program associated with the Volcker Rule will no longer apply to “moderate trading” banks; rather, such banks are permitted to tailor their compliance programs to the size and nature of their

activities. BNY Mellon is treated as a “moderate trading” bank under the revised Volcker Rule. The final revisions also clarified and amended certain definitions, requirements and exemptions.

On June 25, 2020, a second set of amendments to the Volcker Rule was released, which is principally focused on the restrictions on banking entities’ investments in, sponsorship of, and other relationships with covered funds. Generally, the changes establish new exclusions from the covered fund definition for certain types of investment vehicles, modify the eligibility criteria for certain existing exclusions, and clarify and modify other provisions with respect to investment in, sponsoring of and transactions with covered funds.

Derivatives

Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes a comprehensive regulatory structure on the OTC derivatives markets in which BNY Mellon operates, including requirements relating to the business conduct of dealers, trade reporting, margin and recordkeeping. Title VII also requires persons acting as swap dealers, including The Bank of New York Mellon, to register with the CFTC and become subject to the CFTC’s supervisory, examination and enforcement powers. Additionally, Title VII requires persons acting as security-based swap dealers to register with the SEC. The Bank of New York Mellon is registered as a security-based swap dealer.

In addition, because BNY Mellon is subject to supervision by the Federal Reserve, we must comply with the U.S. prudential margin rules for variation and initial margin with respect to its OTC swap transactions. Furthermore, various BNY Mellon subsidiaries are also subject to OTC derivatives regulation by local authorities in Europe and Asia.

ESG Regulations

On March 21, 2022, the SEC proposed climate-related disclosure requirements that would, among other things, require disclosure of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions, with certain emissions disclosures subject to third-party attestation requirements; climate-related scenario analysis (if the issuer conducts scenario analyses), together with qualitative and quantitative information about the hypothetical future climate scenarios used in its analysis; climate transition plans or climate-related targets or goals, along with disclosure of progress

62 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

against any such plans, targets or goals; climate-related risks over the short-, medium- and long-term; qualitative and quantitative information regarding climate-related risks and historical impacts in audited financial statements; corporate governance of climate-related risks; and climate-related risk-management processes.

On May 25, 2022, the SEC proposed for public comment a framework requiring certain funds that are registered investment companies (“RICs”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), including mutual funds, closed end funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), that consider ESG factors in their investment process to provide additional disclosures in their registration statements and shareholder reports. The disclosure requirements would vary depending on the fund’s investment strategy. The SEC also proposed similar amendments to the disclosure requirements for registered investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“RIAs”) that consider ESG factors as part of their advisory business. Specifically, the proposal would require RIAs to provide a description of the ESG factors they consider in providing advisory services and how they are incorporated when formulating investment advice.

On Dec. 2, 2022, the Federal Reserve proposed for public comment “Principles for Climate-Related Financial Risk Management for Large Financial Institutions.” The principles provide a high-level framework for the safe and sound management of exposures to climate-related financial risks for certain Federal Reserve-supervised financial institutions, including BNY Mellon. The principles address governance; policies, procedures, and limits; strategic planning; risk management; data, risk measurement and reporting; and scenario analysis.

Under the European Union’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (“CSRD”), in-scope entities will be subject to sustainability reporting requirements to be phased in starting Jan. 1, 2024. Entities covered by the CSRD include EU entities or parent entities of EU groups that meet at least two of the following criteria in the relevant financial year: (i) total assets exceeding €20 million; (ii) net turnover exceeding €40 million; and (iii) an average number of employees exceeding 250. These entities will be required to report on both the impacts of the activities of the entity or group on people and the environment as well as how sustainability matters affect the

financial performance of the entity or group. We are evaluating the potential impact of the CSRD.

SEC Rules on Mutual Funds and RIAs

SEC regulations impose requirements on mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other RICs under the 1940 Act. Among other things, these rules require mutual funds (other than money market funds) to provide portfolio-wide and position-level holdings data to the SEC on a monthly basis.

The regulations also impose liquidity risk management requirements that are intended to reduce the risk that funds will not be able to meet shareholder redemptions and to minimize the impact of redemptions on remaining shareholders.

On May 25, 2022, the SEC proposed for comment amendments to RIC naming convention rules. The proposal would expand the scope of terms that the SEC considers materially deceptive and misleading in a RIC’s name without a corresponding policy to invest at least 80% of the fund’s net asset value (plus certain borrowings) in the manner suggested by the fund’s name (“80% Policy”). The proposal would require an 80% Policy for a RIC with a name that indicates that the fund’s investment decisions incorporate one or more ESG factors and for any fund that includes “growth” or “value” in its name.

On Oct. 26, 2022, the SEC proposed for comment new rules to prohibit RIAs from outsourcing certain services and functions without conducting due diligence and monitoring of the service providers. The proposal would apply to RIAs that outsource select “covered functions,” which include those services or functions that are necessary for providing advisory services in compliance with federal securities laws and that, if not performed or performed negligently, would result in harm to clients. The proposal would further require RIAs to conduct due diligence and monitoring for all third-party recordkeepers and obtain reasonable assurances that the recordkeepers will meet certain standards. Finally, it would require RIAs to maintain books and records related to the new rule’s oversight obligations and to report census-type information about the service providers covered under the rule.

On Nov. 2, 2022, the SEC proposed for public comment rule amendments that would require the adoption of “swing pricing” and a “hard close” by all

BNY Mellon 63

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

open-end RICs other than money market funds and ETFs (“Open-End Funds”). The requirements would alter the manner in which shares in Open-End Funds are traded, as shareholders would no longer receive the net asset value (“NAV”) per share for their transactions but instead could receive a price more or less than the NAV depending on whether a “swing factor” was applied to their transaction. This swing factor would be the amount by which the Open-End Fund adjusts its per-share NAV and would represent a good-faith estimate of the transaction costs imposed on current shareholders of the Open-End Fund by the transacting shareholders. To facilitate the operation of swing pricing, the SEC also proposed to require a “hard close” for Open-End Funds, which would make a purchase or sale order for shares of an Open-End Fund eligible for a given day’s price only if the Open-End Fund or certain designated agents receive the order before the time when the Open-End Fund calculates its NAV, which is typically as of 4:00 PM Eastern Time.

Recovery and Resolution Planning

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial institutions, such as BNY Mellon, are required to submit periodically to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a plan – referred to as the 165(d) resolution plan – for their rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. In addition, certain large IDIs, such as The Bank of New York Mellon, are required to submit periodically to the FDIC a separate plan for resolution in the event of the institution’s failure. The public portions of these resolution plans are available on the Federal Reserve’s and FDIC’s websites. BNY Mellon also maintains a comprehensive recovery plan, which describes actions it could take to avoid failure if faced with financial stress.

In 2019, the Federal Reserve and FDIC issued a final rule modifying certain requirements for the 165(d) resolution plan. The final rule requires U.S. G-SIBs, such as BNY Mellon, to file alternating full and more limited, targeted resolution plans every two years. BNY Mellon submitted a targeted resolution plan on July 1, 2021. The Federal Reserve and FDIC found no deficiencies or shortcomings in BNY Mellon’s 2021 resolution plan submission. BNY Mellon’s next full resolution plan is due to be submitted on July 1, 2023. The final rule does not materially modify the components or informational requirements of full resolution plans.

If the Federal Reserve and FDIC jointly determine that our 165(d) resolution plan is not credible and we fail to address the deficiencies in a timely manner, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve may jointly impose more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations. If we continue to fail to adequately remedy any deficiencies, we could be required to divest assets or operations that the regulators determine necessary to facilitate our orderly resolution.

The resolution strategy set out in our 165(d) resolution plan is a single point of entry strategy, whereby certain key operating subsidiaries would be provided with sufficient capital and liquidity to operate in the event of material financial stress or failure, and only our parent holding company would file for bankruptcy. In connection with our single point of entry resolution strategy, we have established the IHC to facilitate the provision of capital and liquidity resources to certain key subsidiaries in the event of material financial distress or failure. In addition, we have a binding support agreement in place that requires the IHC to provide that support. The support agreement required the Parent to transfer its intercompany loans and most of its cash to the IHC and requires the Parent to continue to transfer cash and other liquid financial assets to the IHC on an ongoing basis.

BNY Mellon and the other U.S. G-SIBs are also subject to heightened supervisory expectations for recovery and resolution preparedness under Federal Reserve rules and guidance. The Federal Reserve incorporates reviews of our capabilities in respect of recovery and resolution preparedness as part of its ongoing supervision of BNY Mellon.

In the European Economic Area (“EEA”), the European Union Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (“BRRD”) provides the legal framework for recovery and resolution planning, including a set of harmonized powers to resolve or implement recovery of in-scope institutions, such as EEA subsidiaries of non-EEA banks. BRRD gives relevant EEA regulators various powers, including (i) powers to intervene pre-resolution to require an institution to take remedial steps to avoid the need for resolution; (ii) resolution tools and powers to facilitate the resolution of failing entities, such as the power to “bail-in” the debt of an institution (including certain deposit obligations); (iii) the power to require a firm

64 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

to change its structure to remove impediments to resolvability; and (iv) powers to require in-scope institutions to prepare recovery plans. Under the BRRD, resolution authorities (rather than the institutions themselves) are responsible for drawing up resolution plans based on information provided by relevant institutions.

Under BRRD, in-scope institutions are required to maintain a minimum requirement for their own funds, (defined as regulatory capital), and eligible liabilities (“MREL”) that can be written down or bailed-in to absorb losses. MREL is set on a case-by-case basis for each institution subject to BRRD and is applicable to all EU-domiciled credit institutions and certain other firms subject to BRRD. BNY Mellon SA/NV is subject to MREL.

The BRRD has been amended by the Bank Resolution and Recovery Directive 2 (“BRRD2”). Key changes introduced by BRRD2 include incorporation of the Financial Stability Board’s (“FSB”) standard on TLAC into existing EU rules on MREL, expansion of the BRRD moratorium tool and introduction of an EU-wide requirement for contractual recognition of resolution stay powers.

Some jurisdictions, including the UK, already had a requirement for contractual recognition of resolution stay powers. While the UK was a member of the EU (and during the subsequent Brexit transition period, which ended on Dec. 31, 2020), the UK transposed most requirements of BRRD and BRRD2 in local legislation and regulation.

Rules on Resolution Stays for Qualified Financial Contracts

The Agencies’ regulations require U.S. G-SIBs (and their subsidiaries and controlled entities) and the U.S. operations of foreign G-SIBs to amend their covered qualified financial contracts (“QFCs”), thereby facilitating the application of U.S. special resolution regimes as necessary.

The regulations allow these G-SIBs to comply by amending covered QFCs (with the consent of relevant counterparties) using the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) 2018 U.S. Resolution Stay Protocol (the “Protocol”), ISDA 2015 Universal Stay Protocol or by executing appropriate bilateral amendments to the covered QFCs. BNY Mellon entities which have been

confirmed to engage in covered QFC activities have adhered to the Protocol and, where necessary, have executed bilateral amendments to cover QFCs.

Cybersecurity and Computer Security Regulation

The New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYSDFS”) requires financial institutions regulated by NYSDFS, including The Bank of New York Mellon, to establish a cybersecurity program, adopt a written cybersecurity policy, designate a chief information security officer, and have policies and procedures in place to ensure the security of information systems and non-public information accessible to, or held by, third parties. The NYSDFS rule also includes a variety of other requirements to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information systems, as well as the annual delivery of a certificate of compliance.

The Agencies have adopted a final rule imposing notification requirements for significant computer security incidents on banking organizations. Under the final rule, a BHC, state member bank or national bank, including the Parent, The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., are required to notify the Federal Reserve or OCC, as applicable, within 36 hours of incidents that could result in the banking organization’s inability to deliver services to a material portion of its customer base, disrupt the banking organization’s lines of businesses the failure of which would result in material losses, or disrupt operations the failure of which would threaten the financial stability of the U.S.

On March 9, 2022, the SEC published proposed disclosure rules and amendments regarding cybersecurity risk management, governance and incident reporting by public companies. Under the proposal, public companies, including The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, would be required to file a Form 8-K within four business days of determining that it had suffered a material cybersecurity incident. The proposal also includes disclosure requirements regarding policies and procedures for the identification and management of cybersecurity risks, oversight by the Board of Directors and management over cybersecurity risks, and Board member expertise in cybersecurity matters.

BNY Mellon 65

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

Insolvency of an Insured Depository Institution or a Bank Holding Company; Orderly Liquidation Authority

If the FDIC is appointed as conservator or receiver for an IDI such as The Bank of New York Mellon or BNY Mellon, N.A., upon its insolvency or in certain other circumstances, the FDIC has the power to:

•Transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor, including a newly formed “bridge” bank without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors;

•Enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms without regard to any provisions triggered by the appointment of the FDIC in that capacity; or

•Repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party, the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to be burdensome and the disaffirmance or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution.

In addition, under federal law, the claims of holders of domestic deposit liabilities and certain claims for administrative expenses against an IDI would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including claims of debt holders of the institution, in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, whether or not the FDIC ever sought to repudiate any debt obligations of The Bank of New York Mellon or BNY Mellon, N.A., the debt holders would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors of the bank.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a resolution regime (known as the “orderly liquidation authority”) for systemically important financial companies, including BHCs and their affiliates. Under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may be appointed as receiver for the systemically important institution, and its failed nonbank subsidiaries, for purposes of liquidating the entity if, among other conditions, it is determined that the institution is in default or in danger of default and the failure poses a risk to the stability of the U.S. financial system.

If the FDIC is appointed as receiver under the orderly liquidation authority, then the powers of the receiver, and the rights and obligations of creditors and other

parties who have dealt with the institution, would be determined under the Dodd-Frank Act’s orderly liquidation authority provisions, and not under the insolvency law that would otherwise apply. The powers of the receiver under the orderly liquidation authority were based on the powers of the FDIC as receiver for depository institutions under the FDI Act. However, the provisions governing the rights of creditors under the orderly liquidation authority were modified in certain respects to reduce disparities with the treatment of creditors’ claims under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code as compared to the treatment of those claims under the new authority. Nonetheless, substantial differences in the rights of creditors exist between these two regimes, including the right of the FDIC to disregard the strict priority of creditor claims in some circumstances, the use of an administrative claims procedure to determine creditors’ claims (as opposed to the judicial procedure utilized in bankruptcy proceedings), and the right of the FDIC to transfer assets or liabilities of the institution to a third party or a “bridge” entity.

Depositor Preference

Under U.S. federal law, claims of a receiver of an IDI for administrative expenses and claims of holders of U.S. deposit liabilities (including foreign deposits that are payable in the U.S. as well as in a foreign branch of the depository institution) are afforded priority over claims of other unsecured creditors of the institution, including depositors in non-U.S. branches. As a result, such depositors could receive, if anything, substantially less than the depositors in U.S. offices of the depository institution.

Transactions with Affiliates

Transactions between BNY Mellon’s banking subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Parent and its nonbank subsidiaries and affiliates, on the other, are subject to certain restrictions, limitations and requirements, which include limits on the types and amounts of transactions (including extensions of credit and asset purchases by our banking subsidiaries) that may take place and generally require those transactions to be on arm’s-length terms. In general, extensions of credit by a BNY Mellon banking subsidiary to any nonbank affiliate, including the Parent, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are limited in the aggregate to 10% of the relevant bank’s capital and surplus for transactions with a single affiliate and to 20% of the relevant bank’s capital and surplus for

66 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

transactions with all affiliates. There are also limitations on affiliate credit exposures arising from derivative transactions and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

Deposit Insurance

Our U.S. banking subsidiaries, including The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., accept deposits, and those deposits have the benefit of FDIC insurance up to the applicable limit. The current limit for FDIC insurance for deposit accounts is $250,000 per depositor at each insured bank. Under the FDI Act, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the IDI has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by a bank’s federal regulatory agency.

The FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) is funded by assessments on IDIs. The FDIC assesses DIF premiums based on a bank’s average consolidated total assets, less the average tangible equity of the IDI during the assessment period. For larger institutions, such as The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., assessments are determined based on CAMELS ratings and forward-looking financial measures to calculate the assessment rate, which is subject to adjustments by the FDIC, and the assessment base.

Under the FDIC’s regulations, a custody bank, including The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., may deduct from its assessment base 100% of cash and balances due from depository institutions, securities, federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreement to resell with a Standardized Approach risk-weight of 0% and may deduct 50% of such asset types with a Standardized Approach risk-weight of greater than 0% and up to and including 20%. This assessment base deduction may not exceed the average value of deposits that are classified as transaction accounts and are identified by the bank as being directly linked to a fiduciary or custodial and safekeeping account.

Source of Strength and Liability of Commonly Controlled Depository Institutions

BHCs are required by law to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their bank subsidiaries. BNY Mellon has a statutory obligation

to commit resources to its bank subsidiaries in times of financial distress. In addition, any loans by BNY Mellon to its bank subsidiaries would be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of its banks. In the event of a BHC’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the BHC to a federal bank regulator to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. In addition, in certain circumstances, BNY Mellon’s IDI subsidiaries could be held liable for losses incurred by another BNY Mellon IDI subsidiary. In the event of impairment of the capital stock of one of BNY Mellon’s national bank subsidiaries or The Bank of New York Mellon, BNY Mellon, as the banks’ stockholder, could be required to pay such deficiency.

Incentive Compensation Arrangements Proposal

Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires federal regulators to prescribe regulations or guidelines regarding incentive-based compensation practices at certain financial institutions, including BNY Mellon. In April 2016, a joint proposed rule was released, replacing a previous 2011 proposal, which each of six agencies must separately approve. The time frame for final implementation, if any, is currently unknown.

Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) and the USA PATRIOT Act

A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 contains numerous AML requirements for financial institutions that are applicable to BNY Mellon’s bank, broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries and mutual funds and private investment companies advised or sponsored by our subsidiaries. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain a broad AML program that includes internal controls, independent testing, compliance management personnel, training, and customer due diligence processes, as well as appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering, terrorist financing and other suspicious activity, and to verify the identity of their customers. Certain of those regulations impose specific due diligence requirements on financial institutions that maintain correspondent or private banking relationships with non-U.S. financial institutions or persons.

BNY Mellon 67

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AMLA”), which amends the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), was enacted to comprehensively reform and modernize U.S. AML laws. Among other things, the AMLA codifies a risk-based approach to AML compliance for financial institutions; requires the development of standards by the U.S. Department of the Treasury for evaluating technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; and expands enforcement- and investigation-related authority, including a significant expansion in the available sanctions for certain BSA violations and instituting BSA whistleblower incentives and protections. The AMLA contains many statutory provisions that require additional rulemakings, reports and other measures, and the rulemaking process has begun for several of these provisions. In June 2021, the first government-wide priorities for anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism (“AML/CFT Priorities”) were published. These AML/CFT Priorities will need to be incorporated into banks’ risk-based BSA compliance programs after completion of the rulemaking process and on the effective date of the final regulations. The impact of the AMLA will depend on, among other things, the completion of the rulemaking process and the issuing of implementation guidance.

Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”)

FinCEN has issued rules under the BSA that apply to covered financial institutions, including The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., setting forth five pillars of an effective AML program: development of internal policies, procedures and related controls; designation of a compliance officer; a thorough and ongoing training program; independent review for compliance; and customer due diligence (“CDD”). CDD requires a covered financial institution to implement and maintain risk-based procedures for conducting CDD that include the identification and verification of any beneficial owner(s) of each legal entity customer at the time a new account is opened.

NYSDFS Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Regulations

The NYSDFS has also issued regulations requiring regulated institutions, including The Bank of New York Mellon, to maintain a transaction monitoring program to monitor transactions for potential BSA and AML violations and suspicious activity reporting, and a watch list filtering program to interdict

transactions prohibited by applicable sanctions programs.

The regulations require a regulated institution to maintain programs to monitor and filter transactions for potential BSA and AML violations and prevent transactions with sanctioned entities. The regulations also require institutions to submit annually a Board resolution or senior officer compliance finding confirming steps taken to ascertain compliance with the regulation.

Privacy and Data Protection

The privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act generally prohibit financial institutions, including BNY Mellon, from disclosing nonpublic personal financial information of consumer customers to third parties for certain purposes (primarily marketing) unless customers have the opportunity to “opt out” of the disclosure. The Fair Credit Reporting Act restricts information sharing among affiliates for marketing purposes.

In the EU, privacy law is primarily regulated by the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”). The GDPR contains enhanced compliance obligations and increased penalties for non-compliance compared to prior EU data protection legislation.

Acquisitions/Transactions

Federal and state laws impose notice and approval requirements for mergers and acquisitions involving depository institutions or BHCs. The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “BHC Act”), requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve for the direct or indirect acquisition by a BHC of more than 5% of any class of the voting shares or all or substantially all of the assets of a commercial bank, savings and loan association or BHC. In reviewing bank acquisition and merger applications, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the competitive effect of the transaction, financial and managerial resources, including the capital position of the combined organization, convenience and needs of the community factors, including the applicant’s record under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”), the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities and the risk to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system. In addition, prior

68 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

Federal Reserve approval would be required for BNY Mellon to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of a company with assets of $10 billion or more that is engaged in activities that are “financial in nature.”

Rating System for the Supervision of Large Financial Institutions

The Federal Reserve’s rating system for the supervision of large financial institutions (“LFIs”) applies to, among other entities, all BHCs with total consolidated assets of $100 billion or more, including BNY Mellon.

The LFI rating system includes a four-level rating scale and three component ratings. The four levels are: Broadly Meets Expectations; Conditionally Meets Expectations; Deficient-1; and Deficient-2. The component ratings are assigned for: Capital Planning and Positions; Liquidity Risk Management and Positions; and Governance and Controls. A firm must be rated “Broadly Meets Expectations” or “Conditionally Meets Expectations” for each of its component ratings to be considered “well managed” in accordance with various statutes and regulations that permit additional activities, prescribe expedited procedures or provide other benefits for “well managed” firms.

Regulated Entities of BNY Mellon and Ancillary Regulatory Requirements

BNY Mellon is registered as an FHC under the BHC Act. We are subject to supervision by the Federal Reserve. In general, the BHC Act limits an FHC’s business activities to banking, managing or controlling banks, performing certain servicing activities for subsidiaries, engaging in activities incidental to banking, and engaging in any activity, or acquiring and retaining the shares of any company engaged in any activity, that is either financial in nature or complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.

A BHC’s ability to maintain FHC status is dependent on: (i) its U.S. depository institution subsidiaries qualifying on an ongoing basis as “well capitalized” and “well managed” under the prompt corrective action regulations of the appropriate regulatory agency (discussed above under “Prompt Corrective Action”); (ii) the BHC itself qualifying on an ongoing

basis as “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable Federal Reserve regulations; and (iii) its U.S. depository institution subsidiaries continuing to maintain at least a “satisfactory” rating under the CRA.

An FHC that does not continue to meet all the requirements for FHC status will, depending on which requirements it fails to meet, lose the ability to undertake new activities, continue current activities, or make acquisitions, that are not generally permissible for BHCs without FHC status. As of Dec. 31, 2022, BNY Mellon and our U.S. bank subsidiaries were “well capitalized” based on the ratios and rules applicable to them.

The Bank of New York Mellon, BNY Mellon’s largest banking subsidiary, is a New York state-chartered bank, and a member of the Federal Reserve System and is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the NYSDFS. BNY Mellon’s national bank subsidiaries, BNY Mellon, N.A. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, are chartered as national banking associations subject to primary regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC.

We operate a number of broker-dealers that engage in securities underwriting and other broker-dealer activities in the U.S. These companies are SEC-registered broker-dealers and members of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), a securities industry self-regulatory organization. BNY Mellon’s nonbank subsidiaries engaged in securities-related activities are regulated by supervisory agencies in the countries in which they conduct business.

Certain of BNY Mellon’s public finance and advisory activities are regulated by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board and are required under the SEC’s Municipal Advisors Rule to register with the SEC if they provide advice to municipal entities or certain other persons on the issuance of municipal securities, or about certain investment strategies or municipal derivatives.

Certain of BNY Mellon’s subsidiaries are registered with the CFTC as commodity pool operators, introducing brokers and/or commodity trading advisors and, as such, are subject to CFTC regulation. The Bank of New York Mellon is provisionally registered as a swap dealer (as defined in the Dodd-

BNY Mellon 69

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

Frank Act) with the CFTC and is a member of the National Futures Association (“NFA”) in that same capacity. As a swap dealer, The Bank of New York Mellon is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the CFTC and NFA.

Certain of our subsidiaries are RIAs, and as such are supervised by the SEC. They are also subject to various U.S. federal and state laws and regulations and to the laws and regulations of any countries in which they conduct business. Our subsidiaries advise both RICs, including the BNY Mellon Family of Funds and BNY Mellon ETF Funds, and private investment companies which are not registered under the 1940 Act.

Certain of our investment management, trust and custody operations provide services to employee benefit plans that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), administered by the U.S. Department of Labor. ERISA imposes certain statutory duties, liabilities, disclosure obligations and restrictions on fiduciaries, as applicable, related to the services being performed and fees being paid.

SEC Regulation Best Interest (“Reg BI”) requires a broker-dealer to act in the “best interest” of a retail customer when making a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy to any such customer. The Form CRS Relationship Summary (“Form CRS”) requires registered investment advisers and broker-dealers to provide retail investors with a brief summary about the nature of their relationship with their investment professional and supplements other more detailed disclosures.

On Feb. 9, 2022, the SEC proposed rule amendments to shorten the standard settlement cycle for certain broker-dealer securities transactions to T+1. The proposal included additional amendments designed to accelerate the confirmation of such trades. The SEC adopted a final rule on Feb. 15, 2023. We are assessing the potential impacts of the final rule.

On Dec. 14, 2022, the SEC proposed four rulemakings related to market structure, including a proposed Regulation Best Execution, which would establish a best execution regulatory framework for broker-dealers, and proposals regarding order competition and disclosure of order execution information. We are assessing the potential impacts of the proposals.

On Feb. 15, 2023, the SEC proposed amendments to the custody rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, which generally requires registered investment advisers having custody of client funds or securities to maintain client funds or securities with a qualified custodian. The proposal would expand the types of investments covered by the custody rule to include any client “assets.” It would also require registered investment advisers to enter into a written agreement with, and obtain reasonable assurances from, the qualified custodian that the custodian will comply with protections in the proposed rule, including with respect to indemnification of the client, responsibility for subcustodians and central securities depositaries, asset segregation, and no liens. In addition, the SEC proposed amendments to the investment adviser recordkeeping rule to require advisers to keep additional, more detailed records. We are evaluating the potential impact of the proposals.

Exchange-Traded Funds Rule

SEC Rule 6c-11 (the “ETF Rule”) under the 1940 Act permits ETFs that satisfy certain conditions to organize and operate without first obtaining an exemptive order from the SEC and requires an ETF to make certain disclosures, including historical data on an ETF’s premiums, discounts and bid-ask spread information, as well as the ETF’s daily portfolio holdings. The ETF Rule also requires ETFs using custom baskets to put written policies and procedures in place establishing that the custom baskets are in the best interests of the ETF and its shareholders. Pursuant to the ETF Rule, BNY Mellon has launched a number of ETFs.

Post-Brexit UK Regulatory Framework

The UK left the EU on Jan. 31, 2020, and the transition period ended on Dec. 31, 2020 (“Brexit Transition Period”). Existing EU regulations that were in force and applicable in the UK on Dec. 31, 2020, were “on-shored” into the UK regulatory framework (and adapted as appropriate for the UK context) as “retained EU law.” EU rules and regulations that came into effect on or after Jan. 1, 2021, do not apply to financial activities within the UK. The UK and EU financial services regulatory frameworks have started diverging from each other after the conclusion of the Brexit Transition Period.

Under the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement (“EU-UK Agreement”), which became fully effective in April 2021, the EU and UK have agreed to make

70 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

their best endeavors to ensure that internationally agreed standards in the financial services sector for regulation and supervision are implemented and applied in their territory and establish a framework for structured regulatory cooperation on financial services.

The Financial Services Act 2021 made several changes to the UK financial services regulatory framework, including the prudential frameworks for credit institutions and investment firms. In particular, the Financial Services Act 2021 grants substantial prudential rulemaking powers to the Prudential Regulatory Authority (“PRA”) with respect to UK credit institutions, and the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) with respect to UK investment firms. The UK’s version of the EU Capital Requirements Regulation (“UK CRR2”) for credit institutions and the UK Investment Firms Prudential Regime (“UK IFPR”) came into effect on Jan. 1, 2022. For more information regarding the UK IFPR, see “Investment Firms Directive and Investment Firms Regulation” below.

We maintain a presence in the UK through the London branch of The Bank of New York Mellon, The Bank of New York Mellon (International) Limited, a credit institution incorporated and authorized in the UK, and a number of our investment firms. We maintain a presence in the EU through the Frankfurt branch of The Bank of New York Mellon, BNY Mellon SA/NV, which is headquartered in Belgium and has a branch network in a number of other EU countries, and through certain of our investment firms. BNY Mellon SA/NV has a general banking license for the provision of banking and investment services.

Operations and Regulations Outside the U.S.

In Europe, branches of The Bank of New York Mellon are subject to regulation in the countries in which they are established, in addition to being subject to oversight by the U.S. regulators referred to above. BNY Mellon SA/NV is a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Belgium, holds a banking license issued by the National Bank of Belgium and is authorized to carry out all banking and savings activities as a credit institution. The European Central Bank (the “ECB”) has responsibility for the direct supervision of significant banks and banking groups in the Euro area, including BNY Mellon SA/NV. The ECB’s supervision is carried out in conjunction with the

relevant national prudential regulator (the National Bank of Belgium in BNY Mellon SA/NV’s case), as part of the Single Supervisory Mechanism. BNY Mellon SA/NV conducts its activities in Belgium as well as through its branch offices in Denmark, France, Germany, UK, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands and Spain.

Certain of our financial services operations in the UK are subject to regulation and supervision by the FCA and the PRA. The PRA is responsible for the authorization and prudential regulation of firms that carry on PRA-regulated activities, including banks. PRA-authorized firms are also subject to regulation by the FCA for conduct purposes. In contrast, FCA-authorized firms (such as investment management firms) have the FCA as their sole regulator for both prudential and conduct purposes. As a result, FCA-authorized firms must comply with FCA prudential and conduct rules and the FCA’s Principles for Businesses, while dual-regulated firms must comply with the FCA conduct rules and FCA Principles, as well as the applicable PRA prudential rules and the PRA’s Principles for Businesses.

The PRA regulates The Bank of New York Mellon (International) Limited, our UK-incorporated bank, as well as the London branch of The Bank of New York Mellon. Certain of BNY Mellon’s UK-incorporated subsidiaries are authorized to conduct investment business in the UK. Their investment management advisory activities and their sale and marketing of retail investment products are regulated by the FCA. Certain UK investment funds, including investment funds of BNY Mellon, are registered with the FCA and are offered for sale to retail investors in the UK.

The types of activities in which the foreign branches of our banking subsidiaries and our international subsidiaries may engage are subject to various restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve. Those foreign branches and international subsidiaries are also subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the countries in which they operate and, in the case of banking subsidiaries, may be subject to regulatory capital requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate.

The primary prudential framework in the EU is provided by the Capital Requirements Directive 5 (“CRD5”) and the Capital Requirements Regulation 2 (“CRR2”), both of which implement many elements of the Basel III framework.

BNY Mellon 71

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

Among other things, CRD5 includes a requirement for certain non-EU banking groups with more than €40 billion of assets in the EU to establish a single “EU intermediate parent undertaking” (“EU IPU”) to serve as an EU holding company for all EU credit institutions and certain EU investment firms in the group. Following review, BNY Mellon is currently not required to establish an EU IPU structure on the basis of its existing legal entity structure and operations.

CRR2 includes provisions relating to the leverage ratio, NSFR, MREL (including closer alignment to the final FSB TLAC standard), a revised Basel market risk framework, counterparty credit risk, exposures to central counterparties, exposures to collective investment undertakings, large exposures and reporting/disclosure requirements.

The lines of business included in our Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments are subject to significant regulation in numerous jurisdictions around the world relating to, among other things, the safeguarding, administration and management of client assets and client funds.

Various existing and/or proposed EU directives and regulations have or will have a significant impact on the provision of many of our products and services, including the revised Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II and Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation (collectively, “MiFID II”), the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (“AIFMD”), the Directive on Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities (“UCITS V”), the Central Securities Depositories Regulation, the revised regulation on OTC derivatives, central counterparties and trade repositories (commonly known as “EMIR”), the Payment Services Directive II and the Benchmarks Regulation. These EU directives and regulations may impact our operations and risk profile but may also provide new opportunities for the provision of BNY Mellon products and services. Some of these EU directives and regulations are subject to review, and the outcome of these reviews is not yet certain.

Investment Firms Directive and Investment Firms Regulation

In the EU, the Investment Firms Directive/Investment Firms Regulation (“IFD/IFR”), previously referred to

as the “new prudential regime for investment firms,” is a more tailored, proportionate prudential regime for investment firms. BNY Mellon has several UK-domiciled investment firms that are subject to UK IFPR.

The main change under both IFD/IFR and UK IFPR is that capital requirements for most investment firms are no longer based on Basel standards for banks such as credit risk, market risk or operational risk. Instead, the capital requirements are based on factors that are more tailored to the risks that investment firms face.

European Financial Markets and Market Infrastructure

The EU continues to develop proposals and regulations in relation to financial markets and market infrastructures. MiFID II applies to financial institutions conducting business in the EEA and has required significant changes to comply with relevant regulatory requirements, including extensive transaction reporting and market transparency obligations and a heightened focus on how financial institutions conduct business with and disclose information to their clients. A set of revisions to EU MiFID II rules (the so-called quick fix) came into effect on Feb. 28, 2022 and include changes to cost and charges disclosures and means of client communication. In the UK, a similar set of revisions became effective in July 2021 for most of the amended rules.

Funds Regulation in Europe

The AIFMD has a direct effect on our alternative fund manager clients and our depository business and other products offered across Europe as well as upon our Investment Management business. AIFMD imposes heightened obligations upon depositories, which have operational effects.

Our businesses servicing regulated funds in Europe and our Investment Management businesses in Europe are also affected by the revised directive governing UCITS V.

Under the regulations for depositary safekeeping duties under AIFMD and UCITS V, the Commission recognizes the use of omnibus account structures when accounting for assets in a chain of custody, but requires that depositaries and trustees, such as BNY Mellon, maintain their own books and records.

72 BNY Mellon

Other Matters

Replacement of Interbank Offered Rates (“IBORs”), including LIBOR

The UK Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”) and the administrator for LIBOR have announced that the publication of the most commonly used U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease to be published or cease to be representative after June 30, 2023. The publication of all other LIBOR settings ceased to be published or to be representative as of Dec. 31, 2021. In addition, the U.S. bank regulators had also issued guidance strongly encouraging banking organizations to cease using U.S. dollar LIBOR as a reference rate in new contracts by Dec. 31, 2021. As a result, financial market participants have begun to transition away from LIBOR and other IBORs to alternative reference rates. The transition event on Dec. 31, 2021 had minimal impact across BNY Mellon’s businesses, however the remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR transition will impact assets and liabilities on our balance sheet that reference IBORs, investments that we manage linked to IBORs in our Investment Management business and the operational servicing of products that reference IBORs in our Market and Wealth Services and Securities Services business segments.

In March 2022, the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (the “LIBOR Act”) was enacted. The LIBOR Act provides a statutory framework to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR with a benchmark rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) for

contracts governed by U.S. law that have no fallbacks or fallbacks that would require the use of a poll or LIBOR-based rate. In December 2022, the Federal Reserve adopted final rules to identify the SOFR-based replacement rate and conforming changes for legacy LIBOR-linked contracts.

We are working to facilitate an orderly transition from IBORs to alternative reference rates for us and our clients. Accordingly, we have created a global transition program with senior management oversight that focuses on, among other things, evaluating and monitoring the impacts of the discontinuance of reference IBORs and the transition to replacement benchmarks on our business operations and financial condition; identifying and evaluating the scope of impacted financial instruments and contracts and the attendant risks; and implementing technology systems, models and analytics to support the transition. In addition, we continue to actively engage with our regulators and clients and participate in central bank and sector working groups.

Despite the proximity of the June 30, 2023 cessation date, there remain, however, a number of unknown factors regarding the transition from the IBORs and/or interest rate benchmark reforms that could impact our business. For a further discussion of the various risks, see “Risk Factors – Market Risk – Transitions away from and the replacement of LIBOR and other IBORs could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

BNY Mellon 73

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001390777-22-000043.

Extracted from a substantive MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a TOC or reference stub. Source document followed from filing index: bk-20211231_d2.htm. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-25. Report date: 2021-12-31.

General

In this Annual Report, references to “our,” “we,” “us,” “BNY Mellon,” the “Company” and similar terms refer to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Parent” refers to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation but not its subsidiaries.

The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. BNY Mellon’s actual results of future operations may differ from those estimated or anticipated in certain forward-looking statements contained herein due to the factors described under the headings “Forward-looking Statements” and “Risk Factors,” both of which investors should read.

Certain business terms used in this Annual Report are defined in the Glossary.

This Annual Report generally discusses 2021 and 2020 items and comparisons between 2021 and 2020. Discussions of 2019 items and comparisons between 2020 and 2019 that are not included in this Annual Report can be found in our 2020 Annual Report, which was filed as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2020.

Overview

Established in 1784 by Alexander Hamilton, we were the first company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: BK). With a history of more than 235 years, BNY Mellon is a global company that manages and services assets for financial institutions, corporations and individual investors in 35 countries.

In the fourth quarter of 2021, we revised our business segment disclosures by disaggregating our former Investment Services business segment into two new business segments, Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services. Our Investment and Wealth Management business segment and the Other segment were not impacted by the resegmentation.

BNY Mellon has three business segments, Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, which offer a comprehensive set of capabilities and deep expertise across the investment lifecycle, enabling the Company to provide solutions to buy-side and sell-

side market participants, as well as leading institutional and wealth management clients globally.

The diagram below presents our three business segments and lines of business, with the remaining operations in the Other segment.

For additional information on our business segments, see “Review of business segments” and Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Human capital

Our enduring ambition is to build the best global team—one that is inclusive of varying perspectives, backgrounds and experiences, and represents the increasingly varied markets and clients we serve. Our core objective is to empower our teams to do their best work, make unique contributions, and build purposeful careers in an equitable environment where they are treated with fairness, dignity and respect.

Diversity and Inclusion

Diversity and inclusion is integral to who we are as a company, what our people experience as members of our global team, and how we serve all of our stakeholders. Our diversity and inclusion strategy is not separate, but embedded in our business strategy, operating model, talent experience and client value proposition.

To increase the diversity of our talent pool, we work with professional associations, educational institutions, think tanks and nonprofits to deepen

BNY Mellon 3

Results of Operations (continued)

engagement with Black, Hispanic/Latino, Asian, LGBT+, neuro-diverse individuals, people with disabilities, and talent from other underrepresented backgrounds. We aim for fair inclusion by requiring diverse candidate slates, creating gender-neutral job descriptions and involving diverse interview panels. We embed diversity and inclusion in our talent review processes, succession plans and development objectives to improve promotion readiness and advance and retain talent from all backgrounds.

At the most senior level, our Executive Committee sets diversity and inclusion goals with specific targets to improve senior leader diversity and to increase female representation globally and diverse ethnic and/or racial representation in the U.S. Executive Committee members’ variable compensation is informed by performance against these goals.

At the end of 2021, women were 40% of BNY Mellon’s global workforce and 43% of BNY Mellon’s U.S. workforce. Further, 36% of BNY Mellon’s U.S. workforce were from underrepresented ethnic and/or racial backgrounds.

At the end of 2021, 26% of BNY Mellon’s Executive Committee were women and 18% of BNY Mellon’s Executive Committee were from underrepresented ethnic and/or racial backgrounds.

Our Board of Directors is committed to fostering and maintaining its diversity. At the end of 2021, 31% of our Board of Directors were women and 38% of our Board of Directors was composed of individuals from underrepresented ethnic and/or racial backgrounds. In addition, four of BNY Mellon’s six standing committees of its Board of Directors are chaired by a diverse director based on race or gender.

Retention, Training and Development

We seek to attract and retain employees by providing a rewarding employee experience. We recognize that employees seek a supportive, safe and inclusive workplace, and we continually evaluate our employee engagement and wellbeing programs in an effort to meet those expectations. We offer a 401(k) plan for U.S. employees, and other defined contribution retirement plans worldwide, where consistent with market practice. We also maintain defined benefit plans for certain current and former employees, some of which are frozen (including in the U.S.). At Dec. 31, 2021, we had approximately 43,000 participants

in our 401(k) plan, including former employees. In addition, our frozen U.S. defined benefit pension plan covered approximately 9,100 U.S. participants and our non-U.S. defined benefit plans (some frozen) covered approximately 14,400 non-U.S. participants.

At key career transition points, from internship to executive management, we offer programs and development opportunities to help employees advance their careers and progress within our organization. Our extensive training and development opportunities are designed to enable employees to grow professionally and advance within our organization.

We engage with employees to encourage innovation, show appreciation for their contributions, and gather feedback on how we can build a more rewarding, inclusive workplace. For example, we regularly gather feedback through an all-employee survey.

Employee Wellbeing, Health and Safety

BNY Mellon’s holistic approach to employee wellbeing is designed to create a healthy, resilient and vibrant workforce. Our programs are designed to provide employees easy access to resources to help improve their physical health, emotional resilience, financial wellbeing and social connections. Further, we work to ensure the safety of our employees and clients in all of our facilities. During the coronavirus pandemic, we were early to initiate our business continuity plans and to restrict activities such as travel and in-person participation in events and large meetings. We quickly transitioned the vast majority of our employees, including our senior management and key personnel, to working from home, which opened up space for us to create social distancing for the small number of essential in-office staff. These essential in-office staff are primarily performing roles that cannot be done remotely. Since March 2020, the vast majority of our global employees have worked from home. We are taking a conservative and measured approach in assessing how, and when, we will return employees to our offices when the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. This phased, enterprise-wide approach is principles-based and will be centrally coordinated and localized based on the situation. Our guiding principles are adherence to government/jurisdictional guidelines, facility preparedness, business function prioritization, and staff safety and wellbeing.

4 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

We assembled a comprehensive Supporting You Now COVID-19 framework that communicated the array of measures to support our employees in the moment. This included expanded employee assistance program benefits, telehealth coverage, increased back-up dependent care benefits, virtual babysitting services and toolkits for managers and employees to conduct supportive conversations around life balance needs.

Employees and International Operations

Globally, at Dec. 31, 2021, BNY Mellon and its subsidiaries had approximately 49,100 full-time employees.

We pride ourselves on providing dedicated service through our multilingual sales, marketing and client service teams. At Dec. 31, 2021, approximately 50% of our total employees (full-time and part-time employees) were based outside the U.S., with approximately 9,800 employees in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), approximately 14,600 employees in the Asia-Pacific region (“APAC”) and approximately 800 employees in other global locations, primarily Brazil.

Summary of financial highlights

We reported net income applicable to common shareholders of BNY Mellon of $3.6 billion, or $4.14 per diluted common share, in 2021, including the negative impact of $85 million, or $0.10 per diluted common share, related to litigation reserves and severance expense, partially offset by gains on disposals (reflected in investment and other revenue). In 2020, net income applicable to common shareholders of BNY Mellon was $3.4 billion, or $3.83 per diluted common share, including the negative impact of $159 million, or $0.18 per diluted common share, related to litigation reserves, severance expense, losses on business sales (reflected in investment and other revenue) and real estate charges in the fourth quarter of 2020.

Highlights of 2021 results

•AUC/A totaled $46.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021 compared with $41.1 trillion at Dec. 31, 2020. The 14% increase primarily reflects net client inflows and higher market values, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 7.)

•AUM totaled $2.4 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021 compared with $2.2 trillion at Dec. 31, 2020. The 10% increase primarily reflects higher market values and net inflows. (See “Investment and Wealth Management business segment” beginning on page 19.)

•Investment services fees totaled $8.3 billion in 2021 compared with $8.0 billion in 2020, an increase of 3%. The increase primarily reflects higher market values and client activity, and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by money market fee waivers. (See “Securities Services business segment” beginning on page 15 and “Market and Wealth Services business segment” beginning on page 17.)

•Investment management and performance fees totaled $3.6 billion in 2021 compared with $3.4 billion in 2020, an increase of 7%. The increase primarily reflects higher market values, the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, higher equity income and net inflows, partially offset by higher money market fee waivers. (See “Investment and Wealth Management business segment” beginning on page 19.)

•Foreign exchange revenue totaled $799 million in 2021, compared with $774 million in 2020. The increase of 3% primarily reflects higher volumes, partially offset by lower volatility. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 7.)

•Net interest revenue totaled $2.6 billion in 2021, compared with $3.0 billion in 2020, a decrease of 12%. The decrease was primarily driven by lower interest rates on interest-earning assets, partially offset by the benefit of lower funding and deposit rates and larger deposit, loan and securities balances. Net interest margin was 0.68% in 2021, compared with 0.84% in 2020. (See “Net interest revenue” beginning on page 10.)

•The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $231 million in 2021 compared with a provision of $336 million in 2020. The decrease was primarily driven by an improvement in the macroeconomic forecast. (See “Allowance for credit losses” beginning on page 35.)

•Noninterest expense totaled $11.5 billion in 2021 compared with $11.0 billion in 2020. The 5% increase primarily reflects incremental investments in growth, infrastructure and

BNY Mellon 5

Results of Operations (continued)

efficiency initiatives, higher revenue-related expenses and the unfavorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by lower occupancy (including the impact of real estate charges recorded in 2020) and lower severance expense. (See “Noninterest expense” on page 13.)

•The provision for income taxes was $877 million (18.9% effective tax rate) in 2021. (See “Income taxes” on page 13.)

•The net unrealized pre-tax gain on the securities portfolio, including the impact of related hedges, was $384 million at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $3.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily driven by higher market interest rates. (See “Securities” beginning on page 28.)

•Our CET1 ratio calculated under the Standardized Approach was 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2021 and 13.1% at Dec. 31, 2020 under the Advanced Approaches. The decrease was primarily driven by common stock repurchases, unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale, dividend payments, foreign currency translation and higher risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”), partially offset by capital generated through earnings. (See “Capital” beginning on page 41.)

•Tier 1 leverage ratio was 5.5% at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with 6.3% at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease reflects lower common shareholders’ equity, driven by common share repurchases, and higher average assets. (See “Capital” beginning on page 41.)

Impact of coronavirus pandemic on our business

The coronavirus pandemic had a significant effect on the global macroeconomic environment and markets in 2020 and 2021.

Since March 2020, the vast majority of our employees have worked from home. They have been fully operational with minimal disruption to servicing our clients. However, our continued reliance on work-from-home arrangements may result in increased operational risks.

Short-term interest rates declined significantly in the first quarter of 2020 and have remained low through 2021, which resulted in lower net interest revenue and higher money market fee waivers in 2021 compared with 2020. This has been partially offset by higher average deposit balances and higher money market balances compared with 2020. See further discussion of money market fee waivers in “Fee and other revenue.”

Equity market levels have continued to rebound since the first quarter of 2020 and steadily increased throughout 2021, resulting in increased asset-based fees in Investment and Wealth Management, Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services in 2021 compared with 2020.

After a significant deterioration in the macroeconomic outlook in 2020 that resulted in heightened levels of credit provisioning, the macroeconomic outlook continued to improve in 2021, resulting in decreases in the allowance for credit losses and benefits to the provision for credit losses.

We, along with other CCAR firms, suspended open market common stock repurchases for most of 2020 but continued our quarterly common stock dividend. The restrictions on common stock dividends and share repurchases ended on June 30, 2021. In 2021, BNY Mellon increased the quarterly cash dividend on common stock, from $0.31 to $0.34 per share, and repurchased 89.7 million common shares at an average price of $50.91 per common share for a total of $4.6 billion.

For further discussion of the current and potential impact of the coronavirus pandemic see “Risk Factors – Additional Risks – The coronavirus pandemic is adversely affecting us and creates significant risks and uncertainties for our business, and the ultimate impact of the pandemic on us will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.”

6 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Fee and other revenue

Fee and other revenue20212020
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20212020201920202019
Investment services fees$8,284$8,047$7,9003%2%
Investment management and performance fees (a)3,5883,3673,3897(1)
Foreign exchange revenue (b)799774564337
Financing-related fees194212196(8)8
Distribution and servicing fees112115129(3)(11)
Total fee revenue (b)12,97712,51512,17843
Investment and other revenue (b)3363161,096N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue13,31312,83113,2744%(3)%
Fee revenue as a percentage of total revenue (b)81%79%74%
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)$46.7$41.1$37.114%11%
AUM at period end (in billions) (d)$2,434$2,211$1,91010%16%

(a)    Excludes seed capital gains (losses) related to consolidated investment management funds.

(b)    In 2021, we reclassified certain items within total revenue on the consolidated income statement and reclassified prior periods to be comparable with the current period presentation. See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(c)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing business and, to a lesser extent, the Clearance and Collateral Management, Issuer Services, Pershing and Wealth Management businesses. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $1.5 trillion at Dec. 31, 2020 and Dec. 31, 2019.

(d)    Excludes assets managed outside of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Fee revenue increased 4% compared with 2020. The increase primarily reflects higher investment services fees and investment management and performance fees, partially offset by higher money market fee waivers. Excluding money market fee waivers, fee revenue increased 9% (Non-GAAP). See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 103 for the reconciliation of Non-GAAP measures.

Investment and other revenue increased $20 million in 2021 compared with 2020. The increase primarily reflects gains on strategic equity investments, losses on business sales recorded in 2020 and disposal gains in 2021, partially offset by renewable energy investment pre-tax losses and an impairment, one-

time fees in the Pershing and Asset Servicing businesses recorded in 2020 and lower net securities gains.

Money market fee waivers

Given the continued low short-term interest rates, money market mutual fund fees and other similar fees are being waived to protect investors from negative returns. The fee waivers have primarily impacted fee revenues in Pershing and Investment Management, but also resulted in lower distribution and servicing expense. The fee waivers also began to impact fee revenues in our other businesses in the second half of 2020. Money market fee waivers are highly sensitive to changes in short-term interest rates and are difficult to predict.

BNY Mellon 7

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table presents the impact of money market fee waivers on our consolidated fee revenue, net of distribution and servicing expense. In 2021, the net impact of the money market fee waivers was $916 million, up from $337 million in 2020, driven by the full-year impact of low short-term interest rates.

Money market fee waivers
(in millions)20212020
Investment services fees$(547)$(209)
Investment management and performance fees (a)(429)(142)
Distribution and servicing fees(51)(17)
Total fee revenue(1,027)(368)
Less: Distribution and servicing expense11131
Net impact of money market fee waivers$(916)$(337)
Impact to investment services fees by line of business (b):
Asset Servicing$(105)$(10)
Issuer Services(62)(9)
Pershing(343)(186)
Treasury Services(37)(4)
Total impact to investment services fees by line of business$(547)$(209)
Impact to fee revenue by line of business (b):
Asset Servicing$(176)$(18)
Issuer Services(83)(13)
Pershing(401)(227)
Treasury Services(52)(6)
Investment Management (a)(303)(100)
Wealth Management(12)(4)
Total impact to fee revenue by line of business$(1,027)$(368)

(a)    Money market fee waivers were $49 million in 2019.

(b)    The line of business revenue for management reporting purposes reflects the impact of revenue transferred between the businesses.

We expect to recover a majority of money market fee waivers, net of distribution and servicing expense, in 2022, based on implied forward rates as of Dec. 31, 2021 and money market balances, on average, that are consistent with 2021. Fee waivers will continue to be dependent on short-term interest rates and the level of money market balances.

Investment services fees

Investment services fees increased 3% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting higher market values and client activity, and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by higher money market fee waivers. AUC/A totaled $46.7 trillion at Dec. 31,

2021, an increase of 14% compared with Dec. 31, 2020, primarily reflecting net client inflows and higher market values, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar. AUC/A consisted of 37% equity securities and 63% fixed-income securities at Dec. 31, 2021 and 36% equity securities and 64% fixed-income securities at Dec. 31, 2020.

See “Securities Services business segment” and “Market and Wealth Services business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details.

Investment management and performance fees

Investment management and performance fees increased 7% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting higher market values, the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, higher equity income and net inflows, partially offset by higher money market fee waivers. Performance fees were $107 million in both 2021 and 2020. On a constant currency basis (Non-GAAP), investment management and performance fees increased 4% compared with 2020.

AUM was $2.4 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021, an increase of 10% compared with Dec. 31, 2020, primarily reflecting higher market values and net inflows.

See “Investment and Wealth Management business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details regarding the drivers of investment management and performance fees, AUM and AUM flows.

Foreign exchange revenue

Foreign exchange revenue is primarily driven by the volume of client transactions and the spread realized on these transactions, both of which are impacted by market volatility, and the impact of foreign currency hedging activities. In 2021, foreign exchange revenue increased 3% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting higher volumes, partially offset by lower volatility. Foreign exchange revenue is primarily reported in the Securities Services business segment and, to a lesser extent, the Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments and the Other segment.

8 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Financing-related fees

Financing-related fees, which are primarily reported in the Market and Wealth Services and Securities Services business segments, include capital market fees, loan commitment fees and credit-related fees. Financing-related fees decreased 8% in 2021 compared with 2020, primarily reflecting lower underwriting fees.

Distribution and servicing fees

Distribution and servicing fees earned from mutual funds are primarily based on average assets in the funds and the sales of funds that we manage or administer and are primarily reported in the Investment Management business. These fees, which include 12b-1 fees, fluctuate with the overall level of net sales, the relative mix of sales between share classes, the funds’ market values and money market fee waivers.

Distribution and servicing fees were $112 million in 2021 compared with $115 million in 2020. The impact of distribution and servicing fees on income in any one period is partially offset by distribution and servicing expense paid to other financial intermediaries to cover their costs for distribution and servicing of mutual funds. Distribution and servicing expense is recorded as noninterest expense on the income statement.

Investment and other revenue

Investment and other revenue includes income or loss from consolidated investment management funds, seed capital gains or losses, other trading revenue or loss, renewable energy investments losses, income from corporate and bank-owned life insurance contracts, other investment gains or losses, gains or losses from disposals, expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture, other income or loss and net securities gains or losses. The income or loss from consolidated investment management funds should be considered together with the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests, which reflects the portion of the consolidated funds for which we do not have an economic interest and is reflected below net income as a separate line item on the consolidated income statement. Other trading

revenue or loss primarily includes the impact of market-risk hedging activity related to our seed capital investments in investment management funds, non-foreign currency derivative and fixed income trading, and other hedging activity. Investments in renewable energy generate losses in investment and other revenue that are more than offset by benefits and credits recorded to the provision for income taxes. Other investment gains or losses includes fair value changes of non-readily marketable strategic equity, private equity and other investments. Expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture relate to expenses incurred by BNY Mellon on behalf of the CIBC Mellon joint venture. Other income or loss includes various miscellaneous revenues.

The following table provides the components of investment and other revenue.

Investment and other revenue
(in millions)202120202019
Income from consolidated investment management funds$32$84$56
Seed capital gains (a)402314
Other trading revenue61377
Renewable energy investment (losses)(201)(129)(120)
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance140148138
Other investment gains (b)15935841
Disposal gains (losses)13(61)
Expense reimbursements from joint venture968579
Other income468529
Net securities gains (losses)533(18)
Total investment and other revenue$336$316$1,096

(a)    Includes gains (losses) on investments in BNY Mellon funds which hedge deferred incentive awards.

(b)    Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

Investment and other revenue was $336 million in 2021 compared with $316 million in 2020. The increase primarily reflects gains on strategic equity investments, losses on business sales recorded in 2020 and disposal gains in 2021, partially offset by renewable energy investment pre-tax losses and an impairment, one-time fees in the Pershing and Asset Servicing businesses recorded in 2020 and lower net securities gains.

BNY Mellon 9

Results of Operations (continued)

Net interest revenue

Net interest revenue20212020
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions)20212020201920202019
Net interest revenue – GAAP$2,618$2,977$3,188(12)%(7)%
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment13913N/MN/M
Net interest revenue on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis – Non-GAAP (a)$2,631$2,986$3,201(12)%(7)%
Average interest-earning assets$387,023$354,526$290,4899%22%
Net interest margin – GAAP0.68%0.84%1.10%(16)bps(26)bps
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (a)0.68%0.84%1.10%(16)bps(26)bps

(a)    Net interest revenue (FTE) – Non-GAAP and net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP include the tax equivalent adjustments on tax-exempt income which allows for comparisons of amounts arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice. The adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income.

N/M – Not meaningful.

bps – basis points.

Net interest revenue decreased 12% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting lower interest rates on interest-earning assets, partially offset by the benefit of lower funding and deposit rates and larger deposit, loan and securities balances.

Net interest margin decreased 16 basis points compared with 2020. The decrease primarily reflects the factors mentioned above.

Average interest-earning assets increased 9% compared with 2020. The increase primarily reflects higher interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and larger securities and loans balances.

Average non-U.S. dollar deposits comprised approximately 25% of our average total deposits in 2021 and 2020. Approximately 40% of the average non-U.S. dollar deposits in 2021 and 2020 were euro denominated.

Net interest revenue in future periods will depend on the level and mix of client deposits and deposit rates, as well as the level and shape of the yield curve. Based on the current expectations of an increase in short-term rates in 2022, we expect net interest revenue to increase in 2022.

10 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Average balances and interest rates20212020
(dollars in millions)Average balanceInterestAverage rateAverage balanceInterestAverage rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks:
Domestic offices$47,070$600.13%$45,186$1210.27%
Foreign offices66,276(137)(0.21)49,246(71)(0.14)
Total interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks113,346(77)(0.07)94,432500.05
Interest-bearing deposits with banks (primarily foreign banks)20,757480.2319,1651340.70
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)28,5301200.4230,7685451.77
Loans:
Domestic offices55,0738921.6244,1379422.13
Foreign offices5,741661.1511,0912001.81
Total loans (b)60,8149581.5855,2281,1422.07
Securities:
U.S. government obligations34,3832610.7627,242278(c)1.02(c)
U.S. government agency obligations72,5529851.3675,4301,328(c)1.76(c)
State and political subdivisions (d)2,623542.011,41836(c)2.51(c)
Other securities:
Domestic offices (d)17,1453331.9414,335300(c)2.09(c)
Foreign offices30,1831230.4129,402212(c)0.72(c)
Total other securities (d)47,3284560.9643,737512(c)1.17(c)
Total investment securities (d)156,8861,7561.12147,8272,1541.46
Trading securities (primarily domestic) (d)6,690530.807,106931.31
Total securities (d)163,5761,8091.11154,9332,2471.45
Total interest-earning assets (d)$387,023$2,8580.74%$354,526$4,1181.16%
Noninterest-earning assets65,20958,792
Total assets$452,232$413,318
Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Domestic offices$124,716$(27)(0.02)%$105,984$1760.17%
Foreign offices112,493(148)(0.13)106,836(15)(0.01)
Total interest-bearing deposits237,209(175)(0.07)212,8201610.08
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)13,716(4)(0.03)14,8622831.90
Trading liabilities2,59080.312,177150.68
Other borrowed funds:
Domestic offices16052.99849151.81
Foreign offices22331.4819910.26
Total other borrowed funds38382.111,048161.52
Commercial paper30.071,08270.66
Payables to customers and broker-dealers16,887(2)(0.01)17,789280.16
Long-term debt25,7883921.5226,8886222.31
Total interest-bearing liabilities$296,576$2270.08%$276,666$1,1320.41%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits86,60669,124
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities24,38123,879
Total liabilities407,563369,669
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity44,35843,430
Noncontrolling interests311219
Total liabilities and equity$452,232$413,318
Net interest revenue (FTE) – Non-GAAP (d)(e)$2,631$2,986
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (d)(e)0.68%0.84%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment139
Net interest revenue – GAAP$2,618$2,977
Net interest margin – GAAP0.68%0.84%
Percentage of assets attributable to foreign offices (f)30%30%
Percentage of liabilities attributable to foreign offices (f)31%32%

(a)    Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $45 billion in 2021 and $57 billion in 2020. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 0.16% for 2021 and 0.62% for 2020, and the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been (0.01)% for 2021 and 0.39% for 2020. We believe providing the rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b)    Interest income includes fees of $3 million in 2021 and $6 million in 2020. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans; the associated income, which was recognized on a cash basis, is included in interest income.

(c)    In 2021, we reclassified the impact of hedging within the categories comprising total investment securities to align the impact of hedging with the securities being hedged and reclassified prior periods to be comparable. The change reduced the income and average rates previously reported for U.S. government obligations and U.S. government agency obligations and increased the income and average rates for Other securities in domestic offices.

(d)    Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21% for both 2021 and 2020.

(e)    See “Net interest revenue” on page 10 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(f)    Includes the Cayman Islands branch office.

BNY Mellon 11

Results of Operations (continued)

Average balances and interest rates2019
(dollars in millions)Average balanceInterestAverage rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks:
Domestic offices$20,288$4332.13%
Foreign offices41,451150.04
Total interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks61,7394480.73
Interest-bearing deposits with banks (primarily foreign banks)14,6662651.81
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)36,7052,1545.87
Loans:
Domestic offices (b)40,4391,4593.61
Foreign offices10,8843303.03
Total loans (b)(c)51,3231,7893.49
Securities:
U.S. government obligations20,040409(d)2.04(d)
U.S. government agency obligations66,5191,663(d)2.50(d)
State and political subdivisions (e)1,56946(d)2.89(d)
Other securities:
Domestic offices (e)10,504383(d)3.65(d)
Foreign offices21,616248(d)1.15(d)
Total other securities (e)32,120631(d)1.97(d)
Total investment securities (e)120,2482,7492.29
Trading securities (primarily domestic) (e)5,8081562.69
Total securities (e)126,0562,9052.30
Total interest-earning assets (b)(e)$290,489$7,5612.60%
Noninterest-earning assets55,466
Total assets$345,955
Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Domestic offices$78,698$9581.22%
Foreign offices93,1916360.68
Total interest-bearing deposits171,8891,5940.93
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)12,4631,43711.53
Trading liabilities1,479352.33
Other borrowed funds:
Domestic offices1,655593.54
Foreign offices2400.20
Total other borrowed funds1,895593.11
Commercial paper2,485552.22
Payables to customers and broker-dealers15,5952381.53
Long-term debt28,1109423.35
Total interest-bearing liabilities$233,916$4,3601.86%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits51,529
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities19,244
Total liabilities304,689
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity41,047
Noncontrolling interests219
Total liabilities and equity$345,955
Net interest revenue (FTE) – Non-GAAP (b)(e)(f)$3,201
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (b)(e)(f)1.10%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment13
Net interest revenue – GAAP$3,188
Net interest margin – GAAP1.10%
Percentage of assets attributable to foreign offices (g)31%
Percentage of liabilities attributable to foreign offices (g)34%

(a)    Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $56 billion in 2019. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 2.33%, and the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been 2.11% for 2019. We believe providing the rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b)    Includes the impact of the lease-related impairment of $70 million in 2019. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the lease-related impairment, the yield on loans in domestic offices would have been 3.78%, the yield on total loans would have been 3.62%, the yield on total interest-earning assets would have been 2.63%, the net interest margin would have been 1.12% and the net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP would have been 1.13% for 2019. We believe providing the rates excluding the lease-related impairment is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned.

(c)    Interest income includes fees of $4 million in 2019. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans; the associated income, which was recognized on a cash basis, is included in interest income.

(d)    In 2021, we reclassified the impact of hedging within the categories comprising total investment securities to align the impact of hedging with the securities being hedged and reclassified prior periods to be comparable. The change reduced the income and average rates previously reported for U.S. government obligations and U.S. government agency obligations and increased the income and average rates for Other securities in domestic offices.

(e)    Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21% in 2019.

(f)    See “Net interest revenue” on page 10 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(g)    Includes the Cayman Islands branch office.

12 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Noninterest expense

Noninterest expense20212020
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions)20212020201920202019
Staff$6,337$5,966$6,0636%(2)%
Software and equipment1,4781,3701,222812
Professional, legal and other purchased services1,4591,4031,34544
Sub-custodian and clearing505460450102
Net occupancy498581564(14)3
Distribution and servicing298336374(11)(10)
Bank assessment charges1331241257(1)
Business development1071052132(51)
Amortization of intangible assets82104117(21)(11)
Other6175554271130
Total noninterest expense$11,514$11,004$10,9005%1%
Full-time employees at year-end49,10048,50048,4001%%

Total noninterest expense increased 5% compared with 2020. The increase primarily reflects incremental investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives, higher revenue-related expenses and the unfavorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by lower occupancy (including the impact of real estate charges recorded in 2020) and lower severance expense. The investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives are primarily included in staff, software and equipment, and professional, legal and other purchased services expenses.

We expect noninterest expense to increase in 2022 driven by higher revenue-related expenses, including higher distribution and servicing expenses associated with the recovery of fee waivers, the impact of inflationary pressures, and the impact of investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency opportunities.

Income taxes

BNY Mellon recorded an income tax provision of $877 million (18.9% effective tax rate) in 2021 and $842 million (18.8% effective tax rate) in 2020. For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY Mellon 13

Results of Operations (continued)

Review of business segments

We have an internal information system that produces performance data along product and service lines for our principal business segments and the Other segment. In the fourth quarter of 2021, we disaggregated our former Investment Services business segment into two new business segments, Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services. The Securities Services business segment includes the Asset Servicing and Issuer Services lines of business. The Market and Wealth Services business segment includes the Pershing, Treasury Services and Clearance and Collateral Management lines of business. Our Investment and Wealth Management business segment and the Other segment were not impacted by the resegmentation. Additionally, we are now presenting investment services fees for each line of business, as well as other fees, total fee revenue, investment and other revenue and total fee and other revenue for each business segment. Prior periods were revised to reflect these changes.

Business segment accounting principles

Our business segment data has been determined on an internal management basis of accounting, rather than the generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) used for consolidated financial reporting. These measurement principles are designed so that reported results of the business segments will track their economic performance.

For information on the accounting principles of our business segments, the primary products and services in each line of business, the primary types of revenue by line of business and how our business segments are presented and analyzed, see Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business segment results are subject to reclassification when organizational changes are made, or for refinements in revenue and expense allocation methodologies. Refinements are typically reflected on a prospective basis.

The results of our business segments may be influenced by client and other activities that vary by quarter. In the first quarter, staff expense typically increases reflecting the vesting of long-term stock

awards for retirement-eligible employees. In the third quarter, staff expense typically increases reflecting the annual employee merit increase. In the third quarter, Depositary Receipts revenue is typically higher due to an increased level of client dividend payments, and volume-related fees may decline due to reduced client activity. In the fourth quarter, we typically incur higher business development and marketing expenses; however, 2020 was an exception due to the impact of the coronavirus pandemic. In our Investment and Wealth Management business segment, performance fees are typically higher in the fourth and first quarters, as those quarters represent the end of the measurement period for many of the performance fee-eligible relationships.

The results of our business segments may also be impacted by the translation of financial results denominated in foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. On a consolidated basis and in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, we typically have more foreign currency-denominated expenses than revenues. However, our Investment and Wealth Management business segment typically has more foreign currency-denominated revenues than expenses. Overall, currency fluctuations impact the year-over-year growth rate in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment more than the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments. However, currency fluctuations, in isolation, are not expected to significantly impact net income on a consolidated basis.

Fee revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment, and to a lesser extent the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, is impacted by the global market fluctuations. At Dec. 31, 2021, we estimated that a 5% change in global equity markets, spread evenly throughout the year, would impact fee revenue by less than 1% and diluted earnings per common share by $0.04 to $0.07.

See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the consolidating schedules which show the contribution of our business segments to our overall profitability.

14 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Securities Services business segment

20212020
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20212020201920202019
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Asset Servicing$3,876$3,635$3,5657%2%
Issuer Services1,0611,1001,129(4)(3)
Total investment services fees4,9374,7354,69441
Foreign exchange revenue574602457(5)32
Other fees (a)113182176(38)3
Total fee revenue5,6245,5195,32724
Investment and other revenue194159134N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue5,8185,6785,46124
Net interest revenue1,4261,6971,896(16)(10)
Total revenue7,2447,3757,357(2)
Provision for credit losses(134)215(11)N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)5,8205,5225,41652
Amortization of intangible assets323441(6)(17)
Total noninterest expense5,8525,5565,45752
Income before income taxes$1,526$1,604$1,911(5)%(16)%
Pre-tax operating margin21%22%26%
Securities lending revenue (b)$173$170$1632%4%
Total revenue by line of business:
Asset Servicing$5,699$5,705$5,634%1%
Issuer Services1,5451,6701,723(7)(3)
Total revenue by line of business$7,244$7,375$7,357(2)%%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$8,756$9,225$8,323(5)%11%
Average deposits$200,482$177,853$143,17613%24%
Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)$34.6$30.6$27.413%12%
Market value of securities on loan at period end (in billions) (d)$447$435$3783%15%

(a)    Other fees primarily includes financing-related fees.

(b)    Included in investment services fees reported in the Asset Servicing business.

(c)    Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing business and, to a lesser extent, the Issuer Services business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $1.7 trillion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $1.5 trillion at Dec. 31, 2020 and Dec. 31, 2019.

(d)    Represents the total amount of securities on loan in our agency securities lending program. Excludes securities for which BNY Mellon acts as agent on behalf of CIBC Mellon clients, which totaled $71 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, $68 billion at Dec. 31, 2020 and $60 billion at Dec. 31, 2019.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Business segment description

The Securities Services business segment consists of two distinct lines of business, Asset Servicing and Issuer Services, which provide business solutions across the transaction lifecycle to our global asset owner and asset manager clients. We are one of the leading global investment services providers with $34.6 trillion of AUC/A at Dec. 31, 2021. For information on the drivers of the Securities Services

fee revenue, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Asset Servicing business provides a comprehensive suite of solutions. We are one of the largest global custody and front to back outsourcing partners. We offer services for the safekeeping of assets in capital markets globally as well as fund accounting services, exchange-traded funds servicing, transfer agency, trust and depository, front to back

BNY Mellon 15

Results of Operations (continued)

capabilities as well as data and analytics solutions for our clients. We deliver foreign exchange, and securities lending and financing solutions, on both an agency and principal basis. Our agency securities lending program is one of the largest lenders of U.S. and non-U.S. securities, servicing a lendable asset pool of approximately $5.1 trillion in 34 separate markets. Our market-leading liquidity services portal enables cash investments for institutional clients and includes fund research and analytics.

The Issuer Services business includes Corporate Trust and Depositary Receipts. Our Corporate Trust business delivers a full range of issuer and related investor services, including trustee, paying agency, fiduciary, escrow and other financial services. We are a leading provider to the debt capital markets, providing customized and market-driven solutions to investors, bondholders and lenders. Our Depositary Receipts business drives global investing by providing servicing and value-added solutions that enable, facilitate and enhance cross-border trading, clearing, settlement and ownership. We are one of the largest providers of depositary receipts services in the world, partnering with leading companies from more than 50 countries.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $34.6 trillion increased 13% compared with Dec. 31, 2020, primarily reflecting higher market values and higher client inflows, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a stronger U.S. dollar.

Total revenue of $7.2 billion decreased 2% compared with 2020. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Asset Servicing revenue of $5.7 billion decreased slightly compared with 2020, primarily reflecting lower net interest revenue and higher money market fee waivers, partially offset by higher market values and client activity and strategic equity investment gains.

Issuer Services revenue of $1.5 billion decreased 7% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting higher money market fee waivers and lower net interest revenue in Corporate Trust, partially offset by higher Depositary Receipts revenue.

Market and regulatory trends are driving investable assets toward lower fee asset management products at reduced margins for our clients. These dynamics are also negatively impacting our investment services fees. However, at the same time, these trends are providing additional outsourcing opportunities as clients and other market participants seek to comply with regulations and reduce their operating costs.

Noninterest expense of $5.9 billion increased 5% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives, higher revenue-related expense and the unfavorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar.

2020 compared with 2019

Total revenue of $7.4 billion increased less than 1% compared with 2019. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Asset Servicing revenue of $5.7 billion increased 1% compared with 2019, primarily reflecting higher foreign exchange volatility and volumes, higher market values and higher balances, partially offset by lower net interest revenue.

Issuer Services revenue of $1.7 billion decreased 3% compared with 2019, primarily reflecting lower Depositary Receipts revenue and lower net interest revenue in Corporate Trust.

Noninterest expense of $5.6 billion increased 2% compared with 2019, primarily reflecting continued investments in technology and higher litigation expense, partially offset by lower severance and business development (travel and marketing) expenses.

16 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Market and Wealth Services business segment

20212020
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)20212020201920202019
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Pershing$1,737$1,734$1,668%4%
Treasury Services662641584310
Clearance and Collateral Management9188969042(1)
Total investment services fees3,3173,2713,15614
Foreign exchange revenue8879691114
Other fees (a)131166184(21)(10)
Total fee revenue3,5363,5163,40913
Investment and other revenue476256N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue3,5833,5783,4653
Net interest revenue1,1581,2281,230(6)
Total revenue4,7414,8064,695(1)2
Provision for credit losses(67)100(5)N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)2,6552,5772,6003(1)
Amortization of intangible assets213739(43)(5)
Total noninterest expense2,6762,6142,6392(1)
Income before income taxes$2,132$2,092$2,0612%2%
Pre-tax operating margin45%44%44%
Total revenue by line of business:
Pershing$2,314$2,332$2,287(1)%2%
Treasury Services1,2931,3271,275(3)4
Clearance and Collateral Management1,1341,1471,133(1)1
Total revenue by line of business$4,741$4,806$4,695(1)%2%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$38,344$32,432$29,02118%12%
Average deposits$102,948$83,442$57,51523%45%
Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (b)$11.8$10.2$9.516%7%
Pershing:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions)$2.6$2.5$2.14%19%
Net new assets (U.S. platform) (in billions) (c)$161$116$111N/MN/M
Average active clearing accounts (in thousands)7,2576,8836,5555%5%
Treasury Services:
Average daily U.S. dollar payment volumes235,971221,755225,1456%(2)%
Clearance and Collateral Management:
Average tri-party collateral management balances (in billions)$4,260$3,566$3,44619%3%

(a)    Other fees primarily include financing-related fees.

(b)    Consists of AUC/A from the Clearance and Collateral Management and Pershing businesses.

(c)    Net new assets represent net flows of assets (e.g., net cash deposits and net securities transfers, including dividends and interest) in customer accounts in Pershing LLC, a U.S. broker-dealer.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY Mellon 17

Results of Operations (continued)

Business segment description

The Market and Wealth Services business segment consists of three distinct lines of business, Pershing, Treasury Services and Clearance and Collateral Management, which provide business services and technology solutions to entities including financial institutions, corporations, foundations and endowments, public funds and government agencies. For information on the drivers of the Market and Wealth Services fee revenue, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pershing provides execution, clearing, custody, business and technology solutions, delivering operational support to broker-dealers, wealth managers and registered investment advisors (“RIAs”) globally.

Our Treasury Services business is a leading provider of global payments, liquidity management and trade finance services for financial institutions, corporations and the public sector.

Our Clearance and Collateral Management business clears and settles equity and fixed-income transactions globally and serves as custodian for tri-party repo collateral worldwide. We are the primary provider of U.S. government securities clearance and a provider of non-U.S. government securities clearance. Our collateral services include collateral management, administration and segregation. We offer innovative solutions and industry expertise which help financial institutions and institutional investors with their liquidity, financing, risk and balance sheet challenges. We are a leading provider of tri-party collateral management services with an average of $4.3 trillion serviced globally including approximately $3.1 trillion of the U.S. tri-party repo market at Dec. 31, 2021.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $11.8 trillion increased 16% compared with Dec. 31, 2020, primarily reflecting net client inflows and higher market values.

Total revenue of $4.7 decreased 1% compared with 2020. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Pershing revenue of $2.3 billion decreased 1% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting higher money market fee waivers, lower clearing volumes and the impact of lost business, partially offset by higher client activity, market values and balances.

Treasury Services revenue of $1.3 billion decreased 3% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting higher money market fee waivers and lower net interest revenues, partially offset by higher payment volumes.

Clearance and Collateral Management revenue of $1.1 billion decreased 1% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting lower net interest revenue and intraday credit fees, partially offset by higher non-U.S. collateral management fees driven by balances.

Noninterest expense of $2.7 billion increased 2% compared with 2020 primarily reflecting investments in growth, infrastructure and efficiency initiatives, higher revenue-related expenses and the unfavorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar.

2020 compared with 2019

Total revenue of $4.8 billion increased 2% compared with 2019. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Pershing revenue of $2.3 billion increased 2% compared with 2019, primarily reflecting higher balances, higher clearing revenue and the positive impact of equity markets, partially offset by higher money market fee waivers.

Treasury Services revenue of $1.3 billion increased 4% compared with 2019, primarily reflecting higher deposit and money market balances.

Clearance and Collateral Management revenue of $1.1 billion increased 1% compared with 2019, primarily reflecting growth in collateral management and clearance volumes and higher net interest revenue, partially offset by lower investment income due to the 2019 sale of an equity investment.

Noninterest expense of $2.6 billion decreased 1% compared with 2019, primarily reflecting lower business development (travel and marketing) and severance expenses.

18 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Investment and Wealth Management business segment

20212020
vs.vs.
(dollars in millions)20212020201920202019
Revenue:
Investment management fees$3,483$3,261$3,3077%(1)%
Performance fees1071078329
Investment management and performance fees (a)3,5903,3683,3907(1)
Distribution and servicing fees112137178(18)(23)
Other fees (b)80(58)(101)N/MN/M
Total fee revenue3,7823,4473,46710(1)
Investment and other revenue (c)674818N/MN/M
Total fee and other revenue (c)3,8493,4953,48510
Net interest revenue193197222(2)(11)
Total revenue4,0423,6923,7079
Provision for credit losses(13)20(1)N/MN/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)2,7962,6682,61052
Amortization of intangible assets293337(12)(11)
Total noninterest expense2,8252,7012,64752
Income before income taxes$1,230$971$1,06127%(8)%
Pre-tax operating margin30%26%29%
Adjusted pre-tax operating margin – Non-GAAP (d)33%29%32%
Total revenue by line of business:
Investment Management$2,834$2,596$2,5629%1%
Wealth Management1,2081,0961,14510(4)
Total revenue by line of business$4,042$3,692$3,7079%%
Selected average balances:
Average loans$12,120$11,728$12,1433%(3)%
Average deposits$18,068$17,340$14,9234%16%

(a)    On a constant currency basis, investment management and performance fees increased 4% (Non-GAAP) compared with 2020. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 103 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(b)    Other fees primarily includes investment services fees.

(c)    Investment and other revenue and total fee and other revenue are net of income attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds.

(d)    Net of distribution and servicing expense. See “Supplemental Information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 103 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY Mellon 19

Results of Operations (continued)

AUM trends
(in billions)202120202019
AUM by product type (a):
Equity$187$170$154
Fixed income267259224
Index467393339
Liability-driven investments890855728
Multi-asset and alternative investments228209192
Cash395325273
Total AUM$2,434$2,211$1,910
Changes in AUM (a):
Beginning balance of AUM$2,211$1,910$1,722
Net inflows (outflows):
Long-term strategies:
Equity(12)(10)(16)
Fixed income17106
Liability-driven investments3622(1)
Multi-asset and alternative investments(2)(4)(1)
Total long-term active strategies inflows (outflows)3918(12)
Index(7)6(32)
Total long-term strategies inflows (outflows)3224(44)
Short-term strategies:
Cash70498
Total net inflows (outflows)10273(36)
Net market impact143186191
Net currency impact(22)4233
Ending balance of AUM$2,434$2,211$1,910
Wealth Management client assets (b)$321$286$266

(a)    Excludes assets managed outside of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

(b)    Includes AUM and AUC/A in the Wealth Management line of business.

Business segment description

Our Investment and Wealth Management business segment consists of two distinct lines of business, Investment Management and Wealth Management, which have a combined AUM of $2.4 trillion as of Dec. 31, 2021.

BNY Mellon Investment Management is a leading global asset manager and consists of our eight specialist investment firms and global distribution network to deliver a highly diversified portfolio of investment strategies to institutional and retail clients globally.

Our Investment Management model provides specialized expertise from eight respected investment firms offering solutions across every major asset class, with backing from the proven stewardship and

global presence of BNY Mellon. Each investment firm has its own individual culture, investment philosophy and proprietary investment process. This approach brings our clients clear, independent thinking from highly experienced investment professionals.

The investment firms offer a broad range of actively managed equity, fixed income, alternative and liability-driven investments, along with passive products and cash management. Our seven majority-owned investment firms are as follows: Alcentra, ARX, Dreyfus Cash Investment Strategies, Insight Investment, Mellon, Newton Investment Management and Walter Scott. BNY Mellon owns a non-controlling minority interest in Siguler Guff.

In September 2021, Investment Management realigned Mellon’s capabilities in fixed income, equities and multi-asset, and liquidity management to Insight Investment, Newton Investment Management and Dreyfus Cash Investment Strategies, respectively. In addition, the Japanese equities team from BNY Mellon Investment Management Japan is expected to be added to Newton Investment Management’s capabilities in 2022.

In addition to the investment firms, Investment Management has multiple global distribution entities, which are responsible for distributing the investment products developed and managed by the investment firms, as well as responsibility for management and distribution of our U.S. mutual funds and certain offshore money market funds.

BNY Mellon Wealth Management provides investment management, custody, wealth and estate planning, private banking services, investment servicing and information management. BNY Mellon Wealth Management has $321 billion in client assets as of Dec. 31, 2021, and more than 30 offices in the U.S. and internationally.

Wealth Management clients include individuals, families and institutions. Institutions include family offices, charitable gift programs and endowments and foundations. We work with clients to build, manage and sustain wealth across generations and market cycles.

The wealth business differentiates itself with a comprehensive wealth management framework called

20 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Active Wealth that seeks to empower clients to build and sustain long-term wealth.

The results of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment are driven by a blend of daily, monthly and quarterly averages of AUM by product type. The overall level of AUM for a given period is determined by:

•the beginning level of AUM;

•the net flows of new assets during the period resulting from new business wins and existing client inflows, reduced by the loss of clients and existing client outflows; and

•the impact of market price appreciation or depreciation, foreign exchange rates and investment firm acquisitions or divestitures.

The mix of AUM is a result of the historical growth rates of equity and fixed income markets and the cumulative net flows of our investment firms as a result of client asset allocation decisions. Actively managed equity, multi-asset and alternative assets typically generate higher percentage fees than fixed-income and liability-driven investments and cash. Also, actively managed assets typically generate higher management fees than indexed or passively managed assets of the same type. Market and regulatory trends have resulted in increased demand for lower fee asset management products and for performance-based fees.

Investment management fees are dependent on the overall level and mix of AUM and the management fees expressed in basis points (one-hundredth of one percent) charged for managing those assets. Management fees are typically subject to fee schedules based on the overall level of assets managed for a single client or by individual asset class and style. This is most common for institutional clients where we typically manage substantial assets for individual accounts.

Performance fees are generally calculated as a percentage of a portfolio’s performance in excess of a benchmark index or a peer group’s performance.

A key driver of organic growth in investment management and performance fees is the amount of

net new AUM flows. Overall market conditions are also key drivers, with a significant long-term economic driver being growth of global financial assets.

Net interest revenue is determined by loan and deposit volumes and the interest rate spread between customer rates and internal funds transfer rates on loans and deposits. Expenses in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment are mainly driven by staff and distribution and servicing expenses.

Review of financial results

AUM of $2.4 trillion increased 10% compared with Dec. 31, 2020 primarily reflecting higher market values and net inflows.

Net long-term strategy inflows were $32 billion in 2021, driven by inflows of liability-driven investment and fixed income funds, partially offset by outflows of equity and index funds. Short-term strategy inflows were $70 billion in 2021.

Total revenue of $4.0 billion increased 9% compared with 2020.

Investment Management revenue of $2.8 billion increased 9% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting higher market values, the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, higher equity income and client inflows, partially offset by higher money market fee waivers.

Wealth Management revenue of $1.2 billion increased 10% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting higher market values.

Revenue generated in the Investment and Wealth Management business included 38% from non-U.S. sources in 2021, compared with 41% in 2020.

Noninterest expense of $2.8 billion increased 5% compared with 2020, primarily reflecting the unfavorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, investments in growth initiatives and higher revenue-related expenses.

BNY Mellon 21

Results of Operations (continued)

Other segment

(in millions)202120202019
Fee revenue (a)$36$34$(24)
Investment and other revenue (a)1537861(b)
Total fee and other revenue51$71$837
Net interest expense(159)(145)(160)
Total revenue(108)(74)677
Provision for credit losses(17)1(8)
Noninterest expense161133157
(Loss) income before income taxes$(252)$(208)$528
Average loans and leases$1,594$1,843$1,836

(a)    In 2021, we reclassified certain items within total revenue on the consolidated income statement and reclassified prior periods to be comparable with the current period presentation. See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(b)    Includes a gain on sale of an equity investment.

Segment description

The Other segment primarily includes:

•the leasing portfolio;

•corporate treasury activities, including our securities portfolio;

•derivatives and other trading activity;

•corporate and bank-owned life insurance;

•renewable energy and other corporate investments; and

•certain business exits.

Revenue primarily reflects:

•net interest revenue (expense) and lease-related gains (losses) from leasing operations;

•net interest revenue (expense) and derivatives and other corporate treasury activities;

•other revenue from certain business exits;

•investment and other revenue from corporate and bank-owned life insurance, gains (losses) associated with investment securities and other assets, including renewable energy; and

•fee revenue from the elimination of the results of certain services provided between segments, which are also provided to third parties.

Expenses include:

•direct expenses supporting leasing, investing and funding activities; and

•expenses not directly attributable to Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management operations.

Review of financial results

Loss before taxes was $252 million in 2021 compared with $208 million in 2020.

Investment and other revenue decreased $22 million compared with 2020, primarily reflecting renewable energy investment pre-tax losses and an impairment, and lower net securities gains, partially offset by gains on equity investments and a loss on a business sale recorded in 2020.

Net interest expense increased $14 million compared with 2020, primarily reflecting corporate treasury activity.

Noninterest expense increased $28 million compared with 2020, primarily reflecting higher staff expense.

International operations

Our primary international activities consist of asset servicing in our Securities Services business segment, global payment services in our Market and Wealth Services business segment and investment management in our Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

Our clients include central banks and sovereigns, financial institutions, asset managers, insurance companies, corporations, local authorities and high-net-worth individuals and family offices. Through our global network of offices, we have developed a deep understanding of local requirements and cultural needs, and we pride ourselves on providing dedicated

22 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

service through our multilingual sales, marketing and client service teams.

At Dec. 31, 2021, approximately 50% of our total employees (full-time and part-time employees) were based outside the U.S., with approximately 9,800 employees in EMEA, approximately 14,600 employees in APAC and approximately 800 employees in other global locations, primarily Brazil.

We are a leading global asset manager. Our international operations managed 60% of BNY Mellon’s AUM at Dec. 31, 2021 and 56% at Dec. 31, 2020.

In Europe, we maintain capabilities to service Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities and alternative investment funds. We offer a full range of tailored solutions for investment companies, financial institutions and institutional investors across Europe.

We are a provider of non-U.S. government securities, fixed income and equities clearance, settling securities transactions directly in European markets, and using a high-quality and established network of local agents in non-European markets.

We have extensive experience providing trade and cash services to financial institutions and central banks outside of the U.S. In addition, we offer a broad range of servicing and fiduciary products to financial institutions, corporations and central banks. In emerging markets, we lead with custody, global payments and issuer services, introducing other products as the markets mature. For more established markets, our focus is on global investment services.

We are also a full-service global provider of foreign exchange services, actively trading in over 100 of the world’s currencies. We serve clients from trading desks located in Europe, Asia and North America.

Our financial results, as well as our levels of AUC/A and AUM, are impacted by translation from foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. If the U.S. dollar depreciates against these currencies, the translation impact is a higher level of fee revenue, net interest revenue, noninterest expense and AUC/A and AUM. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar appreciates, the translated levels of fee revenue, net interest revenue,

noninterest expense and AUC/A and AUM will be lower.

Foreign exchange ratesvs. U.S. dollar202120202019
Spot rate (at Dec. 31):
British pound$1.3543$1.3663$1.3199
Euro1.13731.22671.1231
Yearly average rate:
British pound$1.3755$1.2836$1.2770
Euro1.19941.14141.1195

International clients accounted for 38% of revenues in 2021, compared with 37% in 2020. Net income from international operations was $1.8 billion in 2021, compared with $2.0 billion in 2020.

In 2021, revenues from EMEA were $4.1 billion, compared with $4.0 billion in 2020. The 4% increase reflects higher revenue in the Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments. The increase in revenue in the Securities Services business segment primarily reflects higher market values and client activity and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by lower net interest revenue and foreign exchange revenue. The increase in revenue in the Market and Wealth Services business segment was primarily driven by higher client activity. The increase in revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment primarily reflects the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar and higher market values.

The Securities Services, Investment and Wealth Management and Market and Wealth Services business segments generated 52%, 29% and 19% of EMEA revenues, respectively. Net income from EMEA was $1.0 billion in 2021, compared with $1.2 billion in 2020.

Revenues from APAC were $1.14 billion in 2021, compared with $1.17 billion in 2020. The 2% decrease primarily reflects lower revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment, partially offset by higher revenue in the Securities Services business segment. The decrease in Investment and Wealth Management revenue was primarily driven by lower performance fees and AUM outflows, partially offset by higher market values.

BNY Mellon 23

Results of Operations (continued)

The Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments generated 52%, 31% and 17% of APAC revenues, respectively. Net income from APAC was $445 million in 2021, compared with $462 million in 2020.

For additional information regarding our international operations, including certain key subjective assumptions used in determining the results, see Note 25 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Country risk exposure

The following table presents BNY Mellon’s top 10 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) as of Dec.

31, 2021, as well as certain countries with higher-risk profiles, and is presented on an internal risk management basis. We monitor our exposure to these and other countries as part of our internal country risk management process.

The country risk exposure below reflects the Company’s risk to an immediate default of the counterparty or obligor based on the country of residence of the entity which incurs the liability. If there is credit risk mitigation, the country of residence of the entity providing the risk mitigation is the country of risk. The country of risk for securities is generally based on the domicile of the issuer of the security.

Country risk exposure at Dec. 31, 2021Interest-bearing depositsTotal exposure
(in billions)Central banksBanksLending (a)Securities (b)Other (c)
Top 10 country exposure:
Germany$21.0$1.2$0.7$4.4$0.4$27.7
United Kingdom (“UK”)13.10.21.04.23.121.6
Japan7.81.00.50.19.4
Belgium8.20.90.10.19.3
Canada2.60.43.71.27.9
Netherlands4.10.21.80.16.2
China2.01.50.23.7
Luxembourg1.40.10.81.43.7
Ireland0.90.20.30.21.53.1
France2.80.23.0
Total Top 10 country exposure$56.5$8.2$5.0$17.7$8.2$95.6(d)
Select country exposure:
Brazil$$$0.8$0.1$0.2$1.1
Russia0.1(e)0.1

(a)    Lending includes loans, acceptances, issued letters of credit, net of participations, and lending-related commitments.

(b)    Securities include both the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

(c)    Other exposures include over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative and securities financing transactions, net of collateral.

(d)    The top 10 country exposures comprise approximately 75% of our total non-U.S. exposure.

(e)    Includes an $18 million letter of credit.

Events in recent years have resulted in increased focus on Brazil. The country risk exposure to Brazil is primarily short-term trade finance loans extended to large financial institutions. We also have operations in Brazil providing investment services and investment management services.

Recent events have also increased focus on Russia. The country risk exposure to Russia consists of interest-bearing deposits and a letter of credit. From time to time, we also provide uncommitted intraday credit. In addition, we also provide investment services to clients located in Russia.

24 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Critical accounting estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain of these policies include critical accounting estimates which require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Our critical accounting estimates are those related to the allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangibles and litigation and regulatory contingencies. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with the Company’s Audit Committee.

Allowance for credit losses

The allowance for credit losses covers financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, including loans and lending-related commitments, held-to-maturity securities, certain securities financing transactions and deposits with banks. The allowance for credit losses is intended to adjust the carrying value of these assets by an estimated amount of credit losses that we expect to incur over the life of the asset. Similarly, the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments and other off-balance sheet financial instruments is meant to capture the credit losses that we expect to recognize in these portfolios as of the balance sheet date.

A quantitative methodology and qualitative framework is used to estimate the allowance for credit losses.

The quantitative component of our estimate uses models and methodologies that categorize financial assets based on product type, collateral type, and other credit trends and risk characteristics, including relevant information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions that affect the collectability of the recorded amounts. For the quantitative component, we segment portfolios into various major components including commercial loans and lease financing, commercial real estate, financial institutions, residential mortgages, and other. The segmentation of our debt securities portfolios is by major asset class and is influenced by whether the security is structured or non-structured (i.e., direct obligation), as well as the issuer type. The

components of the credit loss calculation for each major portfolio or asset class include a probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default, as applicable, and their values depend on the forecast behavior of variables in the macroeconomic environment. We utilize a multi-scenario macroeconomic forecast which includes a weighting of three scenarios: a baseline and upside and downside scenarios and allows us to develop our estimate using a wide span of economic variables. Our baseline scenario reflects a view on likely performance of each global region and the other two scenarios are designed relative to the baseline scenario. This approach incorporates a reasonable and supportable forecast period spanning the life of the asset, and this period includes both an initial estimated economic outlook component as well as a reversion component for each economic input variable. The length of each of the two components depends on the underlying financial instrument, scenario, and underlying economic input variable. In general, the initial economic outlook period for each economic input variable under each scenario ranges between several months and two years. The speed at which the scenario-specific forecasts revert to long-term historical mean is based on observed historical patterns of mean reversion at the economic variable input level that are reflected in our model parameter estimates. Certain macroeconomic variables such as unemployment or home prices take longer to revert after a contraction, though specific recovery times are scenario-specific. Reversion will usually take longer the further away the scenario-specific forecast is from the historical mean. On a quarterly basis, and within a developed governance structure, we update these scenarios for current economic conditions and may adjust the scenario weighting based on our economic outlook. The Company uses its best judgment to assess these economic conditions and loss data in estimating the allowance for credit losses and these estimates are subject to periodic refinement based on changes to underlying external or Company-specific historical data.

In the quantitative component of our estimate, we measure expected credit losses using an individual evaluation method if the risk characteristics of the asset is no longer consistent with the portfolio or class of asset. For these assets we do not employ the macroeconomic model calculation but consider factors such as payment status, collateral value, the obligor’s financial condition, guarantor support, the probability of collecting scheduled principal and

BNY Mellon 25

Results of Operations (continued)

interest payments when due, and recovery expectations if they can be reasonably estimated. For loans, we measure the expected credit loss as the difference between the amortized cost basis in the loan and the present value of the expected future cash flows from the borrower which is generally discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. We generally consider nonperforming loans as well as loans that have been or are anticipated to be modified and classified under a troubled debt restructuring for individual evaluation given the risk characteristics of such loans.

Available-for-sale debt securities are recorded at fair value. When an available-for-sale debt security is in an unrealized loss position, we employ a methodology to identify and estimate the credit loss portion of the unrealized loss position. The measurement of expected credit losses is performed at the security level and is based on our best single estimate of cash flows, on a discounted basis; however, we do not specifically employ the macroeconomic forecasting models and scenarios summarized above.

The qualitative component of our estimate for the allowance for credit losses is intended to capture expected losses that may not have been fully captured in the quantitative component. Through an established governance structure, management determines the qualitative allowance each period based on an evaluation of various internal and environmental factors which include: scenario weighting and sensitivity risk, credit concentration risk, economic conditions and other considerations. We have made and may continue to make adjustments for idiosyncratic risks.

To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs and recoveries.

Our allowance for credit losses is sensitive to a number of inputs, most notably the credit ratings assigned to each borrower as well as macroeconomic forecast assumptions that are incorporated in our estimate of credit losses through the expected life of the loan portfolio. Thus, as the macroeconomic environment and related forecasts change, the allowance for credit losses may change materially. The following sensitivity analyses do not represent

management’s expectations of the deterioration of our portfolios or the economic environment, but are provided as hypothetical scenarios to assess the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in key inputs. If commercial real estate property values were increased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade better, the quantitative allowance would have decreased by $37 million, and if commercial real estate property values were decreased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade worse, the quantitative allowance would have increased by $83 million. Our multi-scenario based macroeconomic forecast used in determining the Dec. 31, 2021 allowance for credit losses consisted of three scenarios. The baseline scenario reflects flat GDP growth, continued moderate labor market recovery and stable commercial real estate prices through mid-2022 that begin to increase in the second half of 2022. The upside scenario reflects faster GDP growth and labor market recovery and higher commercial real estate prices compared with the baseline. The downside scenario contemplates negative GDP growth throughout the first quarter of 2022 and subsequent stabilization throughout 2022 as well as increasing unemployment throughout 2022 and lower commercial real estate prices than the baseline. Throughout 2021, we placed the most weight on our baseline scenario, with the remaining weighting resulting in slightly more weight placed on the downside scenario than the upside scenario. From a sensitivity perspective, at Dec. 31, 2021, if we had applied 100% weighting to the downside scenario, the quantitative allowance for credit losses would have been approximately $110 million higher.

Goodwill and other intangibles

We initially record all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. Goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles are subsequently accounted for in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. The initial measurement of goodwill and intangibles requires judgment concerning estimates of the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities. Goodwill ($17.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2021) and indefinite-lived intangible assets ($2.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2021) are not amortized but are subject to tests for impairment annually or more often if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not they may be

26 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

impaired. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying value.

BNY Mellon’s business segments include six reporting units for which annual goodwill impairment testing is performed in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.

The goodwill impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. However, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit were to exceed its estimated fair value, an impairment loss would be recorded. A substantial goodwill impairment charge would not have a significant impact on our financial condition or our regulatory capital ratios, but would have an adverse impact on our results of operations. In addition, due to regulatory restrictions, the Company’s subsidiary banks could be restricted from distributing available cash to the Parent, resulting in the Parent needing to issue additional long-term debt.

In the second quarter of 2021, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test on all six reporting units using an income approach to estimate the fair values of each reporting unit. Estimated cash flows used in the income approach were based on management’s projections as of March 31, 2021. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10% and incorporated a 6% market equity risk premium. Estimated cash flows extend far into the future, and, by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such an extended time frame.

As a result of the annual goodwill impairment test of the six reporting units, no goodwill impairment was recognized. The fair values of all six of the Company’s reporting units were substantially in excess of the respective reporting units’ carrying value. The Investment Management reporting unit, with $7.3 billion of allocated goodwill, which is one of the two reporting units in the Investment and Wealth Management segment, exceeded its carrying value by approximately 25%. For the Investment Management reporting unit, in the future, small changes in the assumptions, such as the discount rate, changes in the level or mix of AUM and operating

margin, could produce a non-cash goodwill impairment.

Key judgments in accounting for intangibles include useful life and classification between goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles or other intangibles requiring amortization.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment at least annually by comparing their fair values, estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, to their carrying values. Other amortizing intangible assets ($402 million at Dec. 31, 2021) are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. Such evaluation of other intangible assets would be initially based on undiscounted cash flow projections.

See Notes 1 and 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding goodwill, intangible assets and the annual and interim impairment testing.

Litigation and regulatory contingencies

Significant estimates and judgments are required in establishing an accrued liability for litigation and regulatory contingencies. For additional information on our policy, see “Legal proceedings” in Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consolidated balance sheet review

One of our key risk management objectives is to maintain a balance sheet that remains strong throughout market cycles to meet the expectations of our major stakeholders, including our shareholders, clients, creditors and regulators.

We also seek to undertake overall liquidity risk, including intraday liquidity risk, that stays within our risk appetite. The objective of our balance sheet management strategy is to maintain a balance sheet that is characterized by strong liquidity and asset quality, ready access to external funding sources at competitive rates and a strong capital structure that supports our risk-taking activities and is adequate to absorb potential losses. In managing the balance sheet, appropriate consideration is given to balancing the competing needs of maintaining sufficient levels of liquidity and complying with applicable regulations and supervisory expectations while optimizing profitability.

BNY Mellon 27

Results of Operations (continued)

At Dec. 31, 2021, total assets were $444 billion, compared with $470 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease in total assets was primarily driven by lower interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, partially offset by higher loans. Deposits totaled $320 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $342 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease primarily reflects lower interest-bearing deposits in both non-U.S. and U.S. offices, partially offset by higher noninterest-bearing deposits (principally in U.S. offices). Total interest-bearing deposits as a percentage of total interest-earning assets were 60% at Dec. 31, 2021 and 63% at Dec. 31, 2020.

At Dec. 31, 2021, available funds totaled $155 billion and includes cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. This compares with available funds of $196 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. Total available funds as a percentage of total assets were 35% at Dec. 31, 2021 and 42% at Dec. 31, 2020. For additional information on our available funds, see “Liquidity and dividends.”

Securities were $159 billion, or 36% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $156 billion, or 33% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2020. The increase primarily reflects investments in U.S. Treasury securities, partially offset by decreases in agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and unrealized pre-tax gains. For additional information on our securities portfolio, see “Securities” and Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loans were $68 billion, or 15% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $56 billion, or 12% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by higher margin loans, capital call financing and wealth management loans. For additional information on our loan portfolio, see “Loans” and Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-term debt totaled $26 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and Dec. 31, 2020. Redemptions and maturities and a decrease in the fair value of hedged long-term debt were partially offset by issuances. For additional information on long-term debt, see “Liquidity and dividends” and Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation total shareholders’ equity decreased to $43 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 from $46 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. For additional information, see “Capital” and Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Securities

In the discussion of our securities portfolio, we have included certain credit ratings information because the information can indicate the degree of credit risk to which we are exposed. Significant changes in ratings classifications could indicate increased credit risk for us and could be accompanied by an increase in the allowance for credit losses and/or a reduction in the fair value of our securities portfolio.

28 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table shows the distribution of our total securities portfolio.

Securities portfolioDec. 31, 20202021 change in unrealized gain (loss)Dec. 31, 2021Fair value as a % of amortizedcost (a)Unrealized gain (loss)% Floatingrate (b)Ratings (c)
BBB+/ BBB-BB+ and lower
(dollars in millions)Fair valueAmortizedcost (a)Fair valueAAA/ AA-A+/ A-Not rated
Agency RMBS$61,740$(1,231)$50,500$50,735100%$23512%100%%%%%
U.S. Treasury26,958(464)40,58340,582100(1)46100
Sovereign debt/sovereign guaranteed (d)13,452(177)14,28914,3121002313804151
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”)11,685(300)12,17012,29110112123100
Supranational7,208(74)7,6537,646100(7)53100
Foreign covered bonds (e)6,725(65)6,2366,238100238100
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)4,7035,4245,421100(3)100991
U.S. government agencies6,577(123)5,4625,42099(42)24100
Non-agency commercial MBS2,992(97)3,0833,1141013125100
Non-agency RMBS2,387(42)2,6842,7931041094380389
Foreign government agencies (f)4,132(54)2,6942,686100(8)17928
State and political subdivisions2,324(67)2,5572,52999(28)589101
Other asset-backed securities (“ABS”)3,164(44)2,2052,19099(15)12100
Corporate bonds1,994(82)2,0992,06698(33)16166717
Commercial paper/CDs249
Other111100100
Total securities$156,291(g)$(2,820)$157,640$158,024(g)100%$384(g)(h)29%96%2%2%%%

(a)    Amortized cost reflects historical impairments, and is net of the allowance for credit losses.

(b)    Includes the impact of hedges.

(c)    Represents ratings by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or the equivalent.

(d)    Primarily consists of exposure to Germany, France, UK, Italy, Singapore, and Spain.

(e)    Primarily consists of exposure to Canada, UK, Australia, Germany and Norway.

(f)    Primarily consists of exposure to Netherlands, Canada, France, Norway and Finland.

(g)    Includes net unrealized losses on derivatives hedging securities available-for-sale (including terminated hedges) of $1,428 million at Dec. 31, 2020 and $590 million at Dec. 31, 2021.

(h)    Includes unrealized gains of $475 million at Dec. 31, 2021 related to available-for-sale securities, net of hedges, and unrealized losses of $91 related to held-to-maturity securities.

The fair value of our securities portfolio, including related hedges, was $158.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $156.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. The increase primarily reflects investments in U.S. Treasury securities, partially offset by decreases in agency RMBS and unrealized pre-tax gains.

At Dec. 31, 2021, the securities portfolio had a net unrealized gain, including the impact of related hedges, of $384 million, compared with $3.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease in the net unrealized gain was primarily driven by higher market interest rates.

The fair value of the available-for-sale securities totaled $101.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, net of hedges, or 64% of the securities portfolio, net of hedges. The fair value of the held-to-maturity securities totaled

$56.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, or 36% of the securities portfolio.

The unrealized gain (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $362 million at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $1.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease in the unrealized gain, net of tax, was primarily driven by higher market interest rates.

At Dec. 31, 2021, 96% of the securities in our portfolio were rated AAA/AA-, compared with 95% at Dec. 31, 2020.

See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the pre-tax net securities gains (losses) by security type. See Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for securities by level in the fair value hierarchy.

BNY Mellon 29

Results of Operations (continued)

The following table presents the amortizable purchase premium (net of discount) related to the securities portfolio and accretable discount related to the 2009 restructuring of the securities portfolio.

Net premium amortization and discount accretion of securities (a)
(dollars in millions)202120202019
Amortizable purchase premium (net of discount) relating to securities:
Balance at year-end$1,972$2,283$1,319
Estimated average life remaining at year-end (in years)4.43.94.3
Amortization$698$568$364
Accretable discount related to the prior restructuring of the securities portfolio:
Balance at year-end$109$130$163
Estimated average life remaining at year-end (in years)6.15.66.3
Accretion$43$38$54

(a)    Amortization of purchase premium decreases net interest revenue while accretion of discount increases net interest revenue. Both were recorded on a level yield basis.

Equity investments

We have several equity investments recorded in other assets. These include equity method investments, including renewable energy, investments in qualified affordable housing projects, Federal Reserve Bank stock, seed capital and other investments. The following table presents the carrying values at Dec. 31, 2021 and Dec. 31, 2020.

Equity investmentsDec. 31,
(in millions)20212020
Renewable energy investments$1,027$1,206
Qualified affordable housing project investments1,1531,145
Equity method investments:
CIBC Mellon687698
Siguler Guff252223
Total equity method investments939921
Federal Reserve Bank stock472479
Other equity investments (a)449290
Seed capital (b)357365
Federal Home Loan Bank stock77
Total equity investments$4,404$4,413

(a)    Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

(b)    Includes investments in BNY Mellon funds which hedge deferred incentive awards.

For additional information on the fair value of certain seed capital investments and our private equity investments, see Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Renewable energy investments

We invest in renewable energy projects to receive an expected after-tax return, which consists of allocated renewable energy tax credits, tax deductions and cash distributions based on the operations of the project. The pre-tax losses on these investments are recorded in investment and other revenue on the consolidated income statement. The corresponding tax benefits and credits are recorded to the provision for income taxes on the consolidated income statement.

30 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Loans

Total exposure – consolidatedDec. 31, 2021Dec. 31, 2020 (a)
(in billions)LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposureLoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Financial institutions$10.2$30.6$40.8$11.1$32.8$43.9
Commercial2.111.914.01.412.714.1
Wealth management loans9.80.510.38.30.79.0
Wealth management mortgages8.20.48.68.10.38.4
Commercial real estate6.03.39.36.03.29.2
Lease financings0.70.71.01.0
Other residential mortgages0.30.30.40.4
Overdrafts3.13.12.72.7
Capital call financing2.31.53.80.20.10.3
Other2.62.61.91.9
Margin loans22.522.515.40.115.5
Total$67.8$48.2$116.0$56.5$49.9$106.4

(a)    In 2021, we began disclosing capital call financing loans, and separately disclosing wealth management loans and wealth management mortgages. The prior period was revised to be comparable.

At Dec. 31, 2021, total lending-related exposure was $116.0 billion, an increase of 9% compared with Dec. 31, 2020, primarily reflecting higher margin loans, and exposure in the capital call financing and wealth management loans portfolios, partially offset by lower financial institutions exposure.

Our financial institutions and commercial portfolios comprise our largest concentrated risk. These portfolios comprised 47% of our total exposure at Dec. 31, 2021 and 55% at Dec. 31, 2020. Additionally, most of our overdrafts relate to financial institutions.

Financial institutions

The financial institutions portfolio is shown below.

Financial institutionsportfolio exposure(dollars in billions)Dec. 31, 2021Dec. 31, 2020
LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure% Inv. grade% due 1 yr.LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Securities industry$1.7$17.5$19.297%99%$2.3$21.6$23.9
Asset managers (a)1.77.18.899891.36.47.7
Banks5.81.57.388996.71.17.8
Insurance0.23.43.6100100.12.82.9
Government0.10.20.3100610.10.20.3
Other0.70.91.698600.60.71.3
Total (a)$10.2$30.6$40.896%87%$11.1$32.8$43.9

(a)    Prior period was revised to exclude capital call financing loans

The financial institutions portfolio exposure was $40.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, a decrease of 7% compared with Dec. 31, 2020, primarily reflecting lower exposure in the securities industry portfolio, partially offset by higher exposure in the asset managers and insurance portfolios.

Financial institution exposures are high-quality, with 96% of the exposures meeting the investment grade equivalent criteria of our internal credit rating classification at Dec. 31, 2021. Each customer is assigned an internal credit rating, which is mapped to

an equivalent external rating agency grade based upon a number of dimensions, which are continually evaluated and may change over time. For ratings of non-U.S. counterparties, our internal credit rating is generally capped at a rating equivalent to the sovereign rating of the country where the counterparty resides, regardless of the internal credit rating assigned to the counterparty or the underlying collateral.

The exposure to financial institutions is generally short-term, with 87% of the exposures expiring

BNY Mellon 31

Results of Operations (continued)

within one year. At Dec. 31, 2021, 17% of the exposure to financial institutions had an expiration within 90 days, compared with 18% at Dec. 31, 2020.

In addition, 66% of the financial institutions exposure is secured at Dec. 31, 2021. For example, securities industry clients and asset managers often borrow against marketable securities held in custody.

At Dec. 31, 2021, the secured intraday credit provided to dealers in connection with their tri-party repo activity totaled $16.4 billion and was included in the securities industry portfolio. Dealers secure the outstanding intraday credit with high-quality liquid collateral having a market value in excess of the amount of the outstanding credit. Secured intraday credit facilities represent approximately 40% of the

exposure in the financial institutions portfolio and are reviewed and reapproved annually.

The asset managers portfolio exposure is high-quality, with 99% of the exposures meeting our investment grade equivalent ratings criteria as of Dec. 31, 2021. These exposures are generally short-term liquidity facilities, with the majority to regulated mutual funds.

Our banks exposure primarily relates to our global trade finance. These exposures are short-term in nature, with 99% due in less than one year. The investment grade percentage of our banks exposure was 88% at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with 85% at Dec. 31, 2020. Our non-investment grade exposures are primarily trade finance loans in Brazil.

Commercial

The commercial portfolio is presented below.

Commercial portfolio exposureDec. 31, 2021Dec. 31, 2020
(dollars in billions)LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure% Inv. grade% due 1 yr.LoansUnfunded commitmentsTotal exposure
Manufacturing$0.6$3.9$4.596%21%$0.5$4.1$4.6
Energy and utilities0.43.94.39330.33.94.2
Services and other1.03.24.295370.63.84.4
Media and telecom0.10.91.09180.90.9
Total$2.1$11.9$14.094%19%$1.4$12.7$14.1

The commercial portfolio exposure was $14.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, a decrease of 1% from Dec. 31, 2020, primarily driven by lower unfunded commitments, partially offset by higher loans across the portfolio.

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients that are active users of our non-credit services. The following table summarizes the percentage of the financial institutions and commercial portfolio exposures that are investment grade.

Investment grade percentagesDec. 31,
202120202019
Financial institutions96%95%95%
Commercial94%92%96%

Wealth management loans

Our wealth management loan exposure was $10.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $9.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. Wealth management loans

primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth individuals, a majority of which are secured by the customers’ investment management accounts or custody accounts.

Wealth management mortgages

Our wealth management mortgage exposure was $8.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $8.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. Wealth management mortgages primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth individuals, which are secured by residential property. Wealth management mortgages are primarily interest-only, adjustable-rate mortgages with a weighted-average loan-to-value ratio of 61% at origination. Less than 1% of the mortgages were past due at Dec. 31, 2021.

At Dec. 31, 2021, the wealth management mortgage portfolio consisted of the following geographic concentrations: California – 21%; New York – 16%; Florida – 9%; Massachusetts – 9%; and other – 45%.

32 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Commercial real estate

The composition of the commercial real estate portfolio by asset class, including percentage secured, is presented below.

Composition of commercial real estate portfolio by asset classDec. 31, 2021Dec. 31, 2020
Total exposurePercentagesecured (a)Total exposurePercentagesecured (a)
(dollars in billions)
Residential$3.681%$3.386%
Office2.6772.875
Retail0.9581.052
Mixed-use0.7370.722
Hotels0.5230.620
Healthcare0.4250.425
Other (b)0.6450.427
Total commercial real estate (b)$9.366%$9.265%

(a)    Represents the amount of secured exposure in each asset class.

(b)    Prior period was revised to exclude capital call financing loans.

Our commercial real estate exposure totaled $9.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $9.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. Our income-producing commercial real estate facilities are focused on experienced owners and are structured with moderate leverage based on existing cash flows. Our commercial real estate lending activities also include construction and renovation facilities. Our client base consists of experienced developers and long-term holders of real estate assets. Loans are approved on the basis of existing or projected cash flows and supported by appraisals and knowledge of local market conditions. Development loans are structured with moderate leverage, and in many instances, involve some level of recourse to the developer.

At Dec. 31, 2021, the unsecured portfolio consisted of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and real estate operating companies, which are both primarily investment grade.

At Dec. 31, 2021, our commercial real estate portfolio consisted of the following concentrations: New York metro – 38%; REITs and real estate operating companies – 34%; and other – 28%.

Lease financings

The lease financings portfolio exposure totaled $731 million at Dec. 31, 2021 and $1.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. At Dec. 31, 2021, approximately 99% of leasing exposure was investment grade, or investment grade equivalent and consisted of exposures backed by well-diversified assets, primarily real estate and

large-ticket transportation equipment. The largest components of our lease residual value exposure were to aircraft and freight-related rail cars. Assets are both domestic and foreign-based, with primary concentrations in Germany and the U.S.

Approximately 63% of the portfolio is additionally secured by highly rated securities and/or secured by letters of credit from investment grade issuers. Counterparty rating equivalents at Dec. 31, 2021, were as follows:

•43% were A or better, or equivalent;

•56% were BBB; and

•1% were non-investment grade.

Other residential mortgages

The other residential mortgages portfolio primarily consists of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and totaled $299 million at Dec. 31, 2021 and $389 million at Dec. 31, 2020.

Overdrafts

Overdrafts primarily relate to custody and securities clearance clients and are generally repaid within two business days.

Capital call financing

Capital call financing includes loans to private equity funds that are secured by the fund investors’ capital commitments and the funds’ right to call capital.

BNY Mellon 33

Results of Operations (continued)

Other loans

Other loans primarily include loans to consumers that are fully collateralized with equities, mutual funds and fixed-income securities.

Margin loans

Margin loan exposure of $22.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $15.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2020 was

collateralized with marketable securities. Borrowers are required to maintain a daily collateral margin in excess of 100% of the value of the loan. Margin loans included $7.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $4.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2020 related to a term loan program that offers fully collateralized loans to broker-dealers.

Maturity of loan portfolio

The following table shows the maturity structure of our loan portfolio.

Maturity of loan portfolio at Dec. 31, 2021Within 1 yearBetween 1 and 5 yearsBetween 5 and 15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
(in millions)
Commercial$1,496$584$48$$2,128
Commercial real estate7113,6031,71546,033
Financial institutions9,1621,0294110,232
Lease financings55147529731
Wealth management loans9,544189599,792
Wealth management mortgages6424367,7168,200
Other residential mortgages10175114299
Overdrafts3,0603,060
Capital call financing7271,460972,284
Other2,523182,541
Margin loans22,48722,487
Total$49,771$7,064$3,118$7,834$67,787

Interest rate characteristic

The following table shows the interest rate characteristic of loans maturing after one year.

Interest rate characteristic of loan portfolio maturing 1 year at Dec. 31, 2021
(in millions)Fixed ratesFloating ratesTotal
Commercial$84$548$632
Commercial real estate2215,1015,322
Financial institutions281,0421,070
Lease financings6724676
Wealth management loans21227248
Wealth management mortgages3,0685,1268,194
Other residential mortgages26237299
Capital call financing1,5571,557
Other1818
Total$4,356$13,660$18,016

34 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Allowance for credit losses

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients who are active users of our non-credit services. Our primary exposure to the credit risk of a customer consists of funded loans, unfunded contractual commitments to lend, standby letters of credit (“SBLC”) and overdrafts associated with our custody and securities clearance businesses.

The following table presents the changes in our allowance for credit losses.

Allowance for credit losses activity20212020
(dollars in millions)
Beginning balance of allowance for credit losses$501$216
Impact of adopting ASU 2016-13N/A(55)(a)
Provision for credit losses(231)336
Charge-offs:
Loans:
Wealth management mortgages(1)
Other residential mortgages(1)(1)
Other loans(16)
Other financial instruments(1)
Total charge-offs(18)(2)
Recoveries:
Loans:
Financial institutions2
Other residential mortgages65
Other financial instruments1
Total recoveries86
Net (charge-offs) recoveries(10)4
Ending balance of allowance for credit losses$260$501
Allowance for loan losses$196$358
Allowance for lending-related commitments45121
Allowance for financial instruments (b)1922
Total allowance for credit losses$260$501
Total loans$67,787$56,469
Average loans outstanding$60,814$55,228
Net (charge-offs) recoveries of loans to average loans outstanding(0.02)%0.01%
Net (charge-offs) recoveries of loans to total allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments(4.15)0.84
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans0.290.63
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments as a percentage of total loans0.360.85
Net (charge-offs) to average loans by loan category (c):
Wealth management mortgages:(0.01)%N/A
Net (charge-offs) during the year$(1)N/A
Average loans outstanding$8,046N/A
Other loans:(0.77)%N/A
Net (charge-offs) during the year$(16)N/A
Average loans outstanding$2,088N/A

(a)    In 2020, we adopted new accounting guidance included in ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. Includes the reclassification of credit-related reserves on accounts receivable of $4 million.

(b)    Includes allowance for credit losses on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities, accounts receivable, cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with banks.

(c)    There were no net charge-offs in 2020. Average loans based on month-end balances.

N/A – Not applicable.

BNY Mellon 35

Results of Operations (continued)

The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $231 million in 2021 driven by an improved macroeconomic forecast. The provision for credit losses was $336 million in 2020 and primarily reflects additional reserves in the commercial real estate portfolio and as a result of the challenging macroeconomic outlook due to the coronavirus pandemic.

The allowance for loan losses and allowance for lending-related commitments represent management’s estimate of lifetime expected losses in our credit portfolio. This evaluation process is subject to numerous estimates and judgments. To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs.

Based on an evaluation of the allowance for credit losses as discussed in “Critical accounting estimates” and Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we have allocated our allowance for loans and lending-related commitments as presented below.

Allocation of allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments (a)
20212020
(dollars in millions)$%$%
Commercial real estate$19982%$43089%
Financial institutions135102
Commercial125163
Other residential mortgages73133
Wealth management mortgages6271
Capital call financing21
Wealth management loans1111
Lease financings1121
Total$241100%$479100%

(a)    The allowance allocated to margins loans, overdrafts and other loans was insignificant at both Dec. 31, 2021 and Dec. 31, 2020. We have rarely suffered a loss on these types of loans.

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is inherently judgmental, and the entire allowance for credit losses is available to absorb credit losses regardless of the nature of the losses.

Nonperforming assets

The table below presents our nonperforming assets.

Nonperforming assetsDec. 31,
(dollars in millions)20212020
Nonperforming loans:
Other residential mortgages$39$57
Wealth management mortgages2530
Commercial real estate541
Total nonperforming loans11888
Other assets owned21
Total nonperforming assets$120$89
Nonperforming assets ratio0.18%0.16%
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming loans166.1406.8
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming assets163.3402.2
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments/nonperforming loans204.2544.3
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments/nonperforming assets200.8538.2

Nonperforming assets increased $31 million in 2021 compared with 2020, primarily reflecting higher commercial real estate loans, partially offset by lower other residential mortgage loans.

See “Nonperforming assets” in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for our policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status.

Deposits

We receive client deposits through the businesses in the Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management segments and we rely on those deposits as a low-cost and stable source of funding.

Total deposits were $319.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, a decrease of 6%, compared with $341.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease primarily reflects lower interest-bearing deposits in both non-U.S. and U.S. offices, partially offset by higher noninterest-bearing deposits (principally U.S. offices).

Noninterest-bearing deposits were $93.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $83.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. Interest-bearing deposits were primarily demand deposits and totaled $226.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $257.7 billion at Dec. 31, 2020.

36 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The aggregate amount of deposits by foreign customers in domestic offices was $65.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $64.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2020.

Deposits in foreign offices totaled $112.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $130.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. These deposits were primarily overnight deposits.

Uninsured deposits are the portion of domestic deposits accounts that exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limit. Uninsured deposits in domestic deposit accounts are generally demand deposits and totaled $186.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $185.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2020.

The following table presents the amount of uninsured domestic and foreign time deposits disaggregated by time remaining until maturity.

Uninsured time deposits at Dec. 31, 2021
(in millions)DomesticForeign
Less than 3 months$168$279
3 to 6 months366
6-12 months2112
Over 12 months
Total$225$297

Short-term borrowings

We fund ourselves primarily through deposits and, to a lesser extent, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, payables to customers and broker-dealers, commercial paper and other borrowed funds. Certain short-term borrowings, for example, securities sold under repurchase agreements, require the delivery of securities as collateral.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements include repurchase agreement activity with the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”), where we record interest expense gross, but the ending and average balances reflect the impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements. This activity primarily relates to government securities collateralized resale and repurchase agreements executed with clients that are novated to and settle with the FICC.

Payables to customers and broker-dealers represent funds awaiting reinvestment and short sale proceeds payable on demand. Payables to customers and

broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

The Bank of New York Mellon may issue commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment.

Other borrowed funds primarily include overdrafts of sub-custodian account balances in our Securities Services businesses, finance lease liabilities and borrowings under lines of credit by our Pershing subsidiaries. Borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston under the Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility (the “MMLF”) program were also included in other borrowed funds in 2020. Overdrafts typically relate to timing differences for settlements.

Liquidity and dividends

BNY Mellon defines liquidity as the ability of the Parent and its subsidiaries to access funding or convert assets to cash quickly and efficiently, or to roll over or issue new debt, especially during periods of market stress, at a reasonable cost, and in order to meet its short-term (up to one year) obligations. Funding liquidity risk is the risk that BNY Mellon cannot meet its cash and collateral obligations at a reasonable cost for both expected and unexpected cash flow and collateral needs without adversely affecting daily operations or our financial condition. Funding liquidity risk can arise from funding mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets into cash, the inability to hold or raise cash, low overnight deposits, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.

Changes in economic conditions or exposure to credit, market, operational, legal and reputational risks also can affect BNY Mellon’s liquidity risk profile and are considered in our liquidity risk framework. For additional information, see “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk.”

The Parent’s policy is to have access to sufficient unencumbered cash and cash equivalents at each quarter-end to cover maturities and other forecasted debt redemptions, net interest payments and net tax payments for the following 18-month period, and to provide sufficient collateral to satisfy transactions subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.

BNY Mellon 37

Results of Operations (continued)

As of Dec. 31, 2021, the Parent was in compliance with this policy.

We monitor and control liquidity exposures and funding needs within and across significant legal entities, branches, currencies and business lines, taking into account, among other factors, any applicable restrictions on the transfer of liquidity among entities.

BNY Mellon also manages potential intraday liquidity risks. We monitor and manage intraday liquidity against existing and expected intraday liquid resources (such as cash balances, remaining intraday

credit capacity, intraday contingency funding and available collateral) to enable BNY Mellon to meet its intraday obligations under normal and reasonably severe stressed conditions.

We define available funds for internal liquidity management purposes as cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. The following table presents our total available funds at period end and on an average basis.

Available fundsDec. 31, 2021Dec. 31, 2020Average
(dollars in millions)202120202019
Cash and due from banks$6,061$6,252$5,922$4,506$5,084
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks102,467141,775113,34694,43261,739
Interest-bearing deposits with banks16,63017,30020,75719,16514,666
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements29,60730,90728,53030,76836,705
Total available funds$154,765$196,234$168,555$148,871$118,194
Total available funds as a percentage of total assets35%42%37%36%34%

Total available funds were $154.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $196.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks.

Average non-core sources of funds, such as federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, trading liabilities, other borrowed funds and commercial paper, were $16.7 billion for 2021 and $19.2 billion for 2020. The decrease primarily reflects lower federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other borrowed funds, partially offset by higher trading liabilities.

Average interest-bearing domestic deposits were $124.7 billion for 2021 and $106.0 billion for 2020. Average foreign deposits, primarily from our European-based businesses included in the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services segments, were $112.5 billion for 2021, compared with $106.8 billion for 2020. The increase primarily reflects increased client activity.

Average payables to customers and broker-dealers were $16.9 billion for 2021 and $17.8 billion for

2020. Payables to customers and broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

Average long-term debt was $25.8 billion for 2021 and $26.9 billion for 2020.

Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased to $86.6 billion for 2021 from $69.1 billion for 2020, primarily reflecting client activity.

A significant reduction of client activity in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments would reduce our access to deposits. See “Asset/liability management” for additional factors that could impact our deposit balances.

Sources of liquidity

The Parent’s major sources of liquidity are access to the debt and equity markets, dividends from its subsidiaries, and cash on hand and cash otherwise made available in business-as-usual circumstances to the Parent through a committed credit facility with our intermediate holding company (“IHC”).

38 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

Our ability to access the capital markets on favorable terms, or at all, is partially dependent on our credit ratings, which are as follows:

Credit ratings at Dec. 31, 2021
Moody’sS&PFitchDBRS
Parent:
Long-term senior debtA1AAA-AA
Subordinated debtA2A-AAA (low)
Preferred stockBaa1BBBBBB+A
Outlook – ParentStableStableStableStable
The Bank of New York Mellon:
Long-term senior debtAa2AA-AAAA (high)
Subordinated debtNRANRNR
Long-term depositsAa1AA-AA+AA (high)
Short-term depositsP1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
Commercial paperP1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
BNY Mellon, N.A.:
Long-term senior debtAa2(a)AA-AA(a)AA (high)
Long-term depositsAa1AA-AA+AA (high)
Short-term depositsP1A-1+F1+R-1 (high)
Outlook – BanksStableStableStableStable

(a)    Represents senior debt issuer default rating.

NR – Not rated.

Long-term debt totaled $25.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $26.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. Redemptions and maturities of $4.7 billion and a decrease in the fair value of hedged long-term debt were partially offset by issuances of $5.2 billion. The Parent has $2.3 billion of long-term debt that will mature in 2022.

The following table presents the long-term debt issued in 2021.

Debt issuances
(in millions)2021
Senior notes:
0.75% senior notes due 2026$700
0.85% senior notes due 2024700
0.50% senior notes due 2024600
1.05% senior notes due 2026500
1.65% senior notes due 2031500
1.65% senior notes due 2028500
1.80% senior notes due 2031500
1.90% senior notes due 2029400
SOFR +26bps senior notes due 2024400
SOFR +20bps senior notes due 2024400
Total debt issuances$5,200

SOFR – compounded secured overnight financing rate

bps – basis points

In January 2022, the Parent issued $850 million of fixed rate senior notes maturing in 2027 at an annual interest rate of 2.05% and $450 million of fixed rate

senior notes maturing in 2032 at an annual interest rate of 2.50%.

In 2021, the Parent issued Series I Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock and redeemed all outstanding shares of its Series E Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. See “Capital” for additional information on the Parent’s preferred stock activity and Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Parent’s preferred stock.

The Bank of New York Mellon may issue notes and CDs. At Dec. 31, 2021 and Dec. 31, 2020 there were $30 million of notes outstanding. There were no CDs outstanding at Dec. 31, 2021 and $100 million was outstanding at Dec. 31, 2020.

The Bank of New York Mellon also issues commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment. There was no commercial paper outstanding at Dec. 31, 2021 and Dec. 31, 2020. The average commercial paper outstanding was $3 million for 2021 and $1.1 billion for 2020.

Subsequent to Dec. 31, 2021, our U.S. bank subsidiaries could declare dividends to the Parent of

BNY Mellon 39

Results of Operations (continued)

approximately $1.5 billion, without the need for a regulatory waiver. In addition, at Dec. 31, 2021, non-bank subsidiaries of the Parent had liquid assets of approximately $2.3 billion. Restrictions on our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries are discussed in more detail in “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Planning and Stress Testing – Payment of Dividends, Stock Repurchases and Other Capital Distributions” and in Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pershing LLC has uncommitted lines of credit in place for liquidity purposes which are guaranteed by the Parent. Pershing LLC has two separate uncommitted lines of credit amounting to $350 million in aggregate. Average borrowings under these lines were $1 million, in aggregate, in 2021. Pershing Limited, an indirect UK-based subsidiary of BNY Mellon, has two separate uncommitted lines of credit amounting to $264 million in aggregate. Average borrowings under these lines were $46 million, in aggregate, in 2021.

The double leverage ratio is the ratio of our equity investment in subsidiaries divided by our consolidated Parent company equity, which includes our noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. In short, the double leverage ratio measures the extent to which equity in subsidiaries is financed by Parent company debt. As the double leverage ratio increases, this can reflect greater demands on a company’s cash flows in order to service interest payments and debt maturities. BNY Mellon’s double leverage ratio is managed in a range considering the high level of unencumbered available liquid assets held in its principal subsidiaries (such as central bank deposit placements and government securities), the Company’s cash generating fee-based business model, with fee revenue representing 81% of total revenue in 2021, and the dividend capacity of our banking subsidiaries. Our double leverage ratio was 119.3% at Dec. 31, 2021 and 114.3% at Dec. 31, 2020, and within the range targeted by management.

Uses of funds

The Parent’s major uses of funds are repurchases of common stock, payment of dividends, principal and interest payments on its borrowings, acquisitions and additional investments in its subsidiaries.

In 2021, we paid $1.3 billion in dividends on our common and preferred stock. Our common stock dividend payout ratio was 32% for 2021.

In 2021, we repurchased 89.7 million common shares at an average price of $50.91 per common share for a total cost of $4.6 billion.

Liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)

U.S. regulators have established an LCR that requires certain banking organizations, including BNY Mellon, to maintain a minimum amount of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets (“HQLA”) sufficient to withstand the net cash outflow under a hypothetical standardized acute liquidity stress scenario for a 30-day time horizon.

The following table presents BNY Mellon’s consolidated HQLA at Dec. 31, 2021, and the average HQLA and average LCR for the fourth quarter of 2021.

Consolidated HQLA and LCRDec. 31, 2021
(dollars in billions)
Securities (a)$124
Cash (b)102
Total consolidated HQLA (c)$226
Total consolidated HQLA – average (c)$227
Average LCR109%

(a)    Primarily includes securities of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, U.S. Treasury, sovereign securities, U.S. agency and investment-grade corporate debt.

(b)    Primarily includes cash on deposit with central banks.

(c)    Consolidated HQLA presented before adjustments. After haircuts and the impact of trapped liquidity, consolidated HQLA totaled $155 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and averaged $159 billion for the fourth quarter of 2021.

BNY Mellon and each of our affected domestic bank subsidiaries were compliant with the U.S. LCR requirements of at least 100% throughout 2021.

Statement of cash flows

The following summarizes the activity reflected on the consolidated statement of cash flows. While this information may be helpful to highlight certain macro trends and business strategies, the cash flow analysis may not be as relevant when analyzing changes in our net earnings and net assets. We believe that in addition to the traditional cash flow analysis, the discussion related to liquidity and dividends and asset/liability management herein may provide more

40 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

useful context in evaluating our liquidity position and related activity.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $2.8 billion in 2021, compared with $5.0 billion in 2020. In 2021 and 2020, cash flows provided by operations primarily resulted from earnings. In 2021, cash flows provided by operations were partially offset by changes in trading assets and liabilities and changes in accruals and other, net.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $19.7 billion in 2021, compared with net cash used for investing activities of $78.5 billion in 2020. In 2021, net cash provided by investing activities primarily reflects changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, partially

offset by a net change in loans and a net increase in the securities portfolio. In 2020, net cash used for investing activities primarily reflects changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and net increases in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios.

Net cash used for financing activities was $22.0 billion in 2021, compared with net cash provided by financing activities of $75.5 billion in 2020. In 2021, net cash used for financing activities primarily reflects changes in deposits, repayments of long-term debt and common stock repurchases, partially offset by issuances of long-term debt. In 2020, net cash provided by financing activities primarily reflects changes in deposits.

Capital

Capital data(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)20212020
At Dec. 31:
BNY Mellon shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio9.7%9.8%
BNY Mellon common shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio8.6%8.8%
Total BNY Mellon shareholders’ equity$43,034$45,801
Total BNY Mellon common shareholders’ equity$38,196$41,260
BNY Mellon tangible common shareholders’ equity – Non-GAAP (a)$19,547$22,563
Book value per common share$47.50$46.53
Tangible book value per common share – Non-GAAP (a)$24.31$25.44
Closing stock price per common share$58.08$42.44
Market capitalization$46,705$37,634
Common shares outstanding804,145886,764
Full-year:
Cash dividends per common share$1.30$1.24
Common dividend payout ratio (b)32%33%
Common dividend yield2.2%2.9%

(a)    See “Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 103 for a reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP.

(b)    Beginning in 2021, the common dividend payout ratio is determined by dividing dividends paid by net income applicable to common shareholders. Prior periods have been revised.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation total shareholders’ equity decreased to $43.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 from $45.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease primarily reflects common stock repurchases, dividend payments and unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale, partially offset by earnings.

We repurchased 89.7 million common shares at an average price of $50.91 per common share for a total of $4.6 billion in 2021.

In December 2020, the Federal Reserve extended the restriction on common stock dividends and open market common stock repurchases applicable to participating Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) bank holding companies (“BHCs”), including us, to the first quarter of 2021, with certain modifications. The temporary restrictions on dividends and share repurchases ended for BNY Mellon after June 30, 2021. After these temporary restrictions were lifted, BNY Mellon continued to be subject to the stress capital buffer (“SCB”) framework, which would impose restrictions on capital distributions on an incremental basis if

BNY Mellon 41

Results of Operations (continued)

BNY Mellon’s risk-based capital ratios decline into the buffer zone. See “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Planning and Stress Testing – Payment of Dividends, Stock Repurchases and Other Capital Distributions” for additional information related to CCAR.

In June 2021, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6.0 billion of common shares over the six quarters beginning in the third quarter of 2021 and continuing through the fourth quarter of 2022. This new share repurchase plan replaced all previously authorized share repurchase plans.

The unrealized gain (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $362 million at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with $1.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease in the unrealized gain, net of tax, was primarily driven by higher market interest rates.

In 2021, the Parent issued 1,300,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/100th interest in a share of the Parent’s Series I Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. The Parent used a portion of the net proceeds to redeem all outstanding shares of its Series E Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. See Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Parent’s preferred stock.

Capital adequacy

Regulators establish certain levels of capital for bank holding companies (“BHCs”) and banks, including BNY Mellon and our bank subsidiaries, in accordance with established quantitative measurements. For the Parent to maintain its status as a financial holding company (“FHC”), our U.S. bank subsidiaries and BNY Mellon must, among other things, qualify as “well capitalized.” As of Dec. 31, 2021 and Dec. 31, 2020, BNY Mellon and our U.S. bank subsidiaries were “well capitalized.” Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” status or capital adequacy rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our financial condition. See the discussion of these matters in “Supervision and Regulation – Regulated Entities of BNY Mellon and Ancillary Regulatory Requirements” and “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” and “well managed” status or capital adequacy and liquidity rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our business and financial condition.”

The U.S. banking agencies’ capital rules are based on the framework adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“BCBS”), as amended from time to time. For additional information on these capital requirements, see “Supervision and Regulation.”

42 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

The table below presents our consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratios.

Consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratiosDec. 31, 2021Dec. 31, 2020
Well capitalizedMinimum requiredCapital ratiosCapital ratios
(a)
Consolidated regulatory capital ratios: (b)
Advanced Approaches:
CET1 ratioN/A(c)8.5%11.4%13.1%
Tier 1 capital ratio6%1014.215.8
Total capital ratio101215.016.7
Standardized Approach:
CET1 ratioN/A(c)8.5%11.2%13.4%
Tier 1 capital ratio6%1014.016.1
Total capital ratio101214.917.1
Tier 1 leverage ratioN/A(c)45.56.3
SLR (d)(e)N/A(c)56.68.6
The Bank of New York Mellon regulatory capital ratios: (b)
Advanced Approaches:
CET1 ratio6.5%7%16.5%17.1%
Tier 1 capital ratio88.516.517.1
Total capital ratio1010.516.517.3
Tier 1 leverage ratio546.06.4
SLR (d)637.68.5

(a)    Minimum requirements for Dec. 31, 2021 include minimum thresholds plus currently applicable buffers. The U.S. global systemically important banks (“G-SIB”) surcharge of 1.5% is subject to change. The countercyclical capital buffer is currently set to 0%. The SCB requirement is 2.5%, equal to the regulatory minimum for Standardized Approach capital ratios.

(b)    For our CET1, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios, our effective capital ratios under U.S. capital rules are the lower of the ratios as calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. The Tier 1 leverage ratio is based on Tier 1 capital and quarterly average total assets.

(c)    The Federal Reserve’s regulations do not establish well capitalized thresholds for these measures for BHCs.

(d)    The SLR is based on Tier 1 capital and total leverage exposure, which includes certain off-balance sheet exposures.

(e)    The consolidated SLR at Dec. 31, 2020 reflects the temporary exclusion of U.S. Treasury securities from total leverage exposure which increased our consolidated SLR by 72 basis points. The temporary exclusion ceased to apply beginning April 1, 2021.

Our CET1 ratio determined under the Standardized Approach was 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2021 and 13.1% at Dec. 31, 2020 under the Advanced Approaches. The decrease was primarily driven by common stock repurchases, unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale, dividend payments, foreign currency translation and higher RWAs, partially offset by capital generated through earnings.

Tier 1 leverage ratio was 5.5% at Dec. 31, 2021, compared with 6.3% at Dec. 31, 2020. The decrease reflects lower common shareholders’ equity, driven by common share repurchases, and higher average assets.

Capital ratios vary depending on the size of the balance sheet at period-end and the levels and types of investments in assets. The balance sheet size fluctuates from period to period based on levels of customer and market activity. In general, when servicing clients are more actively trading securities,

deposit balances and the balance sheet as a whole are higher. In addition, when markets experience significant volatility or stress, our balance sheet size may increase considerably as client deposit levels increase.

Our capital ratios are necessarily subject to, among other things, anticipated compliance with all necessary enhancements to model calibration, approval by regulators of certain models used as part of RWA calculations, other refinements, further implementation guidance from regulators, market practices and standards and any changes BNY Mellon may make to its businesses. As a consequence of these factors, our capital ratios may materially change, and may be volatile over time and from period to period.

Under the Advanced Approaches, our operational loss risk model is informed by external losses, including fines and penalties levied against institutions in the

BNY Mellon 43

Results of Operations (continued)

financial services industry, particularly those that relate to businesses in which we operate, and as a result external losses have impacted and could in the future impact the amount of capital that we are required to hold.

The following table presents our capital components and RWAs.

Capital components and risk-weighted assetsDec. 31,
(in millions)20212020
CET1:
Common shareholders’ equity$38,196$41,260
Adjustments for:
Goodwill and intangible assets (a)(18,649)(18,697)
Net pension fund assets(400)(319)
Equity method investments(300)(306)
Deferred tax assets(55)(54)
Other(46)(9)
Total CET118,74621,875
Other Tier 1 capital:
Preferred stock4,8384,541
Other(99)(106)
Total Tier 1 capital$23,485$26,310
Tier 2 capital:
Subordinated debt$1,248$1,248
Allowance for credit losses250490
Other(11)(10)
Total Tier 2 capital – Standardized Approach1,4871,728
Excess of expected credit losses247
Less: Allowance for credit losses250490
Total Tier 2 capital – Advanced Approaches$1,237$1,485
Total capital:
Standardized Approach$24,972$28,038
Advanced Approaches$24,722$27,795
Risk-weighted assets:
Standardized Approach$167,608$163,848
Advanced Approaches:
Credit Risk$98,310$98,262
Market Risk3,0694,226
Operational Risk63,68863,938
Total Advanced Approaches$165,067$166,426
Average assets for Tier 1 leverage ratio$430,102$417,982
Total leverage exposure for SLR$354,033$304,823

(a)    Reduced by deferred tax liabilities associated with intangible assets and tax-deductible goodwill.

The table below presents the factors that impacted CET1 capital.

CET1 generation2021
(in millions)
CET1 – Beginning of period$21,875
Net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation3,552
Goodwill and intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities48
Gross CET1 generated3,600
Capital deployed:
Common stock repurchases(4,567)
Common stock dividend payments(1,126)
Total capital deployed(5,693)
Other comprehensive loss:
Unrealized loss on assets available-for-sale(1,151)
Foreign currency translation(378)
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges(6)
Defined benefit plans307
Total other comprehensive loss(1,228)
Additional paid-in capital (a)305
Other additions (deductions):
Net pension fund assets(81)
Embedded goodwill6
Deferred tax assets(1)
Other(37)
Total other deductions(113)
Net CET1 deployed(3,129)
CET1 – End of period$18,746

(a)    Primarily related to stock awards, the exercise of stock options and stock issued for employee benefit plans.

The following table shows the impact on the consolidated capital ratios at Dec. 31, 2021 of a $100 million increase or decrease in common equity, or a $1 billion increase or decrease in RWAs, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure.

Sensitivity of consolidated capital ratios at Dec. 31, 2021
Increase or decrease of
(in basis points)$100 million in common equity$1 billion in RWA, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure
CET1:
Standardized Approach6bps7bps
Advanced Approaches67
Tier 1 capital:
Standardized Approach68
Advanced Approaches69
Total capital:
Standardized Approach69
Advanced Approaches69
Tier 1 leverage21
SLR32

44 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

From April 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021, BHCs were permitted to temporarily exclude U.S. Treasury securities from total leverage exposure used in the SLR calculation. This temporary exclusion increased our consolidated SLR by 72 basis points at Dec. 31, 2020. The temporary exclusion also impacted the TLAC and LTD calculations. BNY Mellon and The Bank of New York Mellon, as custody banks, will continue to be able to exclude certain central bank placements from the total leverage exposure used in the SLR calculation.

Stress capital buffer

In August 2021, the Federal Reserve announced that BNY Mellon’s SCB requirement would be 2.5%, equal to the regulatory floor, effective as of Oct. 1, 2021. The SCB replaced the static 2.5% capital conservation buffer for Standardized Approach capital ratios for CCAR BHCs. The SCB does not apply to bank subsidiaries, which remain subject to the static 2.5% capital conservation buffer. See “Supervision and Regulation” for additional information.

The SCB final rule generally eliminates the requirement for prior approval of common stock repurchases in excess of the distributions in a firm’s capital plan, provided that such distributions are consistent with applicable capital requirements and buffers, including the SCB.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”)

The following summarizes the minimum requirements for BNY Mellon’s external TLAC and external long-term debt (“LTD”) ratios, plus currently applicable buffers.

As a % of RWAs (a)As a % of total leverage exposure
Eligible external TLAC ratiosRegulatory minimum of 18% plus a buffer (b) equal to the sum of 2.5%, the method 1 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1%), and the countercyclical capital buffer, if anyRegulatory minimum of 7.5% plus a buffer (c) equal to 2%
Eligible external LTD ratiosRegulatory minimum of 6% plus the greater of the method 1 or method 2 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1.5%)4.5%

(a)    RWA is the greater of Standardized and Advanced Approaches.

(b)    Buffer to be met using only CET1.

(c)    Buffer to be met using only Tier 1 capital.

External TLAC consists of the Parent’s Tier 1 capital and eligible unsecured LTD issued by it that has a remaining term to maturity of at least one year and satisfies certain other conditions. Eligible LTD consists of the unpaid principal balance of eligible unsecured debt securities, subject to haircuts for amounts due to be paid within two years, that satisfy certain other conditions. Debt issued prior to Dec. 31, 2016 has been permanently grandfathered to the extent these instruments otherwise would be ineligible only due to containing impermissible acceleration rights or being governed by foreign law.

The following table presents our external TLAC and external LTD ratios.

TLAC and LTD ratiosDec. 31, 2021
Minimum requiredMinimum ratios with buffers
Ratios
Eligible external TLAC:
As a percentage of RWA18.0%21.5%28.0%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure7.5%9.5%13.3%
Eligible external LTD:
As a percentage of RWA7.5%N/A11.9%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure4.5%N/A5.6%

N/A – Not applicable.

If BNY Mellon maintains risk-based ratio or leverage TLAC measures above the minimum required level, but with a risk-based ratio or leverage below the minimum level with buffers, we will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary executive compensation based on the amount of the shortfall and eligible retained income.

BNY Mellon 45

Results of Operations (continued)

Issuer purchases of equity securities

Share repurchases – fourth quarter of 2021Total shares repurchased as part of a publicly announced plan or programMaximum approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the publicly announced plans or programs at Dec. 31, 2021
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)Total shares repurchasedAverage price per share
October 202117,359$55.9517,359$3,028
November 20214,54759.484,5472,757
December 202112656.931262,750
Fourth quarter of 2021 (a)22,032$56.6822,032$2,750(b)

(a)    Includes 25 thousand shares repurchased at a purchase price of $1 million from employees, primarily in connection with the employees’ payment of taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock. The average price per share of open market repurchases was $56.68.

(b)    Represents the maximum value of the shares to be repurchased through the fourth quarter of 2022 under the share repurchase plan announced in June 2021 and includes shares repurchased in connection with employee benefit plans.

In June 2021, in connection with the Federal Reserve’s release of the 2021 CCAR stress tests, we announced a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors providing for the repurchase of up to $6.0 billion of common shares beginning in the third quarter of 2021 and continuing through the fourth quarter of 2022. This new share repurchase plan replaced all previously authorized share repurchase plans.

Share repurchases may be executed through open market repurchases, in privately negotiated transactions or by other means, including through repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and other derivative, accelerated share repurchase and other structured transactions. The timing and exact amount of any common stock repurchases will depend on various factors, including market conditions and the common stock trading price; the Company’s capital position, liquidity and financial performance; alternative uses of capital; and legal and regulatory limitations and considerations.

Trading activities and risk management

Our trading activities are focused on acting as a market-maker for our customers, facilitating customer trades and risk-mitigating hedging in compliance with the Volcker Rule. The risk from market-making activities for customers is managed by our traders and limited in total exposure through a system of position limits, value-at-risk (“VaR”) methodology and other market sensitivity measures. VaR is the potential loss in value due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. The calculation of our VaR used by

management and presented below assumes a one-day holding period, utilizes a 99% confidence level and incorporates non-linear product characteristics. VaR facilitates comparisons across portfolios of different risk characteristics. VaR also captures the diversification of aggregated risk at the firm-wide level.

VaR represents a key risk management measure and it is important to note the inherent limitations to VaR, which include:

•VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time horizons where moves may be extreme;

•VaR does not take account of potential variability of market liquidity; and

•Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce accurate predictions of all future market moves.

See Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the VaR methodology.

The following tables indicate the calculated VaR amounts for the trading portfolio for the designated periods using the historical simulation VaR model.

VaR (a)2021Dec. 31, 2021
(in millions)AverageMinimumMaximum
Interest rate$2.1$1.5$3.5$1.7
Foreign exchange2.61.94.12.7
Equity0.10.90.1
Credit1.71.12.81.7
Diversification(3.2)N/MN/M(2.7)
Overall portfolio3.32.45.23.5

46 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

VaR (a)2020Dec. 31, 2020
(in millions)AverageMinimumMaximum
Interest rate$3.1$1.7$11.3$1.8
Foreign exchange2.91.76.33.0
Equity0.62.30.7
Credit2.71.212.12.1
Diversification(4.8)N/MN/M(3.7)
Overall portfolio4.52.314.33.9

(a)    VaR exposure does not include the impact of the Company’s consolidated investment management funds and seed capital investments.

N/M – Because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, it is not meaningful to compute a minimum and maximum portfolio diversification effect.

The interest rate component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by interest rate levels. These instruments include, but are not limited to, U.S. Treasury securities, swaps, swaptions, forward rate agreements, exchange-traded futures and options, and other interest rate derivative products.

The foreign exchange component of VaR represents instruments whose values predominantly vary with the level or volatility of currency exchange rates or interest rates. These instruments include, but are not limited to, currency balances, spot and forward transactions, currency options and other currency derivative products.

The equity component of VaR consists of instruments that represent an ownership interest in the form of domestic and foreign common stock or other equity-linked instruments. These instruments include, but are not limited to, common stock, exchange-traded funds, preferred stock, listed equity options (puts and calls), OTC equity options, equity total return swaps, equity index futures and other equity derivative products.

The credit component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by credit spread levels, i.e., idiosyncratic default risk. These instruments include, but are not limited to, securities with exposures from corporate and municipal credit spreads.

The diversification component of VaR is the risk reduction benefit that occurs when combining portfolios and offsetting positions, and from the correlated behavior of risk factor movements.

During 2021, interest rate risk generated 32% of average gross VaR, foreign exchange risk generated 40% of average gross VaR, equity risk generated 2% of average gross VaR and credit risk generated 26% of average gross VaR. During 2021, our daily trading loss exceeded our calculated VaR amount of the overall portfolio on two occasions.

The following table of total daily trading revenue or loss illustrates the number of trading days in which our trading revenue or loss fell within particular ranges during the past five quarters.

Distribution of trading revenue (loss) (a)
Quarter ended
(dollars in millions)Dec. 31, 2021Sept. 30, 2021June 30, 2021March 31, 2021Dec. 31, 2020
Revenue range:Number of days
Less than $(2.5)2
$(2.5) – $0327612
$0 – $2.52723221711
$2.5 – $5.02130252126
More than $5.0129101711

(a)    Trading revenue (loss) includes realized and unrealized gains and losses primarily related to spot and forward foreign exchange transactions, derivatives and securities trades for our customers and excludes any associated commissions, underwriting fees and net interest revenue.

Trading assets include debt and equity instruments and derivative assets, primarily interest rate and foreign exchange contracts, not designated as hedging instruments. Trading assets were $16.6 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $15.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2020.

Trading liabilities include debt and equity instruments and derivative liabilities, primarily interest rate and foreign exchange contracts, not designated as hedging instruments. Trading liabilities were $5.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2021 and $6.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2020.

Under our fair value methodology for derivative contracts, an initial “risk-neutral” valuation is performed on each position assuming time-discounting based on a AA credit curve. In addition, we consider credit risk in arriving at the fair value of our derivatives.

We reflect external credit ratings as well as observable credit default swap spreads for both ourselves and our counterparties when measuring the fair value of our derivative positions. Accordingly, the valuation of our derivative positions is sensitive to the current changes in our own credit spreads, as well as those of our counterparties.

BNY Mellon 47

Results of Operations (continued)

At Dec. 31, 2021, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $2.8 billion included a credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) deduction of $29 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $3.4 billion included a debit valuation adjustment (“DVA”) of $2 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA increased by $1 million and the DVA was unchanged in 2021, which decreased investment and other revenue - other trading revenue by $1 million in 2021. During 2021, no realized loss was charged off against CVA reserves.

At Dec. 31, 2020, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $3.8 billion included a CVA deduction of $34 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $4.8 billion included a DVA of $1 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA decreased by $5 million and the DVA was unchanged in 2020. The net impact of these adjustments increased investment and other revenue - other trading revenue by $5 million in 2020. During 2020, no realized loss was charged off against CVA reserves.

The table below summarizes the distribution of credit ratings for our foreign exchange and interest rate derivative counterparties over the past five quarters, which indicates the level of counterparty credit associated with these trading activities. Significant changes in counterparty credit ratings could alter the level of credit risk faced by BNY Mellon.

Foreign exchange and other trading counterparty risk rating profile (a)
Quarter ended
Dec. 31, 2021Sept. 30, 2021June 30, 2021March 31, 2021Dec. 31, 2020
Rating:
AAA to AA-51%52%52%45%46%
A+ to A-2717192628
BBB+ to BBB-1825242218
BB+ and lower (b)46578
Total100%100%100%100%100%

(a)    Represents credit rating agency equivalent of internal credit ratings.

(b)    Non-investment grade.

Asset/liability management

Our diversified business activities include processing securities, accepting deposits, investing in securities, lending, raising money as needed to fund assets and

other transactions. The market risks from these activities include interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Our primary market risk is exposure to movements in U.S. dollar interest rates and certain foreign currency interest rates. We actively manage interest rate sensitivity and use earnings simulation and discounted cash flow models to identify interest rate exposures.

An earnings simulation model is the primary tool used to assess changes in pre-tax net interest revenue between a baseline scenario and hypothetical interest rate scenarios. Interest rate sensitivity is quantified by calculating the change in pre-tax net interest revenue between the scenarios over a 12-month measurement period.

The baseline scenario incorporates the market’s forward rate expectations and management’s assumptions regarding client deposit rates, credit spreads, changes in the prepayment behavior of loans and securities and the impact of derivative financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes as of Dec. 31, 2021. These assumptions have been developed through a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing behavior and are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ materially from projected results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, and changes in market conditions and management’s strategies, among other factors. Client deposit levels and mix are key assumptions impacting net interest revenue in the baseline as well as the hypothetical interest rate scenarios. The earnings simulation model assumes static deposit levels and mix and it also assumes that no management actions will be taken to mitigate the effects of interest rate changes. Typically, the baseline scenario uses the average deposit balances of the quarter.

In the table below, we use the earnings simulation model to assess the impact of various hypothetical interest rate scenarios compared to the baseline scenario. Beginning in the third quarter of 2021, we have refined our scenario analysis by replacing gradual rate ramp scenarios with scenarios that reflect the impact of instantaneous interest rate shock movements. In each of the new scenarios, all currencies’ interest rates are instantaneously shifted higher or lower. The scenarios assume instantaneous rate changes at the start of the forecast. Long-term interest rates are defined as all tenors equal to or greater than three years and short-term interest rates

48 BNY Mellon

Results of Operations (continued)

are defined as all tenors equal to or less than three months. Interim term points are interpolated where applicable. The refined scenarios are intended to provide information on a basis that is consistent with industry practice.

The following table shows net interest revenue sensitivity for BNY Mellon. The sensitivity for Dec. 31, 2020 has been updated to reflect the impact of instantaneous interest rate shock movements.

Estimated changes in net interest revenue (in millions)Dec. 31, 2021Sept. 30, 2021Dec. 31, 2020
Up 100 bps rate shock vs. baseline$688$840$777
Long-term up 100 bps, short-term unchanged204239239
Short-term up 100 bps, long-term unchanged483601538
Long-term down 50 bps, short-term unchanged(98)(117)(131)
Down 100 bp rate shock vs. baseline392794687

The decreases in the rising rate sensitivities compared with Sept. 30, 2021 are driven by the forecasted difference in asset yield changes versus deposit rate changes given the anticipated interest rate increases and higher net interest revenue in the baseline scenario.

While the net interest revenue sensitivity scenario calculations assume static deposit balances to facilitate consistent period-over-period comparisons, it is likely that a portion of the recent monetary policy-driven deposit inflows would run off in a rising short-term rate environment. Noninterest-bearing deposits are particularly sensitive to changes in short-term rates.

To illustrate the net interest revenue sensitivity to deposit run-off, we note that a $5 billion instantaneous reduction of U.S. dollar denominated noninterest-bearing deposits would reduce the net interest revenue sensitivity results in the up 100 basis point scenario in the table above by approximately $75 million. The impact would be smaller if the run-off was assumed to be a mixture of interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits.

Additionally, given the continued low short-term interest rates, money market mutual fund fees and other similar fees are being waived to protect investors from negative returns. See “Fee and other revenue” for additional details on the impact of money market fee waivers.

For a discussion of factors impacting the growth or contraction of deposits, see “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our liquidity.”

We also project future cash flows from our assets and liabilities over a long-term horizon and then discount these cash flows using instantaneous parallel shocks to prevailing interest rates. This measure reflects the structural balance sheet interest rate sensitivity by discounting all future cash flows. The aggregation of these discounted cash flows is the economic value of equity (“EVE”). The following table shows how EVE would change in response to changes in interest rates.

Estimated changes in EVEDec. 31, 2021
Rate change:
Up 200 bps vs. baseline(8.9)%
Up 100 bps vs. baseline(2.0)%

The asymmetrical accounting treatment of the impact of a change in interest rates on our balance sheet may create a situation in which an increase in interest rates can adversely affect reported equity and regulatory capital, even though economically there may be no impact on our economic capital position. For example, an increase in rates will result in a decline in the value of our available-for-sale securities portfolio. In this example, there is no corresponding change on our fixed liabilities, even though economically these liabilities are more valuable as rates rise.

These results do not reflect strategies that management could employ to limit the impact as interest rate expectations change.

To manage foreign exchange risk, we fund foreign currency-denominated assets with liability instruments denominated in the same currency. We utilize various foreign exchange contracts if a liability denominated in the same currency is not available or desired, and to minimize the earnings impact of translation gains or losses created by investments in foreign markets. We use forward foreign exchange contracts to protect the value of our net investment in foreign operations. At Dec. 31, 2021, net investments in foreign operations totaled $14 billion and were spread across 18 foreign currencies.

BNY Mellon 49

Risk Management

Overview

BNY Mellon plays a vital role in the global financial markets, and effective risk management is critical to our success. Risk management begins with a strong risk culture, and we reinforce our culture through policies and the Code of Conduct, which are grounded in our core values of passion for excellence, integrity, strength in diversity and courage to lead.

These values are critical to our success. They not only explain what we stand for and our shared culture, but also help us to think and act globally. They serve as a representation of the promises we have made to our clients, communities, shareholders and each other.

BNY Mellon’s Risk Identification process is the foundation for understanding and managing risk across our six primary risk categories: Operational Risk, Market Risk, Credit Risk, Liquidity Risk, Model Risk and Strategic Risk. Each business and corporate staff area is responsible for the identification of risks. Quarterly, the Company’s risks are aggregated, reviewed and evaluated to determine the set of risks most material to BNY Mellon. Outputs from the Risk Identification process inform elements of our risk framework such as our Risk Appetite, Enterprise-wide Stress Testing and Capital Planning.

BNY Mellon’s Risk Appetite expresses the aggregate level of risk we are willing to assume to meet our objectives in a manner that balances risk and reward while considering our risk capacity and maintaining a balance sheet that remains resilient throughout market cycles. This guides BNY Mellon’s risk-taking activities and informs key decision-making processes, including the manner by which we pursue our business strategy and the methods by which we manage risk. The Risk Appetite Statement and associated key risk metrics to monitor our risk profile are updated and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board at least annually.

BNY Mellon conducts Enterprise-wide Stress Testing as part of its Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process in accordance with CCAR, and as required by the enhanced prudential standards issued pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Enterprise-wide Stress Testing considers the Company’s lines of business, products, geographic areas and risk types incorporating the results from underlying models and

projections for a range of stress scenarios. Additional details on Capital Planning and Stress Testing are included in “Supervision and Regulation.”

Three Lines of Defense

BNY Mellon’s Three Lines of Defense model is a critical component of our risk management framework to clarify roles and responsibilities across the organization.

BNY Mellon’s first line of defense includes senior management and business and corporate staff, excluding management and employees in Risk Management, Compliance and Internal Audit. Senior management in the first line is responsible for maintaining and implementing an effective risk management framework and ensuring BNY Mellon appropriately manages risk consistent with its strategy and risk tolerance, including establishing clear responsibilities and accountability for the identification, measurement, management and control of risk.

Risk & Compliance is the independent second line of defense. It is responsible for establishing a framework that outlines expectations and provides guidance for the effective management of risk at BNY Mellon while also independently testing, reviewing and challenging the first line. Risk & Compliance provides independent oversight of risk management and compliance across three views – lines of business; regions and legal entities; and enterprise-wide risk or compliance disciplines which apply consistent standards for each risk or compliance type or topic across the firm.

The Chief Risk Officer has reporting lines to both the Chief Executive Officer and the Risk Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Internal Audit is BNY Mellon’s third line of defense and serves as an independent, objective assurance function that reports directly to the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. It assists the Company in accomplishing its objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined, risk-based approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management, control and governance processes. The scope of Internal Audit’s work includes the review and evaluation of the adequacy, effectiveness and sustainability of risk management procedures, internal control systems, information systems and governance processes.

50 BNY Mellon

Risk Management (continued)

Governance

BNY Mellon’s management is responsible for execution of the Company’s risk management framework and the governance structure that supports it, with oversight provided by BNY Mellon’s Board of Directors through two key Board committees: the Risk Committee and the Audit Committee.

A summary of the governance structure is provided below.

Risk Committee of the Board of DirectorsAudit Committee of the Board of Directors
Senior Risk and Control Committee (“SRCC”)
Anti-Money Laundering Oversight CommitteeAsia Pacific Senior Risk Control CommitteeAsset Liability CommitteeBalance Sheet Risk Committee
Compliance and Ethics Oversight CommitteeContract Management CommitteeCredit Portfolio Management CommitteesEMEA Senior Risk and Control Committee
Enterprise Program Management CommitteeOperational Risk CommitteePershing Business Risk CommitteeProduct Approval and Review Committee
Regulatory Oversight CommitteeResolvability Steering CommitteeStrategic Risk CommitteeTechnology Risk Committee

The Risk Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors and meets on a regular basis to review and assess the control processes with respect to the Company’s inherent risks. It also reviews and assesses the risk management activities of the Company and the Company’s risk policies and activities. The roles and responsibilities of the Risk Committee are described in more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on our website, www.bnymellon.com.

The Audit Committee is also comprised entirely of independent directors. The Audit Committee meets on a regular basis to perform an oversight review of the integrity of the financial statements and financial reporting process, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent registered public accountant’s qualifications and independence, and the performance of our independent registered public accountant and internal audit function. The Audit Committee also reviews management’s assessment of the adequacy of internal controls. The functions of the Audit Committee are described in

more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on our website, www.bnymellon.com.

The SRCC is the most senior risk governance group at the Company and is responsible for oversight of all Risk Management, Compliance & Ethics activities and processes, including the Enterprise Risk Management Framework. The committee is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and its members include the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel.

The SRCC has 16 sub-committees:

•Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committee: Responsible for coordinating the Company’s compliance with Anti-Money Laundering laws and regulations and enforcing the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program.

•Asia Pacific Senior Risk and Control Committee: The most senior risk governance group for the region with oversight responsibility for risk and control matters.

BNY Mellon 51

Risk Management (continued)

•Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”): The senior management committee responsible for balance sheet oversight, including capital, liquidity and interest rate risk management.

•Balance Sheet Risk Committee (the “BSRC”): Reviews and enforces balance sheet risk management frameworks associated with the assets, liabilities and capital of the Company. The BSRC reviews the adequacy of associated controls and processes, monitors risk management in the context of risk appetite, and approves related policy documents.

•Compliance and Ethics Oversight Committee: Provides governance and oversight of the operations of the Compliance and Ethics function and the management and reporting of compliance risk-related issues, as well as Compliance & Ethics processes, policies, procedures and standards.

•Contract Management Committee: The governance and escalation body for the Company’s Customer Contract Management policy across the businesses, overseeing related policies, infrastructure, risk considerations and operations.

•Credit Portfolio Management Committees: Seven Portfolio Management Committees, governed by the same charter and rules, manage, monitor and review one of Credit Risk’s primary portfolio segments, including underwriting criteria, portfolio limits and composition, concentration, credit strategy, quality and exposure.

•EMEA Senior Risk and Control Committee: The most senior risk governance group for the region with oversight responsibility for risk and control matters.

•Enterprise Program Management Committee: Primary corporate governance and oversight body for regulatory, business risk and control programs that are not otherwise reviewed at the Technology Oversight Committee meetings.

•Operational Risk Committee: Oversees the operational risk framework and policies, reviews and monitors program outputs and metrics, monitors resolution of significant operational risk matters, including changes to the risk and control environment, and escalates concerns to the SRCC.

•Pershing Business Risk Committee: The most senior risk governance group for Pershing with oversight responsibility for risk and control matters.

•Product Approval and Review Committee: Responsible for reviewing and approving proposals to introduce new and modify or retire existing products.

•Regulatory Oversight Committee: Provides strategic direction, oversight, challenge, and coordination across regulatory remediation initiatives within the Company’s Regulatory Oversight Program.

•Resolvability Steering Committee: Oversees recovery and resolution planning, including but not limited to the project governance and oversight framework for all recovery and resolution planning requirements in relevant jurisdictions where BNY Mellon operates.

•Strategic Risk Committee: Considers for approval proposals for major strategic initiatives significantly impacting the risk profile of the Company, including but not limited to acquisitions, material changes to existing products, material new products, significant business process changes and complex transactions.

•Technology Risk Committee: Oversees the review and assessment of technology risk and control issues observed from existing business practices or activities, or arising from new business practices or activities in our various lines of business and supporting operations so as to assist business management and corporate staff in managing and monitoring technology risk and control issues.

52 BNY Mellon

Risk Management (continued)

Risk Types Overview

The understanding, identification, measurement and mitigation of risk are essential elements for the successful management of BNY Mellon. Our primary risk categories are:

Type of riskDescription
OperationalThe risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk includes compliance and technology risks.
MarketThe potential loss in value for the BNY Mellon financial portfolio caused by adverse movements for market prices, rates, spreads.
CreditThe risk of loss if any of our borrowers or other counterparties were to default on their obligations to us. Credit risk is present in the majority of our assets, but primarily concentrated in the loan and securities books, as well as off-balance sheet exposures such as lending commitments, letters of credit and securities lending indemnifications.
LiquidityThe risk that BNY Mellon cannot meet its cash and collateral obligations at a reasonable cost for both expected and unexpected cash flows, without adversely affecting daily operations or financial conditions. Liquidity risk can arise from cash flow mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets to cash, the inability to raise cash in the markets, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.
ModelThe potential loss arising from incorrectly designing / applying a model approach or inaccuracies caused by market, credit or liquidity stress.
StrategicThe risk arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions or lack of responsiveness to changes in the financial industry and operating environment. Strategic and/or business risks may also arise from the acceptance of new businesses, the introduction or modification of products, strategic finance and risk management decisions, business process changes, complex transactions, acquisitions/divestitures/joint ventures and major capital expenditures/investments.

Operational Risk

In providing a comprehensive array of products and services, we are exposed to operational risk. Operational risk may result from, but is not limited to, errors related to transaction processing, breaches of

internal control systems and compliance requirements, fraud by employees or persons outside BNY Mellon or business interruption due to system failures or other events. Operational risk may also include breaches of our technology and information systems resulting from unauthorized access to confidential information or from internal or external threats, such as cyberattacks. Operational risk also includes potential legal or regulatory actions that could arise. In the case of an operational event, we could suffer financial losses as well as reputational damage.

To address these risks, we maintain comprehensive policies and procedures and an internal control framework designed to provide a sound operational environment. These controls have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given our financial strength, the business environment and markets in which we operate, and the nature of our businesses, and considering factors such as competition and regulation.

The organizational framework for operational risk is based upon a strong risk culture that incorporates both governance and risk management activities comprising:

•Accountability of Businesses – Business managers are responsible for maintaining an effective system of internal controls commensurate with their risk profiles and in accordance with BNY Mellon policies and procedures.

•Corporate Operational Risk Management is the independent second line function responsible for developing risk management policies and tools for assessing, measuring, monitoring and managing operational risk for BNY Mellon. The primary objectives of the Operational Risk Management Framework are to promote effective risk management, identify emerging risks and drive continuous improvement in controls and to optimize capital.

•Technology risk is a subset of operational risk. Technology Risk Management is the independent operational risk management function that is responsible for independent risk oversight of the technology footprint. The function brings together the second line independent risk oversight of technology, resiliency and data in a cohesive and holistic manner. These areas are closely related, allowing expertise to be brought

BNY Mellon 53

Risk Management (continued)

to bear across some of BNY Mellon’s most significant risk exposures. The function also conducts integrated independent assessments on multiple cyber and digital initiatives within the Company. They partner with businesses and legal entities to drive better understanding and a more accurate assessment of operational risks that can occur from technology operations. Technology Risk Management also acts as a catalyst to drive the development of global technology policies, key controls and methods to assess, measure and monitor information and technology risk for BNY Mellon.

•Operational resiliency is a top priority for the Company. Foundational to our enterprise resiliency strategy is the Business Services Framework, governed by the Enterprise Resiliency Office, with second line oversight from Resiliency Risk Management. Business management is accountable for maintaining effective resiliency capabilities under this framework, while Technology and Operations are responsible for successful execution in coordination with the business. Elements of the resiliency strategy include the Business Services Framework, IT Asset Management, Application transformation and Mainframe modernization, as well as Disaster Recovery Testing and Business Continuity capabilities. We are also focused on the resiliency capabilities of our most important service providers. These capabilities are intended to enable the Company to deliver services to our clients by the ability to prevent, respond and recover from business disruptions and threats.

•Compliance and financial crimes risk is also a subset of operational risk. It is defined as the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or a financial institutions’ reputational loss as a result of its failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards, and codes of conduct or organizational standards of practice. We seek to comply with all obligations through a comprehensive, integrated Compliance and Ethics Management Framework that is driven by Holistic Risk Management Principles, and governed by the Compliance and Ethics Oversight Committee and the Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committee.

Market Risk

Our business activity tends to minimize outright our direct exposure to market risk, with such risk primarily limited to market volatility from trading activity in support of clients. More significant direct market risk is assumed in the form of interest rate and credit spread risk within the investment portfolio both as a means for forward asset/liability management and net interest revenue generation, and also through the interest rate risk associated with BNY Mellon’s balance sheet position which is sensitive to adverse movements in interest rates.

The Company has indirect market risk exposure associated with the change in the value of financial collateral underlying securities financing and derivatives positions. The Collateral Margin Review Committee reviews and approves the standards for collateral received or paid in respect of collateralized derivative agreements and securities financing transactions.

Oversight of market risk is performed by the SRCC and the BSRC and through executive review meetings. Stress tests results for the trading portfolio are reviewed during the Markets Weekly Risk meeting, which is attended by senior managers from Risk Management, Finance and Sales and Trading. Oversight of the risk management framework associated with the Corporate Treasury and Portfolio Management functions is performed by the BSRC. Detailed aspects of this oversight are conducted by the Treasury Risk Committee, a subcommittee of the BSRC.

The Business Risk Committee for the Markets business reviews key risk and control issues and related initiatives facing all Markets lines of business. Also addressed during the Business Risk Committee meetings are trading VaR and trading stressed VaR exposures against limits.

Finally, the Risk Quantification Review Group reviews back-testing results for the Company’s VaR model.

Credit Risk

We extend direct credit in order to foster client relationships and as a method by which to generate interest income from the deposits that result from business activity. We extend and incur intraday

54 BNY Mellon

Risk Management (continued)

credit exposure in order to facilitate our various processing activities.

To balance the value of our activities with the credit risk incurred in pursuing them, we set and monitor internal credit limits for activities that entail credit risk, most often on the size of the exposure and the quality of the counterparty. For credit exposures driven by changing market rates and prices, exposure measures include an add-on for such potential changes.

We manage credit risk exposure at a counterparty, industry, country and portfolio level. Credit risk at the counterparty exposure level is managed through our credit approval framework and involves four approval levels up to and including the Chief Risk Officer of the Company. The requisite approvals are based upon the size and relative risk of the aggregate exposure under consideration. The Credit Risk Group is responsible for approving the size, terms and maturity of all credit exposures, as well as the ongoing monitoring of the creditworthiness of the counterparty. In addition, it is responsible for challenging and approving the internal risk ratings on each exposure.

The calculation of a fundamental credit measure is based on a projection of a statistically probable credit loss, used to help determine the appropriate loan loss reserve and to measure customer profitability. Credit loss considers three basic components: the estimated size of the exposure whenever default might occur, the probability of default before maturity and the severity of the loss we would incur, commonly called “loss given default.” For institutional lending, where most of our credit risk is created, unfunded commitments are assigned a usage given default percentage. Borrowers/counterparties are assigned ratings by the business and challenged, reviewed and approved by the Credit Portfolio Managers on an 18-grade scale, which translate to a scaled probability of default. Additionally, transactions are assigned loss given default ratings (on a 5-grade scale) that reflect the transactions’ structures, including the effects of guarantees, collateral and relative seniority of position.

The Risk and Compliance Modeling and Analytics Group is responsible for the calculation methodologies and the estimates of the inputs used in those methodologies for the determination of expected loss. These methodologies and input

estimates are regularly evaluated for appropriateness and accuracy. As new techniques and data become available, the Risk and Compliance Modeling and Analytics Group incorporates, where appropriate, those techniques or data.

BNY Mellon seeks to limit both on- and off-balance sheet credit risk through prudent underwriting and the use of capital only where risk-adjusted returns warrant. We seek to manage risk and improve our portfolio diversification through syndications, asset sales, credit enhancements and active collateralization and netting agreements. In addition, we have a separate Credit Risk Review Group, which is an independent group within Internal Audit, made up of experienced loan review officers who perform timely reviews of the loan files and credit ratings assigned to the loans.

Liquidity Risk

Adequate liquidity is vital to BNY Mellon’s ability to process payments as well as settle and clear transactions on behalf of clients. The Company’s liquidity position can be affected by multiple factors, including funding mismatches, market conditions that impact our ability to convert our investment portfolio to cash, inability to issue debt or roll over funding, run-off of core deposits, and contingent liquidity events such as additional collateral posting requirements. Additionally, a downgrade in our credit rating can not only lead to an outflows of deposits, which are a major source of our funding, but also increase our margin requirements on secured transactions and have a broader adverse impact on our overall brand that may further impair our ability to refinance maturing liabilities. Changes in economic conditions or exposure to other risks can also affect our liquidity.

The Board of Directors approves liquidity risk tolerance and is responsible for oversight of liquidity risk management of the Company. ALCO provides governance for the appropriate execution of Board-approved strategies, policies and procedures for managing liquidity. Senior management is responsible for executing those Board-approved strategies, policies and procedures for managing liquidity which ALCO oversees, as well as regularly reporting the liquidity position of the Company to the Board of Directors. The BSRC provides governance over independent risk oversight of liquidity risks associated with assets and liabilities, and establishes

BNY Mellon 55

Risk Management (continued)

related control frameworks. The Treasury Risk Committee, which is chaired by independent risk management, validates and approves internal stress testing methodologies and assumptions, and an independent Liquidity Risk function is responsible for providing ongoing review and oversight of liquidity risk management.

BNY Mellon actively manages and monitors its cash position, quality of the investment portfolio, intraday liquidity positions and potential liquidity needs in order to support the timely payment and settlement of obligations under both normal and stressed conditions. The Company adheres to a range of stress testing measures to maintain sufficient liquidity relative to risk appetite, including the Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Internal Liquidity Stress Testing.

Model Risk

Models create the infrastructure for managing risk. Among their multiple functions, models help us value securities, rate the credit quality of obligors, establish capital needs and monitor liquidity trends. Model risk incidents could result from faulty design, misuse, or environmental conditions that invalidate our assumptions or otherwise make the model unfit for purpose. When this happens, the Company could be exposed to losses and other adverse consequences resulting from operational, market, credit and liquidity risk, as well as reputational harm. We aim to maintain a low-risk environment.

BNY Mellon’s processes are designed to identify the conditions under which model risk incidents will occur and to establish controls that are designed to minimize or prevent loss in the event of a model risk incident. These processes include enforcement of standards for developing models, a process to validate new models and review the changes to existing models, as well as monitoring of performance throughout a model’s life.

Model Risk Management, an independent risk management function, is responsible for executing Board-approved strategies, policies, and procedures for managing models. Senior management is responsible for regularly reporting on the Company’s

modeling infrastructure to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors approves risk tolerances and is responsible for oversight.

When monitoring model risk, we evaluate multiple dimensions including the quality of design, the robustness of controls, and indications of underperformance. Based on these measures, we create an overall metric that is intended to measure the health of the Company’s modeling environment and set thresholds around it. This allows us to manage model risk, not only at the level of the individual model, but also in aggregate, across all the Company’s businesses.

Strategic Risk

Our strategy includes, but is not limited to, improving organic growth across our businesses, driving quality solutions and operating efficiencies, and expanding technology-enabled solutions. Successful realization of our strategy requires that we provide expertise and insight through market-leading solutions that drive economies of scale and attract, develop and retain highly talented people capable of executing our strategy, while protecting our sound and stable financial profile. We must understand and meet market and client expectations with suitable products and offerings that are financially viable and scalable and that integrate into our business model. Failure to do so could impact both our growth strategy and our ability to service our existing clients, resulting in potential financial loss or litigation.

Changes in the markets in which we and our clients operate can evolve quickly. The introduction of new or disruptive technologies, geopolitical events and slowing economies are examples of events that can produce market uncertainty. Failure to either anticipate or participate in transformational change within a given market or appropriately and promptly react to market conditions or client preferences could result in poor strategic positioning and potential negative financial impact. While it is essential that we continue to innovate and respond to changing markets and client demand, we must do so in a manner that does not affect our financial position or jeopardize our fundamental business strategy.

56 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation

Evolving Regulatory Environment

BNY Mellon engages in banking, investment advisory and other financial activities in the U.S. and 34 other countries, and is subject to extensive regulation in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Global supervisory authorities generally are charged with ensuring the safety and soundness of financial institutions, protecting the interests of customers, including depositors in banking entities and investors in mutual funds and other pooled vehicles, safeguarding the integrity of securities and other financial markets and promoting systemic resiliency and financial stability in the relevant country. They are not, however, generally charged with protecting the interests of our shareholders or non-depositor creditors. This discussion outlines the material elements of selected laws and regulations applicable to us. The impact of certain other laws and regulations, such as tax law, is discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report. Changes in these standards, or in their application, cannot be predicted, but may have a material effect on our businesses and results of operations.

The financial services industry has been the subject of enhanced regulatory oversight in the past decade globally, and this enhanced oversight environment is likely to continue in the future. Our businesses have been subject to a significant number of global reform measures.

Political developments have resulted and may continue to result in legislative and regulatory changes to key aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations and in laws or regulations relating to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters.

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”)

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was enacted. The CARES Act provides economic stimulus and emergency relief to address the effects of the coronavirus pandemic. The CARES Act permits financial institutions, subject to certain conditions, to elect to temporarily suspend (i) U.S. GAAP requirements with respect to loan modifications related to the coronavirus pandemic that would otherwise be treated as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and (ii) any determination that a loan modified as a result of the coronavirus pandemic is a

TDR. These relief measures expired on Jan. 1, 2022. For more information regarding how the Company elected to apply these relief measures see “Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Troubled debt restructurings/loan modifications.”

Enhanced Prudential Standards

The Federal Reserve has adopted rules (“SIFI Rules”) to implement liquidity requirements, capital stress testing and overall risk management requirements affecting U.S. systemically important financial institutions (“SIFIs”). BNY Mellon must comply with enhanced liquidity and overall risk management standards, which include maintenance of a buffer of highly liquid assets based on projected funding needs for 30 days. The liquidity buffer is in addition to the rules regarding the LCR and net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), discussed below, and is described by the Federal Reserve as being “complementary” to these liquidity standards.

Single Counterparty Credit Limits

In 2018, the Federal Reserve approved a final rule imposing single-counterparty credit limits (“SCCLs”) on, among other organizations, domestic BHCs, including BNY Mellon, that are G-SIBs. The SCCLs apply to the credit exposure of a covered firm and all of its subsidiaries to a single counterparty and all of its affiliates and connected entities. The rule became applicable to BNY Mellon on Jan. 1, 2020.

The final rule established two primary credit exposure limits: (i) a covered domestic BHC may not have aggregate net credit exposure to any unaffiliated counterparty in excess of 25% of its Tier 1 capital; and (ii) a U.S. G-SIB is further prohibited from having aggregate net credit exposure in excess of 15% of its Tier 1 capital to any “major counterparty” (defined as a G-SIB or a nonbank SIFI).

BNY Mellon has been in compliance with the two primary exposure limits since the Jan. 1, 2020 effective date based on the daily monitoring process we have established. The final rule provides a cure period of 90 days (or, with prior notice from the Federal Reserve, a longer or shorter period) for breaches of the SCCL rule. During the cure period, a company may not engage in additional credit transactions with the particular counterparty unless

BNY Mellon 57

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

the company has obtained a temporary credit exposure limit increase from the Federal Reserve.

Capital Planning and Stress Testing

Payment of Dividends, Stock Repurchases and Other Capital Distributions

The Parent is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banks and other subsidiaries. Therefore, the Parent primarily relies on dividends, interest, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries, including extensions of credit from the IHC, to meet its obligations, including its obligations with respect to its securities, and to provide funds for share repurchases and payment of common and preferred dividends to its stockholders, to the extent declared by the Board of Directors. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to the Parent by our U.S. bank subsidiaries without regulatory consent. If, in the opinion of the applicable federal regulatory agency, a depository institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the bank, could include the payment of dividends), the regulator may require, after notice and hearing, that the bank cease and desist from such practice. The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) (together the “Agencies”) have indicated that the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice if the payment would reduce a depository institution’s capital to an inadequate level. Moreover, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDI Act”), an insured depository institution (“IDI”) may not pay any dividends if the institution is undercapitalized or if the payment of the dividend would cause the institution to become undercapitalized. In addition, the Agencies have issued policy statements which provide that FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of their current operating earnings.

In general, the amount of dividends that may be paid by our U.S. banking subsidiaries, including to the Parent, is limited to the lesser of the amounts calculated under a “recent earnings” test and an “undivided profits” test. Under the recent earnings test, a dividend may not be paid if the total of all dividends declared and paid by the entity in any calendar year exceeds the current year’s net income

combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years, unless the entity obtains prior regulatory approval. Under the undivided profits test, a dividend may not be paid in excess of the entity’s “undivided profits” (generally, accumulated net profits that have not been paid out as dividends or transferred to surplus). The ability of our bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Parent may also be affected by the capital adequacy standards applicable to those subsidiaries, which include minimum requirements and buffers.

There are also limitations specific to the IHC’s ability to make distributions or extend credit to the Parent. The IHC is not permitted to pay dividends to the Parent if certain key capital, liquidity and operational risk indicators are breached. Additionally, if our projected financial resources deteriorate so severely that resolution of the Parent becomes imminent, the committed lines of credit provided by the IHC to the Parent will automatically terminate, with all outstanding amounts becoming due.

BNY Mellon’s capital distributions are subject to Federal Reserve oversight. The major component of that oversight is the Federal Reserve’s CCAR, implementing its capital plan rule. That rule requires BNY Mellon to submit annually a capital plan to the Federal Reserve. We are also required to collect and report certain related data on a quarterly basis to allow the Federal Reserve to monitor progress against the annual capital plan.

On March 4, 2020, the Federal Reserve finalized an SCB rule, which made changes to the capital plan rule. The SCB rule eliminated the quantitative grounds for objection to a firm’s CCAR capital plan and introduced an SCB that became part of quarterly capital requirements of CCAR firms on Oct. 1, 2020. The final rule replaced the 2.5% capital conservation buffer with an SCB requirement for capital ratios under the U.S. capital rules’ standardized approach risk-weightings framework (“Standardized Approach”) that is based on the largest projected decrease in a firm’s CET1 ratio in the nine-quarter CCAR supervisory severely adverse scenario plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends as percentage of RWAs. The SCB is subject to a 2.5% floor. Each CCAR firm, including BNY Mellon, will be notified of its SCB by June 30, and the SCB will become effective on October 1 of the applicable calendar year. In August 2021, the Federal Reserve announced BNY Mellon’s SCB requirement of 2.5%,

58 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

which equals the regulatory floor. The SCB rule requires that firms reduce their planned capital actions if those distributions would cause the firm to fall below applicable buffer requirements based on the firm’s own baseline scenario projections and allows firms to increase certain planned capital distributions if they are forecasted to be above capital buffer constraints. The SCB rule also eliminates the requirement for prior approval of capital distributions in excess of the distributions in a firm’s capital plan, provided that such distributions do not cause a breach of the firm’s capital ratios, including applicable buffers. In addition, the SCB rule provides that a firm must receive prior approval for any dividend, stock repurchase or other capital distribution, other than a capital distribution on a newly issued capital instrument, if a firm is required to resubmit its capital plan. The temporary restrictions on dividends and share repurchases imposed by the Federal Reserve as a result of the coronavirus pandemic ended for BNY Mellon after June 30, 2021. Starting in the third quarter of 2021, BNY Mellon continued to be subject to the normal constraints under the SCB framework. See “Capital” for information about our share repurchase program.

The Agencies revised the definition of “eligible retained income” in 2020 to limit the potential for sudden and severe limitations on capital distributions if a banking organization’s capital ratios fall below the applicable buffer requirements. To the extent a banking organization’s capital buffer is less than 100% of its applicable buffer requirements, its distributions and discretionary bonus payments are constrained by the amount of the shortfall and its eligible retained income. Under the final rule, eligible retained income is defined as the greater of (i) a banking organization’s net income for the four preceding calendar quarters, net of any distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income, and (ii) the average of a banking organization’s net income over the preceding four quarters. The Federal Reserve made corresponding changes to the definition of “eligible retained income” in the TLAC buffer requirements. For more information on TLAC, see “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity” below.

Regulatory Stress-Testing Requirements

In addition to the CCAR stress testing requirements, Federal Reserve regulations also include complementary Dodd-Frank Act Stress Tests

(“DFAST”). The CCAR and DFAST requirements substantially overlap, and the Federal Reserve implements them at the BHC level on a coordinated basis. Under these DFAST regulations, as revised in 2019 pursuant to the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (the “Reform Act”), we are required to undergo an annual regulatory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve. The BHC is required to conduct an annual company-run stress test. In addition, The Bank of New York Mellon is required to conduct an annual company-run stress test (although the bank is permitted to combine certain reporting and disclosure of its stress test results with the results of BNY Mellon). Results from our annual company-run stress tests are reported to the appropriate regulators and published.

Capital Requirements – Generally

As a BHC, we are subject to U.S. capital rules, administered by the Federal Reserve. Our bank subsidiaries are subject to similar capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve in the case of The Bank of New York Mellon and by the OCC, in the case of our national bank subsidiaries, BNY Mellon, N.A. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association. These requirements are intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate capital given the risk levels of their assets and off-balance sheet exposures.

Notwithstanding the detailed U.S. capital rules, the Agencies retain significant discretion to set higher capital requirements for categories of BHCs or banks or for an individual BHC or bank as warranted.

U.S. Capital Rules – Minimum Risk-Based Capital Ratios and Capital Buffers

The U.S. capital rules require banking organizations subject to the advanced approaches risk-weighting framework (the “Advanced Approaches”), such as BNY Mellon, to satisfy minimum risk-based capital ratios using both the Standardized Approach and the Advanced Approaches. See “Capital” for details on these requirements. In addition, for CCAR firms, these minimum ratios are supplemented by (i) the SCB (which, for BNY Mellon, is 2.5%, as noted), in the case of a firm’s Standardized Approach capital ratios, and (ii) a capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, in the case of a firm’s Advanced Approaches capital

BNY Mellon 59

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

ratios. The capital conservation buffer can only be satisfied with CET1 capital.

When systemic vulnerabilities are meaningfully above normal, the SCB and capital conservation buffer may be expanded up to an additional 2.5% through the imposition of a countercyclical capital buffer. For internationally active banks such as BNY Mellon, the countercyclical capital buffer required threshold is a weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffers deployed in each of the jurisdictions in which the bank has private sector credit exposures. The Federal Reserve, in consultation with the OCC and FDIC, has affirmed the current countercyclical capital buffer level for U.S. exposures of 0% and noted that any future modifications to the buffer would generally be subject to a 12-month phase-in period. Any countercyclical capital buffer required threshold arising from exposures outside the U.S. will also generally be subject to a 12-month phase-in period.

For G-SIBs, like BNY Mellon, the U.S. capital rules’ buffers are also supplemented by a G-SIB risk-based capital surcharge, which is the higher of the surcharges calculated under two methods (referred to as “method 1” and “method 2”). Method 1 is based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“BCBS”) framework and considers a G-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability and complexity. Method 2 uses similar inputs, but is calibrated to result in significantly higher surcharges and replaces substitutability with a measure of reliance on short-term wholesale funding. The G-SIB surcharge applicable to BNY Mellon for 2021 was 1.5%.

U.S. Capital Rules – Deductions from and Adjustments to Capital Elements

The U.S. capital rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1 capital. These include, for example, providing that unrealized gains and losses on all available-for-sale debt securities may not be filtered out for regulatory capital purposes, and the requirement that deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.

In addition, in October 2020, the Agencies finalized a rule that generally requires certain Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including BNY Mellon, to deduct from Tier 2 capital, subject to certain exceptions, direct, indirect and synthetic exposures to covered debt instruments, including TLAC instruments. The rule became effective on April 1, 2021.

U.S. Capital Rules – Advanced Approaches Risk-Based Capital Rules

Under the U.S. capital rules’ Advanced Approaches framework, credit risk-weightings are generally based on risk-sensitive approaches that largely rely on the use of internal credit models and parameters, whereas under the Standardized Approach credit risk-weightings are generally based on supervisory risk-weightings which vary primarily by counterparty type and asset class. BNY Mellon is required to comply with Advanced Approaches reporting and public disclosures. For purposes of determining whether we meet minimum risk-based capital requirements under the U.S. capital rules, our CET1 ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio, and total capital ratio is the lower of each ratio as calculated under the Standardized Approach and under the Advanced Approaches framework.

U.S. Capital Rules – Standardized Approach

The Standardized Approach calculates risk-weighted assets in the denominator of capital ratios using a broad array of risk-weighting categories that are intended to be risk sensitive. The risk-weights for the Standardized Approach generally range from 0% to 1,250%. Higher risk-weights under the Standardized Approach apply to a variety of exposures, including certain securitization exposures, equity exposures, claims on securities firms and exposures to counterparties on OTC derivatives.

Securities finance transactions, including transactions in which we serve as agent and provide securities replacement indemnification to a securities lender, are treated as repo-style transactions under the U.S. capital rules. The rules do not permit a banking organization to use a simple VaR approach to calculate exposure amounts for repo-style transactions or to use internal models to calculate the exposure amount for the counterparty credit exposure for repo-style transactions under the Standardized Approach (although these methodologies are allowed in the Advanced Approaches). Under the

60 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

Standardized Approach, a banking organization may use a collateral haircut approach to recognize the credit risk mitigation benefits of financial collateral that secures a repo-style transaction, including an agented securities lending transaction, among other transactions. To apply the collateral haircut approach, a banking organization must determine the exposure amount and the relevant risk weight for the counterparty and collateral posted.

Leverage Ratios

The U.S. capital rules require a minimum 4% leverage ratio for all banking organizations, as well as a 3% Basel III-based SLR for Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including BNY Mellon. Unlike the Tier 1 leverage ratio, the SLR includes certain off-balance sheet exposures in the denominator, including the potential future credit exposure of derivative contracts and 10% of the notional amount of unconditionally cancelable commitments.

The U.S. G-SIBs (including BNY Mellon) are subject to an enhanced SLR, which requires us to maintain an SLR of greater than 5% (composed of the current minimum requirement of 3% plus a greater than 2% buffer) and requires bank subsidiaries of those BHCs to maintain at least a 6% SLR in order to qualify as “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations discussed below. At Dec. 31, 2021, our SLR was 6.6% and the SLR for our primary banking subsidiary, The Bank of New York Mellon, was 7.6%.

Pursuant to the Reform Act, on Nov. 19, 2019, the Agencies finalized a rule to exclude certain central bank deposits from the total leverage exposure, the SLR denominator, and related TLAC and LTD measures of custody banks, including BNY Mellon and The Bank of New York Mellon. Under the final rule, qualifying central banks include a Federal Reserve Bank, the European Central Bank or a central bank of a member country of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”), provided that an exposure to the OECD member country receives a zero percent risk-weighting and the sovereign debt of such country is not, and has not been, in default in the past five years. The central bank deposit exclusion from the SLR denominator equals the average daily balance over the applicable quarter of all deposits placed with a qualifying central bank up to an amount equal to the on-balance sheet

deposit liabilities that are linked to fiduciary or custodial and safekeeping accounts. The rule came into effect on April 1, 2020.

On April 11, 2018, the Federal Reserve and the OCC issued a joint notice of proposed rule-making that would recalibrate the enhanced SLR standards that apply to U.S. G-SIBs and certain of their IDI subsidiaries. The proposed rule would replace the 2% SLR buffer that currently applies to all U.S. G-SIBs with a buffer equal to 50% of the firm’s risk-based G-SIB surcharge.

For IDI subsidiaries of U.S. G-SIBs regulated by the Federal Reserve or the OCC, the proposal would replace the current 6% SLR threshold requirement for those institutions to be considered “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action framework with an SLR of at least 3% plus 50% of the G-SIB surcharge applicable to their top-tier holding companies. The proposed rule would also make corresponding changes to the TLAC SLR buffer and LTD requirements for U.S. G-SIBs. The Federal Reserve and OCC have not yet issued a final rule.

BCBS Revisions to Components of Basel III

In December 2017, the BCBS released revisions to Basel III intended to reduce variability of RWA and improve the comparability of banks’ risk-based capital ratios. Among other measures, the final revisions: (i) establish a revised Standardized Approach for credit risk that enhances the Standardized Approach’s granularity and risk sensitivity; (ii) adjust the internal ratings-based approaches for credit risk by removing the use of the advanced internal ratings-based approach for certain asset classes and establishing input floors for the calculation of RWA; (iii) replace the advanced measurement approach for operational risk with a revised Standardized Approach for operational risk based on measures of a bank’s income and historical losses; (iv) revise the leverage ratio exposure measure, establish a “leverage ratio buffer” for G-SIBs, set at 50% of a G-SIB’s risk-based capital surcharge, and allow national discretion to exclude central bank placements in limited circumstances (see “Leverage Ratios” above); and (v) introduce a new 72.5% output floor based on the Standardized Approach.

In January 2019, the BCBS released revised minimum capital requirements for market risk. While

BNY Mellon 61

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

the U.S. regulators have implemented or issued proposals to implement certain aspects of these revised Basel standards, there is continuing uncertainty regarding the extent to which, and manner in which, the U.S. regulators will implement them.

Standardized Approach for Measuring Counterparty Credit Risk Exposures

On Nov. 19, 2019, the Agencies jointly issued a final rule, which amends the U.S. capital rules to implement a new approach for calculating the exposure amount for derivative contracts, which is called the Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (“SA-CCR”). The final rule also incorporates SA-CCR into the determination of exposure amount of derivatives for total leverage exposure under the SLR and the cleared transaction framework under the U.S. capital rules. The mandatory compliance date of the SA-CCR rule for the Advanced Approaches firms was Jan. 1, 2022.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve imposes external TLAC and related requirements for U.S. G-SIBs, including BNY Mellon, at the top-tier holding company.

U.S. G-SIBs are required to maintain a minimum eligible external TLAC equal to the greater of (i) 18% of RWAs plus a buffer (to be met using only CET1) equal to the sum of 2.5% of RWAs, the G-SIB surcharge calculated under method 1 and any applicable countercyclical buffer; and (ii) 7.5% of their total leverage exposure (the denominator of the SLR) plus a buffer (to be met using only Tier 1 Capital) equal to 2%.

U.S. G-SIBs are also required to maintain minimum external eligible LTD equal to the greater of (i) 6% of RWAs plus the G-SIB surcharge (calculated using the greater of method 1 and method 2), and (ii) 4.5% of total leverage exposure. In order to be deemed eligible LTD, debt instruments must, among other requirements, be unsecured, not be structured notes, and have a maturity of at least one year from the date of issuance. In addition, LTD issued on or after Dec. 31, 2016 must (i) not have acceleration rights, other than in the event of non-payment or the bankruptcy or insolvency of the issuer and (ii) be governed by U.S. law. However, debt issued by a U.S. G-SIB prior to Dec. 31, 2016 is permanently grandfathered to the extent these securities would be ineligible only due to

containing impermissible acceleration rights or being governed by foreign law.

Further, the top-tier holding companies of U.S. G-SIBs are not permitted to issue certain guarantees of subsidiary liabilities, incur liabilities guaranteed by subsidiaries, issue short-term debt to third parties, or enter into derivatives and certain other financial contracts with external counterparties. Certain liabilities are capped at 5% of the value of the U.S. G-SIB’s eligible external TLAC instruments. The Federal Reserve considered requiring internal TLAC at domestic subsidiaries of U.S. G-SIBs, but has not proposed rules regarding these instruments.

Foreign jurisdictions may impose internal TLAC requirements on the foreign subsidiaries of U.S. G-SIBs. The European Union’s Capital Requirements Regulation 2 (“CRR2”) requires EU material subsidiaries of non-EU G-SIBs (including BNY Mellon) to maintain a minimum level of internal loss absorbing capacity. The Bank of New York Mellon SA/NV (“BNY Mellon SA/NV”) is considered an EU material subsidiary for purposes of this regulation and has an internal TLAC requirement.

Prompt Corrective Action

The FDI Act, as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), requires the Agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet specified capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five capital categories for FDIC-insured banks: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” The FDI Act imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions the less capital the institution holds. While these regulations apply only to banks, such as The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., the Federal Reserve is authorized to take appropriate action against the parent BHC, such as the Parent, based on the under capitalized status of any banking subsidiary. In certain circumstances, the Parent would be required to guarantee the performance of the capital restoration plan if one of our banking subsidiaries were undercapitalized.

The Agencies’ prompt corrective action framework (“PCA rules”) contain “well capitalized” thresholds for IDIs. Under these rules, an IDI must have the

62 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

capital ratios as detailed in the “Capital” disclosure in order to satisfy the quantitative ratio requirements to be deemed “well capitalized.”

Liquidity Standards – Basel III and U.S. Rules

BNY Mellon is subject to the U.S. LCR Rule, which is designed to ensure that BNY Mellon and certain domestic bank subsidiaries maintain an adequate level of unencumbered HQLA equal to their expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario. As of Dec. 31, 2021, the Parent and its domestic bank subsidiaries were in compliance with applicable LCR requirements.

On Oct. 20, 2020, the Agencies issued a final NSFR rule that implements a quantitative long-term liquidity requirement applicable to large and internationally active banking organizations, including BNY Mellon. Under the final rule, BNY Mellon’s NSFR will be expressed as a ratio of its available stable funding to its required stable funding amount, and BNY Mellon will be required to maintain an NSFR of 1.0. The effective date of the final NSFR rule was July 1, 2021, with the exception of certain disclosure requirements, which will begin to apply in 2023. As of Dec. 31, 2021, BNY Mellon was in compliance with the NSFR rule.

Separately, as noted above, the SIFI Rules impose additional liquidity requirements for BHCs with $100 billion or more in total assets, including BNY Mellon, including an independent review of liquidity risk management; establishment of cash flow projections; a contingency funding plan, and liquidity risk limits; liquidity stress testing under multiple stress scenarios and time horizons tailored to the specific products and profile of the company; and maintenance of a liquidity buffer of unencumbered highly liquid assets sufficient to meet projected net cash outflows over 30 days under a range of stress scenarios.

Volcker Rule

The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule” prohibit “banking entities,” including BNY Mellon, from engaging in proprietary trading and limit our sponsorship of, and investments in, private equity and hedge funds (“covered funds”), including our ability to own or provide seed capital to covered funds. In addition, the Volcker Rule restricts us from engaging in certain transactions with covered funds (including, without

limitation, certain U.S. funds for which BNY Mellon acts as both sponsor/manager and custodian). These restrictions are subject to certain exceptions.

The restrictions concerning proprietary trading contain limited exceptions for, among other things, bona fide liquidity risk management and risk-mitigating hedging activities, as well as certain classes of exempted instruments, including government securities. Ownership interests in covered funds are generally limited to 3% of the total number or value of the outstanding ownership interests of any individual fund at any time more than one year after the date of its establishment. The aggregate value of all such ownership interests in covered funds is limited to 3% of the banking organization’s Tier 1 capital, and such interests are subject to a deduction from its Tier 1 capital. The 2019 amendments to the Volcker Rule (discussed below) remove the requirements that ownership interests in third-party covered funds held under the underwriting and market-making exemptions be subject to the aggregate limit and capital deduction, but preserve these requirements for ownership interests in covered funds sponsored or organized by BNY Mellon.

The Volcker Rule regulations also require us to develop and maintain a compliance program. In 2019, the Agencies, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) modified the regulations implementing the Volcker Rule. The most impactful aspects of the revisions with respect to BNY Mellon concern the compliance requirements applicable to institutions with moderate exposure to trading assets and trading liabilities, which are institutions with less than $20 billion and more than $1 billion of trading assets and trading liabilities. Specifically, among other revisions, such “moderate trading” banks are no longer required to file an annual CEO attestation and quantitative metrics. Furthermore, the comprehensive six-pillar compliance program associated with the Volcker Rule will no longer apply to “moderate trading” banks; rather, such banks are permitted to tailor their compliance programs to the size and nature of their activities. BNY Mellon is treated as a “moderate trading” bank under the revised Volcker Rule. The final revisions also clarified and amended certain definitions, requirements and exemptions. The mandatory compliance date of the final rule was Jan. 1, 2021.

BNY Mellon 63

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

On June 25, 2020, a second set of amendments to the Volcker Rule was released, which is principally focused on the restrictions on banking entities’ investments in, sponsorship of, and other relationships with covered funds. Generally, the changes establish new exclusions from the covered fund definition for certain types of investment vehicles, modify the eligibility criteria for certain existing exclusions, and clarify and modify other provisions with respect to investment in, sponsoring of and transactions with covered funds. The amendments became effective on Oct. 1, 2020.

Derivatives

Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes a comprehensive regulatory structure on the OTC derivatives markets in which BNY Mellon operates, including requirements relating to the business conduct of dealers, trade reporting, margin and recordkeeping. Title VII also requires persons acting as swap dealers, including The Bank of New York Mellon, to register with the CFTC and become subject to the CFTC’s supervisory, examination and enforcement powers. Additionally, Title VII requires persons acting as security-based swap dealers to register with the SEC. The Bank of New York Mellon is in the process of registering as a security-based swap dealer.

In addition, because BNY Mellon is subject to supervision by the Federal Reserve, we must comply with the U.S. prudential margin rules for variation and initial margin with respect to its OTC swap transactions. Furthermore, various BNY Mellon subsidiaries are also subject to OTC derivatives regulation by local authorities in Europe and Asia.

SEC Rules on Mutual Funds

SEC regulations impose requirements on mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other registered investment companies. Among other things, these rules require mutual funds (other than money market funds) to provide portfolio-wide and position-level holdings data to the SEC on a monthly basis.

The regulations also impose liquidity risk management requirements that are intended to reduce the risk that funds will not be able to meet shareholder redemptions and to minimize the impact of redemptions on remaining shareholders.

Recovery and Resolution Planning

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial institutions, such as BNY Mellon, are required to submit periodically to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a plan – referred to as the 165(d) resolution plan – for their rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. In addition, certain large IDIs, such as The Bank of New York Mellon, are required to submit periodically to the FDIC a separate plan for resolution in the event of the institution’s failure. The public portions of these resolution plans are available on the Federal Reserve’s and FDIC’s websites. BNY Mellon also maintains a comprehensive recovery plan, which describes actions it could take to avoid failure if faced with financial stress.

In October 2019, the Federal Reserve and FDIC issued a final rule modifying certain requirements for the 165(d) resolution plan. The final rule requires U.S. G-SIBs, such as BNY Mellon, to file alternating full and more limited, targeted resolution plans every two years. BNY Mellon submitted a targeted resolution plan on July 1, 2021. BNY Mellon’s next full resolution plan is due to be submitted on July 1, 2023. The final rule does not materially modify the components or informational requirements of full resolution plans.

If the Federal Reserve and FDIC jointly determine that our 165(d) resolution plan is not credible and we fail to address the deficiencies in a timely manner, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve may jointly impose more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations. If we continue to fail to adequately remedy any deficiencies, we could be required to divest assets or operations that the regulators determine necessary to facilitate our orderly resolution.

The resolution strategy set out in our 165(d) resolution plan is a single point of entry strategy, whereby certain key operating subsidiaries would be provided with sufficient capital and liquidity to operate in the event of material financial stress or failure and only our parent holding company would file for bankruptcy. In connection with our single point of entry resolution strategy, we have established the IHC to facilitate the provision of capital and liquidity resources to certain key subsidiaries in the event of material financial distress or failure. In

64 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

addition, we have a binding support agreement in place that requires the IHC to provide that support. The support agreement required the Parent to transfer its intercompany loans and most of its cash to the IHC, and requires the Parent to continue to transfer cash and other liquid financial assets to the IHC on an ongoing basis.

BNY Mellon and the other U.S. G-SIBs are also subject to heightened supervisory expectations for recovery and resolution preparedness under Federal Reserve rules and guidance. The Federal Reserve incorporates reviews of our capabilities in respect of recovery and resolution preparedness as part of its ongoing supervision of BNY Mellon.

In the European Economic Area (“EEA”), the European Union Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (“BRRD”) provides the legal framework for recovery and resolution planning, including a set of harmonized powers to resolve or implement recovery of in-scope institutions, such as EEA subsidiaries of non-EEA banks. BRRD gives relevant EEA regulators various powers, including (i) powers to intervene pre-resolution to require an institution to take remedial steps to avoid the need for resolution; (ii) resolution tools and powers to facilitate the resolution of failing entities, such as the power to “bail-in” the debt of an institution (including certain deposit obligations); (iii) the power to require a firm to change its structure to remove impediments to resolvability; and (iv) powers to require in-scope institutions to prepare recovery plans. Under the BRRD, resolution authorities (rather than the institutions themselves) are responsible for drawing up resolution plans based on information provided by relevant institutions.

Under BRRD, in-scope institutions are required to maintain a minimum requirement for their own funds, (defined as regulatory capital), and eligible liabilities (“MREL”) that can be written down or bailed-in to absorb losses. MREL is set on a case-by-case basis for each institution subject to BRRD and is applicable to all EU-domiciled credit institutions and certain other firms subject to BRRD.

The Bank Resolution and Recovery Directive 2 (“BRRD2”) entered into force on June 27, 2019 and Member States were required to implement the majority of its new provisions by Dec. 28, 2020. Key changes introduced by BRRD2 include incorporation of the Financial Stability Board’s (“FSB”) standard

on TLAC into existing EU rules on MREL, expansion of the BRRD moratorium tool and introduction of an EU-wide requirement for contractual recognition of resolution stay powers.

Some jurisdictions, including the UK, already had a requirement for contractual recognition of resolution stay powers. While the UK was a member of the EU (and during the subsequent Brexit transition period, which ended on Dec. 31, 2020 (“Brexit Transition Period”)), the UK transposed most requirements of BRRD and BRRD2 in local legislation and regulation. Although we expect the UK’s recovery and resolution regime to remain broadly aligned with the EU regime in the short-term, it is now possible for the respective regimes to diverge over time.

Rules on Resolution Stays for Qualified Financial Contracts

The Agencies’ regulations require U.S. G-SIBs (and their subsidiaries and controlled entities) and the U.S. operations of foreign G-SIBs to amend their covered qualified financial contracts (“QFCs”), thereby facilitating the application of U.S. special resolution regimes as necessary.

The regulations allow these G-SIBs to comply by amending covered QFCs (with the consent of relevant counterparties) using the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) 2018 U.S. Resolution Stay Protocol (the “Protocol”), ISDA 2015 Universal Stay Protocol or by executing appropriate bilateral amendments to the covered QFCs. BNY Mellon entities which have been confirmed to engage in covered QFC activities have adhered to the Protocol and, where necessary, have executed bilateral amendments to cover QFCs.

Cybersecurity and Computer Security Regulation

The New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYSDFS”) requires financial institutions regulated by NYSDFS, including The Bank of New York Mellon, to establish a cybersecurity program, adopt a written cybersecurity policy, designate a chief information security officer, and have policies and procedures in place to ensure the security of information systems and non-public information accessible to, or held by, third parties. The NYSDFS rule also includes a variety of other requirements to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability

BNY Mellon 65

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

of information systems, as well as the annual delivery of a certificate of compliance.

In November 2021, the Agencies finalized a rule imposing notification requirements for significant computer security incidents on banking organizations. Under the final rule, a BHC, state member bank or national bank, including BNY Mellon, The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., are required to notify the Federal Reserve or OCC, as applicable, within 36 hours of incidents that could result in the banking organization’s inability to deliver services to a material portion of its customer base, disrupt the banking organization’s lines of businesses the failure of which would result in material losses, or disrupt operations the failure of which would threaten the financial stability of the U.S. BNY Mellon is required to comply with the rule by May 1, 2022.

Insolvency of an Insured Depository Institution or a Bank Holding Company; Orderly Liquidation Authority

If the FDIC is appointed as conservator or receiver for an IDI such as The Bank of New York Mellon or BNY Mellon, N.A., upon its insolvency or in certain other circumstances, the FDIC has the power to:

•Transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor, including a newly formed “bridge” bank without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors;

•Enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms without regard to any provisions triggered by the appointment of the FDIC in that capacity; or

•Repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party, the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to be burdensome and the disaffirmance or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution.

In addition, under federal law, the claims of holders of domestic deposit liabilities and certain claims for administrative expenses against an IDI would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including claims of debt holders of the institution, in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, whether or not the FDIC ever

sought to repudiate any debt obligations of The Bank of New York Mellon or BNY Mellon, N.A., the debt holders would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors of the bank.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a resolution regime (known as the “orderly liquidation authority”) for systemically important financial companies, including BHCs and their affiliates. Under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may be appointed as receiver for the systemically important institution, and its failed nonbank subsidiaries, for purposes of liquidating the entity if, among other conditions, it is determined that the institution is in default or in danger of default and the failure poses a risk to the stability of the U.S. financial system.

If the FDIC is appointed as receiver under the orderly liquidation authority, then the powers of the receiver, and the rights and obligations of creditors and other parties who have dealt with the institution, would be determined under the Dodd-Frank Act’s orderly liquidation authority provisions, and not under the insolvency law that would otherwise apply. The powers of the receiver under the orderly liquidation authority were based on the powers of the FDIC as receiver for depository institutions under the FDI Act. However, the provisions governing the rights of creditors under the orderly liquidation authority were modified in certain respects to reduce disparities with the treatment of creditors’ claims under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code as compared to the treatment of those claims under the new authority. Nonetheless, substantial differences in the rights of creditors exist between these two regimes, including the right of the FDIC to disregard the strict priority of creditor claims in some circumstances, the use of an administrative claims procedure to determine creditors’ claims (as opposed to the judicial procedure utilized in bankruptcy proceedings), and the right of the FDIC to transfer assets or liabilities of the institution to a third party or a “bridge” entity.

Depositor Preference

Under U.S. federal law, claims of a receiver of an IDI for administrative expenses and claims of holders of U.S. deposit liabilities (including foreign deposits that are payable in the U.S. as well as in a foreign branch of the depository institution) are afforded priority over claims of other unsecured creditors of the institution, including depositors in non-U.S. branches.

66 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

As a result, such depositors could receive, if anything, substantially less than the depositors in U.S. offices of the depository institution.

Transactions with Affiliates

Transactions between BNY Mellon’s banking subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Parent and its nonbank subsidiaries and affiliates, on the other, are subject to certain restrictions, limitations and requirements, which include limits on the types and amounts of transactions (including extensions of credit and asset purchases by our banking subsidiaries) that may take place and generally require those transactions to be on arm’s-length terms. In general, extensions of credit by a BNY Mellon banking subsidiary to any nonbank affiliate, including the Parent, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are limited in the aggregate to 10% of the relevant bank’s capital and surplus for transactions with a single affiliate and to 20% of the relevant bank’s capital and surplus for transactions with all affiliates. There are also limitations on affiliate credit exposures arising from derivative transactions and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

Deposit Insurance

Our U.S. banking subsidiaries, including The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., accept deposits, and those deposits have the benefit of FDIC insurance up to the applicable limit. The current limit for FDIC insurance for deposit accounts is $250,000 per depositor at each insured bank. Under the FDI Act, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the IDI has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by a bank’s federal regulatory agency.

The FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) is funded by assessments on IDIs. The FDIC assesses DIF premiums based on a bank’s average consolidated total assets, less the average tangible equity of the IDI during the assessment period. For larger institutions, such as The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., assessments are determined based on CAMELS ratings and forward-looking financial measures to calculate the

assessment rate, which is subject to adjustments by the FDIC, and the assessment base.

Under the FDIC’s regulations, a custody bank, including The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., may deduct from its assessment base 100% of cash and balances due from depository institutions, securities, federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreement to resell with a Standardized Approach risk-weight of 0% and may deduct 50% of such asset types with a Standardized Approach risk-weight of greater than 0% and up to and including 20%. This assessment base deduction may not exceed the average value of deposits that are classified as transaction accounts and are identified by the bank as being directly linked to a fiduciary or custodial and safekeeping account.

Source of Strength and Liability of Commonly Controlled Depository Institutions

BHCs are required by law to act as a source of strength to their bank subsidiaries. Such support may be required by the Federal Reserve at times when we might otherwise determine not to provide it. In addition, any loans by BNY Mellon to its bank subsidiaries would be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of its banks. In the event of a BHC’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the BHC to a federal bank regulator to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. In addition, in certain circumstances, BNY Mellon’s IDI subsidiaries could be held liable for losses incurred by another BNY Mellon IDI subsidiary. In the event of impairment of the capital stock of one of BNY Mellon’s national bank subsidiaries or The Bank of New York Mellon, BNY Mellon, as the banks’ stockholder, could be required to pay such deficiency.

Incentive Compensation Arrangements Proposal

Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires federal regulators to prescribe regulations or guidelines regarding incentive-based compensation practices at certain financial institutions, including BNY Mellon. In April 2016, a joint proposed rule was released, replacing a previous 2011 proposal, which each of six agencies must separately approve. The time frame for final implementation, if any, is currently unknown.

BNY Mellon 67

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) and the USA PATRIOT Act

A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 contains numerous AML requirements for financial institutions that are applicable to BNY Mellon’s bank, broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries and mutual funds and private investment companies advised or sponsored by our subsidiaries. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain a broad AML program that includes internal controls, independent testing, compliance management personnel, training, and customer due diligence processes, as well as appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering, terrorist financing and other suspicious activity, and to verify the identity of their customers. Certain of those regulations impose specific due diligence requirements on financial institutions that maintain correspondent or private banking relationships with non-U.S. financial institutions or persons.

In January 2021, the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AMLA”), which amends the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), was enacted. The AMLA is intended to comprehensively reform and modernize U.S. AML laws. Among other things, the AMLA codifies a risk-based approach to AML compliance for financial institutions; requires the development of standards by the U.S. Department of the Treasury for evaluating technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; and expands enforcement- and investigation-related authority, including a significant expansion in the available sanctions for certain BSA violations and instituting BSA whistleblower incentives and protections. The AMLA contains many statutory provisions that require additional rulemakings, reports and other measures, and the rulemaking process has begun for several of these provisions. As part of the AMLA, the first government-wide priorities for anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism (“AML/CFT Priorities”) were published. These AML/CFT Priorities will need to be incorporated into banks’ risk-based BSA compliance programs after completion of the rulemaking process and on the effective date of the final regulations. The impact of the AMLA will depend on, among other things, the

completion of the rulemaking process and the issuing of implementation guidance.

Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”)

FinCEN has issued rules under the BSA that apply to covered financial institutions, including The Bank of New York Mellon and BNY Mellon, N.A., setting forth five pillars of an effective AML program: development of internal policies, procedures and related controls; designation of a compliance officer; a thorough and ongoing training program; independent review for compliance; and customer due diligence (“CDD”). CDD requires a covered financial institution to implement and maintain risk-based procedures for conducting CDD that include the identification and verification of any beneficial owner(s) of each legal entity customer at the time a new account is opened on or after May 11, 2018.

NYSDFS Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Regulations

The NYSDFS has also issued regulations requiring regulated institutions, including The Bank of New York Mellon, to maintain a transaction monitoring program to monitor transactions for potential BSA and AML violations and suspicious activity reporting, and a watch list filtering program to interdict transactions prohibited by applicable sanctions programs.

The regulations require a regulated institution to maintain programs to monitor and filter transactions for potential BSA and AML violations and prevent transactions with sanctioned entities. The regulations also require institutions to submit annually a Board resolution or senior officer compliance finding confirming steps taken to ascertain compliance with the regulation.

Privacy and Data Protection

The privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act generally prohibit financial institutions, including BNY Mellon, from disclosing nonpublic personal financial information of consumer customers to third parties for certain purposes (primarily marketing) unless customers have the opportunity to “opt out” of the disclosure. The Fair Credit Reporting Act restricts information sharing among affiliates for marketing purposes.

68 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

In the EU, privacy law is primarily regulated by the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which has been directly binding and applicable for each EU member state since May 25, 2018. The GDPR contains enhanced compliance obligations and increased penalties for non-compliance compared to prior EU data protection legislation.

Acquisitions/Transactions

Federal and state laws impose notice and approval requirements for mergers and acquisitions involving depository institutions or BHCs. The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “BHC Act”), requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve for the direct or indirect acquisition by a BHC of more than 5% of any class of the voting shares or all or substantially all of the assets of a commercial bank, savings and loan association or BHC. In reviewing bank acquisition and merger applications, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the competitive effect of the transaction, financial and managerial resources, including the capital position of the combined organization, convenience and needs of the community factors, including the applicant’s record under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”), the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities and the risk to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system. In addition, prior Federal Reserve approval would be required for BNY Mellon to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of a company with assets of $10 billion or more that is engaged in activities that are “financial in nature.”

Rating System for the Supervision of Large Financial Institutions

The Federal Reserve’s rating system for the supervision of large financial institutions (“LFIs”) applies to, among other entities, all BHCs with total consolidated assets of $100 billion or more, including BNY Mellon.

The LFI rating system includes a four-level rating scale and three component ratings. The four levels are: Broadly Meets Expectations; Conditionally Meets Expectations; Deficient-1; and Deficient-2. The component ratings are assigned for: Capital Planning and Positions; Liquidity Risk Management

and Positions; and Governance and Controls. A firm must be rated “Broadly Meets Expectations” or “Conditionally Meets Expectations” for each of its component ratings to be considered “well managed” in accordance with various statutes and regulations that permit additional activities, prescribe expedited procedures or provide other benefits for “well managed” firms.

Regulated Entities of BNY Mellon and Ancillary Regulatory Requirements

BNY Mellon is registered as an FHC under the BHC Act. We are subject to supervision by the Federal Reserve. In general, the BHC Act limits an FHC’s business activities to banking, managing or controlling banks, performing certain servicing activities for subsidiaries, engaging in activities incidental to banking, and engaging in any activity, or acquiring and retaining the shares of any company engaged in any activity, that is either financial in nature or complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.

A BHC’s ability to maintain FHC status is dependent on: (i) its U.S. depository institution subsidiaries qualifying on an ongoing basis as “well capitalized” and “well managed” under the prompt corrective action regulations of the appropriate regulatory agency (discussed above under “Prompt Corrective Action”); (ii) the BHC itself qualifying on an ongoing basis as “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable Federal Reserve regulations; and (iii) its U.S. depository institution subsidiaries continuing to maintain at least a “satisfactory” rating under the CRA.

An FHC that does not continue to meet all the requirements for FHC status will, depending on which requirements it fails to meet, lose the ability to undertake new activities, or make acquisitions, that are not generally permissible for BHCs without FHC status. As of Dec. 31, 2021, BNY Mellon and our U.S. bank subsidiaries were “well capitalized” based on the ratios and rules applicable to them.

The Bank of New York Mellon, BNY Mellon’s largest banking subsidiary, is a New York state-chartered bank, and a member of the Federal Reserve System and is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and

BNY Mellon 69

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

the NYSDFS. BNY Mellon’s national bank subsidiaries, BNY Mellon, N.A. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, are chartered as national banking associations subject to primary regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC.

We operate a number of broker-dealers that engage in securities underwriting and other broker-dealer activities in the U.S. These companies are SEC-registered broker-dealers and members of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), a securities industry self-regulatory organization. BNY Mellon’s nonbank subsidiaries engaged in securities-related activities are regulated by supervisory agencies in the countries in which they conduct business.

Certain of BNY Mellon’s public finance and advisory activities are regulated by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board and are required under the SEC’s Municipal Advisors Rule to register with the SEC if they provide advice to municipal entities or certain other persons on the issuance of municipal securities, or about certain investment strategies or municipal derivatives.

Certain of BNY Mellon’s subsidiaries are registered with the CFTC as commodity pool operators, introducing brokers and/or commodity trading advisors and, as such, are subject to CFTC regulation. The Bank of New York Mellon is provisionally registered as a swap dealer (as defined in the Dodd-Frank Act) with the CFTC, and is a member of the National Futures Association (“NFA”) in that same capacity. As a swap dealer, The Bank of New York Mellon is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the CFTC and NFA.

Certain of our subsidiaries are registered investment advisors under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and as such are supervised by the SEC. They are also subject to various U.S. federal and state laws and regulations and to the laws and regulations of any countries in which they conduct business. Our subsidiaries advise both public investment companies which are registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “’40 Act”), including the BNY Mellon Family of Funds and BNY Mellon ETF Funds, and private investment companies which are not registered under the ’40 Act.

Certain of our investment management, trust and custody operations provide services to employee benefit plans that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), administered by the U.S. Department of Labor (“DOL”). ERISA imposes certain statutory duties, liabilities, disclosure obligations and restrictions on fiduciaries, as applicable, related to the services being performed and fees being paid.

SEC Regulation Best Interest

In 2019, the SEC adopted Regulation Best Interest (“Reg BI”) and the Form CRS Relationship Summary (“Form CRS”). Reg BI, which had a June 30, 2020 compliance date, requires a broker-dealer to act in the “best interest” of a retail customer when making a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy to any such customer. Form CRS, which also had a June 30, 2020 compliance date, requires registered investment advisers and broker-dealers to provide retail investors with a brief summary about the nature of their relationship with their investment professional, and supplements other more detailed disclosures. The impacted broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries of BNY Mellon updated their policies and procedures to comply with Reg BI and/or Form CRS.

Exchange-Traded Funds Rule

In 2019, the SEC announced that it had adopted Rule 6c-11 (the “ETF Rule”) under the ’40 Act, which permits exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) that satisfy certain conditions to organize and operate without first obtaining an exemptive order from the SEC and requires an ETF to make certain disclosures, including historical data on an ETF’s premiums, discounts and bid-ask spread information, as well as the ETF’s daily portfolio holdings. The ETF Rule became effective on Dec. 23, 2019. The ETF Rule also requires ETFs using custom baskets to put written policies and procedures in place establishing that the custom baskets are in the best interests of the ETF and its shareholders. Pursuant to the ETF Rule, BNY Mellon has launched a number of ETFs.

Effects of “Brexit” on UK Regulatory Framework

The UK left the EU on Jan. 31, 2020, and the transition period ended on Dec. 31, 2020 (“Brexit Transition Period”). Existing EU regulations that were in force and applicable in the UK on Dec. 31,

70 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

2020, were “on-shored” into the UK regulatory framework (and adapted as appropriate for the UK situation) as “retained EU law.” EU rules and regulations that came into effect on or after Jan. 1, 2021, do not apply to financial activities within the UK. The UK and EU financial services regulatory frameworks have started diverging from each other after the conclusion of the Brexit Transition Period.

Under the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement (“EU-UK Agreement”), which became fully effective in April 2021, the EU and UK have agreed to make their best endeavors to ensure that internationally agreed standards in the financial services sector for regulation and supervision are implemented and applied in their territory and establish a framework for structured regulatory cooperation on financial services.

In the UK, the Financial Services Act 2021 entered into force in April 2021 and made several changes to the UK financial services regulatory framework, including the prudential frameworks for credit institutions and investment firms. In particular, the Financial Services Act 2021 grants substantial prudential rulemaking powers to the Prudential Regulatory Authority (“PRA”) with respect to UK credit institutions, and the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) with respect to UK investment firms. The UK’s version of the EU Capital Requirements Regulation (“UK CRR2”) for credit institutions and the UK Investment Firms Prudential Regime (“UK IFPR”) came into effect on Jan. 1, 2022.

For more information regarding the UK IFPR, see “Investment Firms Directive and Investment Firms Regulation” below.

We maintain a presence in the UK through the London branch of The Bank of New York Mellon, The Bank of New York Mellon (International) Limited, a credit institution incorporated and authorized in the UK, and a number of our investment firms. We maintain a presence in the EU through BNY Mellon SA/NV, which is headquartered in Belgium and has a branch network in a number of other EU countries, and through certain of our investment firms. BNY Mellon SA/NV has a general banking license for the provision of banking and investment services. We have undertaken adjustments to the operations of BNY Mellon SA/NV

so that we may provide a wider range of services to clients domiciled in the EU.

Operations and Regulations Outside the U.S.

In Europe, branches of The Bank of New York Mellon are subject to regulation in the countries in which they are established, in addition to being subject to oversight by the U.S. regulators referred to above. BNY Mellon SA/NV is a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Belgium, holds a banking license issued by the National Bank of Belgium and is authorized to carry out all banking and savings activities as a credit institution. The European Central Bank (the “ECB”) has responsibility for the direct supervision of significant banks and banking groups in the Euro area, including BNY Mellon SA/NV. The ECB’s supervision is carried out in conjunction with the relevant national prudential regulator (the National Bank of Belgium in BNY Mellon SA/NV’s case), as part of the Single Supervisory Mechanism. BNY Mellon SA/NV conducts its activities in Belgium as well as through its branch offices in Denmark, France, Germany, UK, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands and Spain.

Certain of our financial services operations in the UK are subject to regulation and supervision by the FCA and the PRA. The PRA is responsible for the authorization and prudential regulation of firms that carry on PRA-regulated activities, including banks. PRA-authorized firms are also subject to regulation by the FCA for conduct purposes. In contrast, FCA-authorized firms (such as investment management firms) have the FCA as their sole regulator for both prudential and conduct purposes. As a result, FCA-authorized firms must comply with FCA prudential and conduct rules and the FCA’s Principles for Businesses, while dual-regulated firms must comply with the FCA conduct rules and FCA Principles, as well as the applicable PRA prudential rules and the PRA’s Principles for Businesses.

The PRA regulates The Bank of New York Mellon (International) Limited, our UK-incorporated bank, as well as the London branch of The Bank of New York Mellon. Certain of BNY Mellon’s UK-incorporated subsidiaries are authorized to conduct investment business in the UK. Their investment management advisory activities and their sale and marketing of retail investment products are regulated by the FCA. Certain UK investment funds, including investment

BNY Mellon 71

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

funds of BNY Mellon, are registered with the FCA and are offered for sale to retail investors in the UK.

The types of activities in which the foreign branches of our banking subsidiaries and our international subsidiaries may engage are subject to various restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve. Those foreign branches and international subsidiaries are also subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the countries in which they operate and, in the case of banking subsidiaries, may be subject to regulatory capital requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate.

In the EU, aspects of the Banking Union have entered into force in most jurisdictions, including Belgium. The key components of the Banking Union include the single supervisory mechanism and the single resolution mechanism. The single resolution mechanism implements BRRD in a consistent manner in the Banking Union, including the establishment of the Single Resolution Board and the Single Resolution Fund.

The primary prudential framework in the EU is provided by the Capital Requirements Directive 5 (“CRD5”) and the Capital Requirements Regulation 2 (“CRR2”), both of which implement many elements of the Basel III framework.

Among other things, CRD5 includes a requirement for certain non-EU banking groups with more than €40 billion of assets in the EU to establish a single “EU intermediate parent undertaking” (“EU IPU”) to serve as a EU holding company for all EU credit institutions and certain EU investment firms in the group. BNY Mellon meets the relevant criteria under CRD5 and is required to establish an EU IPU structure by Dec. 30, 2023. BNY Mellon continues to evaluate the EU IPU requirement and potential solutions for complying with the requirement.

CRR2 includes provisions relating to the leverage ratio, NSFR, MREL (including closer alignment to the final FSB TLAC standard), a revised Basel market risk framework, counterparty credit risk, exposures to central counterparties, exposures to collective investment undertakings, large exposures and reporting/disclosure requirements.

Our Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management businesses are subject to significant regulation in numerous

jurisdictions around the world relating to, among other things, the safeguarding, administration and management of client assets and client funds.

Various revised and/or proposed EU directives and regulations have or will have a significant impact on the provision of many of our products and services, including the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II and Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation (collectively, “MiFID II”), the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (“AIFMD”), the Directive on Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities (“UCITS V”), the Central Securities Depositories Regulation, the regulation on OTC derivatives, central counterparties and trade repositories (commonly known as “EMIR”), the Payment Services Directive II and the Benchmarks Regulation. These EU directives and regulations may impact our operations and risk profile but may also provide new opportunities for the provision of BNY Mellon products and services. Some of these EU directives and regulations are subject to review or finalization by the legislative authorities and/or substantial secondary legislation. This creates uncertainty as to business impact.

New Prudential Regime for Investment Firms

In the EU, IFD/IFR, previously referred to as the “new prudential regime for investment firms,” is a more tailored, proportionate prudential regime for investment firms. IFD/IFR became applicable on June 26, 2021. BNY Mellon has several UK-domiciled investment firms that are subject to UK IFPR.

The main change under both IFD/IFR and UK IFPR is that capital requirements for most investment firms are no longer based on Basel standards for banks such as credit risk, market risk or operational risk. Instead, the capital requirements are based on factors that are more tailored to the risks that investment firms face.

European Deposit Insurance Scheme

In November 2015, the European Commission proposed a European Deposit Insurance Scheme (“EDIS”) for euro area Member States. Under the EDIS proposal, existing national euro area deposit guarantee schemes would transition over a number of years to a mutualized or EU-reinsurance-based deposit guarantee scheme applicable in the euro area.

72 BNY Mellon

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

EDIS has not been substantially advanced since 2015 due to opposition by some Member States and its adoption remains uncertain.

European Financial Markets and Market Infrastructure

The EU continues to develop proposals and regulations in relation to financial markets and market infrastructures. MiFID II applies to financial institutions conducting business in the EEA and has required significant changes to comply with relevant regulatory requirements, including extensive transaction reporting and market transparency obligations and a heightened focus on how financial institutions conduct business with and disclose information to their clients. A set of revisions to EU MiFID II rules (the so-called quick fix) will come into effect on Feb. 28, 2022 and include changes to cost and charges disclosures and means of client communication. In the UK, a similar set of revisions became effective in July 2021 for most of the amended rules.

Funds Regulation in Europe

The AIFMD has a direct effect on our alternative fund manager clients and our depository business and other products offered across Europe as well as upon our Investment Management business. AIFMD imposes heightened obligations upon depositories, which have operational effects.

Our businesses servicing regulated funds in Europe and our Investment Management businesses in Europe are also affected by the revised directive governing UCITS V.

Under the regulations for depositary safekeeping duties under AIFMD and UCITS V that became effective in 2020, the Commission recognizes the use of omnibus account structures when accounting for assets in a chain of custody, but requires that depositaries and trustees, such as BNY Mellon, maintain their own books and records.

BNY Mellon 73

Other Matters

Replacement of Interbank Offered Rates (“IBORs”), including LIBOR

The UK Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”) and the administrator for LIBOR have announced that the publication of the most commonly used U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease to be published or cease to be representative after June 30, 2023. The publication of all other LIBOR settings ceased to be published or to be representative as of Dec. 31, 2021. In addition, the U.S. bank regulators had also issued guidance strongly encouraging banking organizations to cease using U.S. dollar LIBOR as a reference rate in new contracts by Dec. 31, 2021. As a result, financial market participants have begun to transition away from LIBOR and other IBORs to alternative reference rates. The transition event on Dec. 31, 2021 had minimal impact across BNY Mellon’s businesses, however the remaining USD LIBOR transition will impact assets and liabilities on our balance sheet that reference IBORs, investments that we manage linked to IBORs in our Investment Management business and the operational servicing of products that reference IBORs in our Market and Wealth Services and Securities Services businesses.

We are working to facilitate an orderly transition from IBORs to alternative reference rates for us and our clients. Accordingly, we have created a global transition program with senior management oversight that focuses on, among other things, evaluating and monitoring the impacts of the discontinuance of reference IBORs and the transition to replacement benchmarks on our business operations and financial condition; identifying and evaluating the scope of impacted financial instruments and contracts and the attendant risks; and implementing technology systems, models and analytics to support the transition. In addition, we continue to actively engage with our regulators and clients and participate in central bank and sector working groups.

Despite the proximity of the June 30, 2023 cessation date, there remain, however, a number of unknown factors regarding the transition from the IBORs and/or interest rate benchmark reforms that could impact our business. For a further discussion of the various risks, see “Risk Factors – Market Risk – Transitions away from and the replacement of LIBOR and other IBORs could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

74 BNY Mellon